$]|lP$'

NOUTEI|[O
2015EDIT|ON

Thisedition includesamendmentsadoptedup to June2015

Thechartlets contained herein are not to be used for navigation

llUl@Tffrln.."
London,2015
 Firstpublishedin 1970by the
INTERNATIONAL MARITIME ORGANIZATION
4 AlbertEmbankment, LondonSEl 7SR
www.imo.org

Twelthedition 2015

Wheatons(UK)Ltd,Exeter,
Printedby Polestar EX2BRP

ni ""IiT",
*"_sltll:''3iillifr

-1625-0
ISBN:978-92-801

IMO PUBLICATION
Salesnumber:,lF927E

CopyrightO lnternationalMaritime Organization2015

All rights reserved.

No part of this publication may be reproduced,
stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted in any form or by any means,
without prior permission in writing from the
Internatio n al M ariti me O rganizati on.

Reproduction and/or translation rights may be available for this title.

For further details please contact IMO Publishing at [email protected].

hasbeenpreparedfrom officialdocuments
Thispublication of lMO, and everyeffort
hasbeenmadeto eliminate errorsand reproduce
the originaltext(s) Readers
faithfully.
the officialIMO textwill prevail.
shouldbe awarethat,in caseof inconsistency,

079445
Note

This edition supersedesall previouseditions and includesall routeingmeasuresadopted by IMO up to and

includingthe ninety-fifthsession(June2015)of the Maritime SafetyCommitteeand the twenty-eighthsession
(December2013)of IMO Assembly.The expecteddatesof implementationof thoserevisionsthat haveentered
into force sincethe 2013 edition or were not in force on the date of publicationof this edition are shown in
footnotes.

With regardto the datesof implementationof the routeingmeasures,referenceshould be made to relevant

Notices to Mariners. Usersof this publication should note that there may be a delay between amendment
to the GeneralProvisionson Ships'Routeingand to routeingmeasuresand the publicationof a new edition.

The numbers of referencecharts in the descriptionof individual systemsare those applicable at the time
of adoption. Where amendmentshave been made to existingsystemsbut from charts that are based on a
differentgeodeticdatum, this has been highlightedin this edition.

Hydrographicservicespromulgate,by appropriatemeans,full detailsof routeingsystemsadoptedby IMO and

such Ceneral Provisionson Ships'Routeing,as amended,as are relevantto the mariner.

SHIPS'ROUTEING2015EDITION
Contents
Page

Introduction XV

SOLAS1974,as amended,regulationV/10 xvii

PartA - Generalprovisionson ships'routeing

Introduction .l
1 Objectives 1
2 Definitions 1
3 Procedures and responsibilities 3
4 Methods. 5
5 Planning... 9
6 Designcriteria 10
7 Temporaryadjustments and suspensions 't3
B Useof routeingsystems 1A

9 Representationon charts 15

Part B - Traffic separationschemesand inshoretraffic zones

Rule10 of COLREC1972,as amended 1

Section| - Baltic Seaand adjacentwaters

Off Sommerslsland t/1
Off Hogland(Cogland)lsland t/2
Off Rodsherlsland t/3
Off Kalbidagrundlighthouse t/4
Off Porkkalalighthouse. t/5
Off HankoniemiPeninsula t/6
Off K6pu Peninsula(Hiiumaalsland) l/7
SouthHoburgsBank. l/B
Midsjobankarna l/9
ln Norra Kvarken t/10
The Aland Sea t/11
West Klintehamn t/12
North HoburgsBank t/13
Off Oland lsland t/14
InBornholmsgat.. .. .. t/15
On the approachesto the Polishports in the Culf of Cdarisk t/16
Slupska
Bank t/17
Adlergrund. t/18
Off Falsterborev l/19
In The Sound t/20
North of Rrigen t/21
Southof Cedser t/22
Off Kiel lighthouse t/23
BetweenKorsoerand Sprogoe t/24
At HatterBarn t/25

(Amended 2015) SHIPS'ROUTEINC20.I5EDITION

 Page

Section ll - Western European waters

West of the Scillylsles . I/1
Southof the Scillylsles. . u/2
Off Land'sEnd,between SevenStonesand Longships . . . il/3
Off Ushant il/4
O f f C a s q u e t.s. . . il/s
In the Straitof Dover and adjacentwaters lt/6
At West Hinder ll/7
In the SUNK areaand in the northernapproaches to the Thamesestuary |/B
Off Friesland il/9
In the approachesto Hook of Hollandand at North Hinder |/10
In theapproachesto Umuiden. fi/11
Off Texel |/12
VlielandNorthandVlielandJunction
Off Vlieland, lt/13
Terschelling-CermanBight |114
CermanBightwesternapproach lv15
r l l

Jaoeapproacn... |116
Elbeapproach... |117
In the approachesto the RiverHumber. il/18
Off the coastof southernNorway. lt/19
Off the westerncoast of Norway |/20
Off the coastof Norway from Vards to Rost |/21
Off FastnetRock. . |/22
Off Smalls. lt/23
Off TuskarRock . il/24
Off Skerries |/2s
ln LiverpoolBay. . |/26
In the North Channel lv27
Off NeistPointin The Minches. . . . . |/28
Off the south-westcoastof lceland- North-westof GardskagiPoint. lv29
Off the south-westcoastof lceland- South-westof the ReykjanesPeninsula |/30
O f f F i n i s t e r r. e. . . |131
Off Cape Roca. lv32
Off Cape S. Vicente |/33
At Bancodel Hoyo ll/34

Section lll - Mediterranean Sea and Black Sea

In the Straitof Cibraltar. lI/1
Off Cabo de Cata. |t/2
Off Cape Palos |t/3
Off Cape La Nao l|/4
Off Cani lsland. ilr/5
Off Cape Bon l|/6
In the AdriaticSea:in the North AdriaticSea. ilt/7
In the Adriatic Sea:approachesto Culf of Trieste ilr/B
In the AdriaticSea:approachesto Culf of Venice It/9
In the Adriatic Sea:in the Culf of Triesteand approachesto/from Koper ilt/10
In the Adriatic Sea:approachesto/from Monfalcone |l/11
SaronicosGulf (in the approaches to PiraeusHarbour) |v12
ln the approaches to the port of Thessaloniki. . . l|/13
Off the Mediterraneancoastof Egypt |l/14

VI (Amended2015) SHIPS' 2015EDITION

ROUTEING
 Page

ln the southernapproachesto the KerchStrait. il t/15

ln the areaoff the south-westerncoastof the Crimea l|/16
Betweenthe portsof Odessaand llichevsk ilt/17
In the approachesto the portsof Odessaand llichevsk |t/18
Straitof lstanbul- North approach |l/19
Straitof lstanbul ilt/20
Straitof lstanbul- Southapproachand Seaof Marmara l|/21
Straitof Qanakkale |t/22
Straitof Qanakkale- South-westapproach llt/23

Section lV - Indian Ocean and adjacent waters

In the Culf of Suez tv/1
In the entranceto the Culf of Aqaba lv/2
Nearthe deep-waterroute leadingto JazanEconomicCity Port tv/3
In the southernRedSea- west and southof Hanishal Kubra tv/4
In the southernRedSea- eastof JabalZuqar Island. tv/5
In the Straitof Bab el Mandeb. tv/6
Off Rasal Hadd tv/7
Off Ra'sal Kuh w/B
In the Straitof Hormuz lv/9
Tunb-Farur. IV/l0
BetweenZaqqumand Umm Shaif . tv/11
ln the approachesto RasTanuraand Juhymah . . . . tv/12
M a r j a n / Z u .l .u.f. . lv/13
Approachesto the port of Ra'sal Khafji. tv/14
Off Mina Al-Ahmadi w/1s
Off Dondra Head. tv/16
Off AlphardBanks34 milessouthof Cape lnfanta tv/17
Off the FA platform 47 milessouth of MosselBay IV/l8

Section V - South-EastAsia
Summarychartletsfor Straitsof Malaccaand Singapore. . . v/1
At One FathomBank . v/2
PortKlangto Port Dickson v/3
Port Dicksonto TanjungKeling.... . . . v/4
Malaccato lyu Kecil v/5
In the SingaporeStrait(MainStrait) v/6
SingaporeStrait(Off St.John'slsland) v/7
SingaporeStrait(Off Changi/Pulau Batam) v/B
At Horsburghlighthousearea . ... v/9
ln the EastLammaand TathongChannels v/10
Section Vl - Australasia
Southof Wilson Promontoryin the BassStrait. vt/1
In the BassStrait vt/2
SectionVll - North America,Pacificcoast
In PrinceWilliamSound vil/1
In the Straitof Juande Fucaand its approaches. v|/2
In PugetSoundand its approaches vil/3
In Haro Straitand BoundaryPass,and in the Straitof Ceorgia. v|/4
Off San Francisco vil/5

(Amended 2015) SHIPS'ROUTEINC2015EDITION

 Page

ln the SantaBarbaraChannel vil/6

In the approachesto LosAngeles- Long Beach v|/7
ln the approachesto SalinaCruz. . VII/B

Section Vlll - South America, Pacific coast

On the Pacificcoastof Panama vilt/1
Landfalland approachesto TalaraBay . . vlll/2
Landfalland approachesto PaitaBay vilt/3
Landfalloff PuertoSalaverry vilt/4
Landfalland approachesto FerrolBay(PuertoChimbote) vilt/5
Approachesto PuertoCallao. v|v6
In the approachesto PuertoPisco. vl|/7
Landfalland approaches to SanNicolasBay. . vlil/B
Landfalland approaches to Puertollo. . . vilt/9
In the approachesto Arica . vilt/l0
In the approachesto lquique. vilt/l1
ln the approachesto Antofagasta vil/12
ln the approachesto QuinteroBay . . vilt/l3
ln the approachesto Valparaiso Vlllll4
ln the approaches to ConcepcionBay. . . vilt/15
In the approaches to SanVicenteBay. . vl|116
In the approachesto PuntaArenas. . . . vilt/17

Section lX - Western North Atlantic Ocean, Gulf of Mexico and Caribbean Sea
ln the approachesto ChedabuctoBay. . . lx/1
In the Bayof Fundyand approaches. .. lX/2
ln the approachesto Portland,Maine lX/3
In the approachto Boston,Massachusetts. ... tx/4
ln the approachesto Narragansett Bay, Rhode ....
lsland,and BuzzardsBay,Massachusetts tx/5
Off New York. . tx/6
Off DelawareBay lx/7
In the approachesto Chesapeake Bay. . . IX/B
ln the approachesto the Cape FearRiver lx/g
In the approaches to CalvestonBay . . lX/.10
ln the approachesto the port of Veracruz lX/11
Off Cabo SanAntonio lX/12
off La Tabla. lx/13
O f f C o s t ad e M a t a n z a s . . . . . lX/14
ln the Old BahamaChanne
Off PuntaMaternillos. . lx/16
Off PuntaLucrecia tx l 17
O f f C a b o M a y s. i. . . tx/18
At the approachesto PuertoCristobal tx/19

SectionX - Asia,Pacificcoast
ln thefourthKurilStrait x/1
ln the ProlivBussol x/2
Off the Aniwa Cape . x/3
In the approaches to the Culf of Nakhodka.. . . xl4
Off the OstrovnoiPoint . x/5
In the watersoff Chengshan JiaoPromontory x/6

viii (Amended 2015) SHIPS'ROUTEING2015EDITION

 Page

SectionXl - EasternNorth Atlantic and SouthAtlantic Oceans

BetweenCrand Canaryand Fuerteventura xt/1
BetweenCrand Canaryand Tenerife. xt/2

Part C - Deep-water routes

Section| - Baltic Seaand adjacentwaters

Recommendation on navigation
throughtheentrances
to the BalticSea t/1

Deep-waterroute between Hatter Revand Hatter Barn. t/2

Deep-waterroute off the eastcoast of Langeland t/3
Deep-waterroute north-eastof Cedser. t/4
Deep-waterrouteoff Cotlandlsland. t/5
Deep-waterrouteinsidethebordersof the "North Aland Sea"trafficseparationscheme.. . . t/6
Deep-waterrouteinsidethe bordersof the "SouthAland Sea"trafficseparationscheme t/7

Section ll - Western European waters

Deep-waterroute leadingto the port of Antifer lt/1
Deep-waterroute forming part of the north-eastboundtraffic lane of the
traffic separationscheme"ln the Straitof Dover and adjacentwaters" |/2
Deep-waterroute in the approachesto the RiverScheldt |/3
Deep-waterroutesforming parts of routeingsystem"Off Friesland". . . |/4
Deep-waterroute leadingto Europoort lt/s
Deep-waterroute leadingto lJmuiden.. . . |/6
Deep-waterroute west of the Hebrides. . 't/7

Section lll - Indian Ocean and adjacent waters, South-EastAsia and Australasia
Deep-waterroutein the approachesto KingAbdullahPort(KAP)
in the northernRedSea . . |t/1
Deep-waterroute leadinglo JazanEconomicCity Port ilt/2
Deep-waterrouteswithin the traffic separationschemesin the Straitof Malacca l|/3
Deep-waterroutesforming part of the eastboundtraffic lane of traffic separationschemes
in the SingaporeStrait. l|/4

Section lV - Western North Atlantic Ocean, Gulf of Mexico and Caribbean Sea
Deep-waterroute in the southernapproachto ChesapeakeBay w/1

Part D - Areas to be avoided

Section| - North-westernEuropeanwaters
AroundtheCS4buoyin the DoverStrait t/1
Around the Foxtrot3 stationwithin the traffic separationscheme
"ln the Straitof Dover and adiacentwaters" t/2
At West Hinder. t/3
At Maas North traffic separationscheme. t/4
At De Ruyter,west of Rijnveld. t/5
By lJmuidennorthernapproaches t/6
In the outer precautionaryareaof the trafficseparationscheme"ln the SUNK areaand
in the northernapproachesto the Thamesestuary". t/7
Off Friesland. VB
In the regionof the Orkney Islands l/9
In the regionof The FairIsle t/10
In the regionof the Shetlandlslands t/11

(Amended 2015) SHIPS'ROUTEING2015EDITION

 Page

BetweenThe Smallslighthouseand Crassholmelsland t/12

In LiverpoolBay. . t/13
Off the south-westcoastof lceland- Easternand Westernareas. t/14
Off the south-westcoastof lceland- Faxafl6iBay.. . t/15
In the regionof the RochebonneShelf . t/16
In the regionof the Berlengaslslands l/17

Section ll - North and Central American waters

In RosewayBasin,south of Nova Scotia ll/1
ln the vicinityof the Neptunedeepwaterport in the westernNorth AtlanticOcean ll/2
In the vicinity of the ExcelerateNortheastCateway EnergyBridgedeepwaterport
in the AtlanticOcean I/3
In the Creat SouthChannel,off the eastcoastof the United States. |/4
In the regionof NantucketShoals lt/s
In the regionof the Bermudalslands |/6
Off the Floridacoast. lt/7
At LouisianaOffshoreOil Port(LOOP)in the Culf of Mexico |lB
At El PasoEnergyBridgedeepwaterport in the Culf of Mexico [revoked] ll/9
In the approachesto the port of Veracruz ll/10
At the port of Cayo Arcas ll/11
ln the Gulf of Campeche.. . . . ll/12
At the Rebombeooilfield ll/13
At the May oilfield ll/14
fn the loadingbuoy area in the port of Dos Bocas,Tabasco. ll/15
In the accessroutesto the ports of Matanzasand Cardenas . . . ll/16
By shipsof 300 grosstonnageor over as associatedprotectivemeasure(APM)
for SabaBank PSSA ll/17
. ln the Papahanaumokuakea Marine NationalMonumentPSSA. ll/18
In the regionof the AleutianlslandArchipelago ll/19
Off the Washingtoncoast ll/2o
Off the Californiacoast. ll/21
fn the approachesto SalinaCruz. . ll/22

Section lll - Other areas to be avoided

ln the southernBalticSeasouthof the islandof Cotland:HoburgsBank. lll/1
In the southernBalticSeasouthof the islandof Cotland:Norra Midsjobanken lll/2
ln the North AdriaticSea . . ill/3
In the approachesto the Gulf of Venice lll/4
ln the regionof the Vorioi Sporadheslslands lll/5
NorthoftheStraitsofTiran. ...... lll/6
North of Sharmel Sheikhharbour. lll/7
At the southernextremityof the SinaiPeninsula lll/B
ln the regionof FashtBuldani lll/9
In the regionof Mah6 lslandin the Seychelles.... lll/10
ln the regionof the AldabraIslandsin the Seychelles. . lll/11
Recommendatoryareato be avoidedoff the NingalooCoast,WesternAustralia lll/12
ln the south-westCoral Sea.. . l|/13
In the regionof the Creat BarrierReef [revokedl. . . il/14
In the regionof ThreeKingslslands.. . . . |l/15
Off the north-eastcoastof the North lslandof New Zealand.. . . l|/16
ln the BassStrait. lll/17

(Amended 2015) SHIPS'ROUTEING2015EDITION

 Page

Malpelolsland Iil/l 8
In the Galapagos Archipelago. |t/19
In the ParacasNationalReserve ilt/20
In the regionof CapeTerpeniya (Sakhalin). |t/21
Off LanzaroteIsland ilt/22
Off the islandof Crand Canary |t/23
Off the islandof Tenerife |t/24
Off La Palmalsland . l|125
Off the islandof El Hierro ill/26
Off the coastof Chanain the AtlanticOcean ilt/27
In watersoff the Braziliansouth-eastcoast . |t/28
Around oil rigsoff the Braziliancoast- CamposBasin . l|/29

Part E- Other routeingmeasures

Recommended tracksand trafficseparationline betweenthe trafficseparationschemes
"Off Rodsherlsland"and "Off Coglandlsland".
Recommended directionsof trafficflow in the precautionaryarea
of the separationscheme"Off Porkkalalighthouse" z
Two-wayroutesIn Norra Kvarken J
Recommended two-way route leadingto the Aland Sea 4
Two-wayroute"Salvorev",north of Cotland lsland. 5
Recommended trackson the approachesto the Polishports in the Culf of Cdafsk 6
Recommended directionsof trafficflow within the precautionary
area
aroundthe Foxtrot3 stationin the Dover Strait 7
Two-wayrouteand recommendedroute in the SUNK areaand
in the northernapproachesto the Thamesestuary B
Precautionary areain the vicinityof Thorntonand BlighBanks. 9
Precautionary areasin the approaches to Hook of Hollandand at North Hinder. . . . . . . . . . 10
Precautionary areaand recommendeddirectionof trafficflow west of Rijnveld. 11
Precautionary areasin the approachesto Umuiden 12
Recommendations on navigationaroundthe United Kingdomcoast . 13
Recommended directionsof trafficflow in the CermanBight . 14
.15
Recommended routesin the FairlsleChannel
Recommendedroutesjoiningthe trafficseparationschemes
off the coastof southernNorway 16
Recommendedroutesjoiningthe trafficseparationschemes
off the westerncoastof Norway 17
Recommendedroutesjoiningtrafficseparationschemes
off the coastof Norway from Vards to Rost 1B
Recommendedroutesin The Minches 19
Two-wayroutesoff the south-westcoastof lceland. 20
Recommended directionsof trafficflow in the precautionaryarea
off Tanger-Medin the Straitof Cibraltar 21
Routeingmeasuresin the Straitof Bonifacio 22
Recommendeddirectionsof trafficflow in the Channelof Otranto,
southernand centralAdriaticSea. . 23
.,4
Recommendedroutesoff the Mediterranean coastof Egypt
Recommended directionsof trafficflow off RasShukheir. . . . 25
Precautionary areain the approachesto KingAbdullahPort(KAP)
in the northernRedSea . . 26
ln the southernRedSea- Recommended tracksbetweenJabalZuqar and
the precautionaryareaand betweenHanishal Kubraand the precautionaryarea. . . . . 27

(Amended 2015) S H I P SR 2 0 1 5E D I T I O N
' OUTEING
 Page

ln the southernRed Sea- Precautionaryarea north of the traffic separationscheme

"ln the Straitof Bab el Mandeb" 2B
Recommendatorymeasuresfor vesselscrossingthe traffic separationscheme(TSS)
and precautionaryareasin the SingaporeStraitduringhoursof darkness. 29
Two-way route in the Creat North-EastChannel,TorresStrait . 30
Two-way routesand precautionaryarea at JomardEntrance 31
Two-way routesin the south-westCoral Sea. . 32
Two-way route in the Creat BarrierReefand TorresStrait . 33
Precautionaryareaoff the west coastof the North lslandof New Zealand . . . 34
Recommended two-way route in the Straitof Juande Fuca 35
Recommended tracksoff the Californiacoastfor shipsof 300 grosstonnageand above
and for shipscarryinghazardouscargoin bulk . . 36
Recommendedtracksthrough the GalapagosATBAto enter
the Particularly SeaArea.
Sensitive 37
Precautionary areain the regionof the Crand Banksof Newfoundland 3B
Two-way route off Delaware Bay . . 39
Recommendedtwo-way routesand precautionaryareasto the north-west
of the port of lsladel Carmen,Campeche 40
Recommendedtwo-way routesto the north-eastof the port of Dos Bocas,Tabasco 41
Recommendedtwo-way routesand precautionaryareasoff the port of Cayo Arcas,
FSO Ta'kuntahand FPSOYium K'ak' Ndab . 42
Precautionaryareain the approachesto the port of Veracruz 43
Precautionary area'At the approachesto PuertoCristobal" 44

Part F - Associatedrulesand recommendations

on navigation
Recommendations on navigationthroughthe Culf of FinlandTrafficarea .
Recommendations on navigationto the Polishports
1
through the Culf of Cda6skTrafficarea . L

Recommendations on navigationthroughthe EnglishChanneland the Dover Strait. 3

Recommendationon navigationthrough the Straitof Bonifacio 4
Rulesand recommendations on navigationthroughthe Straitof lstanbul,
the Straitof Qanakkaleand the MarmaraSea . . 5
Rulesfor shipsnavigatingin the Culf of Suez. 6
Rulesfor navigationof ladentankersoff the SouthAfrican coast 7
Rulesfor vesselsnavigatingthrough the Straitsof Malacca and Singapore. . . B
Recommendations on navigationin the traffic separationscheme
'l
"On the Pacificcoast of Panama"(Part "Culf of Panama") 9
't0
Navigationin the vicinityof the Grand Banksof Newfoundland. . .

PartG - Mandatoryshipreportingsystems,
mandatoryrouteingsystems
and mandatoryno anchoringareas
SOLAS1974,as amended,regulationV/1'l

Section| - Mandatoryship reportingsystems

In the Culf of FinlandICOFREPI t/1
On theapproaches to the Polishportsin the Culf of Cda6skICDANREPI t/2
In TheSoundbetweenDenmarkandSwedenISOUNDREP]. ... t/3
In the Storebelt(CreatBel0TrafficareaIBELTREP] ... t/4
WestEuropean TankerReporting SystemIWETREPI t/5
Off UshantTOUESSREPI t/6
Off LesCasquetsand the adjacentcoastalarea [MANCHEREP]. t/7

(Amended 2015) SHIPS' 2015EDITION

ROUTEING
 Page

In the Dover Strait/Pas de Calais[CALDOVREP] .... t/B

In the Barentsarea TBARENTS SRS] t/9
Off the south-westcoastof lcelandITRANSREP]. . . . v10
In the "Off Finisterre"trafficseparationschemearea tFINREPI t/11
Off the coastof PortugalICOPREPI t/12
ln the Straitof Cibraltar[CIBREP] t/13
In the Straitof Bonifacio[BONIFREP] l/14
In the AdriaticSea[ADRIREP] t/15
In the Straitsof Malaccaand Singapore[STRAITREP] .. l/16
In the TorresStraitregionand the InnerRouteof the Creat BarrierReef[REEFREP] .. l/17
In the Papahanaumokuakea MarineNationalMonumentParticularly Sensitive
SeaArea TCORAL SHIPREPI t/18
In the CalapagosParticularly SensitiveSeaArea ICALREPI l/19
Mandatoryship reportingsystemsin Creenlandwaters
TCREENPOS & COASTALCONTROL] t/20
Mandatoryship reportingsystemsfor protectionof endangeredNorth AtlanticRightWhales
in seaareasoff the north-eastern and south-eastern
coastsof the UnitedStates. t/21
Off Chengshan JiaoPromontory t/22
The Canarr.lslandsICANREP] t/23

Section ll - Mandatory routeing systemsand mandatory no anchoring areas

Mandatoryroutefor tankersfrom North Hinderto the Cerman Bightand vice versa ll/1
Mandatoryno anchoringarea in the approachesto the Culf of Venice il/2
Mandatoryno anchoringareasin the vicinityof the Neptunedeepwaterport
in the westernNorth AtlanticOcean. il/3
Mandatoryno anchoringareasin the vicinityof the Excelerate Northeast
CatewayEnergyBridgedeepwater port in the AtlanticOcean |/4
Mandatoryno anchoringareasin the TortugasEcologicalReserveand TortugasBank |/5
Mandatoryno anchoringareaat El PasoEnergyBridgedeepwaterport
in the Culf of Mexico [revoked] |/6
Mandatoryno anchoringareasfor all shipson FlowerCardenBankscoral reefs fi/7
Mandatoryno anchoringareafor all shipsas associated protectivemeasure(APM)
for SabaBankPSSA |/B
Mandatoryno anchoringareason SharksBankand LongShoal. il/9

Part H - Adoption,designation
and substitutionof archipelagicsealanes
Ceneralprovisions
for theadoption, andsubstitution
designation sealanes
of archipelagic 1

Section| - Adoptedarchipelagicsealanes
Partialsystem sealanesin Indonesian
of archipelagic archipelagic
waters ll1

xiii (Amended 2015) SHIPS'ROUTEING2015EDITION

 SHIPS’ ROUTEING
2015 EDITION
Addendum
November 2015
Since the publication of the 2015 edition of Ships’ Routeing, the Maritime Safety Committee, at its ninety-fifth session
(3 to 12 June 2015), adopted, in accordance with resolution A.858(20), new routeing measures other than traffic separation
schemes as contained in SN.1/Circ.331. This addendum presents those amendments that enter into force on 1 January 2016.

TWO-WAY ROUTES IN THE SOUTH-WEST CORAL SEA

(Reference charts: AUS614, Feb 1994 (Edition 2 – 2010); AUS615, Sept 1994 (Edition 1 – 2001); AUS4620 (INT 620),
Nov 1996 (Edition 6 – 2011); AUS4621 (INT621), Oct 2002 (Edition 4 – 2011).
Note: These charts are based on World Geodetic System 1984 datum (WGS 84).

Description of the two-way routes

Diamond Passage
The Western limit is bounded by lines joining the following coordinates:
(1) 16° 58’.25 S 151° 15’.56 E (5) 17° 55’.00 S 151° 02’.41 E
(6) 17° 32’.32 S 151° 10’.56 E

The Eastern limit is bounded by lines joining the following coordinates:

(2) 16° 58’.95 S 151° 20’.72 E (4) 17° 56’.64 S 151° 07’.37 E
(3) 17° 33’.50 S 151° 15’.68 E
Holmes Reef
The Western limit is bounded by lines joining the following coordinates:
(1) 15° 57’.78 S 147° 51’.50 E (5) 16° 44’.76 S 147° 23’.76 E
(6) 16° 23’.37 S 147° 28’.48 E

The Eastern limit is bounded by lines joining the following coordinates:

(2) 16° 01’.08 S 147° 55’.42 E (4) 16° 45’.81 S 147° 28’.86 E
(3) 16° 25’.69 S 147° 33’.29 E

AREA TO BE AVOIDED IN THE SOUTH-WEST CORAL SEA

(Reference charts: AUS614, Feb 1994 (Edition 2 – 2010); AUS615, Sept 1994 (Edition 1 – 2001); AUS617 Part 1 & 2,
May 1996 (Edition 1 – 2001); AUS4620 (INT 620), Nov 1996 (Edition 6 – 2011); AUS4621 (INT621), Oct 2002
(Edition 4 – 2011).
Note: These charts are based on World Geodetic System 1984 datum (WGS 84).)

Description of area to be avoided

An area to be avoided is established bounded by a line connecting the following geographical positions:
(1) 15° 42’.48 S 149° 06’.07 E (13) 18° 01’.91 S 148° 23’.34 E
(2) 15° 31’.87 S 149° 40’.07 E (14) 17° 55’.49 S 148° 16’.26 E
(3) 15° 36’.90 S 149° 50’.43 E (15) 17° 32’.90 S 148° 05’.14 E
(4) 16° 01’.16 S 150° 09’.79 E (16) 17° 22’.27 S 147° 41’.63 E
(5) 16° 23’.25 S 150° 24’.56 E (17) 16° 45’.01 S 147° 30’.47 E
(6) 16° 40’.91 S 150° 52’.21 E (18) 16° 18’.56 S 147° 40’.61 E
(7) 17° 28’.26 S 151° 08’.01 E (19) 16° 15’.00 S 147° 43’.82 E
(8) 17° 30’.71 S 151° 08’.01 E
(9) 17° 32’.59 S 151° 07’.45 E
(10) 17° 46’.83 S 150° 57’.56 E
(11) 17° 59’.43 S 150° 38’.35 E
(12) 18° 15’.94 S 149° 37’.97 E

Copyright © International Maritime Organization 2015 (Sales number IF927E)

AREAS TO BE AVOIDED “IN THE REGION OF THE
ALEUTIAN ISLAND ARCHIPELAGO”
(Reference charts: United States 16011, 2012 edition; United States 16012, 2005 edition.
Note: These charts are based on North American 1983 Datum (NAD 83) which is equivalent to World
Geodetic System 1984 Datum (WGS 84).)

Description of the areas to be avoided

In order to reduce the risk of a marine casualty and resulting pollution and damage to the environment “In the Region of the
Aleutian Island Archipelago”, all ships 400 gross tonnage and upwards solely in transit should avoid the areas to be avoided
bounded by lines connecting the following geographical positions:

East area to be avoided

An area to be avoided is established and bounded by a line connecting the following geographical positions:
(1) 54° 07’.94 N 162° 19’.48 W (7) 56° 19’.83 N 161° 04’.29 W
(2) 54° 22’.14 N 164° 59’.57 W (8) 56° 04’.91 N 160° 29’.04 W
(3) 54° 43’.51 N 165° 09’.77 W (9) 55° 40’.94 N 159° 32’.43 W
(4) 54° 59’.45 N 165° 14’.74 W (10) 55° 22’.58 N 158° 49’.19 W
(5) 55° 43’.20 N 163° 38’.05 W (11) 54° 41’.38 N 158° 31’.66 W
(6) 56° 08’.30 N 162° 22’.14 W (12) 54° 21’.99 N 159° 11’.54 W
thence back to point (1).

Unalaska area to be avoided

An area to be avoided is established and bounded by a line connecting the following geographical positions:
(13) 51° 41’.19 N 170° 52’.93 W (19) 54° 21’.96 N 165° 43’.77 W
(14) 51° 53’.22 N 171° 32’.60 W (20) 54° 11’.15 N 163° 41’.63 W
(15) 52° 41’.95 N 171° 50’.08 W (21) 53° 40’.84 N 163° 41’.67 W
(16) 53° 17’.64 N 171° 50’.31 W (22) 53° 24’.39 N 164° 07’.37 W
(17) 54° 09’.49 N 169° 23’.53 W (23) 52° 46’.62 N 165° 56’.33 W
(18) 54° 17’.62 N 168° 11’.32 W (24) 51° 57’.40 N 168° 57’.60 W
thence back to point (13).

Atka area to be avoided

An area to be avoided is established and bounded by a line connecting the following geographical positions:
(25) 50° 38’.55 N 180° 00’.00 W (30) 52° 41’.07 N 171° 56.15’W
(26) 51° 11’.83 N 179° 50’.46 W (31) 51° 37’.86 N 171° 34.53’W
(27) 52° 39’.35 N 178° 39’.78 W (32) 51° 15’.27 N 172° 36.40’W
(28) 53° 13’.18 N 173° 49’.18 W (33) 50° 21’.63 N 179° 24.20’W
(29) 53° 02’.71 N 172° 51’.16 W
thence back to point (25).

Amchitka area to be avoided

An area to be avoided is established and bounded by a line connecting the following geographical positions:
(34) 51° 51’.50 N 174° 47’.54 E (39) 52° 36’.31 N 179° 22.09’W
(35) 52° 15’.54 N 174° 53’.24 E (40) 51° 32’.27 N 179° 41.19’W
(36) 52° 46’.63 N 176° 15’.15 E (41) 50° 33’.65 N 179° 33.12’E
(37) 52° 57’.86 N 177° 37’.91 E (42) 50° 44’.11 N 178° 10.33’E
(38) 52° 48’.39 N 180° 00’.00 (43) 51° 21’.00 N 175° 59.57’E
thence back to point (34).

West area to be avoided

An area to be avoided is established and bounded by a line connecting the following geographical positions:
(44) 53° 40’.90 N 171° 50’.53 E (50) 52° 08’.23 N 174° 21’.75 E
(45) 53° 49’.20 N 172° 29’.47 E (51) 51° 40’.59 N 172° 45’.27 E
(46) 53° 47’.85 N 173° 25’.48 E (52) 52° 20’.90 N 171° 29’.34 E
(47) 53° 24’.41 N 174° 54’.79 E (53) 52° 40’.53 N 171° 10’.34 E
(48) 53° 07’.49 N’ 175° 18’.74 E (54) 53° 00’.92 N 171° 06’.20 E
(49) 52° 19’.54 N 174° 51’.62 E (55) 53° 23’.69 N 171° 19’.71 E
thence back to point (44).

2  SHIPS’ ROUTEING 2015 EDITION (Addendum – November 2015)

Introduction

The practiceof following predeterminedroutesoriginatedin about 1B9Band was adopted,for reasonsof

safety,by shippingcompaniesoperatingpassenger shipsacrossthe North Atlantic.Relatedprovisionswere
subsequently incorporatedinto the International
Conventionsfor the Safetyof Lifeat Sea.

The 1960 SafetyConventionreferredto the same practicein convergingareason both sidesof the North
Atlantic.The ContractingCovernmentsundertookthe responsibility of usingtheir influenceto inducethe
ownersof all passenger
shipscrossingthe Atlanticto follow the recognizedroutesand to do everythingin their
power to ensureadherenceto suchroutesin convergingareasby all ships,so far as circumstances permit.

In 1961 the institutesof navigationof the FederalRepublicof Cermany,Franceand the United Kingdom
undertooka studyof measuresfor separating traffic in the Straitof Dover and, subsequently,
in certainother
areaswherestatistics indicatedan increasedriskof collision.Theirstudiesresultedin proposalsfor the separa-
tion of traffic in thoseareasas well as for certainbasic principlesof ships'routeing.Theseproposalswere
submittedto the InternationalMaritime Organization(lMO), the specializedagencyof the United Nations
responsible for maritimesafety,efficiencyof navigationand preventionof marinepollution,and were gener-
ally adopted.This initialstep was further developedby IMO and the basicconceptof separatingopposing
trafficwas appliedto many areasthroughoutthe world.

The increasein recentyearsin the sizeand draughtof shipshasproducedproblemsin certainshallow-water

areasand led to the establishment
of deep-waterroutes.

the hazardsto navigationin certainareasand the associated

Similarly, dangersto the marineenvironmentand
ecologyhaveresultedin the establishment and adoptionof "areasto be avoided"by certainships.

Todav,in accordancewith resulation10.2 of the revisedchapterV of the lnternationalConventionfor the

Safetyof Life at Sea,1974(;74 SOLASConvention),IMO is recognizedas the only internationalbody for
establishingand adoptingmeasureson an internationallevel concerningrouteingand areasto be avoided
by shipsor certainclassesof ships;whilst, in accordancewith regulation11.2of the revisedchapterV of
the InternationalConventionfor the Safetyof Life at Sea,1974,IMO is recognizedas the only international
body for developingguidelines,criteriaand regulationson an internationallevel,includingadoptionof ship
reportingsystems.

Ships'Routeingis intendedprimarilyfor Administrations

responsiblefor planningand supportingrouteing
systemsfor useby international
shipping.
Therearetwo categories of routeingsystems. The firstcategoryof routeingsystemsincludestrafficseparation
schemes,two-way routes,recommendedtracks,areasto be avoided,inshoretraffic zones, roundabouts,
precautionaryareasand deep-waterroutes.The secondcategoryis archipelagic sea lanes.PartA consistsof
CeneralProvisions on Ships'Routeingwhich havebeendevelopedto ensurethat all adoptedrouteingsystems
conformto the samegeneralcriteriaand principles.PartsB to F includedescriptions of routeingsystemsand
associatedrulesand recommendations on navigationwhich have been adoptedby the Organization.Part
C includesdescriptionsof mandatoryship reportingsystemsand mandatoryrouteingmeasureswhich have
been adoptedby the Organization.PartH takesinto accountthe uniquecharacterof achipelagicsealanesas
a routeingsystemand providesguidancefor the preparation, considerationand adoptionof proposalsfor the
adoption,designation and substitutionof archipelagicsea lanes.
'10
Rule of the International Regulationsfor Preventing Collisionsat Sea,1972(COLREC1972),as amendedby
AssemblyresolutionsA.464(Xll),A.626(15),A.678(16), A.910(22)and A.1004(25),prescribesthe conduct of
vesselswithin or neartrafficseparationschemesadoptedby lMO. The text of rule 10 is reproducedin part B.

Throughits appropriatebodies,IMO keepsthe subjectof ships'routeingundercontinuousreviewby adopting

new routeingsystemsand amendingor, when necessary/ withdrawingexistingsystems.

A Covernmentintendingto establisha new or amendedrouteingsystemshouldbe guidedby this publication

and follow all recommendedconsultative
proceduresto ensurethat a proposedsystemwill comply with the
relevantCeneralProvisions
on Ships'Routeingin part A and with part H.

(Amended 2015) SHIPS'ROUTEINC2015EDITION

Proposedrouteingmeasuresshould be submittedto the Sub-Committeeon Navigation,Communications
and Searchand Rescueat leastthree monthsbeforea scheduledmeeting.The Sub-Committee will evaluate
a proposalfor technicalcompliancewith the CeneralProvisionsand makea recommendationregardingits
adoption.Submissions shouldinclude,in additionto the descriptionof the routeingmeasureand associated
chartlet,the referencechart or charts listedin the descriptionof the routeingmeasurewith the proposed
routeingsystemdelineatedthereon.Member Covernmentsshould also take into accountMSC/Circ.1060
"Guidancenoteson the preparationof proposalson ships'routeingsystemsand ship reportingsystemsfor
submission to the Sub-Committee on Safetyof Navigation*"and its amendmentin MSC.1/Circ.1060/Add.1; for
that purpose,the templatesdownloadablefrom the IMO websitef may be useful.

The Maritime Safety Committee will adopt routeing measuresin accordancewith Assembly resolu-
as amended,and A.85B(20).
tionsA.572(14),

-
On 1 .January2O14,theSub-Committeeon Safetyof Navigationand the Sub-Committee and Searchand
on Radiocommunications
Rescuewere replacedby the Sub-Committeeon Navigation,Communicationsand Searchand Rescue.
i See http://www.imo-org/en/OurWork/Safety/Navigation/Pages/ShipsRouteing.aspx.

xvi Amended 2015) SHIPS'ROUTEING2015EDITION

INTERNATIONAT
CONVENTIONFORTHE SAFETY
OF LIFEAT SEA,1974,
AS AMENDED

V/1O- Ships'routeing
Regulation
1 Ships'routeingsystemscontributeto safetyof life at sea, safetyand efficiencyof navigation,and/or
protectionof the marineenvironment.Ships'routeingsystemsare recommendedfor use by, and may be
mademandatoryfor,all ships,certaincategories
of shipsor shipscarryingcertaincargoes,when adoptedand
implementedin accordancewith the guidelinesand criteriadevelopedby the Organization*.

2 The Organizationis recognizedas the only internationalbody for developingguidelines,criteriaand

regulationson an international
levelfor ships'routeingsystems.
ContractingCovernmentsshallreferproposals
for the adoptionof ships'routeingsystemsto the Organization.The Organizationwill collateand disseminate
to ContractingCovernmentsall relevantinformationwith regardto any adoptedships'routeingsystems.

3 The initiationof action for establishing

a ships'routeingsystemis the responsibility
of the Covernment
or Covernmentsconcerned.In developingsuchsystemsfor adoptionby the Organization-, the guidelinesand
criteriadevelopedby the Organization*shallbe taken into account.

4 Ships'routeingsystemsshouldbe submittedto the Organizationfor adoption.However,a Covernment

or Covernmentsimplementingships'routeingsystemsnot intendedto be submittedto the Organizationfor
adoptionor which havenot beenadoptedby the Organizationareencouragedto takeinto account,wherever
possible,the guidelinesand criteriadevelopedby the Organization-.

5 Where two or more Covernmentshavea common interestin a particulararea/they shouldformulate

joint proposalsfor the delineationand useof a routeingsystemthereinon the basisof an agreementbetween
them. Upon receiptof such proposaland beforeproceedingwith the considerationof it for adoption,the
Organizationshall ensurethat detailsof the proposalare disseminated to the Covernmentswhich have a
common interestin the area,includingcountriesin the vicinityof the proposedships'routeingsystem.

6 ContractingCovernmentsshalladhereto the measuresadoptedby the Organizationconcerningships'

routeing.They shall promulgateall informationnecessaryfor the safeand effectiveuse of adoptedships'
routeingsystems.A Covernmentor Covernmentsconcernedmay monitortraffic in thosesystems.Contract-
ing Covernmentsshalldo everythingin their power to securethe appropriateuse of ships'routeingsystems
adoptedby the Organization.

7 A ship shall use a mandatoryships'routeingsystemadopted by the Organizationas requiredfor its

categoryor cargocarriedand in accordancewith the relevantprovisionsin force unlessthereare compelling
reasonsnot to usea particularships'routeingsystem.Any such reasonshallbe recordedin the ship'slog.

B Mandatoryships'routeingsystemsshallbe reviewedby the ContractingCovernmentor Covernments

concernedin accordancewith the guidelinesand criteriadevelopedby the Organization*.

9 All adoptedships'routeingsystemsand actionstakento enforcecompliancewith thosesystemsshallbe

consistent law, includingthe relevantprovisionsof the 1982 United NationsConventionon
with international
the Law of the Sea.

10 Nothingin thisregulationnor its associatedguidelinesand criteria*shallprejudicethe rightsand duties

of Covernmentsunder internationallaw or the legal regimesof straitsusedfor internationalnavigationand
archipelagic
sealanes.

=
Referto the Ceneralprovisionson ships'routeingadoptedby the Organizationby resolutionA.572(14),
as amended.

(Amended 2013) SHIPS'ROUTEING2015EDITION

PartA
Generalprovisions
on
ships'routeing
 ON SHIPS'ROUTEING
GENERALPROVISIONS
Introduction
TheCeneralProvisions pursuantto regulation
on Ships'Routeingareestablished V/10of the SOLASConvention.

1 Objectives
1.1 Thepurposeof ships'routeingisto improvethe safetyof navigationin convergingareasand in areaswhere
the densityof traffic is greator where freedomof movementof shippingis inhibitedby restrictedsea-room,
the existenceof obstructionsto navigation,limiteddepthsor unfavourable meteorological conditions.Ships'
routeingmay also be used for the purpose of preventing
or reducingthe risk of pollutionor other damage
to the marineenvironment causedby shipscollidingor groundingor anchoringin or nearenvironmentally
sensitiveareas.

1.2 The preciseobjectivesof any routeingsystemwill dependupon the particularhazardouscircumstances

which it is intendedto alleviate,but may includesomeor all of the following:
.1 the separationof opposingstreamsof trafficso as to reducethe incidenceof head-onencounters;
.2 the reductionof dangersof collisionbetrveencrossingtraffic and shippingin establishedtraffic
lanes:
.J the simplificationof the patternsof tranic flos' in convergingareas;
ihe orqanizationof safetranic t-lorrin areasof concentratedoftshoreexplorationor exploitation;
.; the oganizationof tranicflorv in or aroundareaswhere navigationby all shipsor by certainclasses
of ship is dangerousor undesirable;
.6 the organizationof safetrafficflow in or aroundor at a safedistancefrom environmentally
sensitive
areas;
.7 the reductionof risk of groundingby providingspecialguidanceto vesselsin areaswhere water
depthsare uncertainor critical;and
.B of trafficthroughfishinggrounds.
the guidanceof trafficclearof fishinggroundsor the organization

2 Definitions
2.1 The followingtermsare usedin connectionwith mattersrelatedto ships'routeing:
.1 Routeingsystem
it
Any systemof one or more routesor routeingmeasuresaimed at reducingthe riskof casualties;
includestrafficseparationschemes,two-way routes,recommendedtracks,areasto be avoided,no
areasand deep-waterroutes.
anchoringareas,inshoretraffic zone1 roundabouts,precautionary
.2 Mandatory routeing system
A routeingsystemadoptedby the Organization,in accordancewith the requirements of regulation
Conventionfor the Safetyof Life at Sea 1974,for mandatoryuse by all
V/l0 of the International
ships,certaincategoriesof shipsor shipscarryingcertaincargoes.
.3 Traffic separationscheme*
A routeingmeasureaimed at the separationof opposingstreamsof traffic by appropriatemeans
of traffic lanes.
and by the establishment
.4 Separationzone or line*
A zone or line separatingthe traffic lanes in which ships are proceedingin oppositeor nearly
oppositedirections;or separatinga traffic lane from the adjacentsea area;or separatingtraffic
lanesdesignated for particularclassesof ship proceedingin the samedirection.

Thesetermsare usedin the 1972CollisionReeulations.

S H I P SR
' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N (Amended2000)
 .5 Traffic lane"
Naturalobstacles,including
An areawithin definedlimits in which one-waytraffic is established.
thoseforming separationzones,may constitutea boundary.
.6 Roundabout
A routeingmeasurecomprisinga separationpoint or circular separationzone and a circular
traffic lane within defined limits. Traffic within the roundaboutis separatedby moving in a
counterclockwise directionaroundthe separationpoint or zone.
.7 lnshore traffic zone"
A routeing measurecomprising a designatedarea between the landward boundary of a traffic
separationschemeand the adjacentcoast,to be used in accordancewith the provisionsof rule
Regulations
10(d),as amended,of the International Collisionsat Sea,1922(Collision
for Preventing
Regulations).
.B Two-way route
aimed at providingsafe
A route within defined Iimitsinsidewhich two-way traffic is established,
passage of shipsthroughwaterswhere navigationis difficultor dangerous.
.9 Recommendedroute
A route of undefinedwidth, for the convenienceof ships in transit,which is often marked by
centrelinebuoys.
. 1 0 Recommendedtrack
A routewhich hasbeenspeciallyexaminedto ensureso far as possiblethat it is freeof dangersand
alongwhich shipsare advisedto navigate.
. 1 1 Deep-water route
A routewithin definedlimitswhich hasbeen accuratelysurveyedfor clearanceof seabottom and
submergedobstaclesas indicatedon the chart.
. 1 2 Precautionaryarea
A routeingmeasurecomprisingan area within defined limits where ships must navigatewith
particularcautionand within which the directionof trafficflow may be recommended.
. 1 3 Area to be avoided
A routeingmeasurecomprisingan areawithin definedIimitsin which eithernavigationis particularly
and which shouldbe avoidedby all
hazardousor it is exceptionallyimportantto avoid casualties
ships,or certainclassesof ship.
. 1 4 No anchoring area
A routeingmeasurecomprisingan area within defined limits where anchoringis hazardousor
damageto the marineenvironment.Anchoringin a no anchoringarea
could resultin unacceptable
of ships,exceptin caseof immediatedangerto the
shouldbe avoidedby all shipsor certainclasses
shipor the persons on board.
. 1 5 Establisheddirection of traffic ffow
within a traffic
A trafficflow patternindicatingthe directionalmovementof trafficas established
separationscheme.
. 1 6 Recommendeddirection of traffic flow
A traffic flow pattern indicatinga recommendeddirectionalmovementof traffic where it is
impracticalor unnecessary directionof trafficflow.
to adopt an established

" Thesetermsare usedin the 1972CollisionRegulations.

(Amended2000) SHIPS' 2015EDITION

ROUTEING
3 Procedures and responsibilities
Procedures
and functionsof IMO
3.1 IMO is recognizedas the only internationalbody responsiblefor establishingand adoptingmeasures
levelconcerningships'routeingsystemsfor useby all ships,certaincategories
on an international of shipsor
shipscarryingcertaincargoesor typesand quantitiesof bunkerfuel.

3.2 In decidingwhetheror not to adopt or amenda trafficseparationscheme,IMO will considerwhether:

.1 the aids to navigationproposedwill enable marinersto determinetheir positionwith sufficient
accuracyto navigatein the schemein accordancewith rule 10 of the 1972CollisionRegulations,
as amended;
.2 surveysin the areais adequate;*
the stateof hydrographic
.3 the schemetakesaccountof the acceptedplanningconsiderations and complieswith the design
criteriator trafficseparationschemesand with established
methodsof routeing.

3.3 In decidinqnhether or not to adopt or amenda routeingsystemotherthan a trafficseparationscheme,

l,\1Orrill consideruhether the aidsto navigationand the stateof hydrographicsurveysare adequatefor the
purposeof the srstem-'

3.-t lrtO shall not adopt or amend any routeingsystemwithout the agreementof the interestedcoastal
State:.u here that systemmay affect:
.l their rightsand practicesin respectof the exploitationof livingand mineralresources;
.2 routeingsystemsin the watersconcerned;and
the environment,trafficpatternor established
.3 or adjustmentsin the navigational
demandsfor improvements aidsor hydrographicsurveysin the
watersconcerned.

3.5 In decidingwhetheror not to adoptor amenda mandatoryrou{eingsystem,IMO will, in additionto the

provisionsof paragraphs
3.2, 3.3, as appropriate,and 3.4, considerwhether:
.1 proper and sufficientjustificationfor the establishment
of a mandatoryrouteingsystemhas been
providedby the sponsoringCovernmentor Covernments; and
.2 ports or harboursof littoralStateswould be adverselyaffected.

3.6 In decidingwhetheror not to adoptor amenda routeingsystemwhich is intendedto protectthe marine

environment,IMO will considerwhether:
.'l the proposedrouteingsystemcan reasonablybe expectedto significantlypreventor reducethe
riskof pollutionor otherdamageto the marineenvironmentof the areaconcerned;
.2 given the overall sizeof the area to be protected,or the aggregatenumber of environmentally
sensitiveareasestablished or identifiedin the geographicalregionconcerned,the useof routeing
systems- particularlyareasto be avoided- could havethe effectof unreasonably limitingthe sea
areaavailablefor navigation;and
.3 the proposedrouteingsystemmeetsthe requirements
of theseCeneralProvisions.

3.7 IMO will not adopt a proposedrouteingsystemuntil is is satisfiedthat the proposedsystemwill not
impose unnecessaryconstraintson shippingand is completelyin accordancewith the requirementsof
regulationV/.10,paragraph9 of the SOLASConvention.In particular,an area to be avoidedwill not be
of shipsthroughan international
adoptedif it would impedethe passage strait.

Responsibilities of Governments and recommended and compulsory practices

3.8 A new or amendedrouteingsystemadoptedby IMO shall not come into force as an IMO adopted
systembeforean effectivedate promulgatedby the Covernmentthat proposedthe system,which shall be

*
The minimumstandards to which hydrographic surveysare to be conducted,to verifythe accuracyof charteddepthsin the traffic
lanesof a proposedor amendedtrafficseparationschemeor in a deep-waterrouteor other routeingmeasure,are thosedefinedin
SpecialPublicationNo. 44 of the InternationalHydrographicOrganization,IHO Standardsfor HydrographicSurveys.

S H I P SR
' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N Amended 2004)
communicatedto IMO by the responsible Covernment.Thatdateshallnot be earlierthan six monthsafterthe
date of adoptionof a routeingsystemby IMO but, when new chart editionsnecessitatea substantiallylonger
period betweenadoptionand implementation,IMO shallset a laterdate as requiredby the circumstances
of the case. lf the Governmentthat proposedthe systemis unableat the time of adoption by IMO to declare
a definitedate of implementation,this informationshould be communicatedto IMO as soon as possible
thereafterand the imolementationdate then declaredshould not be earlierthan four months after the date
on which the declarationis made;in the caseof a trafficseparationschemethe exacttime of implementation
shouldalsobe stated.lf there is a protracteddelay in makingsucha declaration,the Covernmentconcerned
should periodicallyinform IMO of the situation and forecast
when implementation is likely to be possible.
EitherNoticesto Marinersto amendcharts,or revisedchartsto depictthe system,shallbe madeavailablein
ample time beforethe systemcomes into force.

3.9 The responsible Covernmentimplementinga new or amendedrouteingsystemshouldensurethat full

and final detailsof plannedchangesto aidsto navigation,anchorageareasor pilot boardingareaswhich are
closelyassociatedwith the systemand importantto its effectiveutilizationby the marinerare providedto the
appropriatehydrographicauthority at leastsix months prior to the date of implementation.

or amendinga routeingsystemin a particularareawhere two or more Covernments

3.10 When establishing
have a common interesf they should formulatejoint proposalsfor adoption by IMO in accordancewith
SOLASchapterV, regulation10.5.

3.'l1 A Covernment,or Covernmentsjointly, proposinga new routeingsystemor an amendmentto an

adoptedsystem,any part of which lies beyond its or their territorialsea,should consultIMO so that such
systemmay be adoptedor amendedby IMO for international use.SuchCovernmentor Covernmentsshould
furnishall relevantinformation,in particularwith regardto:
.1 the objectivesof the proposed routeing systemand a demonstratedneed for its establishment,
includingthe considerationof alternativerouteingmeasuresand the reasonswhy the proposed
routeingsystemis preferred;
.2 the traffic pattern,hazardsto navigation,aids to navigationdnd the stateof hydrographicsurveys;
.3 marineenvironmental
considerations;

. .4 of shipsor shipscarryingcertaincargoesor typesand

the applicationto all ships,certaincategories
quantitiesof bunkerfuel of a routeingsystemor any part thereof;
.5 routeingmeasure,if necessary,
anyalternative of shipsor shipscarrying
for all ships,certaincategories
certaincargoeswhich may be excludedfrom usinga routeing system or any part thereof;and
.6 the delineationof the routeingsystemasshownon a nauticalchart(typeof nauticalchartasappropriate)
and a descriptionof the systemincludingthe geographical co-ordinates.The co-ordinatesshouldbe
givenin the WCS 84 datum;in addition,geographical co-ordinates shouldalsobe givenin the same
datum as the nauticalchart, if this chart is basedon a datum other than WCS 84.

3.12 Covernmentsare recommendedto ensure,as far as practicable,that drillingrigs(MODUs),exploration

platformsand other similarstructuresare not establishedwithin the traffic lanesof routeingsystemsadopted
by IMO or near their terminations. When the temporarypositioningof a drillingrig or a similarstructurein
a traffic lane of an adoptedtraffic separationschemecannot be avoided,the systemshould, if necessary,be
amendedtemporarilyin accordancewith the guidelinesgiven in section7. ln the caseof mandatoryrouteing
systems,Covernmentsshouldensurethat drilling rigs (MODUs),explorationplatformsand other structures
obstructingnavigationand not beingan aid to navigationwill not be established within the traffic lanesof a
traffic separationschemebeing part of a mandatoryrouteingsystem.

3.13 lf the above explorationactivitieslead to the finding of important exploitationprospects,the effect of

subsequentexploitationon the safetyof marinetraffic should be consideredcarefully.lf the establishment
of permanentinstallationswithin a trafficseparationschemeis unavoidable,permanentamendmentsto the
if
scheme, deemed necessary,should be submittedto IMO for adoption.

3.14 Covernmentsestablishingrouteingsystems, no part of which liesbeyondtheirterritorialseasor in straits

usedfor international are requestedto designthem in accordancewith IMO guidelinesand criteria
navigation,
for suchschemesand submitthem to IMO for adoption.

(Amended 2004) ' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N

S H I P SR
3.15 Where,for whateverreason,a Covernmentdecidesnot to submita routeingsystemto lMO, it should,
in promulgatingthe systemto mariners,ensurethat there are clear indicationson chartsand in nautical
publicationsas to what rulesapply to the system.

3.16 Covernmentsestablishing other than trafficseparationschemes,no partsof which lie

routeingsystems,
beyondtheirterritorialseas,are recommendedto follow the sameprocedureas thatsetout in paragraphs 3.14
and 3.15above.

3.17 Arouteingsystem,when adoptedby lMO, shallnot be amendedor suspendedbeforeconsultationwith

and agreem"niby IMO unlesslocal conditionsor the urgencyof the case,as describedin paragraph3.19,
requirethat earlieraction be taken. ln consideringthe proposal,IMO shall take accountof the objectives,
methodsand criteriafor routeingsystemsas set out in theseCeneralProvisions.
procedures,responsibilities,
A mandatoryrouteingsystem,when adoptedby IMO, shallnot be temporarilyamendedor suspendedexcept
in urgentcasesas describedin paragraph3.19.

3.18 Mandatoryrouteingsystemsshould be reviewed,as necessary, by the Covernmentor Covernments

concerned,taking into aciount pertinentcomments, reportsand on the routeingsystem.Elements
observations
underreviewmig'htincludevariations to traffic offshore
patterns, and
exploration exploitation,hydrographical
changes,effectivenessof aids to navigationand other developments.

3.19 In an emergencysuch as might resultfrom the unexpectedblockingor obstructionof a traffic laneor any
other part of a routeings!,stemby a'wreck or other hazard,immediatetemporary changesin the use of the
anectedtrattic separat'ronschemeor other routeingsystemmay be made by the responsibleand sponsoring
Corernment or Governments,with the objective of directing traffic flow clear of the new hazard.In such
cases.even' possiblemeasureshall be taken by the Covernmentor Covernmentsconcernedto immediately
informshippingof the hazardand of the temporarychangeswhich havebeen made.

and sponsoringCovernmentor Covernmentsshouldinform IMO as soon as possibleof any

The responsible
suchchangesand theirjustification.

3.20 By rules.lO(k)and 10(l)respectively a vesselrestrictedin its abilityto

of the1972 CollisionRegulations,
manoeuvrewhen engagedin an operationfor eitherthe maintenanceof safetyof navigationor the laying,
servicingor pickingup oi u submarinecable in a trafficseparationschemeis exemptedfrom complyingwith
rule lO to the extentnecessaryto carry out the operation.The Covernmentor authorityresponsible for safety
of navigationin a trafficseparationscheme shouldensure that:

.1 the intentionof undertakingsuchan operationis first notifiedto each Covernmentor appropriate

authorityconcerned;

.2 informationabout such ships working in a traffic separationscheme is, as far as practicable,

promulgatedin advanceby Notice to Mariners,and subsequentlyby radionavigation warnings
during
broadcastbeforeand at regularintervals the and
operations;

.3 suchoperationsare,as far as possible,avoidedin conditionsof restrictedvisibility.

4 Methods
In meetingthe objectivesset out in section1, the followingare amongthe methodswhich may be used:

4.1 The separation of opposing streams of traffic by separation zone, or lines where zones
are not possible

In this method, streamsof traffic proceedingin oppositeor nearly oppositedirectionsare separatedby

separationzones (4) or lines (3); the use of zones is to be preferred,but in narrow passagesand "restricted
watersit may be necessary to use a separationline ratherthan a zone so as to allow more navigablespace
in the trafficlanes.A lengthof separationline may alsobe substitutedfor azone in positionswhere this may
encourageand facilitateiorrect proceduresby crossingtraffic.The outsideIimits(6)of suchtrafficseparati_on
schemeiarethe outerboundariesof the trafficlanes.The arrows('1)indicatethe established directionof traffic
flow.

' O U T E I N C2 0 1 5E D I T I O N
S H I P SR (Amended 2000)
4.2 The separation of opposing streamsof traffic by natural obstructions and geographically
defined objects

Thismethodis usedwherethereisa definedareawith obstructionssuchasislands, or rocksrestricting

shoals
freemovement a naturaldivisionfor opposing
andproviding trafficstreams.

Figure 1 - Trafficseparationby separationzone Figure 2 - Separationof traffic by

and line naturalobstructions

4.3 The separation of through and local traffic by providing inshore traffic zones

schemes,shipsmay navigatein any direction.Where suchareas

Beyondthe outsidelimitsof trafficseparation
lie betweenthe trafficseparationschemeand the coastthey may be designatedas inshoretrafficzones(see
.10),
alsofigures4 and with the purposeof keepinglocal trafficclearof the trafficseparationschemewhich
shouldbe usedby throughtraffic.

Trafficin inshoretraffic zonesis separatedfrom traffic in the adjacenttraffic laneby separationzones(4)or by

separationlines(3) (seealsofigures4 and 10).

4.4 The sectorial division of adjacent traffic separation schemes at approaches to focal points

This method is used where shipsconvergeat a focal point or a small area from variousdirections.Port
approaches,seapilot stations,positionswhere landfallbuoysor lightvessels
are located,entrances
to channels,
etc.,may be consideredas,suchfocal points.
canals,estuaries,

Figure 3 - lnshoretraffic zones Figure 4 - Sectorid division of adjacent traffic

separationschemesat approachesto focal points

(Amended 2000) S H I P SR
' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N
4.5 The routeing of traffic at focal points and route junctions
where traffic separation schemes meet
The routeingmeasureto be utilizedat focal points,routejunctionsand intersections
shouldbe selectedfrom
the mostappropriateof the followingmethods:
.1 Roundabouts
lf the need can be demonstrated, a roundaboutmay be used to guide traffic counterclockwise
round a circularseparationzone (4)or specifiedpoint,as illustratedin figure5.
.2 lunctions
Thesemethodsare usedwheretwo routesjoin or cross.The directionsof trafficf low areestablished
in the lanes of the adjoiningschemes;the separationzone may be interrupted,as shown in
figures6 and 7, or replacedby a separationline, as shown in figureB, in order to emphasizethe
correctmethodof crossingby trafficchangingfrom one schemeto the other.

Figure5 - Separationof trafficat a roundabout Figure 6 - Separationof traffic at a crossing

t77 -Separation
Figure - Separationof traffic ata
at a junction FigureB- A junction, showinga separationline
substituted for a zone, where there
will be crossinstraffic

..J Precautionaryareas
It may be best,when routesconverge,to terminatethem clearof their potentialjoiningpointsand
in such a casea precautionaryarea (9) can be institutedso as to emphasizethe need for care in
navigation.Figures9 and 10 illustratethe useof such an areaat focal points;a directionof traffic
flow may be recommended(2)aroundthe focal point,as shown in figure10.
Figure11 givesan exampleof how a precautionary area(9)can be usedat a junctionwith crossing
traffic.Thetrafficlanesareterminatedshort of the pointwheretrafficisexpectedto crossand replaced
by a precautionary areawithin which the recommended directionsof trafficflow (2)are indicated.
areasmay alsobe usedat the terminationof any singleroute.
Precautionary

S H I P SR
' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N (Amended2000)
 \ area /
\ /

Figure9 - Precautionaryarea at a focal point Figure1O- Precautionaryarea with recommended

direction of traffic flow around an area to be avoided

Figure 11 - Precautionaryarea at a junction

with recommended directions of traffic flow

4:6 Other routeing methods

Other routeingmethodswhich may be usedare as shown in the figuresbelow:
.1 Deep-waterroutes(figures12 and 13);
'lB);
.2 Areasto be avoided (figures10 and
.3 Recommendeddirectionsof traffic flow (figure 14),two-way routes(figure'15)and recommended
routes and tracks through areas where navigation is difficult or dangerous(figures16 and 17);
.4 No anchoringareas(figure19).

( r - -

-- o

" ' - D l -' Y\ \\

\\ \\
\\
\\ \
\ - . - - - )\

Figure12 - Deep-waterroute (two-way) Figure 13 - One-way deep-waterroute

(within a traffic lane)

tAmended2000) S H I P SR
' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N
Figure 14 - Recommended directions of traffic flow Figure 15 - Two-wayroute (with one-waysections)
between two traffic separationschemes

,(? ,"
P 'J,
l__,/ i O
- .'i'. I
f (=== ,__----9---4- /, r.'-- l-Tj I
'
- -- +5---J- -"'-a==y b --l -- _ _ _ o _- ; tlt
, .,-. --';fi-
-'a f) . . - - - - . r.:aj
.->--'-
c -' -- tt -N- t r . -

,,{\,:o *,r'':::: @ WY
\--<->--.:S-5-
.r' '-=1 rJ.i | _.S
lJ v'
t= ,;s-=gJ.a"

Figure 16 - Recommendedroutes Figure 17 - Recommendedtracks (in black)

-1\->.
F- rF TTTT T{

ir
rTT
{
F \
,
F
- f
' Ar9a+
x
\ F t {
l. +
I O' to qe,
\
\.
F
F ,+
v
{
{^
i--
***
avoided \5
t^ t r
{
*.( / ****-----J
'***rt

Figure 18 - Area to be avoided Figure 19 - No anchoringarea

5 Planning
5.1 The routeingsystemselectedfor a particularareashouldaim at providingsafepassage for shipsthrough
the areawithout undulyrestrictinglegitimaterightsand practices,and takingaccountof anticipatedor existing
navigationalhazards.

reviewingor adjustinga routeingsystem,the followingfactorsshall be

5.2 When planning,establishing,
amongthosetakeninto accountby a Covernment:
.1 their rightsand practicesin respectof the exploitationof livingand mineralresources;

SHIPS'
ROUTEING
2015EDITION (Amended 2000)
 .2 previouslyestablishedrouteingsystemsin adjacentwaters,whether or not under the proposing
Covernment'sjurisdiction;
.3 the existingtraffic patternin the area concerned,includingcoastaltraffic,crossingtraffic,naval
exerciseareasand anchorageareas;
.4 foreseeable
changesin the trafficpatternresultingfrom port or offshoreterminaldevelopments;
.5 the presenceof fishinggrounds;
.6 existingactivitiesand foreseeabledevelopmentsof offshoreexplorationor exploitationof the
sea-bedand subsoil;
.7 the adequacyof existingaidsto navigation,hydrographicsurveysand nauticalchartsof the area;
.B environmentalfactors,includingprevailingweatherconditions,tidal streamsand currentsand the
possibilityof ice concentrations;
and
.9 the existence of environmentalconservationareas and foreseeabledeveloomentsin the
establishment
of suchareas.

5.3 A Covernmentor Covernmentsplanning,implementingand maintainingmandatoryrouteingsystems

shouldconsiderwhether,becauseof the particularcircumstancesin the areaor partsof the areaconcerned,
an associatedmonitoringservice,a reportingserviceor VTS should be establishedin accordancewith the
guidelinesadoptedby IMO for suchservices*,as appropriate.
5.4 Routeingsystemsshould not be establishedin areaswhere the instabilityof the sea-bedis such that
frequentchangesin the alignmentand positionsof the main channels,and thus of the routeingsystemitself,
are Iikely.

5.5 When establishing areasto be avoidedby all shipsor by certainclasses

of ship,the necessityfor creating
suchareasshouldbe well demonstrated and the reasonsstated.In general,theseareasshouldbe established
only in placeswhere inadequatesurveyor insufficientprovisionof aidstq navigationmay leadto dangerof
stranding,or where local knowledgeis consideredessentialfor safepassage, or where there is the possibility
that unacceptable damageto the environmentcould resultfrom a casualty,or where there might be hazard
to a vital aid to navigation.Theseareasshallnot be regardedas prohibitedareasunlessspecificallyso stated;
the.classes of shipwhich shouldavoidthe areasshouldbe consideredin each particularcase.

5.6 When establishing a no anchoringareafor all shipsor certainclassesof ships,the necessityfor creating
suchan areashouldbe well demonstrated and the reasonsstated.In general,theseareasshouldbe established
only in areaswhere anchoringis hazardous,or where there is a possibilitythat unacceptable
damageto the
marineenvironmentcould result.The classesof shipswhich should avoid anchoringin an area should be
consideredand clearlyidentifiedin eachparticularcase.

5.7 Covernmentsconsidering a new routeingsystemor amendingan existingone shouldconsult

establishing
at an earlystagewith:
.1 marinersusingthe area;
.2 authoritiesresponsible
for aidsto navigationand for hydrographic
surveysand nauticalpublications;
.3 port authorities;
and
.4 organizationsconcernedwith fishing, offshoreexplorationor exploitationand environmental
protection,as appropriate.

Thisconsultationprocessis impliedin paragraphs

3.4, 3.11,5.2, 5.5 and6.2.

6 Designcriteria
6.1 The following standardsshould,so far as the circumstances
allow, be applied in the designof ships'
routeingmeasures.

" Referto resolutionMSC.43(64),

Cuidelinesand criteriafor ship reportingsystems,as amendedby resolutionsMSC.111(73)
and
MSC.I89(79),and resolutionA.857(2O),Cuidelinesfor vesseltraffic services,as amended.

10 Amended 2000) S H I P SR
' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N
General

6.2 Routesshouldfollow as closelyas possiblethe existingpatternsof trafficflow in the areasas determined

by traffic surveys.

to providefor an unobstructed
6.3 The configurationand lengthof routeingsystemswhich are established
passagethrough offshoreexplorationand exploitationareasmay differ from the dimensionsof normally
a clearpassage
systemsif the purposeof safeguarding
established warrantssucha specialfeature.

6.4 Coursealterationsalonga routeshouldbe as few as possibleand shouldbe avoidedin the approaches

to convergenceareasand routejunctions or where crossingtraffic may be expectedto be heavy.

6.5 The numberof convergenceareasand routejunctionsshouldbe kept to a minimum,and shouldbe as

widely separated from eachotheras possible.Adjacenttrafficseparationschemesshouldbe placedsuchthat
nearlyopposingstreamsof trafficin the adjacentschemesare separated aswidely as possible.Routejunctions
shouldnot be locatedwhere concentratedcrossing traffic, not following establishedroutes,may be expected,
e.g. ferry traffic.

6.6 Routesshouldbe designedto allow optimum useof aidsto navigationin the area,and of suchshipborne
navigationalaids as are requiredor recommendedto be fitted by internationalconventionsor by IMO
resolutionsand recommendations.

6.7 The stateof hydrographicsurveyswithin the limitsof a routeingsystemand in the approachesthereto

shouldbe suchthat full informationon existingdepthsof waterand hazardsto surfacenavigationis available
to nauticalchartingauthorities.

Traffic separati o n schemes

6.8 Trafficseparationschemesshallbe designedso as to enableshipsusingthem to fully comply at all times

with the International
Regulations Collisionsat Sea,1972,as amended.
for Preventing

6.9 A traffic separationscheme(TSS)may be part of a routeingsystem,includingother routesor routeing

measures.However,for compliancewith the lnternationalRegulations for PreventingCollisionsatSea,1972,
to describeeachTSSor part of TSSseparately
as amended,it is essential and under its own specificheading.
Any otherrouteingmeasureor routeformingpartof a routeingsystem,includingone or moretrafficseparation
scheme(s),shouldalsobe describedseparatelyunder its own specificheading.

6.10 The extentof a traffic seoarationschemeshould be limitedto what is essentialin the interestsof safe
navigation.

6.1'l Trafficlanesshouldbe designedto makeoptimum useof availabledepthsof waterand the safenavigable

areas,takinginto accountthe maximumdepth of waterattainablealongthe lengthof the route.The width of
lanesshouldtake accountof the trafficdensity,the generalusageof the areaand the sea-roomavailable.

6.12 Where there is sufficientspace,separationzones should be used in preferenceto separationlines

to separateopposing streamsof traffic and to segregateinshore traffic zones from adjacent traffic lanes.
Separation zonesor Iinesmay alsobe usedto separatea trafficlanefrom adjacentseaareasotherthan inshore
takinginto accounttrafficdensityand the availablemeansof fixing
trafficzones,in appropriatecircumstances,
ships'positions.

6.13 Position fixing

6.13.1 lt shouldbe possiblefor shipsto fix their positionanywherewithin the limitsof and in the immediate
approaches to a trafficseparationschemeby one or more of the followingmeans,both by day and by night:

.1 visualbearingof readilyidentifiableobjects;

.2 radarbearingsand rangesof readilyidentifiableobjects;

.3 D/F bearings;and

.4 equipmentsuitablefor usethroughoutthe intendedvoyage.

other radionavigation

SHIPS'ROUTEING2015 EDITION (Amended2013) l1

6.13.2 The positionfixing of ships may be supplementedor substitutedby shore-basedradar and radio
direction-findersystemsto assistshipswhich have difficulty to accuratelyestablishtheir positionwith the
means prescribedunder 6.13.'1.Such shore-basedsystemsshould be approvedby IMO before they are
recognizedas a position-fixingsystemfor supportingthe safetyof navigationin or near traffic separation
schemes.

6.14 When it is consideredessential to providewithin a trafficseparationschemean additionallanefor ships

carryinghazardousliquid substances Conventionfor the Prevention
in bulk, as specifiedin the International
of Pollutionfrom Ships,1973,as modifiedby the Protocolof 1978relatingthereto,in circumstances where it
is not possiblefor shipsto fix their positionas set out in paragraph6.'13over the whole areaof that lane and
an electronicposition-fixingsystemcoversthat area,the existenceof that systemmay be taken into account
when designingthe scheme.

6.15 The minimum widths of traffic lanesand of traffic separationzonesshouldbe relatedto the accuracy
of the availableposition-fixingmethods,acceptingthe appropriateperformancestandardsfor shipborne
equipmentas set out in IMO resolutionsand recommendations.

6.16 Where spaceallowsthe useof trafficseparationzones,the width of the zone should,if possible,be not
lessthan threetimesthe transverse componentof the standarderror(measured acrossthe separationzone)of
the most appropriateof the position-fixingmethodslistedin paragraph6.'13.Where necessaryor desirable,
and where'practicable, additionalseparationshouldbe providedto ensurethat therewill be adequateearly
indicationthat trafficproceedingin the oppositedirectionwill passon the correctside.

6.17 lf thereis doubt as to the abilityof shipsto fix their positionspositivelyand without ambiguityin relation
to separationlinesor zones,seriousconsideration shouldbe givento providingadequatemarkingby buoys.

M andatory routei ng systems

6.18 The extentof a mandatoryrouteingsystemshouldbe limitedto what is essentialin the interestof safety
of navigationand the protectionof the marineenvironment'

6.19 lt shallbe possiblefor shipsto fix their positionsin relationto a mandatoryrouteingsystemby one or
more of the meansmentionedin paragraph6.'13of this section.

Converging and junction areas

6.20 Whicheveroftheseveralavailablerouteingmethodsischosenforuseataroutejunctionorinaconverging
area,it must be a cardinalprinciplethat any ambiguityor possiblesourceof confusionin the applicationof
the 1972 CollisionRegulations must be avoided.This principleshould be particularlyborne in mind when
o, ,".orn,i"nding the directionof trafficflow in suchareas.lf recommendeddirectionsof traffic
establishing
flow are aJopted,these should take full account of the existingpatternof traffic flow in the area concerned,
and alsoof all other applicableprovisionsof ships'routeing.

apply:
6.21 AI routejunctionsthe followingparticularconsiderations

.1 the needto encouragethe crossingof trafficlanesas nearlyas possibleat rightangles;

.2 as
the need to give shipswhich may be requiredto giveway under Ihe 1972CollisionRegulations
much room to manoeuvreas Possible;

.3 the needto enablea stand-onvesselto maintaina steadycourse,as requiredby the 1972Collision

Regulations,for as long as possiblebeforethe routejunction;and

.4 routeto avoid crossingat or near route

the need to encouragetrafficnot followingan established
junctions.

Deep-water routes

6.22 ln designingdeep-waterroutes,considerationshould be given to markingcriticalturning points'Any

wrecksor r"i-b"d obsiructionswhich lie within the limitsof a deep-waterrouteand which havelessdepthof
wateroverthem thanthe minimumdepthof waterfor the routeas indicatedon the charts,shouldbe marked.

12 (Amended2013) ' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N
S H I P SR
7 Temporary and suspensions
adjustments
Traifi c sep arati o n schernes
-.,l
the designcriteriaand the provisions
When the temporarypositioningof an explorationrig is unavoidable,
':: planningshouldbe takeninto accountbeforepermittingthe positioningof the rig or subsequently adjusting
:rafficseparationscheme.
"
.l shouldbe made in accordancewith the following:
The saidadjustments
.1 when the drilling location is situatednear the boundary of a traffic lane or separationzone,
a relativelyslight adjustmentof the schemecould have such effect that the drilling rig and its
associatedsafetyzone are sufficientlyclearof the traffic lane;

Example

- -_ -_
X X
,

Original situation Adapted situation

.2 if a smalltemporaryadjustmentof the traffic lane is not possiblethe whole or part of the scheme
could be temporarilyshiftedaway from the drillingareaso that trafficconnectedwith the drilling
operationswill stayclearof the lane;

Example

<............-
. ..:
- -

r-----------\- X X

Original situation Adapted situation

S H I P SR
' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N (Amended2000) 13
 .3 temporarylocal interruptionof the schemeor part of the schemein the area of locationof the
drillingrig. Suchan interruptioncould be madea precautionaryarea;

Example

€ t i =
.!? |

E *I;E i
E l

\ - 3x i -*
F . 4
l Y l
________t_

Original situation Adaptedsituation

.4 temporary of thewholescheme.
suspension
7.3 In each case,explorationsitesshould be reviewedand such conditionsspecifiedas the responsible
Covernmentmay deem necessaryto ensuresafetyof navigationin the area.

7.4 Detailsof thesetemporaryadjustmentsshouldbe forwardedto IMO and to appropriatehydrographic

offices at leastfour months before the rig is positionedwithin an adopted traffic separationschemeso as to
allow ample time to inform shipping.When the durationof such temporaryadjustmentsis expectedto be
six monthsor more, this should be made known to the relevanthydrographicauthoritiesin order to allow
appropriateactionto be takenin notifyingmariners.

7.5 In the eventof a temporaryadjustmentto a trafficseparationschemeremainingin force for more than

Covernmentshouldconsiderwhetherpermanentamendmentsto the schememay
one year,the responsible
ultimatelybecomenecessary initiatetimelyprocedures
and,if appropriate, for IMO to adoptsuchamendments.

M andatory routei ng systems

7.6 Mandatoryrouteingsystemsshouldnot be temporarilyadjusted.If necessaryfor the safetyof navigation
in the areaconcerned,a mandatoryrouteingsystemmay be entirelyor partlysuspendedby the Contracting
Covernmentor Covernmentswhich have implementedsuch systems.The responsibleCovernmentor
Covernmentsshould inform IMO of such a suspensionand promulgatedetailsof the suspensionby all
appropriatemeans.

8 Useof routeingsystems
8.1 Unlessstatedotherwise,routeingsystemsare recommendedfor use by all shipsand may be made
of shipsor shipscarryingcertaincargoesor typesand quantitiesof
mandatoryfor all ships,certaincategories
bunkerfuel.

8.2 Routeingsystemsare intendedfor use by day and by night in all weathers,in ice-freewatersor under
are required.
light ice conditionswhere no extraordinarymanoeuvresor ice-breakerassistance

8.3 Bearingin mind the need for adequateunder-keelclearance,a decisionto use a routeingsystemmust
take into accountthe charteddepth,the possibilityof changesin the sea-bedsincethe time of the lastsurvey/
and tidal conditionson waterdepths.
and the effectsof meteorological

8.4 A ship navigatingin or neara trafficseparationschemeadoptedby IMO shallin particularcomply with

'lO
rule of the 1972CollisionRegulations to minimizethe developmentof riskof collisionwith anothership.
The other rulesof the 1972 CollisionRegulations apply in all respects,and particularlythe rulesof part B,
sectionsll and lll, if riskof collisionwith anothership is deemedto exist.

(Amended 2000) ' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N

S H I P SR
8.5 At junction pointswhere trafficfrom variousdirectionsmeets,a true separationof traffic is not really
possible,as shipsmay need to crossroutesor changeto anotherroute.Shipsshouldthereforenavigatewith
greatcautionin suchareasand be awarethat the mere fact that a ship is proceedingalong a through-going
routegivesthat ship no specialprivilegeor rightof way.

8.6 A deep-waterroute is primarilyintendedfor use by shipswhich, becauseof their draughtin relationto

the availabledepth of water in the areaconcerned,requirethe useof such a route.Throughtrafficto which
the aboveconsideration does not apply should,as far as practicable,avoid usingdeep-waterroutes.

8.7 Precautionary areasshouldbe avoided,if practicable,by passingshipsnot makinguseof the associated

trafficseparationschemesor deep-waterroutes,or enteringor leavingadjacentports.

B.B ln two-way routes,includingtwo-way deep-waterroutes,shipsshouldas far as practicablekeepto the

starboardside.

8.9 Arrows printedon chartsin connectionwith routeingsystemsmerelyindicatethe generaldirectionof

or recommendedtrafficflow; shipsneed not settheir coursesstrictlyalongthe arrows.
established

8.10 The signalYC, meaningYouappear not to be complying with the trafficseparationscheme,is provided
Code of Signalsfor appropriateuse.
in the International

9 Representation on charts
9.1 The legends,symbolsand notesappearingin paragraph s 9.2, 9.3, 9.4 and9.5 are recommendedby the
HydrographicOrganizationas guidancefor the representation
International of detailsof routeingsystemsand
associatedmeasureson nauticalcharts. They are includedto illustratethe information likelyto be found on
chartsand as an aid to thosedesigningproposedrouteingsystemsfor adoptionby lMO.

9.2 lJse of legends on charts and in notes

Legend Use of legend

Trafficseparation
scheme Not usuallyshownon charts.
Referredto in notes.
lnshoretrafficzone Shownon chartsand referredto in notes.
Pranat iiancrtt aroa May be shown on chartsin lieu of the symboland
referredto in notes.
Deep-waterroute DW is shown on chartsto indicatethe deep water;
DW or deep-waterroute is referredto in notes.
A.na
AI UO
+a t\^
LU UE
^,,^i/.]^/'.J
AVUIUSU Shownon chartsand referredto in notes.
Two-wayroute Not usuallyshownon chartsbut referredto in
notes.
route
Recommended Not usuallyshownon chartsbut referredto in
noIes.
Recommended
track Not usuallyshownon chartsbut referredto in
notes.
Mandatoryrouteingsystem Not usuallyshownon chartsbut referredto irr
notes.
\ t^
\u
^^^h^.i^
ct tut tut il t9 ar ua Shownon chartsand referredto in notes.

S H I P SR
' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N (Amended 2000)
9.3 Symbolsfor basic elementsof routeing measures
Unless
otherwise
specified, areprintedon chartsin colour,usuallymagenta.
symbols
Notesand
Routeingterm Symbol Description Applications paragraph
references
1 Established Outlinedarrow Trafficseparation (1), (2)
directionof schemesand deep-water
trafficflow routes(when part of a
traffic lane)
(1)
2 Recommended E-=> Dashedoutlined Precautionaryareas/
directionof arrow two-way routes,
traffic flow recommendedroutes
and deep-waterroutes
3 Separationlines Tint. 3 mm wide Trafficseparation (3),(4) and
i::-:i=jj::-*3.ji
schemesand between paragraph9.4
traffic separation
schemesand inshore
traffic zones
4 Separationzones Tint, may be any Trafficseparation (4),(5) and
shape schemesand between paragraph9.4
traffic separation
schemesand inshore
traffic zones
5 Limitsof T T T T T T
T-shapeddashes Areasto be avoided,no (6)and
F
restrictedareas anchoringareasand ends paragraph9.4
F
(chartingterm) F of inshoretrafficzones

6 Ceneralmaritime t--------- DashedIine Trafficseparation

I
limits(charting I
I
schemes,precautionary
. term) I
areas.two-wav routes
and deep-waterroutes
7 Recommended Dashedlines Cenerally reserved (7)
tracks:one-way with arrowheads for useby charting
two-way (colourblack) authorities
B Recommended Dashedlineand Recommendedroutes
routes E--> dashedoutlined
arrows
Precautionary Precautionary
areas (B)
9 Precautionary
areas A symbol

Notes
(1) Arrowsdispersedover width of route.Arrows may be curved.Where the traffic lane is converging,arrowsshouldbe
orientedto the approximateaveragedirectionsof the sideboundaries.
(2) (otherthan roundabouts)
Arrow omittedat intersections to avoid implyingpriorityof one lane.
(3) line3 mm wide wherechartscalepermits.
Separation
(4) Tint lightenoughnot to obscuredetailbeneathit.
(5) lf traffic lanesare separatedby naturalobstacles,may be replacedby the symbol for generalmaritimelimits at the
boundaries of the lanes.
(6) Stemsof dashespoint towardsthe areain question.
(7) Symbolintendedfor tracksto be followedcloselythroughinadequately
surveyedareas.
(B) areainsteadof the symbol.
LegendPrecautionaryarea mayalsobe usedwithinthe precautionary
Forexamples usingthesebasicsymbolsseefigures1 to 19 in section4.
of routeingmeasures

16 (Amended 2000) ' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N

S H I P SR
94 Boundary symbols in detail

f:ample: Boundarysymbol B meansthat the boundary,indicatedby the line, between a precautionaryarea

and an inshoretraffic zone is to be shown by T-shapeddashes,with the stemsof the T's pointingtowardsthe
ffZ.

1 Trafficseparationscheme(ends) No boundary
Open sea

2 Tratficseparationscheme(sides) orffiHffiffior

Trafficseparationscheme ffiI*Flffior
Inshoretrafficzone

Traffic separationscheme next No boundarv

to traffic separationscheme

Inshoretrafficzone (ends) J J - I I J + J J -

@ or no symbol(limitsundefined)

Precautionaryarea
---Open
sea-

Precautionaryarea
T T T T T T T T
Inshoretraffic zone

Deep-waterroute (sides)
Open sea

1 0 Deep-waterroute (ends)
Open sea

11 Deep-waterroute (ends)
Trafficseparationscheme

12 Deep-watdr route next to No boundarv

deep-water route

13 Deep-waterroute (ends)
Precautionaryarea

14 Deep-waterroute
Separationzo"e/iint

(Separationzonelline acts as boundary)

1 5 Two-wayroute Samerulesas for deep-waterroute

All o-therareas

16 Area to be avoided J J I f J - J J - I

All otherareas

17 No anchoringarea
All otherareas

SIIIPS' ROUTEINC 2O'I5EDITION (Amended 2008) 17

9.5 Cautionary and explanatory notes on charts
9.5.1 Traffic separation schemes and other routeing measures
Theexistence of specialprovisionsapplyingto particularmeasures shouldbe mentionedon the chartsaffected,
if necessary
referringmarinersto the full text in SailingDirections.

9.5.2 Deep-water routes

Where maintenanceof a minimum depth can be guaranteed, the leastdepth (e.g.22 m) may be given after
the abbreviationDW. In othercaseschartedsoundingswill indicatethe leastdepth,preferablyin conjunction
with a note givingthe date of the latestsurvey.

9.5.3 Areasto be avoided

Noteson conditionsgoverningavoidanceof areas(classes and sizesof ships,natureof cargoes,etc.)should
preferablybe givenon chartsand shouldalwaysbe given in SailingDirections.

9.5.4 No anchoring areas

Noteson conditionsgoverningno anchoringareas(classes and sizesof ships,etc.)shouldpreferablybe given
on chartsand shouldalwaysbe given in SailingDirections.

(Amended 2000) ' O U T E I N C2 0 1 5E D I T I O N

S H I P SR
PartB
TrafficSeparation and
Schemes
lnshoreTrafficZones
*-

ill o
@

o
(o

!lr m
F
cc
d
LL
o
s

o
ol

o
c|) o
xrJJ6
b
O H
z #

I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
l r

t4
n,

o
o

o
ol

I o
I
I
I
I
c I o
(o
I
.9 ol
El
c) (s .=l
O Ot o
;] .ol
:l
.o o *l
tl
F i!

' O U T E I N C2 0 1 5E D I T I O N
S H I P SR
Rufe10 of COTREG
1972
Rule10 of the International Regulations Collisionsat Sea, 1972,as amendedon 19 November
for Preventing
1981by AssemblyresolutionA.464(XI|),on 19 November1987by AssemblyresolutionA.626(15)and on 19
October 1989 by AssemblyresolutionA.678(16),is applicableto all trafficseparationschemescontainedin
this part. The text is given below.

Rule10

w
Traff
ic separation schemes
(a) This rule appliesto traffic separationschemesadopted by the Organizationand does not relieve any
vesselof her obligationunderany other rule.
(b) A vesselusinga traffic separationschemeshall:
(i) proceed in the appropriatetraffic lane in the generaldirection of traffic flow for that lane;
(ii) so far as practicablekeep clear of a traffic separationline or separationzone;
(iii) normallyjoin or leavea trafficlaneat the terminationof the lane,but when joiningor leavingfrom
eithersideshalldo so at as smallan angleto the generaldirectionof trafficflow as practicable.
(c) A vesselshall,so far as practicable,avoid crossingtraffic lanesbut if obliged to do so shall crosson a
headingas nearlyas practicableat rightanglesto the generaldirectionof trafficflow.
(d) (i) A vesselshallnot use an inshoretrafficzone when she can safelyusethe appropriatetraffic lane
within the adjacenttraffic separationscheme.However,vesselsof lessthan 20 metres in length,
sailingvesselsand vesselsengagedin fishingmay usethe inshoretrafficzone.
(ii) Notwithstandingsubparagraph(dXi),a vesselmay use an inshore-t-raffic zone when en route to or
from a port, offshore installationor structure,pilot stationor ahy other place situatedwithin the
inshoretraffic zone, or to avoid immediatedanger.
(e) A vesselother than a crossingvesselor a vesseljoining or leavinga lane shall not normallyenter a
separationzone or crossa separationline except:
(i) in casesof emergencyto avoid immediatedanger;
(ii) to engagein fishingwithin a separationzone.
(f) of trafficseparationschemesshalldo so with particular
A vesselnavigatingin areasnearthe terminations
caution.
(g) A vesselshall so far as practicableavoid anchoringin a traffic separationschemeor in areasnear its
terminations.
(h) A vesselnot usinga trafficseparationschemeshallavoid it by as wide a marginas is practicable.

(i) A vesselengagedin fishingshallnot impedethe passageof any vesselfollowinga traffic lane.

(j) of a power-
A vesselof lessthan 20 metresin lengthor a sailingvesselshallnot impedethe safepassage
driven vesselfollowing a traffic lane.
(k) A vesselrestrictedin her ability to manoeuvrewhen engagedin an operationfor the maintenanceof
safety of navigationin a traffic separationscheme is exemptedfrom complying with this rule to the
extent necessaryto carry out the operation.
(l) A vesselrestrictedin her abilityto manoeuvrewhen engagedin an operationfor the laying,servicingor
pickingup of a submarinecable,within a traffic separationscheme,is exemptedfrom complyingwith
this rule to the extent necessarvto carrv out the operation.

SHIPS'
ROUTEING
2015EDITION
SectionI

BalticSeaand adjacentwaters

Caution: The chartletsare for illustrativepurposesonly and must not be usedfor

navigation.Marinersshould consultthe appropriatenauticalpublicationsand charts
for upto-date detailson aids to navigationand other relevantinformation.

Warning: The geographicalpositionsgiven in the descriptionsof the routeing

systemsare only correct for chartsusingthe samegeodeticdatum as the reference
charts indicatedunder eachscheme.Chartspublishedby other hydrographic
offices may use i differentgeodeticdatum, as may new editionsof the reference
chartspublishedafter the adoption of the routeingsystem.Where amendmentsto
existingsystemsare not basedon the samegeodeticdatum as the original system,
this is emphasizedby the use of differentcoloursfor definitionsof positions.

slll?s' RouTEtNc2015EDrTtoN
 '

.a.

l/il rAmended2013) ' O U T E I N C2 0 1 5E D I T I O N

S H I P SR
OFFSOMMERS
ISLAND
(Reference
chart INT 1214.
Note: Ceodetic datum of the year 1942 (Pulkovo).For obtainingposition in WGS datum,such positionshould
be moved 0'.14(B'.3)westward.)

The traffic separationschemeconsistsof four parts:

Fart I consistsof a roundaboutaround the separationzone 0.5 miles in diametercentredon the geographical
position60"11'.50N, 027"46'.20E.The roundaboutlane is 1 mile wide.

Partll consistsof two traffic lanesseparatedby a zone with a centreline connectingthe following geographical
positions:
(1) 60"07',.55N, O27"32',.8OE (2) 60"10',.77N, o27"43',.62 E
The traffic separationzone is 0.5 miles wide.
The traffic laneson both sidesof the traffic separationzone are 1 mile wide.

Part lll consistsof two traffic lanesseparatedby a line connectingthe following geographicalpositions:
(3) 60"11',.15 N, E
O27"49',.O5 (4) 60"07',.70 N, E
028"16',.10
The traffic laneson both sidesof the traffic separationline are 1 mile wide.

Part lV consistsof two traffic'lanesseparatedby a line connectingthe following geographicalpositions:

(5) 60"'12',.70 N, E
027"47',.9O (6) 60"24',.54N, 028'05',.05E

The traffic laneson both sidesof the traffic separationline are 0.5 mileswide.

Note: The roundaboutservesthe purposeof facilitatingmanoeuvringin the area where traffic to and from
Leningrad,Vyborg and the westernBaltic meets.

"Sitirok ,,'

R_*- o(4)

55/
20' 25' 30', 35', 40' 45', 50', 55', N" 5', 10', 15', 20' 25' 30', 35', 40'

OFF SOMMERSISTAND

SHIPS'ROUTEINC
2015EDITION (Amended 2002)
OFFHOCLAND(GOGLAND)ISLAND
(Reference
chart:INT 1214.
Note: Geodeticdatumof the year 1942(Pulkovo).
Forobtainingpositionin WCS datum,suchpositionshould
be moved O'14 (8".3)westward.)

Descriptionof the traffic separationscheme

The traffic separationschemeconsistsof two parts:
PartI consistsof two traffic lanesseparatedby a zone with a centreline connectingthe following geographical
positions:
(1) 59"59',.00N, O26"57',.40 E (3) 59"59',.47 N, 027'06'.30E
(2) 59"58',.52 N, O27"03',.10E

The trafficseparationzone is 0.5 mileswide.

The traffic laneson both sidesof the traffic separationzone are 1 mile wide.

Part ll consistsof two traffic lanesseparatedby a line connectingthe following geographicalpositions:

(4) 59"59',.47N, O27"O6',.3OE (5) 60'07',.55 N, E
027"32',.8o
The traffic laneson both sidesof thetraffic separationline are 1.25mileswide.

OFF RODSHERISLAND
Note: See"Recommendedtracksand traffic separationline betweentraffic separationschemes"Off Rodsher
lsland"and "Off Goglandlsland""in part E.
(Positionsare based on World Ceodetic System.1984datum (WCS B4). The RussianFederationreference
chart is 23OO4(Pulkovo1942datum).For obtainingpositionin WCS 84 datum,chartedpositionsshouldbe
moved O'.14(8".3)westward.)

Descriptionof the traffic separationscheme

(a) A separationzone is boundedby a line connectingthe followinggeographical
positions:
. (1) 60" 00'.43N, 026"30',.16
E (4) 59" 59',.85N, 026"44',.08E
(2) 60" 01',.05
N, 026"34',.86E (5) 60ooo'.15N, 026"40'.21E
(3) 60o00'.35N, 026"44',.24E (6) 59" 58',.76N, E
026"3o',.16
(b) A trafficlane,one mile wide, is established
on each sideof the separationzone.

t/2-1/3-1 (Amended 2002; amended 2012) S H I P SR

' O U T E I N C2 0 1 5E D I T I O N
 o
tr, o (,
o @ |rJ lr)

t..
C
c) r €aa \
\
F S \ =a \
o _p6-
'F-'Y \
E t .
\ \ \
\
o
q E
l 2 \ R \\
t : \ \
Q \ .. \ \ ' 1 \ \ \

5u o -t \
t \
\ ' , D \

\
s
$

(t,o
tt)
ts
\ 1 ''1
o h \
E \ ' : Lr)

F
I \
\
: -'1
ol

\ o
\
\ o
\
\ .N

-o z
g)
tt)
-i

EJ

(tt

E
( u( =u
6 V

* a=.c
E
o
o Ee
9E,
qt
o
-)z
_o
o
)
bt
i"",..
D
i z
+

E 9
tL -= e E-E P (, "! ""'..

R EooU' .-c o 2
v a fe c
-g
o

b E (5 o) ol
oo- I
o z
E(,,
E
6 tY
q ao
a s b tr' F
3 a oo o \.,,
.E, c

b.9 E IQ t
c o €{c g
E c) o) a-
q
$
ro
tr)
c
(! I € (5o .s o
E o
.-.".6 :
(l)
t
t
h
h
o z
o .j6-j
o
€ ro
o
o
o

tr)
s

(5

.E
s
(It o o
c c
o j
d
(D L
o (D
= -c
Q)
Lr)
3 o
v o
c o
(Il E

SHIPS'ROUTEING
2015EDITION (Amended 2002; amended 2012) t/2-2/3-2
oFFKArBAoncnuNDLIcHTHoUSE
Note: Seemandatoryship reportingsystem"ln the Culf of Finland"in part C, sectionl, and
"Recommendations on navigationthroughthe Gulf of FinlandTrafficarea"in part F.
(Referencecharts:Estonian300 (edition2006-15-12) and 302 (edition20O4-24-11);
Finnish952 (edition2008-11-10)and 953 (2008-06-10);and Russian23069 (edition2005).)
Note: Finnishand Estonianchartsare basedon World Ceodetic System 1984 datum (WCS Ba);
Russianchart is basedon Ceodeticdatumof the year 1942 (Pulkovo).For obtainingpositionsin WCS
datum,suchpositionsshouldbe moved0'.13westward.

Descriptionof the traffic separationscheme

Note: AII positionsare referredto WCS 84 datum
(a) A separationzone is boundedby linesconnectingthe followinggeographicalpositions:
(1) 59'52',.35N, 025"40',.06E (4) 59"54',.75N, 025"51',.14 E
(2) 59"52',.84N, E
025"46',.O3 (5) 59"53',.81N, 025"45',.55 E
(3) 59"53',.8.1 N, E
025"51',.77 (6) 59'53',.34N, 025"39',.73E

b) betweenthe separationzone
A traffic lanefor eastboundtraffic,2.0nauticalmileswide, is established
describedin paragraph(a)aboveand a Iineconnectingthe followinggeographical positions:
(7) 59"50',.37 N, E
025"40',.7o (9) 59'51',.9'lN, E
025"53',.O4
(B) 59"50',.89
N, E
025"46',.99
(c) betweenthe separationzone
A trafficlanefor westboundtraffic,2.0 nauticalmileswide, is established
(a)
describedin paragraph aboveand a line connecting the following geographicalpositions:
(10) 59"56',.65N, 025"49',.88E (12) 59'55',.31N, E
025'39',.09
(11) 59"55',.76
N, 025"44',.59 E

TICHTHOUSE
OFFKATBADAGRUND

l/4 Amended 2010) ' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N

S H I P SR
OFFPORKKALA
LICHTHOUSE
Note: Seemandatoryship reportingsystem"ln the Culf of Finland"in part C, sectionl, and
Recommendationson navigationthroughthe Culf of FinlandTrafficarea"in part F.
charts:Estonian300 (edition2006-15-12)
R.eierence and 302 (edition2O04-24-11);
: nnish952 (edition2008-11-.10)and953 (2008-06-10);
and Russian 23068(edition2001).)
\ote: Finnishand Estonianchartsare basedon World CeodeticSystem1984 datum(WCS Ba);
Russianchart is basedon Ceodeticdatumof the year 1942(Pulkovo).For obtainingpositionsin WCS
iatum, suchpositionsshouldbe moved0'.13westward.

Description of the traffic separation scheme

Note: All positionsare referredto WCS 84 datum.

(a) A separationzone,O.7nauticalmileswide, is boundedby linesconnectingthe followinggeographical
positions:
(1) 59%3',.51 N, E
024"18',.16 (4) 59"45',.47
N, 024"27',.97E
(2) 59%4',.08N, 024"21',.96
E (5) 59"44',.76N, 024"21',.61E
(3) 59"44',.94N, 024"29',.64E (6) 59%4',.19N, 024"17',.77E
(b) A separationzone is boundedby linesconnectingthe followinggeographicalpositions:
(7) 59%7',.33 N, E
024"35',.39 (10) 59%6',.48N, 024"29',.65 E
(B) 59'45',.74 N, E
024"21',.11 (11) 59%5',.34N, 024"33',.21 E
(9) 59%5',.54 N, E
024"21',.21 fi2) 59%5',.67N, 024"36',.13 E
(c) A separationzone,1.7nauticalmileswide, is boundedby linesconnectingthe followinggeographical
oositions:
(20) 59%9',.14N, 025"07',.23E (22) 59'51',.24
N, 025"10',.39 E
(21) 59%9',.58N, 025"11',.12
E (23) 59'50',.80
N, 025'06',.50 E
(d) A trafficlanefor eastboundtraffic,2.0 nauticalmileswide, is boundedby a lineconnectingthe following
geographical positions:
(1) 59%3',.51 N, 024"18',.16 E (15) 59%2',.98 N, E
024"30',.50
(2) 59%4',.08N, 024"21',.96 E (14) 5g%2',.13 N, E
024"22',.96
(3) 59%4',.94N, 024"29',.64E (13) 59%1',.58 N, 024"19',.29
E
(e) A trafficlanefor westboundtraffic,'1.0nauticalmile wide, is boundedby a lineconnectingthe following
geographical positions:
(3) 59"44',.94N, 024"29',.64E (9) 59%5',.54N, 024',21',.21
E
(4) 59"45',.47N, O24"27',.97E (10) 59%6',.48N, 024'29',.65E
(5) 59"44',.76N, O24"21',.61 E (11) 59%5',.34 N, 024'33',.21E
(6) 59%4',.',19
N. O24"17',.77 E

A trafficlanefor westboundtraffic,2.0 nauticalmileswide, is boundedby linesconnectingthe following

geographical positions:
(7) 59%7',.33 N, 024"35',.39E (18) 59%7',.68 N, 024"20'.11E
(B) 59"45',.74N, 024"21',.11E (17) 59"49',.29N, 024"34',.53E
(19) 59%7',.08N, 024"16',.07E
t\ oo /l A trafficlanefor eastboundtraffic,2.0 nauticalmileswide, is boundedby linesconnectingthe following
geographical positions:
(20) 59%9',.14N, 025"07',.23E (25) 59"47',.62N, 025"11',.99
E
(21) 59%9',.58N, 025"11',.12E (24) 59%7',.18N, 025'08',.10
E
(h) A trafficlanefor westboundtraffic,2.0 nauticalmileswide, is boundedby linesconnectingthe following
geographical
positions:
(22) 59"51',.24
N, E
025"10',.39 (27) 59"52'.76N, 025"05',.64E
(23) 59'50',.80N, 025'06',.50E (26) 59'53',.19
N, 025"09',.53E

S H I P SR
' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N (Amended2010) t/5-1
 connecting
(i) An amended precautionaryarea with recommendeddirection of traffic flow is established
the following geographicalpositions:
(15) 59%2',.98N, 024"30',.50E (121 59%9',.29N, o24"34',.53E
(16) 59%3',.70N, o24"36',-99E (7) 59%7',.33N, E
024"35',.39
(24) 59"47',.1B
N, 025"08',-10E (12) 59%5',.67 N, E
o24"36',.13
(20) 59%9',.14N, O25"O7',-23E (11) 59%5',.34 N, E
o24'33',.21
(23) 59"50',.80N, 025"06'.50E (3) 59"44',.94 N, 024"29',.64E
(27) 59"52'.76N, O25"O5',-64E

* * n t ' o
Sommaro *'V Makiluoto

ffi'r^;;:k

45 50', 55', 25" 05 to

OFF PORKKALALIGHTHOUSE

(Amended2010) 2015EDITION
SHIPS'ROUTEING
t/5-2
OFF HANKONIEMIPENINSULA
Note: Seemandatoryship reportingsystem"ln the Culf of Finland"in part C, sectionl, and
"Recommendationson navigationthroughthe Culf of FinlandTrafficarea"in part F.

Descriptionof the traffic separationscheme

(Reference chart:FIN 912, 1999edition.
Note:this chart is basedon the nationalFinnishgeodeticchartco-ordinatesystem(KKJ).
WCS 84 correction:latitudecorrectionis -0'.0.1;longitudecorrectionis +0,.20.)
Note: Thesepositionsare referredto KKJdatum.
(a) A separationzone,two mileswide, is centredupon the followinggeographical
positions:
(1) 59.24',.50N, 022'25'.OO E (3) 59.30'.00N, 022.45'.OOE
(2) 59.28',.00 N, 02234'.OOE
(b) A trafficlane,four mileswide, is established
on eachsideof the separationzone.

Precautionary area
(Referencecharts:Estonian302 (edition2004-24-11);
Finnish952 (edition2008-11-10)and 953 (2008-06-10);
and Russian23067(edition2001).
Note: Finnishand Estonianchartsare basedon World CeodeticSystem1984 datum(WCS Ba);
Russianchart is basedon Ceodeticdatumof the year'1942(Pulkovo).Forobtainingpositionsin WCS datum,
suchpositionsshouldbe moved0.13'westward.)
Note: Thesepositionsare referredto WCS 84 datum.
(c) A precautionaryarea adjacentto the traffic separationschemeis bounded by a line connectingthe
followinggeographicalpositions:
(4) 59'25',.31
N, 022"48',.07
E (7) 59"39',.31
N, 023"21',.16
E
(5) 59o34',.24
N, 023"37',.70
E (B) 59"34',.71
N, 022"41'.52
E
(6) 59%0',.99N, 023"32',.98
E
(chartlet overleaf)

SHIPS'ROUTEING2O-I5EDITION (Amended2010)
 ""!'r'[;:

# a
')*
A-*,i*H*ii$*:3i'ffi

rrz (See "Deep-water route off Gotland

. DW.z Island"in part C, sectionl) (

OFF HANKONIEMIPENINSULA

Amended 2010) 2015EDITION

SHIPS'ROUTEINC
t/6-2
 (HilUMAATSTAND)
off KoPU PENTNSUTA
Note: Seemandatoryship reportingsystem"ln the Culf of Finland" in part G, section I and
'Recommendationson navigationthrough the Gulf of FinlandTrafficArea" in part F.

(Referencechart USSR444,1988 edition.

Note: This chart is basedon the singlegeodeticdatum for Sovietnauticalcharts.)

Descriptionof the traffic separationscheme

(a) A separationzone, two miles wide, is centred uponthe followinggeographical
positions:
(1) 59"02',.90N, 021"35',.80E (3) 59'11',.60N, E
O21"52',.00
(2) 59"07',.70N, O21"42',.6OE
(b) A traffic lane,four miles wide, is establishedon each side of the separationzone

See separa/dnscheme
"OffHankqliemi PeninsuIa"

o Apollomadalik

(1)-...!/,,,
\a(

,'[1 4]

as @

Kiipsaarenukk

vilsandirwp!

" 1 S 2 g S 8 10' 2i', 30 41', 50' 23" 10',

(HIIUMAAISLAND)
OFFKOPUPENINSUTA

SHIPS'ROUTEINC
2015EDITION Amended 2002)
SOUTHHOBURGS
BANK
(Reference chart:SwedishSEZedition5/6-2008.
Note: This chart is basedon World CeodeticSystem1984 datum(WCS B4).)

Descriptionof the traffic separationscheme

(a) A trafficseparationzone is established
upon the followinggeographicalpositions:
(1) 56"17',.57N, 018'39',.09E (4) 56'24',.20N, E
018"52',.31
(2) 56'20',.23N, E
018"46',.82 (5) 56'19',.64N, E
O18"47',.81
(3) 56'24',.58N, E
018"51',.02 (6) 56'',16',.89
N, 018'39',.88E
(b) A traffic lane for the southboundtraffic is establishedbetweenthe traffic separationzone and a line
connectingthe followinggeographical positions:
(7) 56'20',.23 N, 018"36',.02 E (9) 56'26',.04N, 018"46',.14
E
(B) 56"22',.64
N, E
018"42',.82
(c) A traffic lane for the northboundtraffic is establishedbetweenthe traffic separationzone and a line
connectingthe followinggeographical positions:
(10) 56"14',.21 N, 018"42',.96E (12) 5622',.74N, 01B'57',.19E
(11) 56'17',.23 N, 018'51',.80 E

BANK
SOUTHHOBURGS

t/B (Adopted 2010) ' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N

S H I P SR
MTDSfoBANKARNA
(Referencechart: SwedishSE7,edition 5/6-2008.
Note: This chart is basedon World Ceodetic System1984 datum (WCS B4).)

Descriptionof the traffic separationscheme

(a) A traffic separationzone is establishedupon the following geographicalpositions:
(1) 55"56',.16N, 017"32'.41E (3) 55'56',.68N, 017"42'.13E
(2) 55"57',.45N, O17"41',.68
E (4) 55o55',.38N, 017"32'.71E
(b) A traffic lane for the southboundtraffic is establishedbetween the traffic separationzone and a line
connectingthe following geographicalpositions:
(5) 55"59',.07 N, O17"31',.27 E (6) 56'00',.30N, 017"40'.04 E
(c) A traffic lane for the northbound traffic is establishedbetween the traffic separationzone and a line
connectingthe following geographicalpositions:
(7) 55"52',.47 N, 017"33'.95E (B) 55o53',.85
N, 017"43'.75E

Olands Sddra Udde

n.' Area to be

s;{9/) avoided

"2G
2 :

MTDSTOBANKARNA

STIIPS'ROUTEING2015 EDITION (Adopted 2010) t/9

IN NORRAKVARKEN
Note: Seetwo-way routes "ln Norra Kvarken" in part E.
(Referencechart Finnish47, edition 2005 V.
Note: This chart is basedon World Ceodetic System1984 datum (WCS B4).)
Part I
(a) A traffic separationzone 0.1 mile wide is centred upon the following geographicalpositions:
(1) 63"27',.22
N, E
O20"37',.58 (2) 6327'.94N, 020.38'.61
E
(b) A traffic lane for the northbound traffic is establishedbetween the traffic separationzone describedin
paragraph(a)and a line connectingthe following geographicalpositions:
(3) 63'27',.03N, O20'38',.32 E (4) 63"27',.77N, O2O"3g'.28E
(c) A traffic lane for the southboundtraffic is establishedbetween the traffic separationzone describedin
paragraph(a)and a line connectingthe following geographicalpositions:
(5) 63"28',.12
N, E
O20"37',.93 (6) 63"27'.42N, 020"36'.84E
Partll
(d) A trafficseparation
zone0.1milewide is centreduponthe followinggeographical
positions:
(7) 63"31',.60N, O20"42',.72E (9) 63"32',.50N, O2O"45',.82
E
(B) 63"3't',.84
N, 020%3',.00 E
(e) A traffic lane for the northbound traffic is establishedbetween the traffic separationzone describedin
paragraph(d) and a line connectingthe following geographicalpositions:
(10) 63"31',.19 N, O2O"43',.77 E (11) 63"32',.29
N, O2O"46',.24
E
(f) A traffic lane for the southboundtraffic is establishedbetween the traffic separationzone describedin
paragraph(d) and a line connectingthe following geographicalpositions:
(12) 63"32',.71N, O20"45',.40 E (13) 63o32',.23
N" O2O"4l',.Og
E
Part III
€) A trafficseparationzone0.1 milewide is centreduponthe followinggeographical
positions:
(14) 63"34',.73N, 021.01',.51E (15) 63"35',.06
N, 021.03',.60
E
(h) A traffic lane for the northboundtraffic is establishedbetween the traffic separationzone describedin
paragraph(g) and a line connectingthe following geographicalpositions:
(16) 63"34'.42N, O21"01',.76 E (17) 63"34',.72
N, 021.03'.BBE
(i) A traffic lane for the southboundtraffic is establishedbetween the traffic separationzone describedin
paragraph(9 and a line connectingthe following geographicalpositions:
(18) 63"35',.40
N, E
021.03',.33 (19) 63"35',.04
N, 021.O1',.26
E

t/10-1 (Adopted2012) SHIPS'ROUTEING

2015EDITION
 .R- .

Holmogadd$pl
ffi
w (181
F9)^.}"ti'st
,-'(f$iffiafil

e)gr::,:f-"- --
--.--":;i,--'ila1
I,H"-#][X:1fu
n'f:W.{n1) gee
partq ",,
/ O"),rio)
!'i! 'i,",/ NorraKvarken
! Two-wayroute
!' ,t "ln NonaKvarken"
gllel,i $eePartE)

s;rtfit'61
,:I1ffist
i--,"
,tt'.r4'
,I,li,-J#,1'":n"",, ;--- -@
valsorarna&

(seepartE) S
@

IN NORRAKVARKEN

SHIPS'ROUTEING
2015EDITION (Adopted 2012)
THEALANDSEA
Note: See"Deep-waterroutesleadingto the Aland Sea"in part C, sectionI and "Recommendedtwo-way
routeleadinBto the Aland Sea"in part E.
(Referencecharts:Finnish953,edition2oo7v, and SwedishchartSE6l(lNT 1205),edition21/2-2008.
Note: Thesechartsare basedon World CeodeticSystem1984 datum(WCS B4)')

Descriptionof the traffic separationschemes

NorthAlandSea
PartI
positions:
(a) A separationline connectingthe followinggeographical
(1) 60'29',.52 N, 019'00'.30 E (2) 60'26',.94N, E
019'00'.36

betweenthe separationline and a line connectingthe

(b) A trafficlanefor southboundtrafficis established
followinggeographical positions:
(3) 60.29'.54N, 018"56'.36E (4) 60.26',.89N, 018'57',.05 E

(c) betweenthe separationline and a line connectingthe

A trafficlanefor northboundtrafficis established
followinggeographical positions:
(5) 60'26',.89N, 0',19'03'.BBE (6) 60"29',.51N, 019'04',.56 E

Part ll
positions:
(d) A separationzone,1.1mile wide, is centredupon the followinggeographical
Q) 60'.11',.06N, 019"03',.21 E (B) 60'10'.09N, E
019'04',.80

(e) A trafficlanefor southboundtrafficis established zone and a Iineconnectingthe

betweenthe separation
followinggeographical positions:
(9) 60"09',.79N, 019'oo'.12E (10) 60"08'.83N, 019"01',.71E

(f) ,{ trafficlanefor northboundtrafficis established zone and a lineconnectingthe

betweenthe separation
followinggeographical positions:
(11) 60'1.1'.36
N, 019"07',.89E (12) 60'.12'.33
N, 019'06',.30E

South Aland Sea

Part I
positions:
(S) A separationzone,1.1mile wide, is centredupon the followinggeographical
(13) 59"47'.28N, 019"42'.44E (14) 59%6',.30N, E
019'44',.O4

betweenthe separationzoneand a lineconnectingthe

(h) A trafficlanefor southboundtrafficis established
followinggeographical positions:
(15) 59%6',.01N, 019'39',.39 E (16) 59%5',.04
N, 019%0''99E

(i) betweenthe separationzoneand a lineconnectingthe

A trafficlanefor northboundtrafficis established
followinggeographical positions:
(17) 59'47',.57N, 019"47',.1oE (18) 59%8',.55
N, 019'45',.50E

Part ll

(j) positions:
A separationzone is boundedby a line connectingthe followinggeographical
(19) 59%6',.03 N, Olg'52',.85E (21) 59%5',.36N, E
0.19'58','85
(20)59%5',.96N,019"58',.87E(22)59%5',.42N,019'53','B3E

(k) betweenthe separationzone and a line connectingthe

A trafficlanefor eastboundtrafficis established
following geographical positions:
(23) 59"44',.24N, E
019"55',.74 (24) 59"44',.25
N, 019'58',.80 E

t/11-1 (Adopted 2008) ' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N

S H I P SR
 (l) betweenthe separationzone and a line connectingthe
A trafficlanefor westboundtrafficis established
followinggeographical positions:
(25) 59"46',.96N, 019"58',.92
E (2O 59',47',.37
N, 019'50',.68E

Partlll
(m) A separation thefollowinggeographical
lineconnecting positions:
(27) 59',41',.22
N, E
020'31',.98 (29) 59"44',.76
N, 020"23',.10
E
(28) 59"43',.32
N, 020"28',.38E
(n) A traffic lanefor eastboundtraffic is established
betweenthe separationIineand a line connectingthe
followinggeographical positions:
(30) 59"44',.32
N, E
020'.19',.60 (32) 59%0',.56
N, E
020'30',.34
(3t1 59%2',.87N, E
020"27',.57
betweenthe separationIineand a line connectingthe
A traffic lanefor westboundtraffic is established
followinggeographicalpositions:
(33) 59%'1',.93
N, 020"33',.72E (34) 5g%5',.68N, 020"24',.51E

PartlV
(p) A separation thefollowinggeographical
lineconnecting positions:
(35) 59"42',.26
N, E
019"51',.55 (37) N,
59'34',.26 E
020"08',.40
(36) 59"39',.70
N, E
019"55',.19 (38) 59'30',.27
N, E
020"08',.40
(q) A separationline connectingthe followinggeographicalpositions:
(39) 59'30'.27N, 020'06',.51E (41) 59"39',.44
N, E
019"54',.13
(40) 59'33',.75N, 020'06',.51E (42) 59%1',.9.1
N, 019'50',.60E
(rl betweenthe separationlinedescribedin paragraph(q)
A trafficlanefor southboundtrafficis established
and a lineconnectingthe followinggeographical positions:
(43) 59%0',.89N, 019"47',.83 E (45) 5g'34',.89N, E
019"57',.20
(44) 59',39',.57
N, 019'51',.58 E (46) 59'30',.27N, E
019"54',.7o
(s) betweenthe separationlinedescribedin paragraph(p)
A trafficlanefor northboundtrafficis established
and the followingtwo Iinesconnectingthe followinggeographicalpositions:
Line1
(47) 59'30',.27N, E
020"15',.79 (49) 5g'33',.90
N, E
020'30'.13
i (48) 59'33',.90N, E
020'15',.79
i
:
j Line2
l
(50) 59"37',.92
N, E
020'30',.13 (5215g%3',.59
N, 019"55',.17
E
(51) 59"37',.92
N, 020"06'.72E
The traffic is separatedby natural obstructions(SvenskaBjorn Iighthousein geographicalposition
59"32'.86N, 020'01'.24E and two shallowwaters)insidethe trafficlanefor southboundtrafficby a line
connectingthe followinggeographical positions:
(53) 59'30',.27N, E
020'0'1',.84 (55) 59'34',.15
N, E
0',19'59',.68
(54) 59"34',..15
N, 020"01',.84E (56) 59'30',.27N, 019"59',.68E

Precautionaryareas
u) A precautionary
areais boundedby a lineconnecting positions:
thefollowinggeographical
(16) 59%6',.01 N, 019'39',.39E (21 59',44',.24
N, 019"55',.74
E
(17) 59"47',.57N, E
019"47',.10 (52) 59%3',.59N. E
019"55',.17
(26) 59%6',.96 N, 019'58',.92E (43) 5g%0',.89N, E
019"47',.83

\, A circularprecautionaryareaof radius6.5 nauticalmilesis centredupon the followinggeographical

oosition:
(57) 59"52',.03N, 019"34',.66E
(chartletsoverleaf)

S H I P SR
' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N (Adopted 2008) t/11-2
 n
(3) (6)
lvi]
0)
e----?- - - - €
lnllr_ | ^ nurl
i: " "i [ l |
| l \ t
I i l |
r l L I i|l l j._.
'
l v I
{40 0 9tot
II (2) I
I
I i *
* I
I D W I
I I
I I
I I
I I
I [w "D@p-water routes leading
I to the Aland Sea" in part C, section ll
I I E
I I
I I
I I
I I e
I I
I I
I ,
I I
II
I
I
t
I
\ I \
\ I \
I \
\ ,&q
* l \
\
I \ e & "
f____ r . l
l I
3
C
a e

<t q(rzl
xa
rrl'
iK
fr
*

jf-
so' 19' 10' 20'

rnr AuNo sEA:NoRTnAlnNo srR

(Adopted2008) 2015EDITION
SHIPS'ROUTEING
 *qovuu
o v o
/-----\\ e' \ g
sBi
t

'e"
a
0

A
o (57)
*
LAgskiirfu .
I
(tu){{1,ry
lrui
* rrs)%,\';['ZU:i':,'#"|:"*Ty[,#lH:;Yi','fi7*"0'n'
-3115------'-=*,
----- j9 r'nf":$rzor
'i-.f
r '"' "(;/; ..,"r.:
A,"jiia{#'--==-+------t'?_$,,:l
-=
t.4
o
o";))N;
r++R \
)N^,^,:
t(o
'..\$5\.1) ------- -------o(50)
e
t*ulbtuuttuoi
r 9 1
svenskaeiti-ffi4

, / +j j
(46) (56X53)
*

[see "Deep-water routes leading to

the Aland Sea" in part C, section ll

zo' 30' 40' 50' 20" 10' 20' 30'

rHr AlRruosEA:soUTHAI-RNosrR

S H I P SR
' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N (Adopted 2008) t/11-4
WESTKLINTEHAMN
(Referencechart: Swedish SE72, edition 19/3 -2008.
Note: This chart is basedon World CeodeticSystem1984 datum(WCS B4).)

Description of the traffic separationscheme

zoneis established
(a) A trafficseparation pos!!9n-s:
uponthe followinggeographical
(1) 57'28',.00
N, E
017"45',.67 e) 57"26',.49N, E
017"42','26
e) 57"27,n9N, E
017"44,.75 (5) 57"27'.49N, E
017"43'.06
(3) 52.26,..10
N, E
017"43,.97 (6) 57'28'.49N, 017'44'.05E
zoneand a traffic
betweenthe trafficseparation
(b) A irafficlanefor the northboundtrafficis established
separation lineconnecting thefollowing geographicalpositions:
a N;
57'26',.55 017"50',.52E (9) 57"24',.95
N, E
O17"49','09
(B) 57"25',.87N, 017"49'.82 E
zone and a line
betweenthe trafficseparation
(c) A trafficlanefor the southboundtraffic is established
positions:
connectingthe followinggeographical
(10) 57"29',.93 N, E
O17"39',.18 N,
fiA 57"27',.63 E
017"37',.13
(11) 57"28',.71N, E
017"37',.98

(d) The limits of an inshoretraffic zone along the coastlineof Cotland lslandlie betweenthe following
positions:
(13) 57"26',.46N, E
018'07',.15 (g) 57"24',.95 N, E
O17"49',.09
(7) 57"26',.55 N, E
017"5o',.52 (14) N,
57'20',.07 E
018'10',.49
(B) 57"25',.87
N, E
017"49',.82

WESTKLINTEHAMN

(Adopted 2010) SHIPS' 2015EDITION

ROUTEINC
t/12
NORTHHOBURGSBANK
(Reference
chart:British
Admiralty
22BB)

Descriptionof the traffic separationscheme

(a) A separationzone, one mile wide, is centred upon the following geographicalpositions:
(1) 56%6',.00 N, 018.19',.00E (2) 56%9',.50 N, 018'27',.50 E
(b) A traffic lane,three miles wide, is establishedon each side of the separationzone.

Inshore traffic zone

The area between the landward boundary of the traffic separationschemeand Cotland lslandand between
fines drawn in a direction of 324"from positions(1)and (2) is designatedas an inshoretraffic zone.

Note: The maximum draught in the traffic separationscheme is 12 metres.AII ships bound to or from the
north-easternBalticSeawith a draughtof more than 12 metresare recommendedto usethe deep-waterroute
Off Cotland lsland.

t t
t l
f

DW

Hoburg DW

I
t l
'/< \
.< ,t
. < { . r
. < ] i
'! ,t
a^
,t
f's Areato be avoided
gee ATBA"Hoburgs! i
'e
', Bank"in patt D, ! ,'
t t
sectionlitl !'
,, ,,
h y r r r '
l-.r.rr LLLL) L J ; e t
,' F ,t
,.'-:-'. F 1s""trafficseparation
.r" ;South scheme
." Du ; HoburgsBank")
.r'
€ , ,a
'10 2s 30 4U 50 10
19" 50' 20" 10'

NORTHHOBURGS
BANK

SHIPS'ROUTEING2015 EDITION (Amended 2005; chartlet amended 2010) t/13

OFFOLANDISLAND
(Reference
chart:British zzst)
Admiralty

Descriptionof the traffic separationscheme

zone,two mileswide,is centreduponthe followinggeographicalpositions:

(a) A separation
(1) 56'o2',.oo
N, E
016'35',.00 (3) 56'06',.70N, 016"46'.90E
(2) OlandsSodraCrundlighthouse

on eachsideof the separationzone.

(b) A trafficlane,threemileswide, is established

lnshore traffic zone

The areabetweenthe landwardboundaryof the trafficseparationschemeand Oland lslandand betweena

line drawn in an approximatedirectionof 328' from position(1)to OlandsSodraUdde lighthouseand a line
as an inshoretrafficzone.
drawn in a directionof 323' from position(3)to the shorelineis designated

OFFOTANDISTAND

l/14 (Amended 1991) ' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N

S H I P SR
IN BORNHOTMSGAT
(Reference chart:Cerman40, 6th edition,1998.
Note: This chart is basedon World CeodeticSystem1984 datum(WCS B4).)

Descriptionof the traffic separationscheme

Main part:
(a) A separationzone is boundedby a line connectingthe followinggeographical
positions:
(1) 55'24',.58N, 014"37',.35 E (3) 55'12',.53N, E
0'14''18',.95
(2) 55"25',.25N, 014"36',.48 E (4) 55'',12',.03
N, O14"20',.04E
(b) A traffic lane for eastboundtraffic betweenthe separationzone and a Iine connectingthe following
geograph ical positions:
(5) 55"22',.34N, E
014"4o',.28 (6) 55'10',.37N, 014"23',.76
E
(c) A traffic lane for westboundtraffic betweenthe separationzone and a line connectingthe following
geograph ical positions:
(7) 55'27',.55N, 014"33',.62E (B) 55'14',.19N, 014'15',.22
E
South-west
part:
(d) A separation
zoneboundedby a lineconnecting
thefollowinggeographical
positions:
(9) 55'06',.06N, 014'11',.90
E (12) 55'02',.30
N, 014"02',.42
E
(10) 55'06',.56N, 014'10',.80
E (13) 55001',.54
N, 014"02',.88
E
(11) 55"02',.99N, O14"05',.97
E (14) 55'02',.32
N, 014'06',.8',1
E
(e) A traffic lane for eastboundtraffic betweenthe separationzone and a line connectingthe following
geographical positions:
(15) 55'04',.40N, E
014'',15',.60 (17) 54"58',.99
N, 014'04',.40E
(16) 55"00',.02N, 014'09',.65E
(f) A traffic lane for westboundtraffic betweenthe separationzone and a line connectingthe following
geograph ical positions:
(18) 55'08',.22N, 014"07',.09E (20) 55"04',.85
N, 014'00',.89
E
(19) 55'05',.29N, 014"03',.11E
Westpart:
($ A separation
zoneboundedby a lineconnecting
thefollowinggeographical
positions:
(21) 55'10',.97N, E
014"05',.67 (23) 55'',11',.93
N, 0',14'00',.00
E
(22) 55"11',.76N, E
014"05',.74 (24) 55'',n',.13
N, 0',14'00',.00
E
(h) A traffic lane for eastboundtraffic betweenthe separationzone and a line connectingthe following
geographical positions:
(25) 55"08',.22N, 014"07',.09E (26) 55'08',.43N, 014"00',.00
E
(i) A traffic lane for westboundtraffic betweenthe separationzone and a line connectingthe following
geographical positions:
(27) 55'14',.46N, 014"05',.99E (28) 55"14',.63
N, 014"00',.00
E

Precautionaryarea
(jl A precautionary
areaisestablished
by a lineconnecting
thefollowinggeographical
positions:
(29) 55'',f0',.37N, 014"23',.76E (32) 55'',10',.97
N, 014"05',.67
E
(30) 55'',14',.19
N, E
O'14"15',.22 (33) 55'08',.22N, 014"07',.09
E
(31) 55'',14',.46N, 014'05',.99E (34) 55"04'..40N, 014'15',.60
E

S H I P SR
' O U T E I N C2 0 1 5E D I T I O N Adopted 2005) t/15-1
Inshore traffic zone - Sweden
(k) The limitsof the inshoretrafficzone alongthe Swedishcoastlinelie betweenthe followinggeographical
positions:
(35) 55'23',.18
N, E
014"27',.57 37) 55'23',.20N, E
O',t4"',t',t',.58
(36) 55'28',.4.1
N, E
014"17',.04 (38) 55'14',.19
N, 014"15',.22E

Inshore traffic zone - Denmark (Bornholm)

(l) The limitsof the inshoretrafficzone alongthe Danishcoastlinelie betweenthe followinggeographical
oositions:
(39) 55"17',.88N, E
014"46',.42 (41) 55'13',.76N, 014"28',.42E
(40) 55'22',.34N, 014"4o',.28E (42) 55'1',|',.35
N, 014"42',.14E

[See"Deep-water routeoff
Gotlandlsland"in part C, sectionIl

x DW ."
a

F
k
r
F
k

€l
Q3\. I ott
p+1: i iri,oa
'\\
- 'r1zs;1ss;
( 2 6r)- - - - - - + . ( 1 8 ) /
\:.
,/ \l
(10) ,r'
Z
, /> ,r.(g)
(le),t \-, ,,
/ I
(2o).-'! {
" . - r 1(1s\(34)
_..^.,
€,rri '' fl /v
,t-r,^:.
"1101/,,/
\rrl
a .':.^,
- " ' \ t ol
'(17)

55', 14" 25' 3s', 5s', 15'

IN BORNHOLMSGAT

t/15-2 (Adopted 2005) S H I P SR

' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N
 TO THE POLISHPORTSIN THE GUIF OF GDANSK
ON THEAPPROACHES
Note: See"Recommendations on navigationto the Polishportsthroughthe Culf of Cdaisk fraffic area"
in part F and the mandatoryship reportingsystem"On the approachesto the Polishports in the Culf of
Cdahsk"in oartC, sectionl.
(Referencechart:Polish73 (lNT 12BB),2004edition.
Note: Thischart is basedon World CeodeticSystem1984datum (WCS B4).)

Traffic separation scheme "East"

Description of the traffic separation scheme

(a) positions:
A north-eastseparationzone is boundedby a line connectingthe followinggeographical
(1) 54"40',.43N, E
019"03',.79 (3) 54'37',.33N, E
019"06',.28
(2) 54%0',.57N, E
019"04',.61 (4) 54'37',.19N, E
019"05',.46

(b) positions:
A south-westseparationzone is boundedby a line connectingthe followinggeographical
(5) 54o36',.47N, E
019'05',.36 (7) 54"26',.45N, E
018'58',.03
(6) 54'36',.26N, E
019"06',.13 (B) 54"26',.67N, E
O1B'57',.25

(c) positions:
A trafficseparationline connectsthe followinggeographical
(9) 54"37',.26N, 019"05',.87 E (11) 54'36',.36N, E
019"05',.74
(10) 54"36'.80N, 019'06'.10E (buoyZN)
(d) betweenthe separationzones/lineand a line connecting
A trafficlanefor inboundtrafficis established
the followinggeographical positions:
(1A 54%0',.15 N, E
019'02',.',15 M\ 54'27',.10N, E
018"55',.71
(13) 54'36',.90
N, 019'03',.81 E

betweenthe separationzonellineand a line connecting

(e) A trafficlanefor outboundtrafficis established
the followinggeographicalpositions:
(15) 54'40',.86
N, E
019"06',.26 N,
17) 54'26',.02 E
018'59',.57
(16) 54'36',.69
N, E
019'08',.39

Traffic separationscheme"West"
Descriptionof the traffic separationscheme
North-east
oart:
A separationline connectsthe followinggeographicalpositions:
(18) 54"40',.00 N, 018'57',.00E (21) 54'35',.10
N, E
018"52',.80
(19) 54'36',.30N, 018'54',.00E (22) 54'32',.40N, E
018"48',.74
(20) 54"35'.43N, 018"53'.29E (buoy HEL)

(g) A traffic lanefor inboundtraffic is establishedbetweenthe separationline and a line connectingthe

followinggeographical positions:
(2! 54%0',.32 N, 018'55',.84E (25) 54'35',.43
N, 018'52',.15E
(24) 54'36',.62N, O1B'52',.84E Q6) 54"32',.73N, E
O',lB'48',.09

h) A traffic lane for outboundtraffic is establishedbetweenthe separationline and a line connectingthe

positions:
followinggeographical
(27) 54"39',.68
N, E
o1B'58',.16 (2e) 54"34',.77N, E
018'53',.45
(28) 54'35',.98
N, E
018'55',.16 (30) 54'32',.07N, 018%9',.39E

S H I P SR
' O U T E I N C2 0 1 5E D I T I O N (Adopted 2007) t/16-1
Precautionaryarea
(i) A precautionaryarea is bounded by a line connectingthe following geographicalpositions:
(31) 54"32',.O7N, 018%9',.39E (36) 54'31',.45N, O18"46',.17
E
(32) 54"32',.40N, O1B'48',.74E (37) 54'31',.12N, 0'l8%6',.81E
(33) 54"32',.73N, 018%8',.09 E (38) 54'30',.79N, O18"47',.46
E
(34) 54"32',.44N, O18"46',-22 E (39) 54'31',.56N, 018%8',.61 E
(35) 54'31',.94N, O18"46',.2O E
South-westpart:
(j) A separation positions:
lineconnectsthe followinggeographical
(40) 54'31',.12N, 018%6',.81E (41) 54'28',.48N, O18"42',.84
E
(k) A traffic lane for inbound traffic is establishedbetween the separationline and a line connectingthe
following geographicalpositions:
(42) 54"31',.45N, 0'18"46'.17 E (43) 54o28',.81
N, E
0"18"42',.2o
(l) A traffic lane for outbound traffic is establishedbetween the separationline and a line connectingthe
following geographicalpositions:
(44) 54"3}',.79 N, O18"47',.46 E (45) 54o28',.',15
N, O18"43',.49E
Westpart:
(m) A separation positions:
lineconnectsthe followinggeographical
(46) 54"31',.94N, O18"46',.2OE (47) 54'32',.04
N, 018%1',.l0
E
(n) A traffic lane for inbound traffic is establishedbetween the separationline and a line connectingthe
following geographicalpositions:
(48) 54"32',.44N, O18"46',.22 E (49) 54o32',.54
N, 018%1',.13 E
(o) A traffic lane for outbound traffic is establishedbetween the separationline and a line connectingthe
following geographicalpositions:
(50) 54"31',.45N, O18"46',.17 E (5t; 54"31',.54
N, O18"41',.O7E

Inshoretraffic zone
(p) The inshoretraffic zone is establishedin the waters between the inner limit of the north-easternand
westernpart of the traffic separationscheme"West" and the adjacentPolishcoast and limited:
from the north by a line connectingthe following geographicalpositions:
(23) 54"40',.32N, E
0',l8'55',.84 (52) 54%0',.32N, 01B%4',.85E
from the west by a line connectingthe followinggeographicalpositions:
(49) 54"32',.54N, 018%1',.13 E (53) 54%1',.66N, 018%'1',.13 E

Recommended tracksbetweenGD and NP buoysand betweenGN and PPbuoys

SeepartEfordescription
of recommended
tracksontheapproaches portsin theCulfof Cdarisk.
to thePolish

l/16-2 (Adopted 2007) SHIPS'ROUTEING

2015EDITION
 S . - \ - - Y
(t
--
a-\
- - - - N%. -oI .z

-'\oo u
G
-o--.r o
000':-1 80"
o)
cl --<->< IJ-

q. U)
a
a
-€l F
& + Iu
!!
st 6' ! r :
s9 ')hu''' t 8 z
o
c
I E- ct',
:T F T
N

F
(s
\<".):.. X :

t| (E- i

lr+1"'\,,
I oaa
o I F.p c
o
! .Y; o v\
s I = *
a
c
itFg o
(L

) ; ^*7:9->-
{ I s,:
>, ilE
t
o
tu
#
Q.-c

V)
tu
(J
o

"-. F y'/'
;-R^ ,,' llJ

>F;
g i <€ui..E z
E'"'..
n$ic*a(.
u "'
E"l$ "'.-.\
\
t a \

Elil ili
l i
*'d g6ia---Jl3
rod-

SHIPS'ROUTEING2015 EDITION (Adopted 2007)

STUPSKABANK
(Reference chart Polish252 (lNT 1219)publishedby the HydrographicOffice of the PolishNavy (BHMW),
edition 12/2OO4.
Note: This chart is basedon World Ceodetic System1984 datum (WCS B4).)

Descriptionof the traffic separationscheme

The traffic separationschemeconsistsof:
two traffic lanes,1.75 mileswide, in two parts;
one intermediatetraffic separationzone, 0.5 mile wide, in two parts;
one inshoretraffic zone associatedwith the easternpart of the traffic separationscheme.
West part
(a) A separationzone bounded by a line connectingthe following geographicalpositions:
(1) 54"47',.93
N, O16'29',.41E (3) 54o48',.80 N, 016%5',.90 E
(2) 54"47'.43N, O16"29',.53E (4) 54%9',.28N, O16"45',.78E
(b) A traffic lane for eastboundtraffic between the separationzone and a line connecting the following
geographicalpositions:
(5) 54%5',.70N, O16"29',.97E (6) 54"47',.O6
N, E
O16"46',.32
(c) A traffic lane for westbound traffic between the separationzone and a line connectingthe following
geographicalpositions:
(7) 54"51',.01N, 016%5',.35 E (B) 54%9',.66N, E
O16"28',,97

Eastpart
(d) A separation
zoneboundedby a lineconnectingthe followinggeographical
positions:
(g) 54"50',.74N, 016"56',.58E (11) 54"53',.72N, E
017"21',.59
(10) 54"50',.26N, O16"56',.79E (12) 54'54',.21N, E
017"21',.39
(e) A traffic lane for eastboundtraffic between the separationzone and a line connecting the following
. geographicalpositions:
(13) 54%8',.56N, O16"57',.51E (14) 54o52',.02
N, O17'22',.29
E
(f) A traffic lane for westbound traffic between the separationzone and a line connectingthe following
geographicalpositions:
(15) 54"55',.91N, O17"2O',.68E (16) 54"52',.44N, 0',16"55',.86
E

Inshore traffic zone

The area between the southernboundary of the easternpart of the traffic separationschemeand the Polish
coast,which lies between a line drawn from position (13)above in a direction of 158'tci the coast and a line
drawn from position (14)above in a direction of 135"to the coas! is designatedan inshoretraffic zone.

t/17-1 (Adopted 2010) SHIPS'ROUTEINC2O'I5EDITION

 20' 30' 40' so' 1f 10' 20' 30' 40'

BANK
STUPSKA

SHIPS'ROUTEING2015 EDITION (Adopted 2010)

ADLERGRUND
(Reference chart:Cerman40 (lNT 1201)publishedby the CermanFederalMaritimeand Hydrographic
Agency (BSH), 7th edition,2006.
Note: This chart is basedon World Ceodetic System1984 datum (WCS B4).)

Descriptionof the traffic separationscheme

The traffic separationschemeconsistsof:
two traffic lanes2.0 mileswide;
trafficseparationzone 0.5 mile wide.
one intermediate
(a) A separationzone, half a mile wide, centredupon the followinggeographicalpositions:
(1) 54'38',.00N, E
014'15',.50 (3) 54'37',.00N, 014'30',.00E
(2) 54"36',.50N, E
O14"24',.00

(b) A traffic lane for eastboundtraffic between the separationzone and a connectingthe following
geographicalpositions:
(4) 54"36'.00N, E
O14"14',.50 (6) 54'35',.00N, E
014"30',.50
(5) 54"34',.50N, E
014"24',.OO
(c) A traffic lane for westbound traffic between the separationzone and a Iine connectingthe following
geographicalpositions:
(7) 54"40',.00 N, 014"16',.50E (9) 54o39',.00N, 014"29',.50E
(B) 54"38',.50 N, 014'24',.30E

ADLERGRUND

t/18 (Adopted2010) 2015EDITION

SHIPS'ROUTEING
OFFFALSTERBOREV
Note: Seemandatoryship reportingsystem"ln the SoundbetweenDenmarkand Sweden(SOUNDREP)"
in
part C, sectionl.
(Reference of Shippingand Navigation921,1980edition;929,1980edition.
charts:SwedishAdministration
Note: Thesechartsare basedon SwedishNationalgeodeticdatum.)

Descriptionof the traffic separationscheme

consistsof four parts:
The trafficseparationscheme"Off Falsterborev"
Part l:
zone halfa mile in diameteris centredupon the following
(a) A roundaboutwith a circulartrafficseparation
position:
geographical
(1) 55"18',.60 N, E
012'39',.50

(b) A circulartraffic lane,one and three quartermileswide, is establishedaroundthe circularseparation

zone.

Part ll:
positions:
(a) A separationline connectsthe followinggeographical
(2) 55'15',.50 N, O12"52',.20E (3) N,
55"17',.50 E
O12"42',.50

(b) A trafficlane,1.1mileswide, is established on each sideof the separationline and the outsidelimitsof
the traffic lanesare extendedto intersectwith the outsidelimit of the roundabout.

Part lll:
positions:
(a) A separationline connectsthe followinggeographical
(4) 55'13',.10 N, E
012"39',.10 (5) N,
55'16',.60 E
012'38',.90

(b) A trafficlane,onemilewide,is established

on eachsideof the separation lineandtheoutsideIimitsof
thetrafficlanesareextended with theoutsidelimitof the roundabout.
to intersect
PartlV:
(a) A separation positions:
thefollowinggeographical
lineconnects
(6) 55'20',.50
N, E
012'39',.40 (7) N,
55'25',.00 E
012'40',.70
on eachsideof the separationlineand the outside
(b) A trafficlane,one and a halfmileswide, is established
limitsof the trafficlanesare extendedto intersectwith the outsidelimit of the roundabout.

lnshoretrafficzone
The areabetweenthe easternlandwardboundariesof the roundaboutand the trafficseparationschemeand
the Swedishcoast,and lying betweena line drawn from position(2) to Falsterbokanalen No. 2 lighthouse
(approximateposition 55"23'.60N, 012'57'.00E) and a line drawn from position(7) to SkanorIighthouse
(approximateposition55'25'.00N, 012"49'.70E),is designatedas an inshoretrafficzone.

Note: The roundaboutservesthe purposeof facilitatingmanoeuvringin the areawheretrafficto and from the
BalticSea.the Kiel Canaland The Soundmeets.
(chartlet overleaf)

S H I P SR
' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N (Amended 1991) t/19-1
 Note: See "Recommendationon
/ \ navigationthroughthe entrancesto
/ ^ c
/ . Y the BalticSea" in part C, section I
/-""f 55'
/.0 0
/,i$* il F), 25',
/ ^ - <E
/.-< tj
//6--"
:^
/ o- tD-
/5^r :
/*u-5
E9 :

I
a)

q'
ltl
6
(6)

Stevns
(9

30' 35', 12"40' 45'. 50', 55',

OFF FATSTERBOREV

t/19-2 (Amended 1991;chartletupdated2011) ' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N

S H I P SR
 I N T H ES OU N D
{ Note: See"Recommendation on navigationthroughthe entrancesto the BalticSea"in part C, sectionI and
mandatoryship reportingsystem"ln the SoundbetweenDenmarkand Sweden(SOUNDREP)" in part C,
sectionl.

charts:Danish131(lNT 1331),February2006 edition;Swedish922, January2007 edition.

(Reference
Note: Thesechartsare basedon World CeodeticSystem1984 datum (WCS B4).)

Descriptionof the traffic separationscheme

(a) A separationline connectsthe followinggeographicalpositions:
(1) 56o07',.30 N, 012'31',.46E (3) 55'5B',.BB N, E
012"41',.23
(2) 56'03',.27N, E
012"39',.01

(b) A traffic lane for northboundtraffic is establishedbetweenthe separationline and a separationline

connectingthe followinggeographicpositions:
(4) 56'08',.03 N, 012"32',.69 E (6) 56"03',.35N, 012"39',.97E
(5) 56'06',.39 N, 012"34',.74 E (7) 55'59',.08N, 012"42',.37E

(c) A traffic lane for southboundtraffic is establishedbetweenthe separationline and a separationline

connectingthe followinggeographical positions:
(B) 56'06',.58
N, E
O12"30',.22 (10) 56'03',.10
N, E
012"38',.21
(g) 56'05',.50
N, E
012"33',.22 (11) 56"01',.66
N, E
012"37',.79
(d) In the southernpart of this traffic lanethe southboundtraffic is divided into two lanesby a separation
zone,boundedby a line connectingthe followinggeographical positions:
(12) 56"00',.80
N, E
012"38',.20 (14) 56'00',.80
N, E
012'39',.35
(13) 56'01',.66
N, E
012"38',.82
(e) A traffic lane easternmost for southboundtraffic is establishedbetween the separationline and a
separationline connectingthe followinggeographicpositions:
(15) 56'00',.80
N, E
012"39',.35 (17) 55"58',.82N, E
012"39',.98
(16) 55"59',.98
N, E
012'39',.87

Inshoretraffic zones
Westerninshoretraffic zone
Theareabetweenthewesternlandward boundary of thetrafficseparationschemeandthe Danishcoastand
betweena linedrawnin thedirection224"fromposition(B)to position(20)anda linedrawnin thedirection
position(21)is designated
of 257"fromposition('11)to asan inshoretrafficzone.
(B) 56'06',.58N, 012"30',.22 E (11) 56'01',.66N, E
012"37',.79
(20) 56"05',.64
N, 012'28',.64 E (21) 56'01',.47N, E
012"36',.37

Easterninshore traffrc zone

The areabetweenthe easternlandwardboundaryof the trafficseparationschemeand the Swedishcoastand
betweena linedrawn in a direction049'from position(4)to position(18)and a linedrawn in a directionof
060'from position(6)to position(19)is designated
as an inshoretrafficzone.
@) 56'08',.03N, E
012',32',.69 (6) 56'03',.35 N, E
012'39',.97
(18) 56"08',.72
N, 012"34',.09E (19) 56'03',.66 N, E
012"40',.82

Note:
Cross-channeltraffic
a reductionof speed,shouldbe takenin the areabetweenHelsingborg
includingif necessary
All precautions,
ferry traffic.
and Helsingar,which is widely usedby local cross-channel
(chartlet overleaf)

' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N
S H I P SR (Amended 2007) t/20-1
 I N T H ES O U N D

l/20-2 ' O U T E I N G2 0 ] 5 E D I T I O N
S H I P SR
NORTHOF RUGEN
(Referencechart German 4O,6th edition, 1998.
Note This chart is based on World Geodetic System1984 datum (WCS B4).)

Descriptionof the traffic separationscheme

(a) North traffic separationline connectingthe following geographicalpositions:
(1) 54"54',.43
N, E
013'1'1',.33 (2) 54"52',.80
N, E
013'03',.',12
(b) A separationzone is bounded by a line connectingthe following geographicalpositions:
(3) 54"51',.59 N, 013'13',.03E (5) 54"50',.91N, 013"O4',.25 E
(4) 54"52',.54N, E
O13"'12',.47 (6) 54%9',.96N, O13"O4!,82 E
(c) Southtraffic separationline connectingthe following geographicalpositions:
(7) 54"49',.70N, E
O13"14',.16 (B) 54%8',.07 N, E
013'05',.95
(d) Atraffic laneforwestboundtraffic is situatedbetweenthe separationzone and the north trafficseparation
line.
(e) A traffic lane for eastboundtraffic is situatedbetween the separationzone and the south traffic separation
line.

(1)

;,@ffl,,, (4)

NORTHOF RUGEN

SHIPS'ROUTEING
2015EDITION (Adopted 2005) l/21
 SOUTHOF GEDSER
(Reference chartfor all exceptthe inshoretrafficzone: Danish186,1gB4edition.
Note: This chart is basedon Europeandatum. Locationsrelativeto this datum are shown in black.)

Descriptionof the traffic separationscheme

(a) A separationline connectsthe following geographicalpositions:
(1) 54'31',.20N, 012"14'.10 E 3) 54025'.30N, O12.Og'.40E
(2) 54"27',.6oN, 012"12'.30E (4) 54.25'.30 N, 012"07'10 E
(b) A separationzone, half a mile wide, is centredupon the followinggeographical
positions:
(4) 54"25',.30 N, O12"O7'.00 E (5) 54025'.30N, 012.00'.00E
(c) A traffic lanefor westboundtraffic is establishedbetweenthe separationline, the separationzone and a
line connectingthe followinggeographical positions:
(6) 54'31',.60N, O12"10',.70 E (B) 54"27',.10
N, 012"05'.20 E
(7) 54"28',.10N, 0'12"09',.50 E (9) 54"27',.10
N, 012"00'.00 E
(d) A traffic lane for eastboundtraffic is establishedbetween the separationIine, the separationzone and a
line connectingthe followinggeographical positions:
(10) 54"30',.80N, 012"17'.60E (13) 54'23',.40
N, 012.05'.10 E
(11) 54"27'.20N, 0-12"15'.20 E (14) 54'23',.40
N. 012.00',.00 E
(12) 54"23'.40N, 012.09'.80E

Descriptionof the inshoretraffic zone

(Reference chart:Cerman 163,1'lthedition,2003.
Note: This chart is basedon World Ceodetic System'1984datum (WCS B4). Locationsrelativeto this datum
are shown in colour.)
(e) The limitsof the inshoretrafficzone alongthe Cermancoastlinelie betweenthe followinggeographical
positions:
(i5) 54"28',.4.1
N, 012"29'.94
E (18) 54.23'.33N, o12"Og'.70
E
(16) 54030',.76
N, 012"17',.53
E (19) 54"12'.BBN, 012"O9',.70
E
(17) 54027',.16
N, o12"15',.13
E
Note: The northernterminationof the traffic separationschemeis connectedto the deep-waterroute ,,North-
eastof Cedser" (seepart C, section l).

l/22-1 (Amended 2005) SHIPS'

ROUTEING
2015EDITION
 (See "Deep-water route nofth-east
of Gedser" in part C, section l)

(10)(16)

(1
(e) @---
O-------€t

\t-

r--------) '-> lnshoretraffic zone

o------+
(14) 03) 08)
h
t-
l-
t-
F
l-
t-
t-
l-
t
l-
F
t-
l-
l-
(1e)

ss rr 0s' 10' 15' 2o'. 25', 30',

SOUTHOF GEDSER

STIIPS'
ROUTEING
2O'I5EDITION Amended 2005)
 OFFKIEI LIGHTHOUSE
(Referencechart Cerman HydrographicOffice 32,1986 edition.
Note: This chart is basedon Europeandatum.)

Descriptionof the traffic separationscheme

(a) A separationzone is bounded by a line connectingthe following geographicalpositions:
(1) 54"29',.97
N, 010'18',.52
E (3)' 54"29',.O2
N, O10"16',.57
E
(2) 54"29',.78
N, O1O"1B'.72E (4) 54029',.18
N, 010'16',.53
E
(b) A traffic lanefor north-eastboundtraffic is establishedbetweenthe separationzone and a line connecting
the following geographicalpositions:
(5) 54"28',.15N, O1O"17',.57 E (6) 54029',.20N, 010'19',.40E
(c) A traffic lanefor south-westboundtraffic is establishedbetweenthe separationzone and a lineconnecting
the following geographicalpositions:
(7) 54"29',.65N, 010"15',.78 E (B) 54"30',.48N, 010"17',.90
E

'K\ i' a
v 'l ^ .'
&.

'/
(4d

(4)

(3)
t7

(5) G/

16', 17' 18', 19', 10"20'

OFFKIEtLIGHTHOUSE

l/23 (Adopted t97l) 2015EDITION

SHIPS'ROUTEING

L-
BETWEEN AND SPROGOE
KORSOER
(Referencechart:Danish143 (lNT 1369),14thedition,1999.
Note: Thischart is basedon World CeodeticSystem1984 datum (WCS B4).)

Descriptionof the traffic separationscheme

(a) A separationline connectsthe followinggeographicalpositions:
(1) 55"21',.75 N, E
011"02',.13 (2) 55'19',.23 N, E
011'02',.19
(b) betweenthe separationline and a line connectingthe
A trafficlanefor northboundtrafficis established
followinggeographical positions:
(3) 55'21',.70N, 011"02'.77E (4) 55'19',.49
N, 011"02',.80 E
(c) betweenthe separationline and a line connectingthe
A trafficlanefor southboundtrafficis established
followinggeographical positions:
(5) 55'2.1',.8',1
N, 011'01',.35E (7) 55'20',.43
N, 011'01',.51 E
(6) 55"21',.02
N, 011"01',.59E (B) N,
55'18',.91 011"01',.42 E

Notes:
1 Seemandatoryship reportingsystem"ln the Storebelt(CreatBelt)TrafficArea" in part C, sectionl.
2 The minimumfreewaterdeoth in the northboundtrafficlane is 17 metresand in the southboundtraffic
lane19 metres.
3 Shipsshouldreducespeedto maximumof 20 knotsbeforeenteringthe appropriatelaneof the scheme.

tr (see Nofe)
1 . -'. / -4,
2
\. r

?J.\\

\
/q\ \ \\. 22'
\v/ \ \t 'J (:'
q (1)b
l l

\rrili
\
lt il i
\
(6)?
v |ji
I
i i a
(7)l
i le v
I
n oe i
V

I o
(4)
(2)',,
Note: See "Recommendationon navigation
o
(8) throughthe entrancesto the BalticSea"
l. \0 (seeNote.) in part C, section l.
ttt' *.e
\

BETWEEN AND SPROGOE

KORSOER

S H I P SR
' O U T T I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N (Amended2004) t/24
AT HATTERBARN
Note: Seemandatoryship reportingsystem"ln the Storebelt (CreatBel$ TrafficArea (BELTREP)"
in part C,
sectionl.
(Reference chart:Danish12B,9thedition,October2007.
Note: This chart is basedon World CeodeticSystem1984 datum(WCS B4).)

Descriptionof the traffic separationscheme

(a) positions:
A separationline connectsthe followinggeographical
(1) 55"54',.67 N, 010"56',.40E (2) 55'50',.03N, E
010%9',.58
(b) A traffic lane, 675 metreswide at the narrowestpart, for north-eastboundtraffic is establishedbetween
the separationline and a separationzone bounded by a line connectingthe following geographical
positions:
(3) 55'54',.75 N, O10"57',.87 E (7) 55%7',.89N, 010"50',.24E
(4) 55'53',.88 N, o1o'56',.08 E (B) 55%7',.89 N, 010'51',.64 E
(5) 55"52',.42 N, 010'53',.93 E (9) 55'53',.27N, 010'59',.53E
(6) 55%9',.64 N, 010"50',.24 E (10) 55"54',.75 N, 011'00',.00E
(c) A traffic lane, 800 metreswide, for south-westboundtraffic is establishedbetween the separationline
and a separationline connectingthe followinggeographicalpositions:
(11) 55'54',.61N, 010'55',.31 E (12) 55'50',.54N, 01o"49',.34
E
Nofes:

1 The minimumdepth of water below meansea level in the trafficseparationschemeis l5 metres.

.13
2 Shipswith a draughtof more than metresshouldusethe deeo-waterroutewhich lies north-westof
the traffic separationscheme.

l/25-1 (Amended 2008) ' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N

S H I P SR
 ,ir!
<r!i"
b fW arnripranof
*Deep-water
route ^9^1*d
between Hafter Revand Hafter Bam" ?,-/,s,t-
')'-.r7i:/'
in part C,secfion 0 -y' -rrtV"

w Hafter
Rev
-- -
---"1--t''
";-;-,l.r1g
#J:F@
t
"

i"i':-,.1&
, '
iei i l
i i , 7
l
t
i.rG,
i__Uk
%
l
l /

[J"] 55"

ivi,
cu

iil
r.rI
I

r16'
it
ef t l- E
o:o
';g
l,tI
i!l Note:See "Recommendation on navigation
i; I
tit; ' throughthe entrancesto the Baltic Sea"
I in part C, sectionI
I Rssnas I ^
f P,,llot

110

AT HATTERBARN

IOT'TEING2015EDITION Amended 2008) t/25-2

Sectionll

WesternEuropeanwaters

Caution: The chartletsare for illustrativepurposesonly and must not be usedfor

navigation.Marinersshouldconsultthe appropriatenauticalpublicationsand charts
for up-to-datedetailson aids to navigationand other relevantinformation.

Warning:The geographical positionsgiven in the descriptions

of the routeing
systemsare only correct for chartsusingthe samegeodeticdatum as the reference
chartsindicatedundereachscheme.Chartspublishedby other hydrographic
offices may use a differentgeodeticdatum, as may new editionsof the reference
chartspublishedafterthe adoptionof the routeingsystem.Where amendmentsto
existingsystemsare not basedon the samegeodeticdatum as the original system,
this is emphasizedby the useof differentcoloursfor definitionsof positions.

SHIPS'ROUTEING2015 EDITION
 a
E
gl
- F ,

t--(
F
E
g i i € *
=
z E : ! : * E
ul i r a * ; - E
€;E+=,;r*E€g
K! r ' t t z '
: IT
i * v
f
/ ..\
H*.
EE;e,FH
*EEEi€:eF
l.rut^> lr-l
z
- \ \ - , F A
4
TU

gEE$'g*
)
F

s'i=*eEg*
-/ 1^^

;;=: **u*s*siE uug

*,igE
trt
/ '- . '., ; i
+..r
r' a -J*/
=
xgJ
,
t
-
4
i
!
o
z r c,i6i+ n'6 F 6 a I = s p S p s 5 F g Rii Risi*i KiHi*i si8i g # si!t Ei
t i-is

..\
I
,i
o'--
--- \
J
ti
Yi
,.---
-r
#
a+ \r ;" t"-o.-
-
FV\- 3!a^^--4Js.
i n
\ v
\ 4 4 4
;*e-
' >
VL
% a _

N \

t-
/ @
*{i-z
'# )-;:t
ll o)

a
-____R- s/l

B"
7/l
rv{ 6

LJ,A

r CD
N
$r C'
N N
o
N 6

iI ^ \t
' q n
{ r )
'"-=
J
'--f,- *u^1
8'{',,1 \. , g
f -,r,
: a
.'2.*-, a1 )
:j ,i. i r^) i
t''t .h
.'I . i
i t l

,*
i,f.

lllil (Amended2011) ' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N

S H I P SR
 tu

v)

IlY KX'TEING 2015EDITION

K!

ul

l(h

llliv ' O U T E I N C2 0 1 5E D I T I O N
S H I P SR
 :

TSS "Off NorthCape"

Recommended routesbetween ,'

TSSsoff the coast of /
Norwayfrom Vardoto /
?ssI (seepaft E) ,'
/
TSS "Off Rast 'l1\"f
/"
f
TSS'Off Rost(2)"

"'
I
Wa
*>-€-

/ -

i
-SS
l
Off Egersund'
{

10" 20" 30"

SUMMARYCHARTLETC

: * P S R O U T E l N c 2 0 1E5 D I T I O N (Updated2015) lllv

WESTOF THE SCITLYISLES
Note: Seemandatoryship reportingsystem"West EuropeanTankerReportingSystem"in part C, section l,
and "Recommendationson navigationthroughthe EnglishChanneland the Dover Strait"in part F.
(Reference chart:BritishAdmiralty2565,1982edition. '1936
Note: This chart is basedon OrdnanceSurveyof Creat Britain datum.)

Description of the traffic separation scheme

positions:
zone,two mileswide, is boundedby linesconnectingthe followinggeographical
(a) A separation
(1) 49"52',.33N, 006%4',.00 w (3) 50'02',.98N, 006%2',.50W
(2) 50'02',.43N, 006'39',.50W (4) 49"52',.33N, 006"47',.25w

zone,one and a half mileswide, is boundedby linesconnectingthe followinggeographical

(b) A separation
positions:
(5) 49"52',.33
N, W
006"36',.73 (7) 50'0]'.57N, W
006"35',.03
(6) 50"01',.18
N, o06"32',.78W (B) 49'52',.33
N, W
oo6'39',.17
(c) positions:
A separationzone,one mile wide, is boundedby linesconnectingthe followinggeographical
(g) 49"52',.33N, W
006"52',.13 (11) 5o'04',.07
N, W
006%8',.53
(10) 50'03'.80N, w
006%7',.00 (12) 49'52',.33
N, W
oo6'53',.78
(d) A traffic lanefor north-eastbound betweenthe separationzones
ships,three mileswide, is established
(a)
describedin paragraphs and (b) above.

(e) A trafficlanefor south-westbound betweenthe separationzones

ships,three mileswide, is established
describedin paragraphs(a)and (c) above.

lnshore traffic zone

The areabetweenthe easternboundaryof the trafficseparationschemeand the Scillylslesand lyingbetween
a line drawn in a directionof 270"from BishopRocklighthouseand a line drawn in a directionof 286'from
Roundlslandlighthouseis designatedas an inshoretrafficzone.
(chartlet is on page 1-2/2-2/3-2)

(Amended l97B) ' O U T E I N C2 0 1 5E D I T I O N

S H I P SR
I/1-1
SOUTHOF THESCIttYISTES
Note: Seemandatoryship reportingsystem"West EuropeanTankerReportingSystem"in part C, section l,
and "Recommendationson navigationthroughthe EnglishChanneland the Dover Strait"in part F.
(Reference chart:BritishAdmiralty2565,1982edition.
Note: This chart is basedon Ordnance Surveyof Creat Britain 1936 datum.)

Descriptionof the traffic separationscheme

(a) A separation positions:
zone,two mileswide, is boundedby linesconnectingthe followinggeographical
(1) 49%'t',.50
N, 006'16',.50W (3) 49o39',.50N, W
006'32',.38
(2) 49%1',.50N, 006"31',.50W (4) 49'39',.50N, W
006"16',.50
(b) A separation
zone,one and a half mileswide, is boundedby linesconnectingthe followinggeographical
positions:
(5) 49%6',.00N, W
006'16',.50 (7) 49%4',.50
N, W
006'30',.15
(6) 49"46',.00
N, W
006"29',.50 (B) 49%4',.50
N, W
006''16',.50
(c) positions:
A separationzone,one mile wide, is boundedby linesconnectingthe followinggeographical
(9) 49"36',.50 N, 006"16',.50W (1t) 49o35',.50
N, W
006'34',.15
(10) 49"36',.50N, 006"33',.67W (12) 49"35',.50
N, W
006'16',.50
(d) A traffic lanefor eastboundships,threemileswide, is establishedbetweenthe separationzonesdescribed
in paragraphs(a)and (c) above.
(e) A traffic lane for westbound ships, three miles wide, is establishedbetween the separ:ationzones
describedin paragraphs(a)and (b) above.

Inshoretraffic zone
The area between the northern boundary of the traffic separationschemeand the Scilly lslesand lying
betweena line drawn in a directionof 196ofrom the BishopRock lighthouseand a line drawn in a direction
of 180'from the easternextremityof St. Mary's lslandis designatedas an inshoretraffic zone.
(chartletis on page 1-2/2-2/3-2)

SHIPS'ROUTEING
2015EDITION (Amended I97B) u/2-1
 SEVEN
OFFIAND'S END,BETWEEN AND TONCSHIPS
STONES
Note: Seemandatoryship reportingsystem"West EuropeanTankerReportingSystem"in part G, section l,
and "Recommendationson navigationaround the United Kingdomcoast" in part E and "Recommendations
on navigationthrough the EnglishChanneland the Dover Strait" in part F.
(Referencecharts:BritishAdmiralty 1148 (published06/2001),2565(published06/2001).
Note: Thesechartsare basedon World Ceodetic System1984 datum (WCS B4).)

Descriptionof the traffic separationscheme

(a) A separation positions:
zone,two mileswide, is boundedby linesconnectingthe followinggeographical
(1) 49"58',.02N, 005"55',.76W (3) 50"20',.03N, 005'58','BBW
(2) 50"20',.03
N, W
005"55',.76 (4) 49'56',.52
N, W
oo5'5B',.BB
(b) positions:
A separationzone,one mile wide, is boundedby linesconnectingthe followinggeographical
(5) 50"00'.99N, 005%9'.58W (7) 50o20'.03N, 005'51',.1]W
(6) 50"20',.03 N, 005%9',.58 W (8) 50000'.22N, W
005'51',.11

(c) positions:
A separationzone,one mile wide, is boundedby linesconnectingthe followinggeographical
(9) 49"54',.29N, 006"03'.56W (11) 50o20',.03N, 006'05'.06 w
(10) 50"20',.03
N, 006"03'.56W (12) 49o53',.54
N, w
006"05'.06
(d) A traffic lane for northbound traffic, three miles wide, is establishedbetween the separationzones
describedin paragraphs(a)and (b) above.
(e) A traffic lane for southbound traffic, three miles wide, is establishedbetween the separationzones
describedin paragraphs(a)and (c) above.

lnshoretraffic zones
(fl The area between the eastem boundary of the traffic separationschemeand Land's End, and which
lies between a line drawn from position (5) in a direction of 078" to the coast and a line drawn from
position(13)50"10'.00N, 005%9;.5gW in a directionof 090oto the coastat PendeenPoint,is designated
an inshoretraffic zone.
(g) The area between the western boundary of the traffic separationscheme and the lslesof Scilly,and
which liesbetweena line drawnfrom position('12)in a directionof 27O'to the islandsand a line drawn
from position (14)50"08'.00 N, 006'05'.06 W in a directionof 225oto Round lsland lighthouse,is
designatedan inshoretraffic zone.

I/3-1 (Amended 2008) 2015EDITION

SHIPS'ROUTEING
 ( 1 1 ) ( 1 0 ) (3) (2) (7) (6)
oo o o oo

TSS "Off Lands End

BetweenSevenStones
and Longships"

/t e\
orttr
oo).
lnshore
^^ ITATTIC
.- ^
t zone
I. ( 1 0\v) r s r severlStones*
o^(2) (nt
'd ^
" ^(6)
" o ;' > > _ - R o u n d l . . x t - , . v L L . Land's
n t.,*,- Inshore o (5) End
ll A traffic

A I I;1,:"*ig5s+; 'o"" . (1)

(8)

; *" t Wolf Rock

u Le'Y
)n;;o {\ (4)
.;dd':t}3oi- '^ o (see "Recommendations
- : o o or r-+.r r* .. .;qf S F . . : (s)
{ ISLEO
-: ? (2) on navigationaround the
rr- Ol taj Ol Bishopi i." lSctLLy
United Kingdom coast"
rr.i -rri:i orrheSciryr"r"."Ro"k;f in paft E)
ll"ti,:* l
l' zone I
(6)J o (cl
(7) e o (8)
.+r
-
\zl . o (1)
(3) o o (4)
4
\
/ln\
o (9)
(1?Js
"sor*l'orrhescitty
t;eg?)

WESTOF THE SCILLYISLES

+ SOUTHOF THESClttY ISLES
+ OFF LAND'SEND,
BETWEEN SEVENSTONESAND LONGSHIPS

IS IO{-TEING 2015 EDITION (Amended 2008) I/1-2/2-2/3-2

OFF USHANT
Note: Seemandatoryship reportingsystems"West EuropeanTankerReportingSystem"and "Off Ushant"in
part C, sectionl.
(Reference chart:French6989.
Note: All positionsare referredto World CeodeticSystem1984 datum(WCS B4).)

Descriptionof the traffic separationscheme

(a) positions:
A separationzone boundedby a line connectingthe followinggeographical
(1) 48o57',.00 N, 005'32',.50W @ N,
48"37',.40 005%8','60 W
Q) 48"52'.75N, 005"28'.60 W (5) N,
48.39',.70 005"55',.20W
(3) 48"48',.60N, 005'39',.60W (6) 48'52',.05N, 005%5'.00w
zone and the following
(b) A trafficlanefor shipsleavingthe EnglishChannelbetweenthe aboveseparation
geographical positions:
(7) 48%2',.00N, 006"01'.60W (9) 49'01',.10
N, W
005'36',.05
(s) 48'55',.60N, 005'50'.60w

(c) A traffic lane for shipsenteringthe EnglishChannelbetweenthat separationzone and the following
geographical positions:
(10) 48o35',.10 N, 005%2',.30W (2\ 48%8',.60N, W
005'25',.10
(1t1 48%5',.00 N, W
005'34',.30
(d) An outer separationzone, seawardof the Ouessant scheme,boundedby a line
trafficseparation
positions:
connectingpoints(7),(B),(9)andthefollowinggeographical
(17) 48%2',.60N, 006"02'.80w (19) 49"02',.00
N, W
005"36',.80
(18) 48'56',.40N, W
005'51',.60
(el (12)andthefollowing
points(10),.(11),
A separationzone boundedby a lineconnecting geographical
positions:
(13) 48'39',.70N, W
005"14',.70 (14) 48'30',.60N, W
005'26',.30

(f) zoneboundedby a lineconnecting

A separation positions:
thefollowinggeographical
(15) 48"29',.80
N, W
005'23',.50 (20) N,
48"37',.20 W
005'11',.90
(16) 48"38'.00N, 005"12'.gow (21) N,
48"29',.39 W
005'22',.05
(\ os, ) points(20),(21),andthefollowinggeographical
An inshoretrafficzone boundedby a lineconnecting
positions:
Men Korn light 48'28',.00N, w
005'01'.40
Jumentlight 48'25'..35N, w
005'08'.00
(e)
zonesdescribedin paragraphs
betweenthe separation
(h) A two-waytrafficroute2 mileswide established
and (f).The two-way route may be used by:
ships;
passenger
shipsof lessthan 6000 grosstonnage,travellingfrom or towardsa port situatedbetweenCape
Finisterreand CaPde Ia Hague.
Thisauthorizationdoesnot applyto shipscarryingoils listedin appendixI of Annex I of the International
Conventionfor the preventionof Pollutionfrom Ships,1973,as modifiedby the Protocolof 1978relating
thereto(MARpOL),shipscarryingin bulk the subsiances classifiedin categoriesX and Y as defined in
regulation6 of Annex ll of that Convention,shipscorrespondingto the requirements of the lnternational
in Bulk (lCC Code)and
Code for the Constructionand Equipmentof ShipsCarryingLiquefiedCases
shipscarryingfissileor irradiatedmaterials.

r/4-1 (Amended2012) ' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N

S H I P SR
 &:
ipecial provision
'.r"r--:astbound trafficIanein (c):
iirrs -:r"r ing oils listedin appendixI of Annex I of the International Conventionfor the Prevention of Pollution
'I-:'- !'ps.1973,
as modifiedby the Protocolof 1978(MARPOL), and shipscarryingin bulk the substances
r s ' r = -' lc a t e g o r i e s A a n d B l i s t e d i n a p p e n d i c e s l a n d l l o f A n n e x l l o f t h a t C o n v e n t i o n m u s t , a s f a r a s p o s s
iu - :re outer oart of this lane.

Boundaryof OUESSREP
mandatoryship reportingsystem
(seesectlon I of part G)

(18)

"(a)

o (12)

( 11 )
<1 o.
/[

(1s)

Inshore
traffic
o zone
(14) , o ^
USHANT.\
(21)****c{e*a::#:x;;
(15) .^'i:
o
< , c
t2-
La Jument ;i1ir.y;ii
i 3.J"^oi
((t,^a.o\'-
o
o"
o
( D 5
^ s )
\
onq'
o

OFF USHANT

I T I I P SR
' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N (Amended 2002)
 oFF CASQUETS
Note: See"Recommendations on navigationthroughthe EnglishChanneland the DoverStrait"in part F and
mandatoryship reportingsystems"West EuropeanTankerReportingSystem"and "Off LesCasquetsand the
adjacentcoastalarea"in part C, sectionl.
(Reference
charts:BritishAdmiralty2669,1989edition;French6966,1984edition.
Note: Thesechartsare basedon Europeandatum.)

Descriptionof the traffic separationscheme

F (a) A separationzone,five mileswide, is centredupon the followinggeographical

(b)
(1) 49'54',.55N,

(3) 50"02',.65 N,
002"53',.66w

002"57',.01W
(2) 49'59',.55N,

(4) 50'07',.70N,
positions:
OO2'24',.41W

positions:
A separationzone,two mileswide, is centredupon the followinggeographical
002"27',.81W

(c) positions:
A separationzone,one mile wide, is centredupon the followinggeographical
(5) 49%6',.80N, 002'50'.41W (6) 49o51',.80N, 0O2"21',.24W

(d) A trafficlanefor westboundships,five mileswide, is established zonesdescribed

betweenthe separation
in paragraphs(a)and (b) above.
(e) A trafficlanefor eastboundships,five mileswide, is established zonesdescribed
betweenthe separation
in paragraphs(a)and (c) above.

Inshore traffic zone

The areabetweenthe southernboundaryof the trafficseparationschemeand the Channellslands,bounded
by linesdrawn from the south-westcornerof the schemeto Les Hanoislighthouse,from St. Martin'sPoint
Iightto the southernextremityof Sark,from the easternextremityof Sarkto QuenardPointand from Quenard
Pointto the south-eastcornerof the scheme,is designated as an inshoretrafficzone.

Notes:
1 lt is importantthat shipspassingin this area listento the appropriateVHF broadcastsby the Channel
NavigationInformationServicewhich provide informationconcerningtraffic, navigationand visibility
conditionsin this area.
2 The Raceof Alderneyis not recommendedfor useby shipsotherthan thoseproceedingto or from ports
in the Channellslands,ports locatedon the FrenchcoastbetweenCherbourgand Ushantor inshore
routesat Ushant.

I/5-1 (Amended 2000) SHIPS' 2015EDITION

ROUTEING
 I

.9
*98Hi

i5
L E
co)
o.E
(,)Y
€o . E
=
E:
E;:
= 5 ob
^tro
U E.S
# 9 9
-(s(d

o
o .6o

'lE
z-
o
o
at
E
o
o
u -o
^a
U'
o)
u& 'F V,
-o- o_ IIJ
<
- o
H E p
AT o (u q
o- (t
o 6'6E -q +
o- d8 o_
-t''>*
I
o 5 *
oiqe(^ "
'* r h \ q

E
o (L
IU
(r
N
[=+ E # F { i
ls-

, q g E W
Fi-
(L t! Ei E C' W
I
tt ea
o c
o .,#o
z \\ =,s
b
u E 't - i
o 6- E
(I'
o (r)

(B' o
a dt
o
J'
E
(u
.x (L
tD
E(5
a

2015EDtTtON (Amended 2000, chartlet amended 2006)

rN THESTRATT
OF DOVERAND ADIACENT
WATERS
Note: See"Recommendations on navigationthroughthe EnglishChanneland the DoverStrait"in part F
and the mandatoryship reportingsystems"The Dover Strait/Pasde Calais"and "West EuropeanTanker
ReportingSystem"in part C, section l.
(Referencecharts:BritishAdmiralty 2449,2450,2451;June2007 editions.
,|984
Note: Thesechartsare basedon World Ceodetic System datum (WCS B4).)

Descriptionof the traffic separationscheme

(a) A separation
zoneis boundedby linesconnectingthe followinggeographicalpositions:
(1) 51"25',.31N, 0o2"04',.03
E (3) 51'31',.07N, 002.O7',.9O E
a 51"26',.77
N. 0o2"01',.48
E (4) 51o29',.84N, 002"10',.62E
(b) A separationline connectsthe followinggeographicalpositions:
(5) 51'26',.97 N, E
002"',16',.95 (6) 51022',.83 N, 002'12',29
E
(c) A separationzone is boundedby linesconnectingthe followinggeographicalpositions:
(7) 5'l'22',.03 N, 001"58',.39
E (9) 51016',.53N, O01',52',.29E
(B) 51"22',.49
N, E
O01"57',.61
(d) A precautionary areawith recommendeddirectionsof trafficflow is established
connectinggeographical
positions('l), (2),(B)and (7) above.
(e) A separationline connectsthe followinggeographicalpositions:
(10) 51'16',.53
N, O01'52',.29E (11) 51.06',.13N, E
001'38',.'10
(f) A separationzone is boundedby linesconnectingthe followinggeographical
positions:
(12) 51"05',.77N, 00'1"38',.65
E (17) 50'26',.91
N, 000.01',.09w
(13) 51"06',.49N, 001"37',.55
E (18) 50"22',.12
N, E
000'00',.9'l
(14) 50'57',.59N, 001"23',.00E (19) 50'32',.71.N, 000"57',.73E
(1s)50"51',.l4N, OO1"17',.20
E (20) 50"42',.87
N, E
00',1'18',.30
(16) 50"33',.37N. 000'36',.50E (21) 50'56',.87
N, 001"24',.03E

G) A traffic lanefor south-westboundtraffic is establishedbetweenthe separationzones/linesdescribedin

paragraphs(a),(c),(e)and (f) above and the following separationline/zone:
a separationline connectingthe followinggeographical
positions:
(22) 51"33',.66N, 0j2"02',.17E (25) 51"06',.93
N, 001"30'.90
E
(23) 51"27',.35N, OO1"52',.76E (26) 50.52',.29N, 001"02'.65
E
(24) 51"14',.13
N, 001'43',.99E
a separation
zone boundedby Iinesconnectingthe followinggeographicalpositions:
(27) 50o52',.47
N, OO1"O2',:45
E (30) 50'32',.71
N, 000"03',.49W
(28) 50'39',.37
N, 000"32',.50
E (31) 5oo38',.gl
N, 000"32',.70E
(2e)50'34',.64N. 000"04',.29
W (32) 50"52',.09
N, 001"02',.85E
(h) A traffic lane for north-eastboundtraffic is establishedbetween the separationzones/linesdescribedin
paragraphs(a),(c),(e)and (f) above and the following separationline/zone:
a separationzone is boundedby linesconnectingthe followinggeographical
positions:
(33) 50"16',.34
N, 000'03',.31
E (36) 50039',.29
N, 001'22',.63
E
(34) 50"14',.49
N, 000"04',.11
E (37) 50'39',.69
N, 001"22',.20
E
(35) 50o26',.37
N, E
001"00',.20 (38) 50"26',.94
N, 000"59',.90
E
a separationline connectsthe followinggeographicalpositions:
(3e)50"39',.49N, O01"22',.4O
E (41) 50"53',.64N, E
001'30',.70
(40) 50%4',.54N. E
001'26',.90 (42) 51'04',.34N, 001%5',.89
E
a separation
zone is boundedby linesconnectingthe followinggeographical
positions:
(43) 5]o04'.34N, 001%5',.89E (45) 51'11',.23
N, 002"04',.09E
(44) 51'06',.44N. 00'.1%8',.89
E (46) 51'09',.84
N, 002'O3',.12E

I/6-1 (Amended 2010) SHIPS'

ROUTEING
2015EDITION
 'At
an unchartedline representingthe junction of the schemewith the adjacentscheme West Hinder"
and joiningthe followinggeographicalpositions:
(47) 51''f1',.23N, OO2"O4',.09 E (6) 51"22',.83
N, E
OO2'12',.29
(i)
within this laneas describedin paragraph below.
A separationzone is established
(i) positions:
A separationzone is boundedby linesconnectingthe followinggeographical
(48) 51"18',.43 N, E
002"04',.69 (52) 51'09',.75
N, 001%5',.61 E
(49) 51"16',.03 N, E
002"04',.19 (53) 5',1'12',.35
N, 001"51',.03E
(50) 5.1"13',.7.1
N, 002'oo'.99 E (54) 51'15',.05N, 001"54',.40E
(51) 51"09',.35 N, E
001"47',.10
(j) A deep-water route forming part of the north-eastboundtraffic lane between the separationzone
describedin paragraph(i) aboveand the separationzonellinedescribedin paragraphs (c)and (e)above
hasbeen establishedbetweena line connectingthe followinggeographicalpositions:
(i) 51'09',.75N, 001%5',.61E (ii) 51"10'.26N, E
001"43',.74
and a line connecting:
(iii) 51"22',.03
N, o0l'58'.39 E (iv) 5'1"18'.43
N, oo2"o4'.69
E
Note: An area to be avoided around the Foxtrot3 station (51"24'.15N, 002'00'.38 E) is describedin part D,
section L

thejunctionof the schemewith the adjacentscheme"ln the Approaches

Thereisan unchartedlinerepresenting
to Hook of Hollandand At North Hinder" andjoiningthe followinggeographicalpositions:
(5) 51"26',.97N, 002"16',-95
E (3) 51'31',.07
N, 002"O7',.90E
(4) 51"29',.84N, 002"1o',.62E (22) N,
51"33',.66 E
002"02',.17

lnshoretraffic zones
The area between the outer boundary of the traffic separationschemeand the Englishcoast which lies
betweena line:
(v) 51'08'.42N, oo1"22',.24E (vi) 5'1"02'.53N, 001"22'.24E
and a line between:
(vii) 50'34'.64N, 000'04'.29W (viii)50'49'.60N, 000']6'.86W
as an inshoretrafficzone.
is designated
The area between the outer boundarv of the traffic separationschemeand the Frenchcoast which lies
between:
(ix) 50'53'.64N, 001"30'.70 E (x) 50'52'.10N, 00'l'34'.96E
and a Iine between:
(xi) 50'30'.09 N, 001'06'.66E (xii) 50o30'.09
N, 001'34'.59 E
is designatedas an inshoretrafficzone.
Warnings
.l
A deep-waterroute forming part of the north-eastboundtraffic lane is establishedto the north-westof
the SandettieBank,and mastersconsideringthe useof this routeshouldtake into accountthe proximity
of trafficusingthe south-westbound lane.
2 The main trafficlanefor north-eastboundtraffic liesto the south-eastof the SandettieBankand shallbe
followedby all suchshipsas can safelynavigatethereinhavingregardto their draught.
3 In the areaof the deep-waterrouteeastof the separationline,shipsare recommendedto avoidovertaking
where traffic and navigationdo not allow sufficientsea room and passingdistance.lf overtakingis
performedthen a safedistancemust be maintainedand COLRECRule13 observed.
4 Marinersleavingthe north-east-going lane and planningto crossthe south-west-going lane,between
the Varne (51'0.1'.3 N, 001" 23'.9 E) and Fl (51" 11'.2N, 001%5'.0 E) light-buoys,should be awareof
heavy traffic in the south-west-goinglane, as well as ferry traffic, and alter course and/or speed at an
appropriatepoint.

SHIPS'
ROUTEING
2015EDITION (Amended2010)
x!

- WEST
IN THESTRAITOF DOVERAND ADIACENTWATERS

(Amended2010) ' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N
S H I P SR
 'ln the SUNK arca
1SeefSS
and inttl€ norttwn approach$to
tlr-Tharnes qtuary")

Area to be avoided
"Around the Foxtiot 3 station"

"*4ff
F(
FDw,:
/&
Area to be avoided
'tuound the CS4 Buoy
i"1h"-il;";siai;'e4)
partD, *ction l) ,#
5I
-(1 (44)
{-l eq/ 1)
{ t'/. ry02l ,43)
(vD
Inshore /
traffic zone Vame
(14)
e1l
(41)
0x)
(x)

f
(40)
(20)

lnshore
traffic zone

fu;--'--
\w ----^fu
""*&

1" 1V 20', 40' 50' 2" 10'

IN THESTRAITOF DOVERAND ADIACENTWATERS- EAST

2O'I5EDITION
SHIPS'ROUTEING (Amended 2010) I/6-4
ATWESTHINDER
'At West Hinder" in part D, sectionI and the mandatoryship reporting
Note: Seethe areato be avoided
de Calais"and "West EuropeanTankerReportingSystem"in part C, sectionI'
systems"ln the Dover Strait/Pas
(Reference chart:BritishAdmiralty1872,1991edition.
of amendmentsto the schemeare from
Note: This chart is basedon Europeandatum (ED 50). Co-ordinates
chartsDl1 and 102 (lNT l4B0) publishedby the Agencyof Maritimeand CoastalServices, FlemishHydro-
graphy,rvhichare basedon the World CeodeticSystem1984datum(WCSB4);theseco-ordinates are shown
in colour.)

Descriptionof the traffic separationscheme

(a) A separationline connectsthe followinggeographicalpositions:
( 1 ) 51'22',.43N, E
002"32',.15 (3) 51'19',.20 N, E
002"16',.70
(2) 51'22',.50 N, 002'30'.00E

(b) A separationzone is boundedby a line connectingthe followinggeographicalpositions:

(3) 51"19',.2O N,002'16',.70E (5) 51"19',.68N, 002'10'.09E
(4) 51'20',.88 N, 002'10'.99E
(c) A traffic lane for westbound traffic is establishedbetween the separation line/zone described in
paragraphs (a)and (b) aboveand a line connectingthe followinggeographicalpositions:
(6) 51"23',.45 E
N, 002"32',.95 (9) 51"21',.30
N,002"17',.7OE
(7) 51"23',.5O N, 002'30'.00 E (10) 51"22',.88 E
N,002o12',.37
(B) 51"22'.BO E
N, 002'26',.50
line/zonedescribedin
betweenthe separation
(d) A traffic lane for eastboundtraffic is established
paragraphs (b)
(a)and aboveand:
(i) a line connectingthe followinggeographicalpositions:
(11) 51"21',.39
N, 002"3.1'.33E (13) 51'20',.00N, 002'24',.60E
(12) 51'2'1',.50 E
N, 002"30'.00
zoneboundedby linesconnecting
(ii) a separation positions:
thefollowinggeographical
(13) 51"20',.00 E
N, oo2'24',.60 (16) 51"11',.29 E
N, 002'04'.17
(14) 51"12',.55 E
N, 002'',11'.40 (17) 51"13',.20
N, 002'10'.30E
(15) 51"09',.90
N, 002"03'.20E
A precautionaryarea with recommendeddirectionof traffic flow is establishedconnectingthe following
positions:
geographical
(6) 51o23',.45 N, E
002"32',.95
(18) 51o23',.45 N, E AN buoy
002"36',.92
(19) 51"24',.25 N, E CZbuoy
002"44',.52
(20) 51'23',.38 N, E VC buoy
oo2'46',.21
(21) 51'20',.82N, E MBN buoy
002'46',.29
( 1 1 ) 5 1 " 2 1 ' , . 3N9, 002"31',.33 nearOost Dyckbuoy
E
ThepilotstationWandelaaris positioned position:
in thefollowinggeographical
(22) 51"22'.25N, 002%3'.00E

Notes:
1 (10),(15)and(16)formpartof boththescheme'At WestHinder"andthescheme"ln theStrait
Positions
of Doverandadjacent waterslihe smaltdifferencesin valuesof thesecommonpointsa.redueto the
datum
of the geodetic
difference of the on whichthesetwo schemes
charts
reference arebased.

ta/7-1 (Amended2012) SHIPS' 2015EDITION

ROUTEING
 An anchorageis establishednorth of the scheme and is bounded by a line connecting the following
geographicalpositions:
(i) 51"25',.95 N, 002"34'.92E
(ii) 51"25',.95N, 002%0'.30 E
(iii) 51"24',.40
N, 002%0'.30 E
(iv) 51"23'.95N, o02"36',.90E
(v) 51"23'.95N, oo2"33',.32E
Positions(iii) and (iv)of this anchorageare points of the boundaryof the areato be avoided'At West Hinder".
(chartlet overleaf)

SHIPS'ROUTEINC
2015EDITION (Amended 2012) il/7-2
 ro

,""f Lr)

6
$ E 3o ' .
gFEE- '. ti\. .9€
9F-c o r; (E
!+ Ol o
{z
E 3.8 ij €=
(L>
:
EEE @
ii:E€
jiii Es;
-c

I
I
t$E
Ji A5E
6.
F
.Q
j t i.s<z lo

| \
EsE
Iici
\
r
\
t.
O
rSl S
N ,

! 6 t
f---+ Y io
v
. a''u' $ i
Ei$\ \ t r o - i
CE
c)
6
c)
?t\*<lll Y

Lu
(E

E
ioaL" i
r l l 9 | rO
cr)
, z
" - --. !i €i ^e l ^i
e (t
l!
= lo'-gE =
o
sql ",9

=
i -
\
.
;'N
\,,. \ '.
'1
==.
lr)
N

r d - . \ ' .
\o \ \
b
c
\
\ \ \
t - - \ \
o b\
," dl -: rO

, ' j
il
s
eE i - 9
=
o:-l=-.
$
o e i z
€ ' o
I o \:*
q

s € a
s

-3'...
r

F
,e o - t st
E\
\
(! $
r U)

il/7-3 (Amended 2012) ' O U T E I N C2 0 1 5E D I T I O N

S H I P SR
 APPROACHES
IN THESUNKAREAAND IN THENORTHERN
TO THETHAMESESTUARY
Note: Seemandatoryship reportingsystem"West EuropeanTankerReportingSystem"in part C, sectionl.
(Reference chart:BritishAdmiralty1610,2012edition.
Note: This chart is basedon World Geodetic System1984 datum (WCS B4).)

trafficrouteingschemefor the SUNK areaconsistsof severalelementscomprising:

An integrated
.1 One two-way route (LongSand Head);
.2 Twotraffic lanes1.9 mileswide in two parts(SUNKNorth and SouthTSS);
.3 Two trafficlanes1.0 mile wide in one part (SUNKEastTSS);
.4 area,namedSUNK Innerprecautionaryarea;
An innerprecautionary
.5 A precautionaryarea, adjacentto the SUNK Inner precautionaryarea, named SUNK Outer
precautionaryarea;
.6 A 1 nauticalmile diameterareato be avoidedin the SUNK Outer precautionaryarea;and
.7 A recommendedroute("Calloper"recommendedroute)(seepart E).
Part l:
Description of the two-way route
LongSandHead two-way route is established.(Notethat entry is restrictedto piloted vessels,vesselsoperated
under pilotageexemptioncertificate(PEC),and vesselsexemptfrom pilotageunder the destinationport's
pilotagedirections.)
(a) A boundaryline connectingthe followinggeographicalpositions:
(1) 51"38',.09N, 001"40',.43E (3) 51"47',.77 N, E
00'1"38'.16
(2) 5.1%7',.90N, 001"39',.42E
(b) A separationzone boundedby a line connectingthe followinggeographicalpositions:
(4) 51'38',.3',1
N, 001%3',.60 E (10) 51%9',.49N, 001%0',.06 E
(5) 51'38',.33N, 001%3',.89 E (11) 51%9',.30N, 001'38',.16 E
(6) 51%2',.16 N, OO1"43',.2OE (12) 51%9',.11N, 001'38',.16 E
(7) 5t%8',.29N, OO1"42',.08E (13) 51%9',.30N, 001%0',.0',1E
(B) 51%8',.98 N, 001"41',.64E (14) N,
51%8',.84 OO1'41',.40E
(9) 51%9',.28 N, 001"4o',.72E (15) 51%8',.24N, 0o1'41',.79 E

(c) A two-wayrouteboundedby the boundarylinedescribedin (a)aboveand the separation

zonedescribed
in (b)above.

P a r tt t :
Description of the traffic separationschemes
SUNK South traffic separation scheme
(d) A separationzone boundedby a line connectingthe followinggeographical
positions:
(16) 51o38',.54N, OO1"46',.87E (18) 51"42',.44
N, 001"47',.16E
(17) 51'38',.61N, 0}1"47',.85E (19) 51"42',.37
N, 001%6',.18 E

(e) A traffic lane for northboundtraffic betweenthe separationzone describedin (d) above and a line
connectingthe followinggeographical positions:
(20) 51'38',.82 N, 001"50'.83 E (21) 51%2',.65
N, 001'50'.14 E
(f) A trafficlanefor southboundtrafficbetweenthe separationzone describedin (d)aboveand that portion
of the separationzone describedin (b)aboveconnectingthe followinggeographical positions:
(5) 51'38',.33N, E
001%3',.89 (6) N,
51%2',.16 001"43',.20 E

' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N
S H I P SR (Amended 2012) lt/B-1
SUNKEasttraffic separationscheme positions:
the-followinggeographical
a line-connecting
-
G) A separationzone boundedby " (24) st'+g''B+ E
N' 001"51''86
N,
(22) 51'53',.07 ooz"oil+',oi
(23)51'53','39N,ooz'oz''sittzs)51%8','54N'001o5.1''85E
( h ) A s e p a r a t i o n z o n e b o u n d e d b y a l i n e - c o n n e c" t i n(31)
g t h eSt"si'-"sg r a p h i c a l pEo s i t i o n s :
s g e o g001'51','73
f o | l o w i nlt,
(26) 51.54'.59 N, ooz"oz]."stz'i- E
001"50''68
i tzz) 51'52','31 N'
(27) 51"49'.92 N, 001'51',;9
( 2 8 ) 5 1 " 5 2 ' , . 0 6 N , 0 0 f 4 g ; ' \ i i t : : ) 5 1 ' 5 0 'N'
' 9 9 Noo2"o\',24E
'oo1"52','27E
(2g) 51"53','90 N, oorqd'gor Qq) 51'55','63
(30) 51'55',.72 N, 001"50''54 E
a line
traffic between the separation zone describedin (g) aboveand
\r'l
(i) A traffic ranefor eastbound
."""".ii"s,r;i"i).,;;"R,*".r6[l[il.fro?t'on'' E
N, 002"07,.08
(36)51.51,.8e
thatportion
traffic zonedescribedin (g)aboveand
betweenthe separation
(j) A trafficranefor westbound positions:
the followinggeographical
i" (hJ;l;"; connecting
of the separ*,;;';;;;;;scribed
(26)51'54','59N,ooz"di''gz-t',(27)51"4g''g2N'001'51','B9E
scheme
SUNK North traffic separation
(k)Aseparationzoneboundedbyalineconnectingthefollowinggeographicalpositions:
( 3 7 ) 5 1 ' 5 6 ' , ' 0 6 N , o o l " + z l ' + o E ( 3 9 ) S t ' N'
s z i + 001%6','81
N ' 0 0 1 %E5 ' , ' B 7 E
oori',ai'+ir t+o) 51'54','24
(3S) 51'56','16 N,
portion
trafficbetween the separation zonedescribedin (k)aboveandthat
(r) A trafficranefor northbound the foilowingg"lgiThicar positions:
the separ;;;,;;Jescribed inlni unou"connecring E
of E (30) 51'55','72 N' 001'50''54
(2g) 51'53','90 N' oor"+g;'90
a line
traffic betweenthe separation zone describedin (k) aboveand
I'/ A traific
*(m) rane for southbound
positions:"
.onn".ting thefollowinggeogr:Pl,ical (42) 51's4',.68 N, 001"42''72E
(41) 51.56'.s0 N, oorioi.Si-i""

SUNK Inner Precautionaryarea positions:

thefo|lowinggeographical
by a |ineconnecting
areais established
(n) A precautionary
(12)5i"+9,.11N,ooriid,.roE@l|51"52,.+6N;001.32,.35E
(11)51"49','3oN,oofig''r6Eg;B)51'51','59N'001"31','32E
(10)51'49','49N'oorio''olr(49)51'49','61N'001'31','32E
(9)51"49','28N,ool"io':'1zE(50)51'48','51N'001'29','50E
(43)51.52,.6iN,001"+iilzE(51)51.46,.07N,o01"33,.42E
(44)51"53',.03N,00i'ig;'0gr$2)51'47','50N'001'35','64E
(45)51'52',.73N,001"2+'l'zaE(3)51"47','77N'001'38','16E
N,
(46) 51'52','46 E
001'33','20

SUNK Outer Precautionaryarea positions:

thefotowinggeographicar
by a rineconnecling
areais estab'sh^ed
(o) A precautionary
(43)5i'52''61N'ooi"+l''lzE(3sist'+z''+sN'001'51''82E
(9)51"49','28N,ool"+0''l2EQ7ist"+g''gzN'001'51','B9E
(s)51'48','98N'oot'+iis+E(2Si51"52','06N'oo1"49','37E
(7)51"48''29N,ool"iz.oaEQgi51'53''90N'0-01"49''96E
(6)51%2''16N'oot"il'ioEg'2j51'5+''68N'001"42''72E
N,
(21) 5',1"42','65 001'50''14E

SHIPS'ROUTEINC2O'I5EDITION
Amended 2012)
il/B-2
Area to be avoided
(p) An areato be avoided,1 nauticalmile in diameter,is centredupon the followinggeographicalposition:
(53) 51"50',.10
N, 001"46',.02 E

Note: The flow of trafficaroundthe ATBAis counter-clockwise, as indicatedby the recommendeddirections

of traffic flow in the precautionaryarea. AII ships should avoid the area within a circle of radius0.5 miles,
centredupon the followinggeographicalposition:51'50'.10N,001"46'.02E.
Thisareais established aid which is established
to avoid hazardto a navigational at the geographicalposition
listedabove,and which is consideredvital to the safetyof navigation.

Part lll:
Recommendedroute

Seepart E for the descriptionof the "Calloper"recommendedroute.

^;jJh
(t?gn
rry\''o -"i
rss,,Sunk
r"nl1", n (30)
. o(31) o(34)
i ll A
,or\,i___v_.-_
ll o(26)

'. "su:foltel (35)f

..
,';u[f'tsl l'-' A I ,,
area-
,, \\ Precautronary
I ,l Ir i
I
I tl ij
Y(51) il . : J- lIlr I
I

r i\ r ,
r' ' (s+l,l.ts
ir v A ,
i i lli."':. "Galloper" route
recommended
, - -i : i \ r -
,,',
', l I| I
,,
:L..-'-'
'i{-- F e e part
(see P a n E)
E)
i|
II -- II /r ^^ tt .. \\SS
I l t u t ( 1 ? - l --8-I- l eI t t t-r:. ti ]' :-. "- - - '
-r;;"t.,t"
" L o n o s a n d H e a d r" , , :----- 's--.
1:
i+ nl l 1\ \I u(55)
ll
I + \ \ \ \ l
V U \rss"sunt<soutn"
i iJ I Traffic separation scheme
i
"At North Hinder"
I r+t ,,-. e a,.-, 8nr

45' 50' 55', 05' 10'

TO THE THAMESESTUARY
IN THE SUNK AREAAND IN THE NORTHERNAPPROACHES

S H I P SR
' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N (Amended2012) il/B-3
 OFF FRIESLAND-
Note: See"Deep-waterroutesformingpartsof routeingsystem"Off Friesland""in part C, sectionll and
areasto be avoided"Off Friesland"in part D, sectionI and "Mandatoryroutefor tankersfrom North Hinder
to the Cerman Bightand vice versa"in part C, sectionll.
'l9BB
(Reference charts:BritishAdmiralty1405,1978edition;1406,1988edition;140B, edition;1505and
2182A,1978edition;Netherlands Hydrographic Office INT 1419,1990edition;INT 1420,1990edition,
'1989
1014(lNT.l043),19BBedition;1035(lNT 1046),1988edition;1037(lNT 1045), edition;
CermanHydrographic Office50 (lNT 1045),.1986 edition;53,1984 edition.
Note: Thesechartsare basedon Europeandatum 1950.Co-ordinates of the amendmentsto the schemeare
f r o n rB r i t i s hA c l n r i r a l t r , c h a1r6t 3 2 , 2 0 0 5e d i t i o na n d f r o m N e t h e r l a n d1s6 3 2( l N T 1 4 2 0 ) , 2 0 1e1d i t i o n 1
, 633
i l \ T 1 , . l 1 7 t , 2 O l O e d i t i o n1a0n3c7l ( 1 N T 1 0 4 5 ) , 2e0d1i 1t i o n , w h i c h a r e b a s e d o n t h e W o r l d C e o d e t i c S y s t e m
198'1clatr-rm r\,VCSB'lr;theseareshorvnin colour.)
The followingtrafficseparationschemesform part of the routeingsystem"Off Friesland".

scheme
of the amendedtrafficseparation
Description
(a) Ceographicalpositions(1)to (6) form the deep-waterroute "From North Hinder to traffic separation
'Off Friesland"'in
scheme'Off Brown Ridge"'(see"Deep-waterroutesformingpartsof routeingsystem
part C, sectionll).

Off Brown Ridge scheme

(b) positions:
A separationzone is boundedby a line connectingthe followinggeographical
(7) 53"03',.14 N, 003'21',.85 E (g) 52'54',.81N, 003'18',.87E
(B) 52'55',.11 N, 003'17',.38 E (10) 53'02',.84
N, 003'23',.34E

(c) A traffic lanefor northboundtraffic is establishedbetweenthe separationzone in paragraph(b) above

and a line connectingthe followinggeographicalpositions:
(6) 52"54',.17 N, 0O3"22',.0O E (11) 53'02',.20
N, 003"26',.48E
(d) betweenthe separationzone in paragraph(b) above
A traffic lane for southboundtraffic is established
and a line connectingthe followinggeographical positions:
(12) 53'03',.78N, 003'18',.71E (1) 52'55',.75
N, 003"14'.25 E
(e) Ceographicalpositions(11)to (14)form the deep-waterroute "From traffic separationscheme'Off
Brown Ridge'to traffic separationscheme'West Friesland'"(see"Deep-waterroutesformingpartsof
routeingsystem'Off Friesland'" in part C, sectionll).

West Friesland scheme

(f) A separationzone is boundedby a line connectingthe followinggeographicalpositions:
(15) 53%2',.99N, E
0}3"42',.12 (19) 53%6',.73
N, E
004'20',.00
(16) 53"22',.12
N, E
003"31',.47 (100)53"55',.36
N, E
004"33',.85
(17) 53'20',.67
N, E
003'36',.85 (21) 53"59',.18
N, E
004'35',.92
( 1 8 ) 5 3 ' 3 1 ' , . 1N2, E
003"44',.72 (22) 53'57',.56
N, E
004"15',.09
(g) A separationzone is boundedby a Iineconnectingthe followinggeographical positions:
( 8 5 ) 5 3 ' 5 9 ' . 4N
6, 0 0 , + " 3 9 ' .E
60 iB7\ 53'57',.17
N. E
004'38',.40
(86) 53"59',.68
N, E
004'42',.44
traffic is establishedbetweenthe separationzones in paragraphs(f)
(h) A traffic lane for north-eastbound
and (g) aboveand a line connectingthe followinggeographical positions:
(14) 53'19',.89N, 003"39',.74 E (24) N,
53%5',.90 E
004"23',.32
(23) 53'30',.00N, 003"47',.37 E N,
Q5\ 53'59',.96 E
004"45',.92
(i) trafficlaneisestablished
A trafficlanefor northboundtrafficbranchingoff from the mainnorth-eastbound
betweenthe separationzonesin paragraphs (f) and (g)

.
of amendedscheme:0000 hoursUTC on 1 June2015.
Dateof implementation

I/9-1 (Amended2014) ' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N

S H I P SR

L.
(ji A traffic lane for south-westboundtraffic is establishedbetween the separationzone in paragraph(f)
aboveand a line connectingthe followinggeographicalpositions:
Q6) 53"57',.16 N, 004"09',.94 E (13) 53"22',.94
N, E
003"28',.40
(27) 53"43',.39N, 003'38',.81E

North Frieslandscheme
(k) positions:
A separationzone is boundedby a line connectingthe followinggeographical
09) 54"04',.30 N, 004'59',.98E (81) N,
54"02',.76 005"04',.73E
(80) 54"04',.78N, 005'05'.94E (82) 54'02',.28N, 004'58',.76E

(l) positions:
A separationzone is boundedby a line connectingthe followinggeographical
(75) 54"02',.84N, 004"41',.41 E 07\ 54"01',.98N, 004"54',.89E
(76 54"03',.99 N, 004'56',.1] E 0B\ 54'00'.83 N, OO4'40',.34E

(m) A separationzone is boundedby a line connectingthe followinggeographicalpositions:

(71) 54"01',.52 N, 004'24',.62E 0! 54'00'.54 N, 004'36',.62E
(72) 54"02',.55N, 004'37',.69 E v4) 53"59',.21N, 004"19',.05E

positions:
(n) A separationzone is boundedby a line connectingthe followinggeographical
67) 54'00',.37 N, 004"09'.21 E (69) 53"58',.91
N, E
004"13',.93
(68) 54"01',.10 N, 004"18',.89 E 00 53'58',.56 N, 004'09'.60E

(o) A traffic lane for eastboundtraffic is establishedbetween the separationzone in paragraph(n) and the
folIowinggeographical positions:
Q6\ 53'57',.16 N, 004"09'.94E QA 53'57',.55 N, E
004"15',.09

(p) A traffic lane for eastboundtraffic is establishedbetween the separationzone in paragraph(m) and the
separationzone of the traffic separationscheme"West Friesland".
(g) and (l)'
(q) A traffic lanefor eastboundtraffic is establishedbetweenthe separationzonesin paragraphs
(r) A traffic lane for eastboundtraffic is establishedbetween the separationzone in paragraph(l) and the
followi ng geographicalpositions:
(25) 53o59',.96N, 004'45',.92 E (96) 54"00',.60N, E
004"54',.06

(s) A traffic lane for eastboundtraffic is establishedbetweenthe separationzone in paragraph(k) and the
following geographical positions:
(97) 54"00',.91 N, 004"57',.94E (98) 54"01',.38
N, 005"03'.90E
(t) A traffic lane for westboundtraffic is establishedbetween the separationzone in paragraph(k) and the
followinggeographical positions:
(94\ 54'06',.-14
N, 005"06',.77 E (93) 54'05',.67N, 005'00'.81E
(u) A traffic lane for westboundtraffic is establishedbetween the separationzone in paragraph(l) and the
following geographical positions:
9A 54'05',.37N, 004"56',.94 E (91) 54'04',.20N, 004'42',.14E

(v) A traffic lane for westboundtraffic is establishedbetween the separationzone in paragraph(m) and the
followinggeographical positions:
(90) 54"03',.91N, 004"38',.43 E (89) 54'03',.13
N, 004"28',.46E

(w) A traffic lane for westboundtraffic is establishedbetween the separationzone in paragraph(n) and the
following geographical positions:
(BB) 54"02',.65N, 004"22',.44 E (31) 54'01',.87
N, . 004"08',.88 E

(x) A trafficlanefor south-westbound trafficis establishedbetween,on the west side,a line connectingthe
followinggeographical positions:
(68) 54"01',.10
N, 004'18',.89 E (69) 53"58',.91
N, 004'13',.93 E
positions:
and, on the eastside,a line connectingthe followinggeographical
(71) 54'0'1',.52
N, 004"24',.62E u4 53"59',.21N, E
004"19',.05

SHIPS'ROUTEING2015 EDITION (Amended2014) I/9-2

(y) A traffic lane for northboundtraffic is establishedbetween,on the west side, a line connectingthe
followinggeographical positions:
t7A 54"02'.55N, 004"37'.69 E 73\ 54'00'.54 N, 004'36',.62E
positions:
and,on the eastside,a line conneciingthe followinggeographical
(7) 54"02',.84N, E
004"41',.41 ug 54"00'.83N, E
004"40',.34

A traffic lane for southboundtraffic is establishedbetween,on the west side, a Iine connectingthe
followinggeographical positions:
16\ 54"03',.99 N, 004"56',.11E (77) 54'01',.98
N, 004"54',.89 E

and, on the eastside,a line connectingthe followinggeographicalpositions:

J9) 54'04',.30 N, E
004"59',.98 (82) 54"02',.28
N, E
OO4'58',.76

(aa) A traffic lane for northboundtraffic is establishedbetween,on the west side, a line connectingthe
followinggeographical positions:
(80) 54"04',.78 N, 005"05'.94E (81) 54'02',.76
\), 005',04',.73 E
and, on the eastside,a line connectingthe followinggeographicalpositions:
(83) 54"04',.84N, 005"09'.60E (84) N,
54'03',.26 005"08'.55E

East Friesland scheme

positions:
(bb) A separationzone is boundedby a line connectingthe followinggeographical
(84) 54'03',.26 N, 005"08'.65E (35) 54'08',.97N, 006'01'.33E
(33) 54o04',.21 N, 005'20'.00E (36) 54'05',.69N, 005'19',.66E
(34) 54'08',.00N, 006'01'.90E (83) 54"04',.84 N, 005'09'.60E

(cc) A traffic lane for eastboundtraffic is establishedbetween the separationzone in paragraph(bb) above
and a line connectingthe followinggeographicalpositions:
(99) 54'01',.69N, 005'07',.70 F (38) 54'06',.10
N, 006"03'.00E
(dd A traffic lane for westboundtraffic is establishedbetween the separationzone in paragraph(bb)above
and a line connectingthe followinggeographicalpositions:
(39) 54'10',.90N, 006'00'.20E (95) 54"06',.44
N, 005'10'.57 E
(40) 54"07',.17
N, E
005'19',.32
Note: The positions(38),(34),(35)and (39)coincidewith the positions(15),(11),(B)and (14)of the "Cerman
Bightwesternapproach"trafficseparationscheme.
(ee) Ceographicalpositions(26),(41),(42) and (31)form the deep-waterroute "From the traffic separation
'North Friesland'" (see"Deep-water
scheme'Off Botney Cround' to the traffic separationscheme
'Off Friesland"'in part C, sectionll).
routesformingpartsof routeingsystem

Off BotneyGroundscheme
(f0 positions:
A separationzone is boundedby a line connectingthe followinggeographical
A! 53"57',.19 N. 003"44',.18 E eq 53"21',.38 N, E
002',49',.20
(44) 53'55',.10
N, E
003"27',.47 (50) 53'36',.22
N, E
002'58',.80
(45) 53%1',.57N, E
oo3'08'.9.1 (51) 53%3',.71N, 003'03'.66E
46) 53"35',.25N, 003'03'.05E $2) 53'56',.66N, E
003'18',.18
47) 53"29',.82N, E
002"58',.05 (53) 53'58',.50
N, E
003"43',.71
(48) 53"20',.69
N, E
002"52',.13
and south-boundtraffic is establishedbetween the separationzone
(gg) A traffic lane for west-/south-west-
in paragraph(n)aboveand a line connectingthe followinggeographical positions:
(42) 54'00',.46 N, E
003%3',.01 (56) 53'36',.70N, 002'56',.40E
(54) 53"58'..61 N, E
003"17',.32 57) 53'21',.88N, 002'46',.88E
(55) 53%4',.40
N, 003'01'.40E

il/g-3 Amended 2014) ' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N

S H I P SR
 (hh) A traffic lane for north-/north-east-and east-boundtraffic is establishedbetween the separationzone in
paragraph(n)above and a line connectingthe following geographicalpositions:
(58) 53'20',.15
N, 002"54',.48
E (61) 53%0',.71 N, 003"11',.00
E
(59) 53"29',.40
N, 003'00',.60E (62753'53',.13N, 003"28',.02
E
(60) 53"34',.66
N, 003'05',.40
E (4'l) 53"55',.24
N, OO3"44',.88
E
(ii) Ceographicalpositions(56), (57), (63), (64), (3), (4), (65), (66), (58), (59) and (60) form the deep-water
route "From North Hinder to IndefatigableBank via DR1 lightbuoy" (see"Deep-water routesforming
parts of routeingsystem'Off Friesland"'in part C, section ll).

khartlets overleaf)

SHIPS'ROUTEINC
2015EDITION (Amended 2014) I/9-4
 l h
oi\
I
AF
\ s BX**
Sj.
"o-
Y>{
t@ FE € ) i I
K€X

A \-l
F
o
i l x =
- l u x II S
r v V
I
I
qHH
€Fi
EEg\
F8E
Ft
\t ) \ f i\ i l
\.,1

$ E g €H"\ \ u \
I o
o I q)
o
8E t \ \ \
It, ,9r 9 lX O l-\
.oL It:
dFl \\ ,: ::'l
(d'- EF
*q
o E.
U
6 -

odi
&
\ l
6 ;
E
o
.R
v- o
F \%
\i- l

\\
\ \
'++f)
6
c

\\\ s
\

S'r-r-
\ .r2\ \? t {
o - I
c
o \ rl €E
!e
x6
I I

EE
'E
.:l "-r- E z
I I L
\" \"'-. - . I -
F
g E# !Es- v)
!F EH
E Ee IIJ
F
E g fE=EEE
: ; O . E

\F
F H
u i }g ;; E '..\
'.

".,
., t€E*
ezFiE \' .
\ fl5=
Nr ,ePE
\. tr
EE:
P l u f
1r-1r-.- \' . , ,
\

ir l. )i i t" l\
: 6
.. gZ gtra,
E \\
's ;$ \
l r \ \ C 9 O O

g g i g " ,'.. o
i,r--o,e.'.? E
FQ
J 1,*-t--r 3#'

---
.-\ -'. = oo ---rbr. l\ -
H
E ". - - ' . - g
I S - t$
'
€2 iE " -;----
99
t= 3*
.
- oo
S
o- 6' -- ' r ' - -6--s-,-g
;F
EF:"EI€
Es
: (t 6-----,3eu
!rl-
o^5
g ' : - r - ss^
-ta
I -L-r 'e*€EEs
E d' -'-'=-e'o"-g,€.t---,.--
--_S_--
s i 6gg.j
*,igEf t
FE
eF ,:i:r-:__€$EdFg

L/9-5 (Amended2014) ' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N

S H I P SR

b.
 ro

lo

G
ct)
o

E
o
p
o
:< = 6'..
o
6
Ue I '. z
_a
F O
.9 ;,
#:%PaN.. I

?i6
6 E GoE-
t- \^
@.
'ro- _:^\ )'. \
z
GD(U v @ \

Q L F - - \
o o
f c
6-o
E\ v)
|rJ
4
q'=
o 6
s€
9S

tr)
c!
N

A
= i i
o i i

SHIPS'ROUTEING
2015EDITION (Amended 2014) fi/g-6
 TO HOOK OF HOLLANDAND AT NORTH HINDER
IN THEAPPROACHES
Note: See"Deep-waterroute leadingto Europoort"in part C, section ll and areato be avoided fit Maas
North" in part D, sectionI and precautionaryareas"ln the approachesto Hook of Hollandand at North
Hinder"in part E.
(Reference chart:Netherlands1630 (lNT 1416),edition4/2010-
Note: This chart is basedon World CeodeticSystem1984 datum(WCS B4).)

Maas North traffic separation scheme

F
(a) positions:
A separationzone is boundedby a line connectingthe followinggeographical
(1) 52"22',.21 N, 003'51',.38 E (4) N,
52"O7',.14 E
003"47',.10
(2) 52"19',.17 N, 003"50',.38 E (5) N,
52"17',.07 E
003"47',.69
(3) 52"07',.17 N, 003'54',.08 E (6) 52"22',.45N, 003%9',.51E
(b) A traffic lane for northboundtraffic is establishedbetweenthe separationzone in paragraph(a)above
and a line connectingthe followinggeographical positions:
(7) 52"21',.97 N, 003'53',.28 E (9) 52'07',.18N, 003'55',.95E
(B) 52'19',.03
N, E
003"52',.34
(c) A traffic lane for southboundtraffic is establishedbetweenthe separationzone in paragraph(a)above
and a line connectingthe followinggeographical positions:
(10) 52"22',.68N, 003"47',.73E (12) 52'07',.13
N, 003"44',.66E
(11) 52"14',.02 N, 003"44',.96 E

MaasNorth-westtraffic separationscheme
(a) positions:
A separationzone is boundedby a line connectingthe followinggeographical
(15) 52'07',.98N, 003'31',.54E (17) N,
52"05',.96 E
003"36',.27
(16) 52'06',.17 N, 003"36',.64E (18) N,
52"07',.72 E
0o3"31',.29
(b) A traffic lane for north-westboundtraffic is establishedbetweenthe separationzone in paragraph(a)
aboveand a line connectingthe followinggeographical positions:
(13) 52"07',.09 N, 003"38',.25E (14) 52'09',.08N, E
OO3'32',.64

'
(c) A traffic lane for south-eastboundtraffic is establishedbetweenthe separationzone in paragraph(a)
aboveand a line connectingthe following geographicalpositions:
(19) 52'06',.62
N, E
003'30'.19 (20) 52"05',.04
N, E
OO3'34',.66

Maas West Inner traffic separationscheme

(a) A separation
zoneto the northof thedeep-waterrouteleading is outwardlyboundedby a
to Europoort
lineconnectingthe geographical
following positions:
(24) 52"02',.12N, E
003"25',.73 (26) 52"00',.57
N, E
003'35',.17
(25) 52"02',.56N, OO3"34'.94E (27) N,
51"59',.75 E
003"25',.29
and inwardlyboundedby a line connectingthe followinggeographicalpositions:
(39) 52'02',.15
N, E
003'33',.36 (41) 52'00',.03N, E
013"27',.01
(40) 52'01'.89N, E
003"27',.31 (42) 52'00',.57N, E
003'33',.5'l

Note: The insideof the areain the separationzone to the north of the deep-waterrouteleadingto Europoort,
boundedby a lineconnectingthe geographical positions(39),(40),(41)and(42),is designated
as an anchorage
area.
(b) A separationzone to the southof the deep-waterroute is outwardlyboundedby a line connectingthe
followinggeographical positions:
(28) 51'59',.92
N, 003"35',.24E (32) 51'59',.09N, E
003"25',.17
(29) 51'59',.89
N, E
003"34',.87 (33) 5l'56',.90N, E
003'24',.78
(30) 51"58',.86
N, E
003"33',.51 (34) 51'58',.25N, E
003"35',.44
(31) 51o59',.47
N, OO3"29'.78E
Positions(29) and (30) are connectedby a circulararc centredon point (35). Radiusof the arc :
0.729 miles.
(35) 51'59',.56N, E
003'33',.82

il/l0-1 (Amended2012) ' O U T E I N C2 0 1 5E D I T I O N

S H I P SR
(c) A traffic lane for westbound traffic is establishedbetween the separationzone in paragraph(a)above
and a line connectingthe followinggeographical positions:
(21) 52"04',.74
N, E
003'34',.69 (23) 52'04',.63
N, oo3"26',.20
E
(d) A traffic lanefor eastboundtraffic is establishedbetweenthe separationzone in paragraph(b)above and
a line connectingthe followinggeographical positions:
(36) 51'54',.10N, O03"24',.29 E (37) 51'56',.26
N, 003'35',.66E
(e) A separationzone betweenthe westboundtraffic laneof TSSMaasWest Innerand the south-eastbound
trafficlaneof TSSMaasNorth-westis boundedby a lineconnectingthe followinggeographical
positions:
(19) 52'06',.62
N, E
003'30',.19 (21) 52"04',.74
N, E
003'34',.69
(20) 52'05',.04
N, E
003"34',.66 (22) 52"04',.66
N, E
OO3"28',.25

Inshore traffic zone

zonesouthof the MaasWestInnerTSSandthe MaasCentreprecautionaryareaisestablished
An inshoretraffic
betweenthe coastand a line connectingthe followinggeographicalpositions:
(7O) 51"34',.00
N, 003"30',.00E (66) 51'58',.12
N, 003'57',.86E
(36) 51'54',.10
N, 003"24'.29E (67) 51'59',.14
N, 004'02',.49E
(38) 51"57',.11
N, E
003%0',.05

Maas West Outer traffic separationscheme

(a) A separationzone to the north of the deep-waterroute leadingto Europoortis outwardly bounded by a
line connectingthe followinggeographical positions:
(45) 52"01',.26N, 003"08',.37 E (48) 51"58',.79 N, E
003'',13',.86
(46) 52"O1',.77N, 003'18',.81E (49) 51o59',.49 N, 003"12',.47E
(47) 51'59',.15N, E
003'',t8',.13 (50) 5',t'59',.13
N, 003"08',.26 E
Positions(48) and (49) are connectedby a circulararc centred on point (51).Radiusof the arc :
0.729miles.
(51) 51'58',.77N, E
oo3"12',.66
and inwardlyboundedby a line connectingthe followinggeographicalpositions:
(521 51"59',.88
N, 003'13',.89E (54) 52o01',.05N, 003'08',.36E
(53) 52o01',.26
N, 003'',12',.56
E (55) 51'59',.40N, 003'08',.28E

Thusthe createdinsideareain the separationzone is designated

as an anchoragearea.
(b) A separationzone to the south of the deep-waterroute leadingto Europoortis outwardly bounded by a
line connectingthe followinggeographical positions:
(56) 51'58',.49N, 003"17'.96E (58) 51'54',.77N, 003"07',.49 E
(57) 51"57',.64N, oo3'o8',.ooE (59) 51'55',.99N, 003'17',.31E
and inwardlyboundedby a line connectingthe followinggeographicalpositions:
(62) 51'55',.64N, OO3"12',.25E (64) 51"56',.89
N, OO3'07',.87
E
(63) 51"57',.37N, 003'13',.55E (65) 51"55',.06
N, 003'07',.54E

The areathus createdinsidethe separationzone is designated

as an anchoragearea.
(c) A traffic lane for westbound traffic is establishedbetween the separationzone in paragraph(a) above
and a line connectingthe followinggeographicalpositions:
(43) 52'04',.54N, 003'19',.53E (44) 52"O4',.37
N, 003"08'.52 E
(d) A trafficlanefor eastboundtrafficis established
betweenthe separationzone in paragraph(b)aboveand
a Iineconnectingthe followinggeographical positions:
(60) 51'52',.59
N, oo3'.16',.43E (61) 51"50',.72
N, 003'06'.78E
Note: The insideof the area in the separationzone to the north of the Eurochannel, bounded by a line
connectingthe geographicalpositions(52),(53),(54)and (55),and the insideof the areain the separation
zone
boundedby a line connectingthe geographicalpositions(62),(63),(64) and
to the southof the Eurochannel,
(65),are designatedas anchorageareas.

SHIPS'
ROUTEINC
2015EDITION Amended 2012) il/10-2
North HinderNorth traffic separationscheme
(a) A separationzone is boundedby a line connectingthe followinggeographical-positions:
(71) 52"O7',.29 N, 003"03'.08E (73) 52"11',.51
N, OO3',02'.62E
(72) 52"O9',.38N, 003"06'.60E v4) 52"09'.03 N, 002'59'.83E
zone in paragraph (a)
(b) A traffic lane for south-westboundtraffic is establishedbetweenthe separation
aboveand a line connectingthe followinggeographical positions:
(75) 52"13',.42N, O02"59',.03 E (76) N,
52"10',.99 E
002'56',.16
zone in paragraph(a)
(c) A traffic lane for north-eastboundtraffic is establishedbetween the separation
above and a line connectingthe following geographicalpositions:
(77) 52"O5',.55N, OO3"O6',-32 E (78) 52"O7',.72 N, 003'09'.70E

North HinderSouthtraffic separationscheme

in part G, section l'
Note: Seemandatoryship reportinSsystem"west EuropeanTankerReportingSystem"
positions:
(a) A separationzone is boundedby a line connectingthe followinggeographic-al
(79) 51"31',.07 N, O'02"07'-go E (81) N,
51%7','BB E
O02"35','27
(80) 51.29,.84N, o02"10,.62E $2) 51%8,.53 N, 002"34,.04E
(a)
(b) A traffic lane for north-eastboundtraffic is establishedbetween the separationzone in paragraph
above and a line connectingthe following geographicalpositions:
(83) 51"26,.97N, 002"16,.95E (85) 51%5'.42N, o02"39',.92E
(84) 5.1"36',.20
N, 0o2"27',.25E
zone in ParagraPh(a)
(c) A traffic lane for south-westboundtraffic is establishedbetween the separation
above and a line connectingthe following geographicalpositions:
(86) 51"33',.66 E
N, OO2'O2',.17 N, 002"28',J0 E
(87) 51"5',|'.35

Notes:
Cautions
(MaasJunctionprecautionary areabetween"MaasWestOuter" traflicseparation schemeand "Maas
1
WestInner"trafficseparation scheme)
Marinersarewarned that,in this area,shipson routesto and from the trafficseparation
precautionary
scheme"Off Texel",the RiverScheldtand Europoortaremergingor crossing'
North"
(off the seawardentrancesto the "Maas west lnner", the "Maas North-west" and the "Maas
traffic separationschemes)
should be avoided by
The precautionaryarea "Maas Centre" in the approachesto Hook of Holland
passingtraffic which is not enteringor leavingthe adjacentports.

(Nearthe deep-waterroute in the North HinderJunctionprecautionaryareaand nea,rthe"deep-water

lnner" traffic separation
routeleadingto Europoort,,betweenthe "Maaswest outei" and the "Maaswest
schemes)
1B(dXi)of the 1972 Collision
For shipsthat haveto crossthe deep-waterroute, attentionis drawn to rule
is deemed to exist, the 1972
Regulations.Marinersare, however,reminded that, when risk of collision
of specific
CollisionRegulations fully apply and, in particular,the rulesof part B, sectionsll and lll are
relevanceto the crossingsituation'

(Amended2012) SHIPS' 2015EDITION

ROUTEING
il/l0-3
 Deeo-water routes
formingpartsof routeingsystem
"Off Friesland"(seepart C, sectionll)

TSS "Norlh Hinder North"

(75)p
/
, , ,
,' //
(76)4 {1
ta F
,'
ttto

,"
(74)'t.
, ,t " \

see caution 3

Traffic seoaration scheme I

DW
n\A/ I
"ln the SUNK areaand \ Precautionaryarea
in the northernapproaches -.t- - - _ - - - - -
"NorthHinderJunction"
to the Thames estuary" (seepaft E)
k-

see caution 3
'{82)
'.(81)
-\ ,

,'(gs)
I
I

,F@q)
.,.,,"/ /
(86),', TSS"NorthHinderSouth"
Precautionary 4re6
4zzt "ln the vicinityof Thorntonzihqntigl'rBanks"
(7e) ' lcaa
levv
nart
Yg,.
tr)/
E
t.
.aa

tsl "
o (80)
, t4l t a
\ /
/

FSS "ta tie Straitof Dover

andadjacentwaters"l

TO HOOK OF HOLLAND AND AT NORTH HINDER_ WEST

IN THE APPROACHES

2015EDITION
SHIPS'ROUTEINC Amended 2012) Il10-4
F

TO HOOK OF HOLLAND AND AT NORTH HINDER- EAST

IN THE APPROACHES

il/l0-5 Amended 2012) ' O U T E I N C2 0 1 5E D I T I O N

S H I P SR
rN THEAPPROACHES
TO UMUTDEN
Note: See"Deep-waterroute leadingto lJmuiden"in part C, sectionll and areato be avoided"By lJmuiden
northernapproaches"in part D, sectionI and precautionaryareas"ln the approachesto IJmuiden"in part E.
(Reference .l4.lB,
chart: Netherlands1631(lNT edition 3).
Note: This chart is basedon World GeodeticSystem1984 datum(WCS S4).)

lfmuidenWestInnertraffic separationscheme
(a) A separationzone to the north of the lJmuiden-geul
is bounded by a line connectingthe following
geographical positions:
(1) 52"29',.47N, O04"20',.03E (4) 52.30',.90N, 004'08',.55E
(2) 52"29',.76 N, O04"20',.12 E (5) 52'30',.36N, 004"08',.93E
(3) 52'30',.90N, OO4"10',.17 E (6) 52'30',.38N, E
004"11',.84
(b) A triangularseparationzone north of the lJmuiden-geul
is boundedby a line connectingthe following
geographical positions:
(7) 52"31',.50
N, 004"10',.60
E (9) 52'32',.73
N, E
oo4"o7'.26
(B) 52"31',.50
N, E
004'08',.'13
(c) A traffic lane for westboundtraffic is establishedbetweenthe separationzones in paragraphs(a)and (b)
aboveand a line connectingthe followinggeographical positions:
(16) 52"30',.52N, 004"20',.35 E (17) 52"31'.35N, 004"13',.25E
(d) A separationzone to the south of the Umuiden-geulis bounded by a lineconnectingthe following
geograph
ical positions:
(11) 52"28',.7ON, 004'19',.80E (14) 52"30',.04
N, 004'09',.'16
E
(12) 52"29',.23N, O04"19',.96E (15) 52"29',.87
N, 004"09',.28
E
(13) 52'30',.06N, O04"12',.50E
(e) A traffic lanefor eastboundtraffic is establishedbetweenthe separationzone in paragraph(d)aboveand
a line connectingthe followinggeographical positions:
(20) 52"27',.62N, OO4"19',.48 E (21) 52'28',.58N, 004'10'.85 E

UmuidenNorth traffic separationscheme

(a) A separationline extendingnorth-north-west
from the smalltriangularseparationzone in the Umuiden
West Innertrafficseparationschemeis established
betweenthe followinggeographical positions:
(9) 52"32',.73
N, E'
0O4"O7',.26 (10) 52"35',.72
N, 004'05',.15
E
(b) A traffic lanefor north-north-westbound traffic is established
betweenthe separationline in paragraph
(a)and the smalltriangularseparationzone in paragraph(b)of the UmuidenWest lnnertrafficseparation
schemeand a line connectingthe followinggeographicalpositions:
(17) 52'3.1',.35
N, 004"13',.25E (19) 52'36',.04
N, 004'06',.36
E
(18) 52'33',.28N, 004'08',.30E
(c) A trafficlanefor south-south-eastbound betweenthe separationline in paragraph(a)
trafficis established
and the triangularseparationzone in paragraph(b)of the IJmuidenWest Innertrafficseparationscheme
and a line connectingthe followinggeographicalpositions:
(31) 52"35',.40
N, 004o03',.95
E, (32152'3',1',.50
N, 004.06',.70E

lfmuidenWestOuter traffic separationscheme

(a) A separationzone to the north of the lJmuiden-geul
is bounded by a line connectingthe following
geographicalpositions:
(23) 52'30',.36N, OO4"O7'.51 E (25) 52"30',.91N, 003'56',.18E
(24) 52'30',.91N, 004"07',.12E (26) 52"30',.27N, 003'55',.98E

SHIPS'ROUTEING2015 EDITION (Adopted 2012) il/11-1

(b) is bounded by a line connectingthe following
A separationzone to the south of the lJmuiden-geul

p:
geographicalpositions:
(27) 52"29',.22N, 004'08'.31 E (29) 52"29',.95N, E
003'55',.87
(28) 52'30',.03N, OO4"O7',.74 E (30) 52"27',.60N, E
003'55',.10
(a)
A traffic lane for westbound traffic is establishedbetween the separationzone in paragraph above
and a line connectingthe followinggeographical positions:
(32) 52'31',.50
N, 004"06'.70E (33) 52'3'1',.50
N,
(b)
A traffic lanefor eastboundtraffic is establishedbetweenthe separationzone in paragraph aboveand
a line connectingthe followinggeographical positions:
(22) 52"28',.29N, 004"O8',.97 E (35) 52"25',.53
N, 003"54'.43 E
(34) 52"26',.55N, 003"57',.50 E

I/11-2 (Adopted 2012) ' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N

S H I P SR
 i.-
c)
c

0)
'5

=
a t
a t
I t
,t
r.- t
E 5d
z z
IIJ
c

'= N ^
^-^
/ v'-
(r)
5
=
i.-
q)

tt)
@ |rJ

4-/S
. - 4 rt a t l l' l t
!)
=
c
U
?r>' 0)
L
,
'
,
t
t
'=
t . t
E
6.rrrr:J =
! a'.^ +
o i Y l r a 0)
E o y . U) tr^ tfJ
o€t'E 6 ; \
\zu h
= saJ :x ? €a =s \r c! t
9 - O _
: o * s
-
t ^ = ; i ; - z
.9p'* t LV iiii€
= = A v
iitr a. -
> - o o o G r -
o v S c R c
co ---;9 o i i g
k= rg
I
I
ts
I
I
I
I
I
I

'----.t I

O tFs
.:l o
Y ! l x
! E F X
- ) u
E;
= F B O

O E q
! : i

J{e

S H I P SR
' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N (Adopted2012) il/11-3
 OFFTEXEL
(Reference
chart:Netherlands1631(lNT1418,edition3)'
Note:Thischartis basedon WorldCeodeticSystem 1984datum(WCSB4).)

Description of the traffic separationscheme

(a) A separation thefollowinggeographic-al-positions:
zoneis boundedby a lineconnecting
(1) 53"05',.42N, E
004"23',.60 (5) 52%9',.59 N, 003'58',.56E
(2) 52'59',.95N, E
004"17',.89 (6) 52'56',.53N, OO4"O0'.92 E
(3) 52o51',.85N, E
004"12',.64 u\ 53'06',.48N, 004"20'.79E
(4) 52%5',.85 N, 004'05'.04E
(b) A trafficlanefor north-eastboundtrafficis established zone in paragraph(a)and
betweenthe separation
a line connectingthe iollowinggeographical positions:
(B) 53'03'.82N, 004"27',.80 E N,
1 1 ) 52%4',.60 004'09'.90 E
(9) 52"58',.60N, 0o4"22',.34 E (12) N,
52%3',.48 004"09'.14E
(10) 52"50',.38
N, E
004"17',.01
(c) A trafficlanefor south-westbound trafficis established zone in paragraph(a)and
betweenthe separation
a line connectingthe following geographical
-oo3"iz,.++ positions:
(15) s2:56,.67N, E (16) 53'08'.17N, 004'16'.35E

(d) zonewest of the separation

A separation zone in paragraph(a)is boundedby the followinggeographical
positions:
(17) 52'50',.60N, 003'56',.80E (1e)52"54',.31 003"56',.67 E
(18) 52"55',.22N, 003'58',.32E (20) 52"52',.31 003"53',.83 E

A southboundtraffic lane branchingoff from the main south-westbound traffic lane is established
betweenthe separation,on", in pa'ragraphs (a) and (d), and the boundariesof the south-westbound
(f)
trafficlaneare extended,as describedin paragraphs and (g)'

(f) The north-western boundaryof the extendedsouth-westboundtrafficlaneisformedby a lineconnecting

the followinggeographical positions:
fi4\ 52'35',.71N, E
003"25',.56 (15) 52"56',.67
N, 003'53',.44E

t\ o The south-eastern
o /t boundaryof the extendedsouth-westbound trafficlaneis formedby a lineconnecting
the followinggeographical positions:
QO) 52"52',.31 N, 003'53',.83E N,
52'36',.04 003'31',.02 E

(h) A separationzone at the south-westernend of the south-westbound traffic lane bounded by the
following geographical positions:
E (25) 52'31',.94
N, 003'28','01E
Q3) 52J34',.34'N, 003"28',.65
,24) 003"26',.36E
52"32',.35N,
(i) A trafficlanefor south-westbound betweenthe separation
trafficis established zone in paragraph(h)and
a lineconnecting the following geographical
-OO3"Zl;.lZ positions:
(13) 52J33',.71N, E (14) 52'35',.71N, 003'25','56E

(j) A southboundtraffic lane branchingoff from the main south-westboundtraffic lane is established
zone in paragraph(h)and a lineconnectingthe followinggeographical positions:
betweenthe separation
003"31'.02E N,
Q2) 52'3',1',.76 OO3'29',.87 E
21) 52.36'.04N,
the descriptionof the
Note: The following classesof ships are referredto the provisionsbeing part of
,,Mandatoryroutefo"rtankersfrom North Hinderto the CermanBightand vice versa"(seepart C, sectionll):
I to the
(a) tankersof 10,000 tons grosstonnaSeand upwards,carrying oil as defined,underAnnex
lnternationalConventionfor the preventionof Pollutionfrom Sh-ips, 1973,as modifiedby the Protocolof
1978relatingthereto(MARPOL);

(Amended2012) ' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N
S H I P SR
il/12-1

b.
(b) chemicaltankersof 5000 tonsgrosstonnageand upwards,carryingnoxiousliquidsubstances in bulk
assessedor orovisionallvassessed Conventionfor
as CatesorvX or Y of Annex ll to the International
the Preventionof Pollulionfrom Ships,lgZl, as modified bv the Protocolof 1978 relatinsthereto
(MARPOL);
(cl chemicaltankersand NLStankersof 10,000tons grosstonnageand upwards,carryingnoxiousliquid
substancesin bulk assessedor provisionallyassessed as CategoryZ of Annex ll to the International
of Pollutionfrom Ships,1973,as modifiedby the Protocolof 1978relating
Conventionfor the Prevention
thereto(MARPOL);
(d) shipsof 10,000tonsgrosstonnageand upwards,carryingliquefiedgasesin bulk.

lTaffie senarati.n seheme

"Off \/liplznel \/lial^nd ^lor-th
and Vlieland Junction"
(relative to European datum 1950)l
DW

(16)[2e]p
,/ Deep-waterroutesformingpads a"'
(7)[10]o
i o'frouteingsystem ,.. o (1)fi 1l
i "Otf Friesland"(seepaft C, sectionll) ..' .,t
,t - ,^, ,'

,.' ,/> {1 @)Frr.r

Ltol
." '// // ,'

.' t/,/ // |
.. " /; / / , </ '
,,
o (2)
,,'
d,^.
(e)

o ttt

(14)6'
.i t> tz.tli t,
,' J/ 'fl 1 l-il '..
?o,l)
t v t I
ll i
L' scheme I..-"i ]\.
Trafficseparation
(24\o ^V; "ln the approachesto lJmuiden" \.
1251" o(22)[8] t'
- - -
l-----.----
- - --- - - --
1-a

30' 40' 50' 4' 10', 20', 30'

OFFTEXEL

SHIPS'
ROUTEINC
2015EDITION (Amended2012) lt/12-2
oFF VUELAND, NORTHAND VLIELAND
VLTELAND f UNCTION
'1414),
(Referencecharts:Cerman HydrographicOffice 84; NetherlandsHydrographicOffice 1352(lNT
19BBedition.
Note: Thesechartsare basedon Europeandatum.)

A Descriptionof the traffic separationscheme"Off Vlielandt'

(a) A separationzone is boundedby a line connectingthe followinggeographical
positions:
(1) 53"34',.30 N, 005"08',.60 E (4) 53o30',.97N, OO5"O2',.21E
(2) 53"29',.07 N, 004"46',.66 E (5) 53'32',.37N, 005'09',.70E
(3) 53"26',.35
N, E
0o4"44',.68
(b) positions:
A separationzone is boundedby a line connectingthe followinggeographical
(6) N,
53'28',.02 E
004"42',.25 (10) 53"06',.53
N, 004"20',.87E
(7) N,
53"27',.03 E
004"38',.',10 (11) 53"05',.47
N, 004"23',.68E
(B) N,
53"17',.27 E
OO4'32',.28 (12) 53"12',.40
N, 004"3l',.97E
(9) 53"09',.13
N, 004"26',.08E
(c) A traffic lanefor northboundand eastboundtraffic is establishedbetweenthe separationzonesdescribed
in paragraphs(a) and (b) above,the southernboundaryof the precautionaryareaVlielandJunction
describedbelow, and the following line and separationzone:
(i) a line connectingthe followinggeographicalpositions:
(13) 53"03',.87
N, E
004"27',.88 (14) 53"11',.00
N, E
004'35',.39
(ii) positions:
a separationzone boundedby linesconnectingthe followinggeographical
(14) 53"11',.00
N, E
004"35',.39 (18) 53'29',.07
N, E
005'',1',1',.38
(15) 53"22',.90
N, E
0O4"44',.OO (19) 53o27',.70
N, oo5'04',.30E
(16) 53"28',.16
N, E
005"04',.00 (2O) 53"25',.99
N, OO4"57',.8OE
(17) 53"29',.57
N, E
005"11',.28 (21) 53"15',.00
N, 004'39',.60E
(d) A traffic lanefor westboundtraffic is establishedbetweenthe separationzone describedin paragraph(a)
aboveand a separationzone boundedby linesconnectingthe followinggeographical positions:
(22) 53"37',.13
N, E
005"07',.00 (24) 53"36',.32
N, E
004"51',.93
(23) 53'32',.97N, E
OO4"49',.49
t"i A traffic lanefor westboundand southboundtraffic is establishedbetweenthe separationzone described
in paragraph(b) abovg the westernboundaryof the precautionaryarea VlielandJunctiondescribed
below,and the followinglinesand separationzone:
(i) an unchartedline representing the junction of the schemewith the adjacentscheme"Vlieland
North" and connectingthe followinggeographicalpositions:
(25) 53"29',.21
N, E
004'33',.69 (30) 53"31',.92
N, E
004"45',.O7
(ii) positions:
a line connectingthe followinggeographical
(25) 53"29'.21N, E
004"33',.69 (26) 53"22',.62
N, 004'30'.00E
(iii) a separationzone boundedby a Iineconnectingthe followinggeographicalpositions:
(26) 53"22',.62
N, E
004"30',.00 (28) 53"1',|',.00
N, E
0j4"22',.02
(27) 53"18',.37
N, E
O04"27',.63 (29) 53"08',.22N, E
004"16',.43

Inshoretraffic zone
The areabetweenthe landwardboundaryof the traffic separationschemeand the coastbetweenan uncharted
linedrawnfrom position(18)[53"29'.07N, 005"11'.38E]to Brandaris lighthouse(53'21'.66N, 005'12'.93E)and
a Iinedrawnfrom position ('14) [53'11'.00N, 004'35'.39E] to Eierlandlighthouse(53"10'.97
N, 004"51'.39E) is
designatedas an inshoretraffic zone.

Note: The followingclassesof shipsare referredto the provisionsbeingpart of the descriptionof the Mandatory
routefor tankersfrom North Hinderto the CermanBightand vice versa(seepart C, sectionll):
(a) tankersof 10,000 tons grosstonnageand upwards,carrying oil as defined under Annex I to the
fnternationalConventionfor the Preventionof Pollutionfrom Ships,1973,as modified by the Protocolof
1978 relatingthereto (MARPOL);

fi/13-1 (Amended 2007) 2015EDITION

ROUTEING
SHIPS'
(b) chemicaltankersof 5000 tons grosstonnageand upwards,carryingnoxiousliquid substancesin bulk
assessed or provisionallyassessed as CategoryX or Y of Annex ll to the International
Conventionfor the
Prevention of Pollutionfrom Ships,1973,as modifiedby the Protocolof 1978relatingthereto(MARPOL);
'10,000
(c) chemicaltankersand NLS tankersof tons grosstonnageand upwards,carryingnoxiousliquid
substancesin bulk assessed or provisionallyassessed as CategoryZ of Annex ll to the International
Conventionfor the Prevention of Pollutionfrom Ships,1973,as modifiedby the Protocolof 1978relating
thereto (MARPOL);
(d) shipsof 10,000tons grosstonnageand upwards,carryingliquefiedgasesin bulk.

Precautionary
area"Vlielandf unction"
the following
A precautionaryarea is establishedoff Vlieland.The area is bounded by a lineconnecting
geograph
ical positions:
(2) 53"29',.07
N, oo4"46',.66
E (30) 53'31',.92
N, 004"45',.07
E
(6) 53"28',.02
N, 004"42',.25
E (23) 53'32',.97
N, 004"49',.49
E

B Descriptionof the traffic separationscheme"VlielandNorth"

(a) A separationzone is boundedby a line connectingthe followinggeographical
positions:
(30) 53"3',1',.92
N, 004"45',.07E (32) 53'35',.69N, OO4"40',.16E
(31) 53"29',.99 N, 004"36',.96 E (33) 53'36',.11N, E
OO4"48',.12
(b) A traffic lanefor northboundtraffic is established
betweenthe separationzone describedin paragraph
(a)aboveand a line (coincidingwith the westernboundaryof the separationzone describedin section
A, paragraph(d))connectingthe followinggeographical positions:
(23) 53"32',.97N, O04'49',.49E (24) 53'36',.32
N, E
004'51',.93
(c) A trafficlanefor southboundtraffic is established
betweenthe separationzone describedin paragraph
(a)aboveand a line connectingthe followinggeographicalpositions:
(25) 53"29',.21
N, 004"33',.69 E (34) 53'35',.53N, E
OO4"37',.24

'#'
ri/r
aoonw

NORTHAND VUEIANDf UNCTION

oFF VilELAND,VUETAND

S H I P SR
' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N lAmended 2007; chartleLamended2013) I/13-2
 BIGHT
TERSCHELTINC-GERMAN
charts:CermanFederalMaritimeand HydrographicAgency
(Reference 84,1987 edition;87 (lNT 14'13),
'1353,
1991edition;NetherlandsHydrographicOffice 1352,1988edition; 19BBedition.
Note: Thesechartsare basedon Europeandatum.)

Descriptionof the traffic separationscheme

(a) A separation thefollowinggeographic{nolitt_o1s:
zoneis boundedby a lineconnecting
(1) 54'00'.55N, 007"39'.77 E (3) 53'58',.17
N, OO7'44',.85E
Q) 54.01'.00N, 007"43'.OB E (4) N,
53"57',.82 007"42',.23E

thefollowinggeographi.lpg:'j':lt'
zoneis boundedby a Iineconnecting
(b) A separation
(5) 53"58'.78 N, 007"37'.53 E (7) 53'57',.58N, 007'40',.53 E
(6) 53'58',.90N, 007"39',.33E (B) N,
53'57',.35 007'38',.82 E

(c) positions:
A separationzone is boundedby a line connectingthe followinggeographical
(9) 53"48',.77 N, 006"23',.72 E (2) 53'57',.12N, E
007"37','10
(10) 53'58',.27N, 007"30'.52E (13) 53%6',.73N, 006'23','83E
(11) 53"58',.65 N, O07"35',.73 E
positions:
(d) A separationline connectsthe followinggeographical
04) 53"47, .75 N, 006"23,.78 E (16) 53"47'.26N, 006"20'.43E
(15) 53"47',.50 N, OO6'22',.10 E

zoneis boundedby a lineconnecting

(e,) A separation polilio1s:
thefollowinggeographical
N,
fi7) 53"34,.30 E
005.08,.60 (19) 53"46'.22N, 006'20'.48E
(18) 53%8'.29N, E
0o6"20',.37 (20) 53'32',.37
N, 005"09'.70E

(f) A traffic lanefor westboundtraffic is establishedbetweenthe separationzones/linedescribedin

paragraphs (a),(b),(c),(d)and(e)anda lineconnecting p_ositions:
thefollowinggeographical
(21) 54"02,.89 N, OO7"4j,.BgE Q4) 53'51'.58N, 006'21'.87E
(22) 54"02',.38 N, E
007'38',.13 (25) N,
53'37',.13 E
005'07',.00
Q3) 54'01',.68 N, E
007'33',.00
(S) A traffic lane for eastboundtraffic is establishedbetween the separation. zones/linedescribedin
paragraphs positions:
(a),(b),(c),(d) and (e)and a line connectingthe followinggeographical
e6\ 53.29,.52N, 005.'11,.28E QB) 53.53'.5'lN, 007"33'.20E
(27) 53"43',.42 N, OO6"22',.33E (29) 53'55',.33N, 007"46',$1E

lnshore traffic zone

The areabetweenthe coastand the landwardboundaryof the trafficseparationschemeis designated as an
inshoretrafficzone.The easternlimit of the inshoretrafficzone is boundedby a line connectinggeographical
positions53.53'.51N,007.33',.20E (28) and53"47',.45 N,007'51',.51E (Wangerooge lighthouse).

Notes:
The gaps in the separationzonesof this schemeindicatethe areaswhere a concentrationof crossing
traffic is likely to be met.

Thefollowingclasses of shipsarereferredto the provisionsbeingpartof the descriptionof the "Mandatory

routefor tanfersfrom Norih Hinderto the Cerman Bightand vice versa"(seepart C, sectionll):
(a) tankersof 10,000tons grosstonnageand upwards,carryingoil as defined under Annex lto the
fnternationalConventioi for the P-revention of Pollutionfrom Ships, 1973,as modified by the
Protocolo{ 1978relatingthereto(MARPOL);
(b) chemicaltankersof 5000 tons grosstonnageand upwards,carryingnoxious liquid substa.nces
in bulk assessed or provisionalliassessedis CategoryX or Y of Annex ll to the lnternational
1978
Conventionfor the Preventionoi Pollutionfrom Shi[s, 1973,as modifiedby the Protocolof
relatinqthereto(MARPOL);

(Amended2007) SHIPS' 2015EDITION

ROUTEINC
ll/14-1
 (c) chemicaltankersand NLS tankersof 10,000tons grosstonnageand upwards,carryingnoxious
liquid substancesin bulk assessed or provisionallyassessedas CategoryZ of Annex ll to the
lnternationalConventionfor the Preventionof Pollutionfrom Ships,1973,as modified by the
Protocolof 1978 relatingthereto (MARPOL);
(d) shipsof 10,000tons grosstonnageand upwards,carryingliquefiedgasesin bulk.
(chartlet is on page 14-3/15-3)

SHIPS'ROUTEING
2015EDITION (Amended 2007) l/14:2
 APPROACH
GERMANBIGHT WESTERN
(Referencechart:CermanFederalMaritimeand HydrographicAgency87 (lNT 1413),1991edition.
Note: Thischart is basedon Europeandatum.)

Descriptionof the traffic separationscheme

(a) A separation
zoneis boundedby a lineconnecting positions:
thefollowinggeographical
(1) 54"10',.53N, 006"22',.47E (3) N,
54"10',.29 E
007"25',.17
(2) 54"11',.28N, 007"24',.27E (4) N,
54'09',.53 E
006"22',.53
(b) A separation
lineconnects positions:
thefollowinggeographical
(5) 54''10',.03
N, E
o06"22',.5o (7) 54"09',.87N, E
006"19',.11
(6) 54o'10'.00
N, 006"20'.80E
(c) positions:
A separationzone is boundedby a line connectingthe followinggeographical
(B) 54'08',.97 N, oo6'0',1'.33E (10) 54'09',.37N, E
006'',19'.14
(9) 54".10',.37 N, 006"19',.08 E (11) 54"08',.00N, 006"01'.90E

(d) A traffic lane for westboundtraffic is establishedbetween the separationzones/linedescribedt n

paragraphs positions:
(a),(b)and (c)and a line connectingthe followinggeographical
(12) 54"13',.27 N, E
007"22',.46 (14) N,
54"10',.90 006'00'.20 E
(13) 54'12',.50N, 006"20'.65E
(e) A traffic lane for eastboundtraffic is establishedbetween the separationzones/linedescribedI N
paragraphs positions:
(a),(b)and (c)and a line connectingthe followinggeographical
(15) 54'06',.10N, 006'03',.00E (17) 54'08',.31N, E
007"26',.98
(16) 54'07',.51N, 006"20'.95E

Notes:
1 Thistrafficseparationschemeforms part of the "Mandatoryroutefor tankersfrom North Hinderto the
CermanBightand vice versa"(seepart C, sectionll).

Application and useof the route

Thefollowingclasses of shipsarereferredto the provisionsbeingpartof the descriptionof the "Mandatory
routefor tankersfrom North Hinderto the Cerman Bightand vice versa"(seepart C, sectionll):
(a) tankersof 10,000tons grosstonnageand upwards,carryingoil as defined under Annex lto the
fnternationalConventionfor the Preventionof Pollutionfrom Ships,1973,as modified by the
Protocolol 1978relatingthereto (MARPOL);
(b) chemicaltankersof 5000 tons grosstonnageand upwards,carryingnoxious liquid substances
in bulk assessed or provisionallyassessed as CategoryX or Y of Annex ll to the International
ConventionforthePreventionof Pollutionfromships, 1973,asmodifiedbytheProtocolof 1978
relatingthereto (MARPOL);
(c) chemicaltankersand NLS tankersof 10,000tons grosstonnageand upwards,carryingnoxious
liquid substancesin bulk assessedor provisionallyassessedas CategoryZ of Annex ll to the
IniernationalConventionfor the Preventionof Pollutionfrom Ships,1973,as modified by the
Protocolof 1978relatingthereto (MARPOL);
(d) shipsof 10,000tonsgrosstonnageand upwards,carryingliquefiedgasesin bulk.

Theseshipsshallavoidthe seaareabetweenthe mandatoryrouteand the adjacentFrisianlslands'coast,

exceptwhen joining or leavingthe route at the nearestpoint of the route to the port of departureor
destinationwhich permitsa safepassagefrom or to that port.

The classesof shipsreferredto aboveshallusethe mandatoryrouteor part of it:

(i) when sailingfrom North Hinderto the Balticor to North Seaportsof Norway,Sweden,Denmark,
Cermanvor the Netherlandsnorth of latitude53' N and vice versa;

il/15-1 (Amended 2007) SHIPS' 2015EDITION

ROUTEING
 (ii) when sailing between North Sea ports of the Netherlandsand/or Cermany, except in casesof
adjacent port areas;
(iii) when sailing between United Kingdom or ContinentalNorth Sea ports
south of 53' N and
Scandinavianor Baltic ports; and
(iv) when sailingbetween North Hinder, United Kingdomor Continental
North Sea ports south of
53' N and offshoreand shore-basedoil loadingfacilitiesin the North Seaarea.
Theseships shall use the appropriatetraffic lanesof the traffic separationschemesforming part of the
route and shall,as far as practicable,keep to the starboardside of ihe deep-waterroutesform-ingpart of
the mandatoryroute.

Joining or leaving the route

3 The classesof shipsreferredto above,when joining or leavingthe route:
(a) shall do so at-thenearestpoint of the route to the port of departureor destination
which permitsa
safe passagefrom or to that por! and
(b) should be awarethat oil and gas productionfacilitiesand mobile offshoredrilling units may be
encounteredin the proximity of the route; safetyzones of 500 m (0.27 nauticalniiles)radiusare
establishedaround all offshorestructures.
Pilotage
4 Shipsrequiredto use the "Mandatoryroute for tankersfrom North Hinder to the Cerman Bightand
vice versa" are referred to resolution A.486(Xll), adopted on 19 November '1981,concerru:ngthe
"Recommendation on the useof adequatelyqualifieddeep-seapilotsin the North Sea,EnglishChlnnel
and Skagerrak*".

5 lt is recommendedthat an efficientelectronicposition-fixing
deviceappropriatefor the areashouldbe
carriedon board.

6 Numerousoffshore structuressituatedwithin the limits of the separationzones and/or situatedin the

proximity of the route are equipped with X- and S-bandracons.
Leastwater depth
7 The areaof this schemeis surveyedto a leastwater depth of 30 m at LWSonce every 5 years.

B The gap in the separationzone of this schemeindicatesthe areawhere a concentrationof crossingtraffic

is likelv to be met.

(chartlet is on page I4-3/15-3)

*
Referenceis made to the Recommendationon the useof adequatelyqualifleddeep-seapilots in the North Sea,English
Channeland
skaggerak(AssemblyresolutionA.10s0(28), which revokedreioluti6n'A.+s6iXrt).

SHIPS'ROUTEING2015 EDITION (Amended 2014)

ll/15-2
 I

z
tu
t 1
trJ
=

IJJ

E
z

Iu

z
lIJ

I
V)
e,
tu

It14-3/15-3 Amended 2007; chartletupdated2014) ' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N

S H I P SR
fADEAPPROACH
(Reference
charts:Cerman FederalMaritimeand HydrographicAgency87 (lNT 1413),lggl edition;
NetherlandsHydrographic Office 1352and 1353(lNT 1413),tgBBedition.
Note: Thesechartsare basedon Europeandatum.)

Descriptionof the traffic separationscheme

(a) A separationzone is boundedby a line connectingthe followinggeographical
positions:
(1) 54'09',.34N, 007"30',.81 E (3) 54'0'1',.92
N, 007"34',.71
E
(2) 54"02',.15N, 007.36',.42E (4) 54"08',.33N, 007"28',.89
E
(b) A traffic lanefor northboundtraffic is established
betweenthe separationzone describedin paragraph
(a)and a line connectingthe followinggeographical positions:
(5) 54'02',.38 N, 007.38',.13 E (6) 54'08',.35N, 007"32',.72
E
(c) A traffic lanefor southboundtraffic is established
betweenthe separationzone describedin paragraph
(a)and a line connectingthe followinggeographicalpositions:
(7) 54'08',.31N, OO7"26',.98 E (B) 54'0'1',.68
N, 007"33',.00
E

TSS "GermanBight westernapproach"

L -
______J

Helsoland
Bt3
\-1, u
lighthouse
? (n@\ 'lrR
-----Q
<ro ,
I7zl'\\\ ' \
'N \"
\ \-_,
TSS \
.Jadeapproach"\ (see "Recommendeddirections of
tr( Rtt \ traffic flow in the GermanBight" in paft E)
tt\ \ \r[22] --
.. . : \-1,
(5 (2)ffE:
t23l\, ^ o
--)-'Gl (-.--=_-,
€____, \
4^ 54
44 -a
\\ \) a---'
r==*
Seedescription
a> €t+ ofISS
TSS.Terschetting "Elbe approach"
- GermanBight"
4-r'- --t*J\
; -'

.>.
' x
Inshoretrafficzone , x
- t
'
""- Wangerooge
y':l"'oon,,G
A
Langeoog W

IADEAPPROACH

S H I P SR
' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N (Amended 1992)
 APPROACH
ELBE
(Referencecharts:CermanHydrographicOffice 44;49 (lNT 1452),1989edition;87 (lNT 1413),
.1989
edition.
Note: Thesechartsare basedon Europeandatum.)

Descriptionof the traffic separationscheme

zone,halfa milewide, is centreduponthe followinggeograp]rl91l^positions:
(a) A separation
(1) 54"00,.00N, 008.05,.42 E Q) 54'00'.00N, 008'07'.15E

(b) A separationline connectsthe followinggeographicalpositions:

(3) 54.00'.00N, 008"07'.15E (4) N,
53"59',.95 008'13',.37E

(c) betweenthe separationzonellineand a line connecting

A trafficlanefor eastboundtrafficis established
the followinggeographical positions:
(5) 53'58',.00N, 008"05'.47E (6) 53'59',.38
N, E
o08'',13'.28
betweenthe separationzonellineand a lineconnecting
(d) A trafficlanefor westboundtrafficis established
the followinggeographical positions:
a 54"0'l'.85N, 008'05'.47E (B) 54'01',.63N, E
008'13',.57

\-1,
(4e o(8)
\ = (.........-
(see "Recommended
directions of traffic flow
in the GermanBight" (1)o ,Q)
in paft E)

,=i* €A

8'

EIBEAPPROACH

il/17 (Amended 1992) SHTPS' 2015EDITION

ROUTEING
IN THEAPPROACHES
TO THERIVERHUMBER
(Reference
charts:BritishAdmiralty109(published 107(published
06/2006), 09/200a).
Note:Thesechartsarebasedon WorldGeodeticSystem1984datum(WCSB4).)

Descriptionof the traffic separationscheme

Part I
Entranceto River Humber within port area
(a) A precautionary by a line connectingthe followinggeographical
areaestablished positions:
(1) 53"34',.22N, 000'06',.32E
(2) 53'33',.54N, 000'05',.70E
(3) 53"33'.14N, 000'06'.80 E (Hobo)
(4) 53'33'.92N, OOO"O7'.43 E (No. 34 Binks)
(1) 53"34',.22N, 000'06',.32E
(b) A separationline connectingthe followinggeographical
positions:
(5) 53'33'.54N, 000'07'.13E (Delta)
(6) 53o32'.73N, 000'09'.65 E (Charlie)
(c) A traffic lanefor inbound traffic establishedbetweenthe separationline specifiedin paragraph(b)above
and a straightline connectingthe followinggeographical positions:
(4) 53"33'.92N, 0OO"O7'.43 E (No. 3A Binks)
(7) 53"33',.16 N, 000"10',.27 E
(d) A traffic lane for outbound traffic establishedbetween the separationline specified in paragraph(b)
aboveand a straightline connectingthe followinggeographical positions:
(3) 53o33'.14 N, 000'06'.80 E (Hobo)
(B) 53"32'.34N, 000o09'.11 E (No.28)
(e) A precautionary by a line connectingthe followinggeographical
areaestablished positions:
(7) 53'33',.16N, 000"10',.27E
(B) 53'32'.34N, 000'09'.11E (No.28)
(9) 53'32',.38N, E
000'1.1',.12
(10) 53'33',.16
N, 000"11',.17
E
(11) 53"33'.07N, 000'10'.63E (No.3 Chequer)
(7) 53o33',.16N, O00"10',.27E
(f) positions:
A separationline connectingthe followinggeographical
(12) 53'32'.67N, 000'11'.15E (Bravo)
(13) 53"32',.82N, E (Alpha)
000"',t3',.20
(g) A trafficlanefor inboundtrafficestablishedbetweenthe separationline specifiedin paragraph(f)above
and a straightline connectingthe followinggeographicalpositions:
(10) 53"33',.16
N, 000"11',.17
E
(14) 53'33',.52N, 000'13',.80E
(h) A traffic lane for outbound traffic establishedbetweenthe separationline specifiedin paragraph(f)
aboveand a straightline connectingthe followinggeographical positions:
(9) 53'32',.38 N, 000'11',.12E
(15) 53'32',.41N. 000'12',.80 E

SHIPS'ROUTEING2015 EDITION (Amended 2008) il/18-1

Part Il
River Humber approaches
(i) positions:
by a line connectingthe followinggeographical
A precautionaryareaestablished
(15) 53"32',.4-l
N, 000'12',.80E
(16) 53"32'.42N, 000'13'.18E (No. 2 Haile Sand)
(17) 53"30',.59N, 000"16',.61E
(18) 53'31'.90N, 000"]8'.29 E (Hotspud
(19) 53'33',.57N, 000']8',.29E
(20) 53"34'.22N, 000"17'.59E (SouthHaile)
(21) 53"34'.74N, 000".16'.54E (SouthBinks)
(22) 53"33'.56N, 000"14'.'19E (SpurnLightFloat)
(14) 53"33',.52N, 000'13',.80E
(15) 53"32',.41N, 000'12',.80E
Easternapproaches(SeaReach)
(ji positions:
A separationline connectingthe followinggeographical
(23) 53"32'.72N, 000'18'.29 E (lnner Sea Reach)
(24) 53"32'.72N, OOO"22'.95 E (Outer SeaReach)
(k) A traffic lanefor inbound traffic establishedbetweenthe separationline specifiedin paragraph() above
and a straightline connectingthe followinggeographicalpositions:
(19) 53'33',.57N, 000"18',.29E
(25) 53'33',.57N, OOO"22',.95E
(l) A traffic lane for outbound traffic establishedbetween the separationline specified in paragraph(j)
aboveand a straightIineconnectingthe followinggeographical positions:
(18) 53"31'.90N, 000"18'.29E (Hotspur)
(26) 53"31',.90N, 000"22',.95E
South-eastapproaches(RosseReach)
(m) A separationline connectingthe followinggeographical
positions:
(27) 53"31'.24N, OOO"17'.44E (lnner RosseReach)
' (28) 53'29'.89 N, E (Outer RosseReach)
OOO"2O'.79
(n) A traffic lane for inbound traffic establishedbetween the separationline specified in paragraph(m)
aboveand a straightline connectingthe followinggeographical positions:
(18) 53"31'.90N, 000''lB'.29E (Hotspur)
(29) 53'30',.56N, 000'21',.57E
(o) A traffic lane for outbound traffic establishedbetween the separationline specified in paragraph(m)
aboveand a straightline connectingthe followinggeographical positions:
(17) 53'30',.59N, 000''16',.61 E
(30) 53"29',.19N, O0O"19',.97 E

Part lll
North-east approaches(New Sand Hole)
(p) A separationline connectingthe followinggeographical
positions:
(31) 53"34',.48N, 000'17',.06E
(32) 53"36',.99N, 000"20',.64E
(35) 53'38',.52N, OO0"21',.87E
(q) A traffic lanefor inbound traffic establishedbetweenthe separationline specifiedin paragraph(p) above
and a straightline connectingthe followinggeographicalpositions:
(211 53"34'.74N, 000"16'.54E (SouthBinks)
(33) 53"37'.27N, 000"20'.10E (OuterBinks)
(36) 53'38',.70N, 000"21',.24E

ll/'tB-2 (Amended 2008) ROUTEINC

SHIPS' 2015EDITION
 (p)
A traffic lane for outbound tra{fic establishedbetween the separation line specifiedin paragraph
above and a straightline connectingthe following geographicalpositions:
(2O) 53"34'.22N, 000"17'.59E (SouthHaile)
(34) 53"36'.72N, OOO"21'2O E (Mid New Sand)
(37) 53'38'.35 N, OOO"22'.49 E (North New Sand)

fle)F-----+-o(25)
t _
(23) 6- :-**:-T (24)
" l + :--o

TO THE RIVERHUMBER
IN THEAPPROACHES

SHIPS'ROUTEING
2015EDITION Amended 2008) il/'tB-3
 NORWAY
OFFTHECOASTOF SOUTHERN
Note: See"Recommendedroutesjoining the traffic separationschemesoff the coastof southernNorway"
in part E.
(Referencecharts:Norwegian305 (lNT 1300)and 306 publishedby the NorwegianHydrographicService.
Note: Thesechartsare basedon EuropeanDatum 1950(ED50).The geographical positions,(.1)to(55),listed
.19B4
below are basedon World Geodetic System datum (WCS B4).)

of shipsto which the traffic separationschemesapply

Categories
Conventionfor the Preventionof Pollutionfrom Ships,
(a) tankersas definedin Annex I of the International
1973,as modified by the Protocolof 1978 (MARPOL);
(b) chemical tankerscarrying noxious liquid substancesin bulk assessedor provisionallyassessedas
CategoryX or Y in Annex ll to MARPOL;
(c) shipsof 5000 grosstonnageand upwards,in transitor on internationalvoyagesto or from Norwegian
ports; and
(d) the routeingschemesdo not apply to any size or categoryof ship in domestictraffic with passengers
and/or goods between Norwegian ports.

lnternationalvoyagesto or from ports in Norway

Ships of above categorieson internationalvoyages,to or from ports in Norway,should follow the ships'
routeingsystemuntil a courseto port can be clearly set. Thisalsoappliesto shipscallingat Norwegianports
for suppliesor service.

Descriptionof the traffic separationschemes

l Off Egersund
(a) A separationzone is boundedby a line connectingthe followinggeographicalpositions:
(1) 58"21',.00 N, 005'15',.23 E (4) 58"18',.33N, 005"26',.O2 E
(2) 58'18',.78 N, 005"19',.20 E (5) 58o20',.22N, 005'21',.80E
(3) 58'16',.82 N, 005"23',.58 E (6) 58"22',.37N, E
005'',18',.00

(b) A traffic lanefor eastboundtraffic is establishedbetweenthe separationzone describedin paragraph(a)

and a line connectingthe followinggeographical positions:
(7) 58o18',.95 N, 005'11',.08 E (9) 5B'14',.53
N, E
005'19',.90
(B) 58'16',.60N, 015"15',.27 E
(c) A traffic lane for westbound traffic is establishedbetween the separationzone describedin paragraph
(a)and a line connectingthe followinggeographicalpositions:
(10) 58"24',.40N, OO5"22',.17 E (12) 58'20',.63
N, E
oo5"29',.70
(11) 58"22',.40N, OO5"25',.75 E

ll Off Farsund
positions:
(d) A separationzone is boundedby a line connectingthe followinggeographical
(13) 57"46',.62N, 006"30'.43E (16) 57%6',.30N, E
OO6"41',.62
(14) 57"44',.43N, 006'35',.20E (17) 57%6',.40N, 006'36',.63E
(15) 57%4',.30N, 0o6"41',.48 E (18) 57%8',.12N, 006"32',.87E

(e) A traffic lanefor eastboundtraffic is establishedbetweenthe separationzone describedin paragraph(d)

and a line connectingthe followinggeographical positions:
(19) 57"44',.33N, 006"26',.80E (21) 57"41'..32
N, E
0o6"41',.25
(20) 57%1',.48N, 006"33',.03E

il/19-1 (Adopted 2010) ROUTEING

SHIPS' 2015EDITION
(r) A traffic lanefor westboundtraffic is establishedbetweenthe separationzone describedin paragraph
(d)and a line connectingthe followinggeographical positions:
(22) 57"50',.40N, 006"36',.52 E (24) 57"49',.28N, 006%',1',.85
E
(23) 57%9',.35
N, E
006'38',.80

ill Off Ryvingen

(g) A separationzone is boundedby a line connectingthe followinggeographicalpositions:
(25) 57"42',.80N, E
007"41',.87 (28) 57"44',.55N, E
O07'5O',.77
(26) 57"42',.55N, OO7'51',.72E (29) 57"44',.78N, E
007"42',.10
(27) 57"44'.87N, 007"59',.92E
(h) A traffic lanefor eastboundtraffic is establishedbetweenthe separationzone describedin paragraph(g)
and a line connectingthe iollowing geographicalpositions:
(30) 57'39',.85N, OO7"41',.72 E (32) 57"39',.92
N, 008'00'.25 E
(31) 57o39',.58N, 0o7"52',.97 E
(i) A traffic lane for westboundtraffic is establishedbetween the separationzone describedin paragraph
(g)and a line connectingthe followinggeographical positions:
(33) 57"47',.75N, OO7"42',.55 E (35) 57%9',.40N, 007'56',.00E
(34) 57"47',.58N, 007"49'.68 E

IV Off Lillesand
(i) A separationzone is boundedby a line connectingthe followinggeographicalpositions:
(36) 57"58',.25N, OO8"46',.92 E (39) 58'03',.47N, 008'53',.38E
(37) 57"59',.75 N, 0}8"52',.25E (40) 58'01',.35N, 008%9',.88E
(38) 58"02',.17N, O08"56',.22 E (41) 58"00',.02N, E
008%5',.',15

betweenthe separationzone describedin paragraph(j)

(k) A trafficlanefor eastboundtrafficis established
positions:
and a line connectingthe followinggeographical
(42) 57'55',.60N, 008%9',.55E (44) 58'00',.18N, 009"00'.47E
(43) 57"57',.37N, 008"55',.82E
(l) zone describedin paragraph()
betweenthe separation
A trafficlanefor westboundtrafficis established
and a line connectingthe followinggeographical positions:
(45) 5B'02',.67
N, 008%2',.50E (47) 58'05',.45N, E
008%9'.'13
(46) 58'03',.73
N, E
0}8"46',.32

V Off Risor
positions:
(m) A separationzone is boundedby a line connectingthe followinggeographical
(48) 5\'26',.27N, 009'36',.28E (50) 58'31',.33N, E
O09'39',.67
(49) 58'30',.03N, OO9"42',.53 E (51) 58"27',.57N, E
O09"33',.42

(n) A trafficlanefor eastboundtrafficis established zonedescribedin paragraph(m)

betweenthe separation
and a line connectingthe followinggeographicalpositions:
(52) 58o24',.30
N, 009%0',.60E (53) 5B'28',.07
N, 009%6'.85E

(o) A traffic lanefor westboundtraffic is establishedbetweenthe separationzone describedin paragraph

(m)and a line connectingthe followinggeographical positions:
(54) 58"29',.53N, 009'29',.08E (55) 58'33',.30N, E
009'35',.33

routes
Descriptionof recommended
The recommendedroutesbetweenthe trafficseparationschemesare describedin part E.

SHIPS'ROUTEING
2015EDITION (Adopted 2010) il/19-2
 Chart number Title Scale Datum
306 Skagerrak,vestre blad 1:350000 ED50
30s(tNT1300) Skagerrak 1:350000 WCS 84

Typicalshiftsof position co-ordinatesreferredto the WCS 84 datum to the ED 50 datum are:

From datum To datum Approximatelatitudein Datumshift

the area
WCSB4 ED 50 62'30',N 99 m (NE-diagonal)
'l09 (NE-diagonal)
WCS 84 ED 50 59'00'N m

(Adopted 2010) ' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N

S H I P SR
 : _ \ 6 |

s0 s Y n tL li r
.s llf
ct
6'o,o 6
(i r i
.l

."^ i E'ao
ri (n
r -
I| :=E
Y ^ x
* \ p2 ^*
I
I
itl O - n i
\ | ! i . 6-
c
c) r In F I
rte g I I I I J
t l l , l
C E
= X
Vl:' c^ 6
I X F
\ 8 .
I o "
t L a
t o
, o
l
t
o !
r
| .:-
r
Q 6-ta' = F
c{ tir=l- ^' ::/
-
6'X ^s
AiY n vry^ I
^vOV F- T;
er"_g^--o: I
r \ d ^ a r ^ l

= / 6 a / ^
t / ; a / Y ,
c
= / c . ) d : . v
a , ' 9 6 i E . v)
(g / = F Itl
L f =
/ a i =
6 I
LL

^
<J) =
U) (o
,// /,'y' F

F /
z
/
/, -E
-
*>h FQ z
,
, 0 = F
- i f . l IIJ
/ T l a t
/ a _ i l
/ p i d
N / c o - f
''*-?{" ^ :
F
-
e
^
S
'
/
t
a

F
a !
E =
> l
U
(h

Q Vsz;a
96-,2 6P.e-
n g
B o
^a ie /.r' P=
9""=a d e I (t)
^ ' / = C )
J u v C )
N
u
=
c _
= I
A U tu
o ()
o)
LU
n

a
a
-

O r -
c >
; =

.\l o

kii
o u
a C
. Y O +
, ! Y
- 5
{D
!

S H I P SR
' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N (Adopted2010) il/19-4
 {-.''{ -.-s I c+
a e
^ - r X !

P "
*x : ddi x F
- ' ;

P!;(t
sxsr
\u . si ;€ < R
H.9c,.S
; > a
!f-(Bo
o $
s2- 5 a.

i
C!
=
.o
z Y (t)
tr
c
c tlJ
C) tIJJ
o E I
o v J 9 = (5
6 A
- ; Y
V - 1. < i .oo U' =
- Y \

3 ' \'-v : :

C X ^
o x q
z
Xe n\
z
6 H 6 Iu
\ cci{g

_\ . \
\ $ \ (g

+
a

\1 \ V)

U
:(g
\ - A
\
'. s r
g 6 { (t
\ @ ^ t l c r ^)t r z
tr S2
x-t-s
a".o^\S'Q (!) U
x^ o c) \ - tJ.
Y" 9o-" r $ 9 =
co\o \ \\ b - E O
S"\ a ^ 6 o
:\\ 9
^\ \\ e\
- F \ .( so 2
-Y 6 b
S ' r c x -
o x q
9 \
\
\
\
\ X *
6
a '

\ (6r ih- { 2
\R
\ . \ \ -,
\"\

\ :
\ c
\ F O E
\ N C O = '

r.o\Y i .
o - \ \\ t^ tr

szc. '
'r \ 6- Asz F
bo oS!- i Y
+O X1' : .^
$ -s li ;, t; "6
I l i F
- U " 6 ^ A
-^
t- e. 6'
o
Ji;
Xi ri.l ;6
* ; = v
=
u
I 1 4
J'I JI
l l l r l
V I J

lll19-5 (Adopted2010) SHIPS' 2015EDITION

ROUTEING
OFFTHEWESTERN
COASTOF NORWAY
Note: See"Recommendedroutesjoining the traffic separationschemesoff the westerncoastof Norway" in
part E.
(Referencecharts:Norwegian306,3O7and 308 publishedby the NorwegianHydrographicService.
Note: Thesechartsare basedon EuropeanDatum 1950(ED50).The geographical
positions,(1)to (37),listed
below are basedon World CeodeticSystem1984 datum (WCS B4).)

Categories
of shipsto which the traffic separationschemesapply
(a) tankersas definedin Annex I of the lnternational
Conventionfor the Preventionof Pollutionfrom Ships,
1973,as modifiedby the Protocolof 1978(MARPOL);
(b) chemical tankerscarrying noxious liquid substancesin bulk assessedor provisionallyassessedas
CategoryX or Y in Annex ll to MARPOL;
(c) shipsof 5000 grosstonnageand upwards,in transitor on internationalvoyagesto or from Norwegian
ports;and
(d) the routeingschemesdo not apply to any size or categoryof ship in domestictrafficwith passengers
and/or goods between Norwegianports.

lnternationalvoyagesto or from ports in Norway

Shipsof above categorieson internationalvoyages,to or from ports in Norway, should follow the ships'
routeingsystemuntil a courseto port can be clearlyset.Thisalsoappliesto shipscallingat Norwegianports
for suppliesor service.

Descriptionof the traffic separationschemes

I Off Runde
(a) A separationzone is boundedby a line connectingthe followinggeographical
positions:
(1) 62"59',.95 N, 004'08',.40E (4) 62%9',.98N, 004'08',.43E
(2) 62"55',.17 N, 004'O4',.07 E (5) 62o54',.78N, 004"08',.43E
(3) 62"49',.98N, OO4"O4'.O7 E (6) 62'59',.18N, 004"12',.45E
(b) A trafficlanefor southboundtraffic is established
betweenthe separationzone describedin paragraph
(a)and a line connectingthe followinggeographical positions:
(7) 63'0',1',.12
N, 004"02',.32
E (9) 62'50',.00N, 003"57',.52
E
(B) 62"55',.78N, E
003'57',.50
(c) A traffic lanefor northboundtraffic is established
betweenthe separationzone describedin paragraph
(a)and a line connectingthe followinggeographical positions:
(10) 62'58',.05N, 004"18',.52 E (12) 62'50',.00N, E
004"14',.97
(11) 62"54',.2ON, 004"15',.00 E

ll Off Stad
(d) A separationzone is boundedby a line connectingthe followinggeographicalpositions:
(13) 61'59',.00N, 004"O4',.13 E (15) 61'54',.00N, OO4"08',.37 E
(14) 61'54',.00N, 004"O4',.13 E (16) 61'59',.00N, 0o4"08',.37E
(e) A trafficlanefor southboundtrafficisestablished zonedescribedin paragraph(d)
betweenthe separation
and a line connectingthe followinggeographicalpositions:
(17) 61'59',.00N, 003"57',.78E (18) 61'54',.00N, 003'57',.80E
(f) A traffic lanefor northboundtrafficis established
betweenthe separationzone describedin paragraph
(d)and a line connectingthe followinggeographical positions:
(19) 61'59',.00N, 004"14',.72 E (20) 61"54',.00N, OO4"14',.70
E

S H I P SR
' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N (Adopted 2010) ll/20-1
lil Off Sotra
t\ oo/ l A separation
zoneis boundedby a lineconnecting
thefollowinggeographical
positions:
(21) 60"20',.00
N, 0D4"04',.23E (23) 60'15',.00
N, 004'08'.25E
(22) 60"15',.00
N, 004"04',.25E (24) 60'20',.00
N, 004"08'.27E
(h) A traffic lanefor southboundtraffic is establishedbetween the separationzone describedin paragraph
(g) and a line connectingthe followinggeographical positions:
(25) 60"20',.00
N, 003'58',.20
E (26) 6o'',15',.00
N, oo3'58',.23
E
A traffic lane for northboundtraffic is establishedbetween the separationzone describedin paragraph
(g) and a line connectingthe followinggeographical positions:
(27) 60"20',.00 N, 0o4"14',.30 E (28) 60"15',.00
N, E
004"14',.27

lV Off Utsira
(j) A separationzone is boundedby a line connectingthe followinggeographical
positions:
(29) 59"05',.00N, OO4"O4',.32 E (31) 58"57',.72N, 004'08',.20E
(30) 58'59',.83N, OO4"O4',.32 E (32) 59'05',.00N, 004'08',.20E
(k) A traffic lanefor southboundtraffic is establishedbetween the separationzone describedin paragraph
(j) and a Iineconnectingthe followinggeographical positions:
(33) 59"05',.00N, OO3"58',.47 E (34) 58"58',.50N, OO3"58',.47
E
(l) A traffic lane for northboundtraffic is establishedbetween the separationzone describedin paragraph
(j) and a line connectingthe followinggeographical positions:
(35) 59"05',.00 N, 004'14',.03 E (37) 58"58',.50
N, 004'19',.95E
(36) 59"01',.73 E
N, 004.14',.03

Description of recommendedroutes
The recommendedroutesbetweenthe traffic separationschemesare describedin part E.

Note:

Chart number Title Scale Datum

306 Skagerrak,vestreblad 1:350 00 ED5 0
307 Stavanger-FIoro 1:350 00 ED50
308 Flora-Smala 1:350000 ED5 0

Typicalshift of position co-ordinatesreferredto the WCS 84 datum to the ED 50 datum are:

From datum To datum Approximatelatitudein Datumshift
the area
WCS 84 ED50 62'30',N 99 m (NE-diagonal)
WCS 84 ED50 59'00'N 109 m (NE-diagonal)

il/20-2 (Adopted 2010) S H I P SR

' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N
 Recommendedroutes
"Off the western coast of Norway"
(seepaft E)

.b
(17) 6) (1e)
1 l l
II ! TSS"Off Stad"
It I

(18) 5) (20)

{
J

6I
ii

I
-"lford
Recommended
routes
"Off the western coast of Norway"
(seepaft E)
i.

"#:."F t
, 0t
to

COASTOF NORWAY_ NORTH

OFFTHEWESTERN

S H I P SR
/ O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N (Adopted2010)
 OFF THE WESTERNCOASTOF NORWAY_ SOUTH

ll/20-4 (Adopted2010) S H I P SR
' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O \
OFFTHECOASTOF NORWAYFROMVARDOTO ROST
Note: Seemandatoryship reportingsystem"ln the Barentsarea" in part C, section l.
(Referencecharts:NorwegianHydrographicServiceFisheries ChartSeries551,1963edition;552,
1964edition;557,1966edition.Thesechartsare basedon Europeandatum 1950(ED50).
positions(1)-(84)listedbelow are given in the WCS 84 datum.)
Note: The geographical

Categories
of shipsto which the traffic separationschemesapply
Tankersof all sizes,includinggasand chemicaltankers,and all other cargoshipsof 5000 grosstonnageand
upwardsengagedon international voyagesshouldfollow the routeingsystemconsistingof a seriesoftraffic
separationschemesjoined by recommendedroutesoff the coastof Norway from Vardato Rost.

Internationalvoyagesto or from ports in Norwayfrom Vardsto Rgst

Shipson international
voyagesto or from ports in Norwayfrom Vardoto Rostshouldfollow the ship'srouteing
systemsuntil a courseto port can be clearlyset. This also appliesto shipscallingat Norwegianports for
suppliesor service.

Descriptionof the traffic separationschemes

I Off Yards
(a) A separationzone is boundedby a line connectingthe followinggeographical
positions:
(1) 70%4',.55N, 031"49',.52E (3) 70"51'.05N, 031"33'.87E
(2) 7j"49',.44N, 031"30'.08E (4) 70"46'20 N, 031.53'.31E
(b) A traffic lanefor westboundtraffic is establishedbetweenthe separationzone describedin paragraph(a)
and a line connectingthe followinggeographicalpositions:
(5) 70%8',.59 N, 031"59'.90E (6) 70o53',.40
N, 031"39'.19E
(c) A traffic lane for eastboundtraffic is establishedbetweenthe separationzone describedin paragraph(a)
and a line connectingthe followinggeographicalpositions:
(7) 70"42',.22
N, 031"44',.20
E (B) 7o"47',.08
N, 031"24',.76
E

ll Off Slettnes
(d) A separationzone is boundedby a line connectingthe followinggeographical
positions:
(9) 71'23',.01
N, 029.11',.08
E (12) 71.29',.21
N, 02844'.33E
(10) 71"26',.11
N, 028.58',.61
E (13) 71"27',.86
N, O2g"O1'.25
E
(11) 71"27',.26
N, 028"42'.95
E (14) 71"24',.63
N, 029"14'.78
E
(e) A traffic lanefor westboundtraffic is establishedbetweenthe separationzone describedin paragraph(d)
and a Iineconnectingthe followinggeographicalpositions:
(15) 71"27',.06N, 029"20'.38E (17) 71o32',.13
N, 028"46',.76E
(16) 71'30',.60N, 029"05'.28E
(f) A traffic lane for eastboundtraffic is establishedbetweenthe separationzone describedin paragraph(d)
and a line connectingthe followinggeographical positions:
(18) 7'1"20',.58N, O2g"O5'.48E (20) 71024',.39
N, 028"40',.62
E
(19) 71"23',.35 N, 028.54'.38E

lll Off North Cape

(g) A separation
zoneis boundedby a lineconnecting
thefollowinggeographical
positions:
(21) 71"40',.27
N, 026"0B'.73 E (24) 71"42'.53
N, 025'26'.58E
(22) 71"41',.78
N, 025"49'.27E (25) 71"43'.72
N, 02549'.45E
(23) 71%0'.6',1
N, O25.27'.86E (26) 71"42'.19
N, 026"10'.46E

SHIPS'ROUTEING2015 EDITION (Adopted 2006) ll/21-1

(h) A traffic lanefor westboundtraffic is establishedbetweenthe separationzone describedin paragraph(g)
and a line connectingthe followinggeographical positions:
(27) 71"45',.O5N, 026"13',.2o E (29) 71%5',.39
N, o25"24',.48E
(28) 71"47',.O3
N, E
025"49',.12
(i) A traffic lanefor eastboundtraffic is establishedbetweenthe separationzone describedin paragraph(g)
and a line connectingthe followinggeographicalpositions:
(30) 71"37',.34N, O26"O6',.36 E (32) 71"37',.60N, E
o25"29',.77
(31) 71'38',.80N, 025"48',.40 E

IV Off Saraya
(j) A separationzone is boundedby a line connectingthe followinggeographicalpositions:
(33) 71"30',.',11
N, 022"39',.50E (36) 71'28',.08
N, E
021"59',.45
(34) 7',1"28',.95
N, E
O22"2O',.O5 (37) 71"30',.73
N, E
022"18',.35
(35) 71"26',.29
N, E
O22"O1'.9O (38) 7.1"32',.06
N, E
022"38',.23
(k) A traffic lanefor westboundtraffic is establishedbetweenthe separationzone describedin paragraph(j)
and a Iineconnectingthe followinggeographicalpositions:
(39) 71"35',.00
N, E
022"36',42 (41) 71'30',.85
N, E
021"55',.63
(40) 71"33',.65
N, E
O22"15',.39
( l ) A traffic lane for eastboundtraffic is establishedbetweenthe separationzone describedin paragraph(j)
positions:
and a line connectingthe followinggeographical
(42) 71"27'.17N, E
022'41',.31 (44) 71"23',.55N, 022"05',.83E
(43) 71"26',.00N, E
O22"23',.00

V Off Torsvig
(m) A separationzone is boundedby a line connectingthe followinggeographical
positions:
(45) 71"O2',.07 N, 019'13',.93E (48) 70"56',.5',1
N, E
018'36',.45
(46) 70o59',.63 N, o18'55',.90 E (49) 71'01',.26
N, E
Olg'52',.77
(47) 70"55',.07 N, 018%0'.45E (50) 71'03',.97
N, E
019'11',.40

(n). A traffic lanefor westboundtraffic is establishedbetweenthe separationzone describedin paragraph(m)

and a line connectingthe followinggeographicalpositions:
(51) 71"06',.72N, 019"07',.81 E (53) 70"58',.73
N, 018'30',.34E
(52) 71"O3',.77N, O18"47',.82 E
(o) A traffic lanefor eastboundtraffic is establishedbetweenthe separationzone describedin paragraph(m)
and a Iineconnectingthe followinggeographical positions:
(5+; 70"59',.40N, 019"17',.65 E (56) 70'52',.80
N, E
018"46',.70
(55) 70"56',.97
N, E
019"00',.60

Vl Off Andenes
positions:
(p) A separationzone is boundedby a line connectingthe followinggeographical
(57) 69"48',.74 N, 015'06',.86E (59) 69o44',.77
N, E
O14"46',.12
(58) 69%3',.32 N, 0',14'50'.07E (60) 69'50',.22N, E
015'03',.14

(q) A traffic lane for westbound traffic is establishedbetween the separationzone described paragraph
(p)and a line connectingthe followinggeographicalpositions:
(61) 69"52',.41N, 014"57',.25 E (62) 69%7',.00N, E
014%0',.38

(0 A traffic lanefor eastboundtraffic is establishedbetweenthe separationzone describedin paragraph(p)

and a line connectingthe followinggeographicalpositions:
(63) 69"46',.52N, O15"12',.75 E (64) 69%1',.09
N, E
014"55',.85

I/21-2 (Adopted 2006) SHIPS' 2015EDITION

ROUTEINC
Vll Off Rsst(1)
(s) A separationzone is boundedby a line connectingthe followinggeographicalpositions:
(65) 68"12',.89N, O10"16',.O7E (68) 68'03',.57N, 009'50',.12E
(66) 68'08',.36N, 010"O2',.92 E (69) 68'09',.41N, 009"58',.73E
(621 68'02',.64N, oog'54',.93E (70) 68"14',.26N, 010'12',.03E
(t) A traffic lanefor westboundtraffic is establishedbetweenthe separationzone describedin paragraph(s)
and a line connectingthe followinggeographical positions:
(71) 68"16',.38N, 010"06',.20 E (73) 68o4',.83
N, 009%3'.01 E
(72) 68"11',.32
N, 0D9"52',.34E
(u) A traffic lane for eastboundtraffic is establishedbetweenthe separationzone describedin paragraph(s)
and a line connectingthe followinggeographical positions:
(74) 68'10',.82N, 010"21',.89 E (76) 68'01',.24
N, 010"02',.10
E
(75) 68'06',.71N. 010"09',.50 E

Vlll Off Rsst(2)

(v) A separationzone is boundedby a line connectingthe followinggeographicalpositions:
(77) 67"37',.66 N, 0}9"21',.34E (79) 67"31',.31
N, OOg"O7',.2g E
(78) 67"30',.42 N, 009"12',.05 E (80) 67'38',.55N, 009'16',.66E
(w) A traffic lanefor westboundtraffic is establishedbetweenthe separationzone describedin paragraph(v)
and a line connectingthe followinggeographical positions:
(81) 67%0',.00N, 0O9"O9',.73 E (82) 67"32',.64
N, 009'00',.28
E
(x) A traffic lane for eastboundtraffic is establishedbetweenthe separationzone describedin paragraph(v)
and a line connectingthe followinggeographical positions:
(83) 67"36',.29 N, 009'28',.33 E (84) 67"29',.06N, OO9']B'.BBE

Descriptions
of the recommended
routes
The recommendedroutesbetween the traffic separationschemesare describedin part E.

khartlets overleaf)

SHIPS'ROUTEING2015 EDITION lAdopted 2006) I/21-3

 (t)

I
(t)
n

)-
4

V)

U
lrJ

(Adopted2006; chartletupdated2013) ' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N

S H I P SR
w21-4
 Fb
eE .Q
z
A g
ril !
iil ' tt
o
v , tzo )*$
o
v,

(!

E ttt
o OJ
o,
o, e'€ rtr
o
o

T€'
gJ E

W
U)
g)
F
\ $
$

Js{ @ qi
e,

G
\ @ o I
g
:
ir
'i\\
o
o
U, z
, "
\l\
o) @ - I
\

s@
\ x (t)
"\ \ - + H
F a
4
aeSsp

$w-# \/ P^g
ilgg'..
o)
s
ry,$
"@
a

E
4
II
.1)i,\,
=
''3j""
o'X. "':?3o z
o Andfiorden
o
tr o F
\ "'...o.f,\ .tt
*d.i C a
o
c()
\'.$i. c
(J
IIJ
4u)
-
' . \^(?
9F an
\ \ ano

% e.d?Np
g u-
.So= 3 r '.:9fi'
.q5 6 b:o
.9 9)
SEE \ -Y;
\id v
\
\
z
o
dE€ t.
' A 6 li
EEE t
F8 ? o.t.t t
\..
EEE
EH9
*E a
fi€tt
9egg
oF ir 6

SHIPS'ROUTEING
2015EDITION (Adopted 2006; chartlet updated 2013) I/21-5
 r 9 j

p
?

o
o
o
o
c
Andflorden ^-a N

4
at
Q

\ r
a\
)il, I
*": ct)
(u
FPF o
AE."(..E
\ =q\')5
'r-
\9 6* o- t l
\ ^o6'Y ' t 72.
I so
\H -gK o% I
-':l\-,t"f*z
$<r- . q (t)
% a

)'%
-H -7
$

F
a

"', '..1q"'d;"2
\
"6o;o.
-
Y/^
o
- f r
s
*

*"...:ta
o
o %
c
o
Y
IJ'

&
=

\ "...,.3o, z

a (tt
E

tt. I
gJ
^. E
.$i
o
r
II
.-\ -
a
Ar ct)
a --.\ -
a
E.
-X*',
(f)
o
e9 u)
-';;'s-p
Go. I =

Y s- -- -o6'
- l ' - \ -. - . 9u
6
c!
s9

ll/21-6 (Adopted 2O06; chartlet updated 2013) S H I P SR

' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N
OFFFASTNET
ROCK
Note: Seemandatoryship reportingsystem"West EuropeanTankerReportingSystem"in part G, section l.
(Referencechart:BritishAdmiralty2424,1981edition.
Note: Thischart is basedon OrdnanceSurveyof lrelanddatum.)

Descriptionof the traffic separationscheme

(a) positions:
A separationzone, two mileswide, is centred uponthe followinggeographical
(1) 5l'20',.00N, W
009"25',.80 Q) 51'18',.20
N, W
009"35',.20
(b) A trafficlane,two mileswide,is established
on each sideof the separationzone.

lnshore traffic zone

The areabetweenthe landwardboundaryof the trafficseparationschemeand linesconnectingFastnetRock
Iighthouse(51"23'.30N, 009"36'.20W) and the following geographicalpositionsis designatedan inshore
traffic zone:
(3) 51"22'.90N, 009"27'.3OW (easterlycornerof the scheme)
(4) 51'21'.10N, 009'36'.60W (westerlycornerof the scheme)

OFFFASTNETROCK

S H I P SR
' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N (Amended 1996) I/22
OFF SMALTS
Note Seemandatoryship reportingsystem"West EuropeanTankerReportingSystem"in part G, section I
and "Recommendationson navigationaround the United Kingdomcoast" in part E.
(Referencechart BritishAdmiralty 1478,1988edition.
'1936
Note: This chart is basedon Ordnance Surveyof Creat Britain datum.)

Descriptionof the traffic separationscheme

(a) A separation
zone,two mileswide, is boundedby linesconnectingthe followinggeographical
positions:
(1) 5'1"51',.60
N, 005"51',.60W (3) 5l%0'.00 N, 005.53'.40W
(2) 51'51',.00
N, 005%8',.30 W (4) 51o40',.00N, 005"56',.90
W
(b) A traffic lane for north-eastboundtraffic, three miles wide, is establishedbetween the separationzone
and a line connectingthe following geographicalpositions:
(5) 51"50',.20N, 005%3',.70W (6) 5'l%0',.00N, 005%B',.40W
(c) A traffic lane for south-westboundtraffic, three miles wide, is establishedbetween the separationzone
and a line connectingthe followinggeographical positions:
(7) 51"52',.40 N, 005"56',.20 W (B) 51%0',.00N, 006"01',.90
W
Note:
Ladentankersshould avoid the area between the traffic separationschemeand The Smalls.

The Bishops
n and Clerks
I
! n

see
F
r t -. Note
t GrassholmeU{
.{
i *tr"

x
Smalls l .

f nreato be avoided . ,l
tt+
+*+{4{+rl{++
rr,.>>'
}}
(see description of area to be avoided
"Between the SmallsLighthouseand
Grassholmelsland" in part D, section l)

Note:See "Recommendations on navigationaroundthe UnitedKingdomcoast",

in part E, for the channel between Grassholmeand Skomer.

OFF SMALLS

il/23 (Amended l9B4) S H I P SR

' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N
OFFTUSKARROCK
Note: See mandatory ship reporting system"West EuropeanTanker ReportingSystem" in part C, section l.
(Referencechart BritishAdmiralty 1787,'tg\4 edition.
Note This chart is basedon Ordnance Surveyof lrelanddatum.)

Descriptionof the traffic separationscheme

(a) A separationzone, two mileswide, is centred upon the following geographicalpositions:
(1) 52"14',.00N, 006'00'.80 w (3) 52o04',.70 N, 006"1'l'.50W
(2) 52"08'.50 N, 006"03',.80W
(b) A traffic lane,three mileswide, is establishedon each side of the separationzone.

lnshoretraffic zone
The area bounded between the landward boundary of the traffic separationschemeand lines connecting
TuskarRock lighthouse(52"12'.20N, 006"12'.40W) and the following geographicalpositionsis designatedan
inshore traffic zone:
(4) 52"'15'.20N, 006'07'.00 W (northerlycorner of the scheme)
(5) 52"07'.BON, 006'15'.60W (westerlycorner of the scheme)

The Raven Pt.

RosslarePt.

tlt
I i
i
1 Lt. Saltee / :1i;ffigfi,,.:T:_
ftGt. s.tt*
,d,i oi"o.rrejY"t"-fi'--
-' 'ection
l)
/ ,..'

25', 20' 15', l0' 5' 6" 55',

OFFTUSKARROCK

SHIPS'ROUTEINC2015EDITION (Amended 1996,chartlet amended 2004) il/24

OFFSKERRIES
Note: Seemandatoryship reportingsystem"West EuropeanTankerReportingSystem"in part C, section l.
(Reference chart:BritishAdmiraltv1977,1986edition.
Note: This chart is basedon OrdnanceSurveyof Creat Britain1936datum.)

Descriptionof the traffic separationscheme

(a) A separationzone,two mileswide, is centredupon the followinggeographical
positions:
(1) 53"22',.80
N, 004"52',.00
W (3) 53'32',.10
N, 004"31',.60
W
(2) 53"31',.30
N, O04"41',]0
W
(b) A trafficlane,two mileswide, is established
on each sideof the separationzone.
Note:
Ladentankersshouldavoidthe areabetweenthe south-eastern
boundaryof the schemeand the coast.

OFFSKERRIES

l/25 (Amended l97B) S H I P SR

' O U T E I N C2 0 1 5E D I T I O N
IN TIVERPOOL
BAY
Note: Seeareato be avoided"ln LiverpoolBay" in part D, sectionl.
(Referencechart:BritishAdmiralty1978,2007edition.
.1984
Note: Thischart is basedon World CeodeticSystem datum (WCS B4).)

Descriptionof the traffic separationscheme

(a) A separationzone (eastof the "DouglasOil Field"platform),1.0 nauticalmile wide, is boundedby lines
the followinggeographical
connecting positions:
(1) 53"32',.76N, W
003'32',.18 (3) 53'31',.74 N, 003'33',.80W
(2) 53"32',.74N, W
003'33',.83 (4) 53'31',.76 N, 003'32',.15 W

(b) A separationzone (westof the "DouglasOil Field"platform),1.0 nauticalmile wide, is boundedby lines
connectingthe followinggeographical positions:
(5) 53"32',.72 N, W
003"35',.51 ',.64N,
(7) 53'3',f 003"41',.27 W
(6) 53'32',.64 N, W
003%',1',.30 (B) 53'31',.72N, 003"35',.48 W

(c) betweenthe separationzones

A traffic lanefor eastboundtraffic,l.B nauticalmileswide, is established
and a separationline connectingthe followinggeographicalpositions:
(9) 53'29',.96N, 003'32',.10W (10) 53'29',.84N, OO3'41',.21W
(d) A trafficlanefor westboundtraffic,1.8 nauticalmileswide, is established
betweenthe separationzones
and a separationline connectingthe followinggeographical positions:
(11) 53'34',.56
N, 003"32',.24W (12) 53'34',.44N, W
003%1',.36

-
(5) (2\ (1)
OraO O ^
I t i------ DouglasOilField
area to be avoided "ln LiverpoolBay"
6- .6-(3) 6.(See
-(4)
in Part D, section l)
,oi-
\-/ +
4

3"30'

BAY
IN LIVERPOOT

S H I P SR
' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N (Adopted 2008) il/26
IN THENORTHCHANNEL
Note: Seemandatoryship reportingsystem"West EuropeanTankerRepor.tingSystem"in part C, section I
and "Recommendationson navigationaround the United Kingdomcoast" in part E.
(Referencechart BritishAdmiralty 2798,1988 edition.
Note: This chart is basedon Ordnance Surveyof lreland datum and Ordnance Surveyof Creat Britain 1936
datum.)

Descriptionof the traffic separationscheme

(a) A separationzone, two mileswide, is centred upon the followinggeographical
positions:
(1) 55'15',.30N, 005"55',.40W (3) 55'24',.00N, 006'15',.00W
(2) 55'22',.80N, 006"04',.60W
(b) A traffic lane,two mileswide, is establishedon each side of the separationzone.

Note:
Ladentankersof over 10,000grosstonnageshouldavoid the areasbetweenthe traffic separationschemeand
the Mull of Kintyreand between the traffic separationschemeand Rathlinlsland.

Gigha I

y@

4Texa l.
&
Mull of Oa

@ Davaar l.

- -.-s
\\
-r]\ltacarry
errrn.#01 @

f
:*'jljn""'
@ Sanda l.

North Channel

Note:See "Recommendations on
navigationaroundthe UnitedKingdom
coast" in oart E

Ganon Pt.

IN THE NORTHCHANNET

t /27 (Amended l9BB) SHIPS'ROUTEING

2015EDITION
OFF NEISTPOINT IN THEMINCHES
Note: See"Recommendationson navigationaround the United Kingdomcoast" in part E and mandatory
ship reportingsystem"West EuropeanTankerReportingSystem"in part C, section l.
(Referencecharts:BritishAdmiralty 2635, 1794, 1795.
Note: Thesechartsare basedon the OrdnanceSurveyof Creat Britain,1936 datum (OSCB36). Position
co-ordinatesin colourarebasedon World CeodeticSystem1984datum(WCSB4).)

Descriptionof the traffic separationscheme

LittleMinchestraffic separationscheme
(a) A separationzone boundedby a line connectingthe followinggeographical
positions:
(1) 57"23',.90
N, 006"53',.40
W (4) 57"28',.20
N, W
006'53',.06
(2) 57"26',.2o
N, 006'52',.80
W (5) 57'26',.50
N, 006"54',.40
W
(3) 57"27',.9O
N, W
006'51',.60 (6) 57"24',.06
N, W
006'55',.10

(1) 57"23',.84
N, W
006"53',.33 (4) 57"28',.37N, W
006'52',.96
(2) 57'26',.16
N, W
006'52',.88 (5) 57'26',.39N, 006'54',.52
W
(3) 57"28',.02
N, W
006'51',.42 (6) 57'23',.93N, 006"54',.99
W
(b) A traffic lane for northboundtraffic betweenthe separationzone and a line connectingthe following
geographicalpositions:
(7) 57"23',.7O N, 006'50'.50w (9) 57"27',.44N, 006%B'.86W
(8) 57'25',.80N, 006'50'..10w

(7) 57'23',.68
N, 006'50'.56
W (9) 57"27',.44
N, 006%8'.86W
(B) 57"25',.78
N, W
006'50'.16
(c) A traffic lane for southboundtraffic between the separationzone and a line connectingthe following
geographical positions:
(10) 57"24',.26N, 006'57',.60W (12) 57"28',.70
N, W
006'55',.55
(11) 57"26',.94N, 006'57',.08W

(10) 57"24',.08
N, W
006"57',.75 (12) 57'28',.96N, 006'55',.52
W
(11) 57"26',.76
N, 006"57',.24W
(chartletsoverleaf)

SHIPS'ROUTEING2015 EDITION (Adopted 2006) il/28-1

 AE'

DunveganHead

I
The Little Minch (' 1 1' d)f
I

J
I
I
I
57"
25'
I
I
,|.
I

(10)

Note:See "Recommendations on navigation

aroundthe UnitedKingdomcoast" in part E
Uist for descriptionof reportingpoints C and E

10' 7" 45'

OFF NEISTPOINT IN THE MINCHES

ll/28-2 (Adopted 2006) ' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N

S H I P SR
 COASTOF ICELAND
OFFTHESOUTH.WEST
(Referencechart:lcelandic31 (lNT 1103)Dyrh6laey- Snefellsnes(May2008 edition).
'1984
Note: The chart is basedon World Geodetic System datum (WCS B4).)

Descriptionof the traffic separationschemes

PartI
The routeing measuresconsistof a traffic separationscheme north-westof GardskagiPoint with attached
two-way routes at both ends.

Descriptionof the traffic separationschemenorth-westof GardskagiPoint

A separationzone is established
boundedby a line connectingthe followinggeographicalpositions:
(1) 64"09',.02N, 022"4'l'.4OW (4) 64'06',.65N, O22.52',.14W
(2) 64"09',.02N, O22"49',.6OW (5) 64'08',.40N, O22"48',.92W
(3) 64"07',.03N, O22"53',,25W (6) 64"08',.40N, O22'41',.40W

A traffic lane for north-eastbound/eastbound

traffic is establishedbetween the separationzone and a line
connectingthe following geographicalpositions:
(7) 64"05',.91N, O22'5O',.06W (9) 64"O7',,20N, 022"41',.40W
(B) 64"O7',.2O N, O22"47',.51W

A traffic lane for westbound/south-westboundtraffic is establishedbetween the seoarationzone and a line

connectingthe following geographicalpositions:
(10) 64"10',.26
N, 022"41'.40W (12) 64'07',.80N, 022"55',.46W
(11) 64"10',.26
N, O22"5O',.94W

Descriptionof the two-way routes

A two-way route for eastbound/westboundtraffic north of CarbskagiPoint is establishedby Iinesconnecting
the following geographicalpositions:
(g) 64"07',.20N, O22"41',.4OW (13) 64'10',.26N, 022'33',.26w
(10) 64"10',.26
N, O22"41',.4OW (14) 64"O7',.2ON, 022'33',.26W

traffic west of CarbskagiPoint is establishedby lines

A two-way route for north-eastbound/south-westbound
connectingthe followinggeographicalpositions:
(15) 64"05',.63N, O22"59',.45W (16) 64'03',.54N, 022'54',.70W
(12) 64"07',.80N, O22"55',.46W (7) 64'05',.91N, 022'5O',.O6W

Part Il
The routeingmeasuresconsistof a traffic separationschemesouth-westof the ReykjanesPeninsula,with an
attached two-way route.

Descriptionof the traffic separationschemesouth-westof the Reykjanes

Peninsula
boundedby a line connectingthe followinggeographicalpositions:
A separationzone is established
(30) 63'31',.75N, 023"32',.28w (32) 63o33',.69N, O23"35',.26W
(31) 63"33',.90N, O23"33',.92W (33) 63'31',.55N, 023"33',.62W

A traffic lane for north-north-westboundtraffic is establishedbetween the separationzone and a line

connectingthe followinggeographical positions:
(29) 63"32'.00N, 023'29',.50W (34) 63o34',.30
N, W
023"31',.23

A traffic lane for south-south-eastboundtraffic is establishedbetween the separationzone and a line

connectingthe followinggeographical positions:
(35) 63"30',.82
N, W
023"36',.06 (36) 63'33',.37
N, 023"38',.00
W

SHIPS'ROUTEING
2015EDITION (Amended 2010) il/29-1/30-1
Descriptionof the two-way route
A two-way route (the outer route)west of the ReykjanesPeninsula,Iocatedoff the south-westcorner of the
westernareato be avoided,is establishedby linesconnectingthe following geographicalpositions:
(34) 63"34',.30
N, W
O23"31',.23 (28) 63"42',.00
N, 023"37',.00w
(36) 63"33',.37
N, W
023"38'.00 (321 63%1',.00
N, 023"43',.69w
Notes:
1 . 1 All shipsof over 5000 grosstonnagein sizeand all shipscarryingdangerousor noxiouscargoesin bulk
or cargo tanks should navigatethe outer routg south-westof the ReykjanesPeninsula,unlessthey are
permitted to navigatethe inner route, Hulli6 Passage,accordingto the provisionsof paragraphs1.2 to
1.5 below.

1 . 2 Shipsof up to 5000 grosstonnagenot carryingdangerousor noxiouscargoesin bulk or cargotanksmay

transitlhe inner route.
't.3
Shipsof up to 20,000 grosstonnagemay transitthe inner route providedthat:
.1 the ship does not carry any dangerousor noxiouscargoesin bulk or cargotanks;and
.2 the masterof the ship has attendeda courseheld by lcelandicauthoritiesand achieveda transit
permit. ln order to be eligible to attend the course, the master must have been involved in six
passages without any incidentsand/or remarksto Faxafl6iBay ports as masteror chief mate in the
preceding1B months.The master'stransitpermit expiresif the masterhas not navigateda ship to
Faxafl6iBay port in 24 months.

1 . 4 Tankerswith a cargo capacity of up to 5000 grosstonnage may navigatethe inner route carrying gas
cargoesor petroleumproductswith a maximum kinematicviscosityof 11.0cst at 40'C*. The master
shallfulfil the conditionsas providedfor in paragraph1.3.2above.

1 . 5 Passengershipsof unlimitedsizemay only navigatethe lnner Route(H6lli6 Passage)

duringthe period
from 1 Mav to 1 October.

Marinersshould be aware that fishingvesselsmay be encounteredin the area and should navigate
accordingly.

Exceptionsapplyingto the routeingmeasuresare in accordancewith SOLASchapterV, regulation1.1.

Exemptare warships,navalauxiliariesand other shipsowned or operatedby a contractingCovernment
and used only on Covernment non-commercialservice.The exceptionsdo not apply to the traffic
separationscheme.

.
Accordingto ISO 8217:2005.

L/29-2/30-2 (Amended 2010) ' O U T E I N C2 0 1 5E D I T I O N

S H I P SR
 Area to be avoided
"Fdafl6i Bay - Sy6ra-HraunBanL
/.aa ^.d n .6.fi^^ ll

lour
Area to be avoided
"Off the south and south-west coast -
Eastern area"
(s@ patl D, section l)

COASTOF ICETAND:NORTH-WESTOF GARDSKAGIPOINT

OFF THE SOUTH-WEST
+ TWO-WAY ROUTES

13l q' v
\ h r "
\ i ' \ t
$ Y
\ \ \ l
't
\ \ Area io be avoided
!'r Two-wav route, ! "West of ReykianesPeninsula Western area"
west of ievkianes Y Fee parl D' secilon l)

COASTOF ICEIAND:SOUTH-WEST
OFFTHESOUTH-WEST PENINSULA
OF THEREYKfANES
+ TWO-WAYROUTE

SHIPS'ROUTEING2015 EDITION (Amended2010) I/29-3/30-3

OFFFINISTERRE
Note: Seemandatoryship reportingsystems"West EuropeanTankerReportingSystem"and "Off Finisterre"
in part C, sectionL
(Referencechart:SpanishHydrographicInstitute41,1978edition.
Note: Thischart is basedon Europeandatum (Potsdam).)

Descriptionof the traffic separationscheme

(a) A separationzone is boundedby a line connectingthe followinggeographicalpositions:
(1) 42"52'.90N, 009%4',.00W (4) 43'21',.50N, 0o9"37',.70W
(2) 43"10',.50 N, 009%4',.00W (5) 43'11',.00N, 009%5',.20 W
(3) 43"21',.00 N, 009"36',.40 W (6) 42"52',.90N, 009%5',.20 W
(b) A separationzone is boundedby a line connectingthe followinggeographicalpositions:
(7) 42"52',.90 N, 009%9',.40 W (10) 43'25',.00N, OOg"47',.OOW
(B) 43"12',.20 N, 009%9',.40 W (11) 43'.13',.70
N, 009"54',.80W
(9) 43'23',.00 N, 009%1',.90 W (12) 42'52',.90N, 009'54',.80W
(c) A trafficlanefor northboundtrafficis established
betweenthe separation
zonesdescribedin paragraphs
(a)and (b).
(d) A trafficlanefor northboundtrafficis established
betweenthe separationzonesdescribedin paragraphs
(b) and (e).
(e) A separationzone, at the outside limit of the existingscheme,is bounded by lines connectingthe
followinggeographicalpositions:
(13) 42"52',.9oN, 009"59',.00 W (16) 43'28',.20N, 009"56',.00
W
(14) 43"14',.7o
N, 009'59',.00W (17) 43.16',.45N, 010"04',.25
W
(15) 43"26',.40N, 009"50',.90W (18) 42"52',.90N, W
O10"04',.25
(f) A trafficseparationzone is boundedby linesconnectingthe followinggeographicalpositions:
(19) 42"52',.9O
N, W
010'08',.30 (22) 43"30',.00
N, W
010'01',.20
(2O) 43"17',.40
N, 010'08',.30
W (23) 43"17',.75
N, 010"09',.75
W
(21) 43"29'.30
N, W
010'00',.00 (2+142"52',.90
N, 010'09',.75
W
(d A trafficlanefor southboundtrafficis established
betweenthe separation
zonesdescribedin paragraphs
(e)and (f).
(h) A traffic lane for southboundtraffic is establishedbetween the traffic separationzone describedin
paragraph(f) and a line connectingthe followinggeographical positions:
(25) 42"52',.90
N, 0',10'.13',.70
W (27) 43"31',.40
N, W
010'05',.15
(26) 43"19'.00
N, 010'',13',.70
W

Inshore traffic zone

The area betweenthe landwardboundaryof the trafficseparationschemeand the Spanishcoastand lying
betweena line drawn from position 43"06'.70N, 009"13'.40W to position(3) 143"21'.00
N, 009'36'.40Wl
(northernlimit) and a line drawn from position42"52'.90N, 009o16'.20W to position (1) [42'52'.90N,
009"44'.0O Wl (southernlimit)is designated
as an inshoretrafficzone.
Notes:
.l
The traffic lanedescribedin paragraph(c)shouldbe usedby northboundshipsnot carryingdangerous
cargoesin bulk.
The traffic lane describedin paragraph(d) should be used by northboundshipscarryingdangerous
cargoesin bulk.*
The traffic lanedescribedin paragraph(g)shouldbe usedby southboundshipsnot carryingdangerous
cargoesin bulk.
The traffic lane describedin paragraph(h) should be used by southboundshipscarryingdangerous
cargoesin bulk.

"Dangerouscargoesin bulk" refersto the IMDC Code and AnnexesI and ll of MARPOL

I/31-1 (Amended 2003) S H I P SR

' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N
 shipscarrying

canying

o (9)

^""^ft
(0,"
"{
((261
(23)o
o(20)
(140
t"t

,&" %';-

o (14)

Iv
(11)o
o(8) '
(5)o .o )\
121
r
+ CaBo

1l I
|j
Insnore

traffic

zone C.Torifiana
x

il
i l v +
o
tt tl
U
o l o ^
f+ a lLIJ-IIf IrIIf af If IIJIf aIf
(2s) rz+Y
rigro3r 0gl (2\ (7) l(6) (1) Finisterre
i ,_/
shipscarrying shipsnot carrying
dangerouscargoes dangerouscargoes
in bulk in bulk

MRCC

OFF FINISTERRE

S H I P SR
' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N (Amended 2003) I/31-2
OFFCAPEROCA
Note: Seemandatoryship reportingsystems"West EuropeanTankerReportingSystem"and "Off the coast
of Portugal"in part C, sectionl.
(Reference chart:Portuguese HydrographicOffice 21101(lNT 1081),4th impression,April20O2.
Note: All positionsare given in World CeodeticSystem1984 datum(WCS B4).)

Descriptionof the traffic separationscheme

(a) A separationzone boundedby linesconnectingthe followinggeographicalpositions:
(1) 38"39',.17N, 009"43',.12W (4) 38%3',.20 N, 009%9',.48 W
(2) 38'51',.91N, 009"44'.43W (5) 38'38',.27N, 009%8',.02 W
(3) 38"51',.91N, 009%9',.48W
(b) A northboundtrafficlanebetweenthe separationzone describedin (a)and a separationzone bounded
by linesconnectingthe followinggeographicalpositions,for shipsnot carryingdangerousor pollutant
cargoesin bulk:
(6) 38"37',.56
N, W
009"51',.86 (9) 38'51',.91 N, W
009'54',.88
(7) 38%2',.85N, W
009"53',.43 (10) 38"42',.71 N, W
009'54',.88
(B) 38'51',.91
N, W
009"53',.43 (11) 38'37',.30 N, 009'53',.28
W
(c) A northboundtraffic lane betweenthe separationzone describedin (b) and a centralseparationzone
bounded by lines connectingthe following geographicalpositions,for ships carryingdangerousor
pollutantcargoesin bulk (seenote):
(12) 38"36',.55
N, W
O09"57',.37 (15) 38"51',.91
N, W
010"04',.33
(13) 38%2',.31N, W
009'59',.08 (16) 3B%1',.83N, W
010'04',.33
(14) 38"51',.91
N, W
009"59',.08 (121 38"35',.61
N, 01]"02',.49
W
(d) A southboundtrafficlanebetweenthe separationzone describedin (c)and a separationzone bounded
by linesconnectingthe followinggeographicalpositions,for shipsnot carryingdangerousor pollutant
cargoesin bulk:
(18) 38"34',.88
N, W
010"06',.43 (21) 38'51',.91N, W
0',10'09',.83
(19) 38"41',.45
N, 010'08',.38W (22) 38"41',.32N, 010'09',.83W
(20) 38"51',.9.1
N, 010'08',.38W (23) 38"34',.62 N, 0',10'07',.84
W
(e) A southboundtraffic lane between the separationzone describedin (d) and a line connectingthe
followinggeographicalpositions,for shipscarryingdangerousor pollutantcargoesin bulk (seenote):
(24) 38"33',.92
N, 010"11',.69W (26) 38'51',.g,lN, 0',10'',13',.78
W
(25) 38%0',.96N, 01}"13',.77W
(f) A two-way traffic route, 2 miles wide, establishedbetween the separationzone describedin (a)and a
separationzone boundedby the linesconnectingthe followinggeographicalpositions,for shipssailing
betweenports situatedbetweenCape Finisterreand Puntadel Perroand southboundshipsbound to
the port of Lisbonor northboundshipsleavingthe port of Lisbon,exceptfor shipscarryingoils listed
in appendixI of Annex I of the InternationalConventionfor the Preventionof Pollutionfrom Ships,
1973,as modifiedby the Protocolof 1978(MARPOL)and shipscarryingin bulk the substances listedin
categories X and Y in appendicesI and ll of Annex ll of that sameConvention:
(27) 38"39',.63N, 009%0',.63W (29) 38'51',.91N, 009"41',.23W
(28) 38"51',.91N, 009"41',.87W (30) 38"39',.74N, 009'39',.99
W

G) The area between the separationzone describedin paragraph(f) and the Portuguesecoast, bounded
on the north by the parallelof 38"51'.91N and on the southby the line connectingpoint with position
38"39'.74N, 009"39'.99W and Cape Rasolighthouse(38"42'.56N, 009"29'.'14 W), is designatedas an
inshoretraffic zone.

Note: "Dangerouscargoesin bulk" refersto the IMDC Code and AnnexesI and ll of MARPOL.
(chartlet overleaf)

u/32-1 (Amended 2010) ' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N

S H I P SR
 \ o
q o r o o ( ) o ! q o
o d t o o s \ r o o

s€
(E-
a
.9
$
o
tt,
N
C)

o -\
a
(s
C'
C) E. A
o
(r o -\
-o A
(u O C ,
q o -\ u,
l l l
: E UN A o =
_ 8 9o b-6
A O)r
8 P(s L
.{
-\
< U o
E O
g,E,
|.*
C\I F
o =
8
)r
:o E
f
e -

o 9 aL=
B.d
6- 5b b.s I
9 o
E P
IJJ
9'6
h - I
o-O (u(u
L L
II
5> Q E
_
a :
u-

F
(6-
b <
( / g) b
o c
F
tro
8
;u JEo
tro
o_.!g
O c
o b
o q
@
r aa o,
-d,
(['0,
E C

*F E8 . i - da
.E
a
o
o
I(U
C)
c
(U
f
o
o-
o
ffi

SHIPY ROUTEING2015 EDITION (Amended 2010) ,t/32-2

OFFCAPES.VICENTE
Note: Seemandatoryship reportingsystems"West EuropeanTankerReportingSystem"and "Off the coast
of Portugal"in part C, sectionl.
(Reference chart:Portuguese HydrographicOffice 21101(lNT 1081),4th impression,
April 2002)
Note: AII positionsare given in World CeodeticSystem19B4datum (WCS 84)

Descriptionof the traffic separationscheme

(a) A separationzone boundedby linesconnectingthe followinggeographical
positions:
(1) 36"47',.73N, 008"58',.09W (5) 37"01',.06N, 009'19',.56W
(2) 36%9',.36 N, 009"05',.96W (6) 36'53',.79N, 009"17'.46W
(3) 36"55',.58N, 009"13',.12
W (7) 36%5',.98N, 009"08',.40W
(4) 37"01',.94N, 009'14',.78W (B) 36%3',.96N, 008'59',.40W
(b) A northboundtrafficlanebetweenthe separationzone describedin (a)and a separationzone bounded
by linesconnectingthe followinggeographicalpositions,for shipsnot carryingdangerousor pollutant
cargoes
in bulk:
(g) 36"40',.89N, 009'oo'.47W (13) 37'00',.08
N, 009"24',.82W
(10) 36"43',.16
N, W
009'10',.53 (14) 36'51',.68
N, 009"22',.40W
(11) 36'52',.25
N, W
O09"21',.O7 (15) 36%2',.13
N, 009'',1.1',.32
W
(12) 37'00',.34
N, 009"23',.41W (16) 36"39',.77
N, 009'oo',.B6W
(c) A northboundtraffic lane betweenthe separationzone describedin (b) and a centralseparationzone
bounded by lines connectingthe following geographicalpositions,for ships carrying dangerousor
pollutantcargoesin bulk (seenote):
(17) 36'36',.49N, 009'02',.00W (21) 36'58',.35N, 099"34',.07W
(18) 36'39',.11N, 009'13',.60W (22) 36"47',.98N, 009'31',.07W
(19) 36'50',.04N, 009"26',.26W (23) 36"35',.34N, 0o9"16',.44W
(20) 36"59',.31N, 009"28',.94w (24) 36'321.40N, 009'03',.41W
(d) A southboundtrafficlanebetweenthe separationzone describedin (c)and a separationzone bounded
by linesconnectingthe followinggeographicalpositions,for shipsnot carryingdangerousor pollutant
cargoesin bulk:
(25) 36"29',.28
N, W
009"04',.49 (29) 36"57',.36
N, W
009"39',.40
(26) 36"32',.47
N, 009"18',.61
W (30) 36%5',.83N, W
009'36',.07
(27) 36"46',.40
N, 009"34',.74w (3t1 36'3',1',.42
N, 009"19',.40
W
(28) 36"57',.62
N, W
009'37',.98 (32) 36'28',.14
N, W
009"04',.88
(e) A southboundtraffic lane between the separationzone describedin (d) and a line connectingthe
followinggeographicalpositions,for shipscarryingdangerousor pollutantcargoesin bulk (seenote):
(33) 36"25',.07
N, 009'05',.95 W (35) 36"44',.29N, 009"39',.67W
(34) 36"28',.60
N, 009'21',.53W (30; 36"56',.64N, 009"43',.24W
(f) A one-way traffic route, 2 miles wide, establishedbetween the separationzone describedin (a) and a
separationzone boundedby the linesconnectingthe followinggeographicalpositions,for southbound
shipssailingbetweenportssituatedbetweenCape Finisterre and Puntadel Perroand southboundships
bound to the port of Portimdo,except for shipscarryingoils listed in appendix I of Annex I of the
International Conventionforthe Preventionof Pollutionfrom Ships,1973,as modifiedby the Protocol
of 1978(MARPOL)and shipscarryingin bulk the substances listedin categories
X and Y in appendices
I and ll of Annex ll of that sameConvention:
(37) 36%9',.65 N, 008'57',.43W (41) 37002',.50N, 009"11',.72W
(38) 36'51',.05 N, 009"04',.68W (42) 36"56',.74N, 009'10',.36W
(39) 36'56',.51N, 009'10',.91
W (4S1 36o51',.51N, 009"04',.34W
(40) 37"02',.39 N, OO9'12',.34W (44) 36"50',.14N, 008'57',.25W

ll/33-1 (Amended2010) ' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N

S H I P SR
(g) The area betweenthe separationzone describedin paragraph(f) and the Portuguese coast,bounded
on the north by the line connectingpoint with position37"02'.5ON, 009'1'l'.72 and CapeS. Vicente
W
lighthouse(37"01'.37N, 008o59'.79W) and on the east by the line connectingpoint with position
36"50'.14N, O0B'57'.25W and Pontade Sagreslighthouse(36"59'.67N, 008'56'.95W), is designated as
an inshoretrafficzone.

Note: "Dangerouscargoesin bulk" refersto the IMDC Code and AnnexesI and Il of MARPOL.

OFFCAPES.VICENTE

SHIPS'ROUTEING2015 EDITION (Amended2010) I/33-2

AT BANCODEt HOYO
(Reference '105.
charts:BritishAdmiralty142;SpanishHydrographicOffice
Note: Thesechartsare basedon Europeandatum.For older chartsbasedon Madrid datum,0'.29 shouldbe
subtractedfrom the latitudesand 0'.1 shouldbe addedto the longitudes.)

Descriptionof the traffic separationscheme

(a) A separationzone,two mileswide, is centredupon the followinggeographicalpositions:
(1) 35'55',.79 N, 006'05',.90W (2) 35'55',.79N, 006'11',.90W
(b) A trafficlanefor westboundtrafficis established
betweenthe separationzone and a line connectingthe
followinggeographical positions:
(3) 35'58',.49N, 006'05',.90W (4) 35.58',.49N, 006.1',1',.90
W
(c) A trafficlanefor eastboundtrafficis established
betweenthe separationzone and a line connectingthe
followinggeographicalpositions:
(5) 35"52'.59N, 006"05',.90 W (6) 35'52',.59N, 006'.11'.90 w

AT BANCODELHOYO

at/34 (Adopted 1969) S H I P SR

' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N
Sectionlll

Seaand BlackSea
Mediterranean

purposesonly and must not be usedfor

Caution:The chartletsare for illustrative
navigation.Marinersshouldconsultthe appropriatenauticalpublicationsand charts
for up-to-datedetailson aids to navigationand other relevantinformation.

Warning:The geographical positionsgiven in the descriptions

of the routeing
systemsare only correct for chartsusingthe same geodetic datum as the reference
chartsindicatedundereach scheme.Chartspublishedby other hydrographic
offices may use a differentgeodeticdatum, as may new editionsof the reference
chartspublishedafterthe adoptionof the routeingsystem.Where amendmentsto
existingsystemsare not basedon the samegeodeticdatum as the original system,
this is emphasizedby the useof differentcoloursfor definitionsof positions.

SHIPS'ROUTEING2015 EDITION ill

 =

- E
s E E
H E .q
E
;=

\
= = Y
w ) + 6 -
d ; i
, Z
\-\
s
c O > ; ;
o ){' q
SETE E a
o \/1
6 O - v g - . ! 6
Oo
s \ (,
5- O=' ' Eo V; E E @
o - N 9 . a , l l
Y B P q
: q 3 E + *a r
{ \
E; E 46"' \ ] l

FIO€E E a
o
l
N tt
X F b s Z , i . . -gI
F e * P + =€+ !
c + X i i . 6 - !
h E * x 7 F 7 6
- E o 9 d 6 6 d = 6
:3: +EEEd {"
H E F i ' b b b b
y g > 9 = = = =
: + E + O O O N G

::(!:a a 6 c n C'
66Ndiotct-6i (5
- N N N N

/r't
7
p

q-----'.,.-
\ ,/\z---t-----> (-
w )--*--l
u,
a
)<

J
c0
h
x
z 5 O
G

r ! i 3 \t
a o H:
z E i5
S
u . \ 6 X Y
Ee bU \0
{
= E = i Ea k
+, s F g & . 8nEc B
i F . S 6 : : + E
r ; _ 6
ilt r .===J ts -o o
t r f ; e e E , ! 6 . P =PeF
a Ed€2E-EeeiE=EE
L u . e 9 1 6 c 9 S P c 9 ?4 o q 1 ( t p b
>g;;;:;Eii=is3g
s'lfi H 6 k 6'i F EY E e 6 o
io l ceo ? ?sggcFieiFe:
oooo c<ac<d co
Z - N O V O @ N @ O O F N O S

| |r / i i Amended 2010) ' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N

S H I P SR
IN THESTRAIT
OF GIBRALTAR*
shipreportingsystem"ln the Straitof Cibraltar"in partC, sectionl.
Note:Seemandatory
(Reference chart:445issuedby the Hydrographiclnstituteof the SpanishNavy,4th edition,)une2007.
'1984
Note: This chartis basedon World CeodeticSystem datum(WCSB4).)

Descriptionof the amendedtraffic separationscheme

(a) A separationzone, half a mile wide, is centred upon the following geographicalpositions:
(1) 35"59',.01N, 005"25',.68W (2) 35"58',.36N, 005"28',.19W

(b) A separationzone, half a mile wide, is centred upon the following geographicalpositions:
(3) 35"56',.70N, 005"34',.71W (5) 35"56',.2',1N, 005%4',.98W
(4) 35"56',.21N, 005"36',.48W
(c) A traffic lanefor westboundtraffic is establishedbetweenthe separationzone describedin paragraph(a)
and a line connectingthe followinggeographicalpositions:
(7) 36"01',.21 N, 005"25',.68 W (B) 36"00',.35
N, W
005'28',.98
(d) A traffic lanefor westboundtraffic is establishedbetweenthe separationzone describedin paragraph(b)
and a line connectingthe following geographicalpositions:
(9) 35"58',.68N, 005"35',.44W (11) 35'58',.41N, 005%4',.98W
(10) 35"58',.41N, 005"36',.48W
(e) A traffic lane for eastboundtraffic is establishedbetweenthe separationzone describedin paragraph(b)
and a line connectingthe following geographicalpositions:
(12) 35"52',.51 N, 005%4',.98 W (14) 35'54',.55N, W
005'33',.90
(13) 35"53',.81N, 005"36',.48W
(f) A traffic lane for eastboundtraffic is establishedbetweenthe separationzone describedin paragraph(a)
and a line connectingthe following geographicalpositions:
(15) 35"56',.35 N, OO5"27'.4OW (16) 35"56',.84
N, W
005'25',.68

(9 A precautionaryarea is establishedon the easternside of the TSS"ln the Straitof Cibraltar" by the lines
connectingthe following geographicalpositions:
(6) 36"02',.80 N, 005'19',.68W (16) 35'56',.84N, 005"25',.68 W
(7) 36o01',.21 N, 005"25',.68W (17) 35"58',.78 N, 005'18',.55 W

(h) A precautionaryareawith recommendeddirectionsof traffic flow is establishedoff the Moroccanport of

Tanger-Medin the TSS"ln the Straitof Cibraltar"formedby the Iinesconnectingthe followinggeographical
positions:
(s) 36"00'.35 N, 005"28',.98W (14) 35'54',.55N, 005'33',.90W
(9) 35"58',.68N, 005"35',.44 W (15) 35'56',.35N, O05"27',.4OW

lnshoretraffic zones
Descriptionof the northerninshoretraffic zone
(a) The areabetweenthe northernboundaryof the schemeformed by the continuingline that linkspoints
(7),(B),(9),00) and (1'l)and the Spanishcoast,and lying betweenthe followingIimits;is designatedas
an inshoretraffic zone:
(1) Easternlimit: That part of the meridian005'25'.68 W (27) between the northern boundary of the
westbound traffic lane (latitude 36"01'.21N, correspondingto point (7) on the attachedchartlet)
and the Spanishcoast.
(2) Westernlimit: That part of the meridian 005"44'.98W (26)between the northern boundary of the
westboundtraffic lane (latitude35'58'.41N, corresponding to point (11)on the attachedchartlet)
and the Spanishcoast.

-
of amendedscheme:0000 hoursUTC on 1 .lune2015.
Dateof implementation

SHIPS'ROUTEING2015 EDITION (Amended 2014) ilt/1-1

 inshoretraffic zones
and the south-western
Descriptionof the south-eastern
(b) The two southern inshoretraffic zones, located between the southern limit of the TSSand the coast
of Morocco, are separatedby a free navigationalarea between them; these are defined as below. A
Tanger-Medports anchoragearea is establishedwithin the limits of the free navigationalarea.
(1) South-easterninshoretraffic zone: A zone between the southern limit of the easternportion of
the eastboundtraffic lane and the coastof Morocco and limited by the followinggeographical
positions:
(18) 35'54',.45N, 005'25',.68W
(16) 35"56',.84 N, 005'25',.68W
and
(15) 35"56',.35 N, 005"27',.40W
(19) 35'54',.88N, 005"27',.40W
(2) South-westerninshoretraffic zone: A zone formed by the coast of Morocco, the external limit of
the traffic lane for the traffic headingtowardsthe easternarea of the current schemeand the lines
connectingthe followinggeographical positions:
(24) 35o51',.20 N, 005"32',.40W
(23) 35"52',..18 N, 005'34',.00W
(22) 35"51'.10N, 005"36',.20W
(21) 35"52',.06N, 005"36',.30W
(20) 35"52',.87N, 005"36',.70W
(14) 35'54',.55N, 005'33',.90W
and
(12) 35'52',.51
N, 005%4'.98W
(25) 35"49',.09
N, 005%4'.98W

Notes:

1 An anchoragearea,named"Alpha",forthe portof Tanger-Medis established within the south-western

inshoretrafficzone configuredas a circlecentredin geographicalposition35'51'.05N, 005%0'.34W
and havinga radiusof 0.4 miles.
'Alpha" can enterthe south-western
inshoretrafficzone:
2. Shipsheadingfor the anchorage
by its westernlimit if coming from the Atlantic Ocean; and
by its easternlimit if coming from the port of Tanger-Medor the MediterraneanSea,subject to
the provisionsof requirements to usethe appropriateTSSand follow the recommendeddirections
of traffic flow within the precautionaryarea (h) above, in accordancewith rule 10 (d) of the 1972
COLRECs.

3 inshoretrafficzone,shipsentering
Civen the absenceof portsor any type of facilityin the south-eastern
or leavingthe port of Tanger-Medcoming from or headingfor the MediterraneanSeamust sail alohgthe
corresponding trafficlanes,in accordancewith rule 10 of the 1972COLRECs.

4 Ships sailing from the Atlantic Ocean or the MediterraneanSea towards the port of Tanger-Med,or
departingfrom it for the AtlanticOcean or the MediterraneanSea,must sail along the corresponding
'10
traffic lanes,in accordancewith rule of the 1972COLRECs

a|[/1-2 (Amended2014) SHIPS' 2015EDITION

ROUTEING
 o)
c
o
N
(o -.Y
ots
E E
Oq;

d-a
u)=
\
,(o \
Q--\

- olr
rO ',

&
tzz 3

E
t4
^*i-b-
g i e E
4
(t)
gJ

P
o

=X *E
( uonces'g yed aes) d Lii

SHIPS'ROTJTEING
2015EDITION Amended 2014) ilt/1-3
OFFCABODECATA
(Reference chart:SpanishHydrographicInstitute458, March 2001 edition.
Note: This chart is basedon Europeandatum (Potsdam).)

Descriptionof the traffic separationscheme

(a) A separationline connectingthe following geographicalp ositions:
('l) 36'26',.89N, OO2"15',.23W (3) 36"28',.13 N, 002'09'.65W
(2) 36'26',.89N, W
OO2"1'1',.47
(b) positions:
separationzone boundedby a line connectingthe followinggeographical
An intermediate
(4) 36'25',.70N, W
002"O9',.37 (7) 36"22',.45N, 002'16',.24w
(5) 36"24',.27N, W
0o2"11',.47 (B) 36"23',.06N, W
002"11',.47
(6) 36'23',.70N, 002'15'.96W (9) 36"24',.55N, 002"09',.23W
(c) A traffic lane for south-westboundtraffic is establishedbetween the separationline and the separation
zone describedin paragraphs (a)and (b)above.

(d) An outerseparationzone boundedby a line connectingthe followinggeographicalpositions:

(10) 36"2.1',.36
N, 002"08',.85W (12) 36'19',.84
N, OO2'16',.84W
(11) 36"20',.36
N, 002"16'.72W (13) 36o20',.87N, 002'08',.80W
(e) A traffic lane for north-eastboundtraffic is establishedbetween the separationzones described in
paragraphs(b) and (d) above.

Precautionary
area
(f) areaboundedby a line connectingthe followinggeographicalpositions:
A precautionary
(1) 36"26',.89
N, W
O02"15',.23 (14) 36'19',.84
N, W
002'20',.00
(12) 36o.19',.84
N, 002"16',.84W (15) 36'26',.89
N, W
002'20',.00

Inshore traffic zone

(g) An inshoretraffic zone containedbetweenthe coastof Cabo de Cata and a line connectingthe following
. geographicalpositions:
(16) Ermitade la Virgendel Mar (36"49'.60N, 002"17'.80W)
(1) 36"26',.89 N, 002'15',.23
W
(2) 36"26',.89N, 002"1'1',.47 W
(3) 36"28',.13 N, 002'09',.65W
(17) Puntade la Polacralighthouse(36"50'.60N, 002'00'.10W)

Note: Shipsthat so wish may give voluntary notificationof entry to and departurefrom the traffic separation
scheme,via the AlmeriaMRCC,usingVHF channel16.

ilt/2-1 (Amended 2006) ' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N

S H I P SR
 (17)
(16)
F I
l- {
l- I
de Loma Pelada
h I
F {
t, I
o"e"t)
"*" I
l- I
h {
F I
F I
h I
l l
v trafficzone
Inshore
l
p I
F /
F I
t t
F I
./
l-
h {
F
(15)P
I

OFFCABODEGATA

SHIPS' 2O:I5EDITION
ROUTEINC (Amended 2006) |Lt/2-2
 OFF CAPEPATOS
(Referencechart:SpanishHydrographicInstitute47, 1995edition.
Note: Thischart is basedon Europeandatum.)

Descriptionof the traffic separationscheme

(a) A separationline for northboundtraffic delimited by a line connectingthe following geographical
oositions:
(l) 37'34',.30
N, 000"28',.70
W (3) 37"31',.20
N, 000'32'.30
w
(2) 37"32',.50
N, 000.30',.00
W
(b) A separation
zonedelimited
by a lineconnecting
thefollowinggeographical
positions:
(4) 37"32',.00
N, 000.33',.50
W (7) 37.35'.20
N, 000.3'l'.40
W
(5) 37'33',.50
N, 000"31',.40
W (B) 37.34'.40
N, 000.32'.20W
(6) 37'34',.85
N, 000"30',.30
W (g) 37.32'.80
N, 000"34'.60W
(c) An inshoretrafficzone situatedbetweenthe coastand a line which passes
throughthe following
geographical
positions:
(10) 37"33',.75
N, 000"35',.75
W (12) 37o35',.70
N, 000'33'.40w
(11) 37'35',.00
N, 000"33',.80
W
and a line which joins the geographicalposition(10)and CapeAgua
and a linewhich joins the geographicalposition(12)and Cape Roig.
(d) A northboundtraffic lane leadingnorth-eastsituatedbetweenthe separationline/zonedescr,ibed
in (a)
and (b).
(e) A southboundtrafficlane leadingsouth-westsituatedbetweenthe separationzone describedin (b)and
the inshoretrafficzone describedin (c).

OFF CAPEPATOS

,il/3 (Adopted 2002) S H I P SR

' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N
OFF CAPELA NAO
(Referencechart:SpanishHydrographiclnstitute47, 1995edition.
on Europeandatum.)
Note: Thischart is brased

Description scheme
of the trafficseparation
(a) positions:
Northboundtrafficseparationline boundedby a line connectingthe followinggeographical
(1) 38"41',.40N, 000"28',.80E (2) 38'37',.70N, E
000'26',.00

(b) Intermediate positions:

trafficseparationzone boundedby a line connectingthe followinggeographical
(3) 38'37',.90N, E
000"23',.10 (5) 38%3',.00N, 000'25'.00E
(4) 38%2',.20 N, E
000"26',.80 (6) 38"37',.90 N, 000'20'.60 E

(c) Associatedinshoretrafficzone establishedbetweenthe coastand a line passingthroughthe following

geographicalpositions:
u\ 38'37',.90 N, 000'.13'.50E (9) 38%4',.00N, 000"22'.60 E
(B) 38%.1',.00
N, 000'20'.20E
and the connectionof point (7) with the lfach Headland
and the connectionof point (9)with the Cape SanAntonio lighthouse.
shippingestablishedbetweenthe separationline/zone
(d) A northboundtraffic lane for north-eastbound
describedin (a)and (b).
(e) A southboundtrafficlanefor south-westbound shippingestablishedbetweenthe trafficseparationzone
inshoretrafficzone describedin (c).
describedin (b)and the associated

(3)
f l /
(
,,,
/,i
6
(2\

'15' 20' 25' 30

05' 10'

OFFCAPEtA NAO

S H I P SR
' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N (Adopted 2002) ilU4
OFFCANI ISLAND
(Referencechart: TunisianHydrographicand OceanographicService150-DSl 2006 edition.
Note: this chart is basedon World Ceodetic System1984 datum (WGS B4).)

Descriptionof the traffic separationscheme

(a) A separationzone is establishedbetweenthe inshoretrafficzone and the eastboundtraffic lang bounded
by the following geographicalpositions:
(1) 37"31',.41 N, E
O1O"O2',.44 (3) 37"32',.41N, 010'13',.36E
(2) 37"31',.41 N, 010"13',.36E (4) 37"32',.41N, O1O"O2',.44E

(b) A separationzone is establishedbetween the eastboundand westboundtraffic lanes,bounded by the

following geographicalpositions:
(5) 37"35',.41N, A1O"O2',.44E (7) 37"37',.41N, 010"13',.36 E
(6) 37"35',.41N, 010"13',.36E (B) 37"37',.41N, 010"02'.44 E
(c) A separationline is establishedbetween the westboundtraffic lane and theopensea,boundedby the
following geographicalpositions:
(g) 37"4o',.41
N, E
O1O"O2',.44 (10) 37"4o',.41
N, E
010'13',.36

lnshoretraffic zone
The inshoretraffic zone to the south of the traffic separationschemeforms a triangle whose base is a line
joining the following geographicalpositions:
(1) 37'31',.41N, O1O"O2'.44E (2) 3z'31',.41N, 010'13',.36E
on chart 150-DSTby the Cani lslandlight,with the co-ordinates37'21'.31N,
and whose apex is represented
010"07'.54E.

(s)o+(10)
-

8==3 '+

L'lg, -sfl
1'' \
lnshore
Y traffic f
Y --"-
,^". /
k /
Y /
k /
\/
fiCani lsland

OFF CANI ISLAND

ilr/5 Amended 2006) ' O U T E I N C2 0 1 5E D I T I O N

S H I P SR
OFFCAPEBON
(Reference chart:TunisianHydrographicand OceanographicService150-DSl 2006 edition.
Note: this chart is basedon World CeodeticSystem1984 datum(WCS B4).)

Descriptionof the traffic separationscheme

(a) A separation betweenthe inshoretrafficzoneand the eastboundtrafficlane,bounded
zone isestablished
by the followinggeographical positions:
(1) 37'21',.06 N, 011'06',.51E (3) 37'',17',.68
N, 0]1'16',.38
E
(2) 37"16',.76 N, 011"15',.71E (4) 37'21',.93N, E
011"07',.13
(b) A separationzone is establishedbetweenthe eastboundand westboundtraffic lanes,boundedby the
followinggeographical positions:
(5) 37"24',.53N, E
011"09',.01 (7) 37"22',.01
N, 011"19',.46 E
(6) 37"20',.26N, 011"18',.29
E (B) 37"26',.26
N, 011"10',.26 E
(c) A separationline is established
betweenthe westboundtraffic laneand the open sea,boundedby the
followinggeographicalpositions:
(9) 37'28',.93N, 011"12',.16
E (10) 37"24',.61N, 011"21',.39
E

Inshore traffic zone

The inshoretraffic zone to the south of the traffic separationschemeforms a trianglewhose base is a Iine
joiningthe followinggeographical positions:
(1) 37'2.1',.06N, 0.11'06',.51E (2) 37"16',.76
N, 011'15',.71
E

and whose apex is represented

on chart 150-DSTby the Cape Bon light,with the co-ordinates37"04'.72N,
011'02',.56
E.

OFFCAPEBON

S H I P SR
' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N (Amended 2006) ilt/6
lN THEADRIATICSEA:lN THENORTHADRIATICSEA
Note: Seemandatoryship reportingsystem"ln the Adriatic Sea" in part C, section l.
(Referencecharts: ltalian Navy HydrographicalInstitute 435, 1993 edition (ED 50 datum); Hydrographical
lnstituteof the Republicof Croatia101,1998edition (Hermannskogel datum,Besselellipsoid).
Note: The co-ordinateslistedbelow are in World Ceodetic System1984 datum (WCS B4).

Descriptionof the traffic separationscheme

Easternpart
(a) A separationzone is boundedby a line connectingthe followinggeographical
positions:
(1) 44'05',.90N, 014"03',.97 E (3) 44"55',.30
N, E
O13"21',.17
(2) 44"06'.70N, O14"05',.77 E (4) 44"54',.80N, O13"19',.57
E
(b) A traffic lanefor northboundtraffic is establishedbetweenthe separationzone and a line connectingthe
following geographicalpositions:
(5) 44"08',.20N, O14"O8',.77 E (6) 44056',.90
N, 013"24',.67 E
(c) A traffic lanefor southboundtraffic is establishedbetweenthe separationzone and a line connectingthe
following geographicalpositions:
(7) 44"O4',.4O N, O14"00',.97 E (B) 44"53',.20
N, 013"16',.17E

Westernpart
(d) A separationzone is boundedby a line connectingthe followinggeographicalpositions:
(9) 43'54',.90
N, O13"49',.2O
E (12) 44%5',.50N, 013.00',.00
E
(10) 43"56',.40
N, 013"50',.50
E (13) 44"45',.4O
N, 012"59',.40
E
(11) 44"17',.2O
N, E
013"12',.80 (14) 44"12',.10
N, 0',13'',14',.50
E
(e) A traffic lanefor northboundtraffic is establishedbetweenthe separationzone and a line connectingthe
following geographicalpositions:
(15) 43"58',.40N, O13'52',.7O E (17) 44o46',.10
N, 0]3"03'.45E
(16) 44'18',.80N, 013'15',.90 E
(f) A trafficlanefor southboundtrafficisestablished
betweenthe separation
zoneanda lineconnecting
the
followinggeographical positions:
(18) 43'53',.00
N, O13"47',,4OE (20) 44o44',.7o
N, 012.55',.80
E
(19) 44".10',.50
N, O13"11',.20E

Precautionaryarea
A precautionary
areais established
by a lineconnecting
thefollowinggeographical
positions:
(21) 43"47',.50
N, 013"58',.20
E (7) 44"04',.40N, 014"OO',.97
E
(22) 43'59',.85
N, 014"16'.61
E (15) 43"58',.40
N, O13'52',.70
E
(5) 44"08',.20N, O14"O8',.77
E (18) 43o53',.00
N, O13"47',.4OE

|[t/7-1 (Amended 2006) SHIPS'

ROUTEINC
2015EDITION
 \
\
(See separation scheme
"Approaches to Gulf of Triestef

peesgparafibn scllr,nle-
"&proacnes b Gulf of Venice)

(20)or

Boundarybetweensectors4ands\ =- l,1, \
gt_nqoglqy_"lipfepojtinggygleElAl.__ 1 _r.i!_ _ _ _ _ _I _
'lntheAdriaticSea' V \t\?-=\\\. \
(Seeparto,
wtion,
\N -\\t
\

;frtl*>* **-''
:

jx (5)

E, )
.
/SeeAreas to be avoided \t)
^ln the North Adiatic Sea"
in part D, sectionllll (22):

(10)
-d.
(18) '..
, \

\ztt

130 140

IN THE NORTHADRIATICSEA

SHIPS'ROUTEING
2015 EDITION (Amended 2006) ilt/7-2
 TO GULFOF TRIESTE
lN THE ADRIATICSEA:APPROACHES
Note: Seemandatoryship reportingsystem"ln the AdriaticSea"in part C, sectionl.
(Reference charts:ltalian Navy HydrographicalInstitute435, 1993 edition (ED 50 datum);Hydrographical
Instituteof the Republicof Croatia10'1,1998edition(Hermannskogel datum,Besselellipsoid).
Note: The co-ordinateslistedbelow are in World CeodeticSystem1984 datum (WCS B4).)

Descriptionof the traffic separationscheme

(a) positions:
A separationzone is boundedby a line connectingthe followinggeographical
(1) 45o08',.60 N, 013"06',.47 E (3) 45'23',.20N, E
013'O6',.47
(2) 45"09',.40N, 013"10'.97E (4) 45'21',.50N, E
013'02',.57

(b) A traf{iclanefor northboundtrafficis established zone and a lineconnectingthe

betweenthe separation
followinggeographicalpositions:
(5) 45'10',.50N, 013"17',.17 E (6) 45'22',.50
N, 013'13',.27E
(c) A trafficlanefor southboundtrafficis established zone and a lineconnectingthe
betweenthe separation
followinggeographicalpositions:
(7) 45'07',.50N, 013"00',.37 E (B) 45'19',.00N, 012'56',.87E

TO GULFOF VENICE
lN THEADRIATICSEA:APPROACHES
Note: Seemandatoryship reportingsystem"ln the AdriaticSea"in part C, sectionl.
(Reference charts:ltalian Navy Hydrographicallnstitute435, 1993 edition (ED 50 datum);Hydrographical
Instituteof the Republicof Croatia101,1998edition (Hermannskogel datum,Besselellipsoid).
Note: The co-ordinateslistedbelow are in World CeodeticSystem1984datum (WCS B4).)

Descriptionof the traffic separationscheme

Northernpart
(a) positions:
A separationzone is boundedby a line connectingthe followinggeographical
(1) 45'09',.-l0 N, 012"38',.50 E (3) N,
45'14',.30 E
012"34',.00
(2) 45'10',.50N, 012"40',.40 E (4) 45'12',.00
N, E
012'31',.50
(b) zone and a lineconnectingthe
betweenthe separation
A trafficlanefor northboundtrafficis established
followinggeographicalpositions:
(5) 45".12',.00
N, o12"42',.40 E (6) 45o15',.70
N, 012"35',.70E

(c) zone and a lineconnectingthe

betweenthe separation
A trafficlanefor southboundtrafficis established
followinggeographical positions:
(7) 45"07',.70N, 012'36',.50 E (B) 45'1O',.30
N, 012"29',.50E

Southernpart
(d) A separationzone is boundedby a line connectingthe followinggeographicalpositions:
(9) 44"57',.20 N, 012"50',.30 E (11) 45'07',.80N, 012"47',.10E
(10) 44"57',.90 N, 012'53',.00 E (12) 45'06',.80N, 012"43',.80E

zoneand a lineconnectingthe
betweenthe separation
(e) A trafficlanefor northboundtrafficis established
followinggeographical positions:
(13) 44"58',.50
N, 012'55',.60E (14) 45'08',.50N, E
012"49',.50

(f) A trafficlanefor southboundtrafficis established zone and a lineconnectingthe

betweenthe separation
folIowinggeographical positions:
(15) 44"56',.50
N, 012"47',.60E (16) 45'06',.00N, 012%0'.50 E

l|t/B-1t9-1 Amended 2006) ' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N

S H I P SR
Precautionaryarea
(g) A precautionary
areaisestablished
by a lineconnecting
thefollowinggeographical
positions:
(16) 45o06',.00
N, 012"40',.5o
E (5) 45o12',.00 N, 012"42',.40
E
(7) 45"07',.70N, 012'36',.50
E (14) 45'08',.50N, 012"49',.50
E

APPROACHES
TO GUtF OF TRIESTE
+ APPROACHES
TO GUtF OF VENICE

S H I P SR
' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N (Amended2006) ilt/B-2/9-2
lN THEADRIATICSEA:lN THECUIF OF TRIESTE
Note Seemandatoryship reportingsystem"ln the Adriatic Sea" in part C, section l.
(Referencecharts:ltalian Navy HydrographicalInstitute39,2004 edition (Roma40 datum);Hydrographical
Instituteof the Republicof Croatia100-15,1998edition(Hermannskogel datum,Besselellipsoid).
Note: The co-ordinates listedbelow are in World Ceodetic System1984 datum (WCS B4).)

Descriptionof the traffic separationscheme

(a) A separationzone is boundedby a line connectingthe followinggeographicalpositions:
(1) 45"31',.34 N, 013"20',.90 E (3) 45'36',.97N, 013'32',.83E
(2) 45'35',.48N, O13"32',.62 E (4) 45'32',.84N, 013'20',.00E
(b) A traffic lanefor north-eastboundtraffic is establishedbetweenthe separationzone and a line connecting
the following geographicalpositions:
(5) 45o29',.30N, O13"22',.10 E (6) 45"34',,24N, o13"32',.20E
(c) Atraffic lanefor south-westboundtraffic is establishedbetweenthe separationzone and a line connecting
the following geographicalpositions:
(7) 45o34',.74N, 013"18',.90 E (B) 45"38',.74N, E
013'32',.80

TO/FROM KOPER
lN THE ADRIATICSEA:APPROACHES

Descriptionof the traffic separationscheme

(a) A separationzone is boundedby a line connectingthe followinggeographicalpositions:
(9) 45"35',.24 N, 013"35',.00 E (11) 45o36',.44
N, 013"37',.50E
('10) 45'35',.04N, 013'39',.50 E

(b) A traffic lane for eastboundtraffic is establishedbetween the separationzone and a line connectingthe
following geographicalpositions:
(12) 45"34',.24 N, 013"35',.00 E (13) 45o33',.94
N, E
0',13'39',.40

(c) A traffic lane for north-westboundtraffic is establishedbetween the separationzone as defined in

paragraph(a)and a separationzone boundedby a line connectingthe followinggeographical positions:
(14) 45"36',.34N, E
O13"39',.70 (16) 45"36',.34N, E
013%'1',.80
(15) 45"35',.44N, 013%1',.00 E

Precautionary
area
by a line connectingthe followinggeographicalpositions:
A precautionaryareais established
(6) N,
45"34',.24 E
O13'32',.20 (1t; 45"36',.44
N, E
013"37',.50
(2) N,
45"35',.48 E
O13"32',.62 (9) 45"35',.24
N, E
013'35',.00
(3) N,
45o36',.97 O13"32',.83E (12) 45"34',.24
N, E
013"35',.00
(B) N,
45"38',.74 E
0',13'32',.80

TO/FROMMONFALCONE
SEA:APPROACHES
lN THEADRIATIC
Note: Seemandatoryship reportingsystem"ln the Adriatic Sea" in part C, section l.
(Referencecharts:ltalian Navy Hydrographicallnstitute 39, 2OO4edition (Roma40 datum);Hydrographical
Instituteof the Republicof Croatia100-15,1998edition (Hermannskogel datum,Besselellipsoid).
Note: The co-ordinateslistedbelow are in World Ceodetic System 1984 datum (WCS B4).)

Descriptionof the traffic separationscheme

positions:
(a) A separationzone is boundedby a line connectingthe followinggeographical
(1) 45%0',.34N, 013'3B',.00 E (3) 45o42'.74N, E
013"37',.30
(2) 45%0',.34 N, 013"37',.30 E (4) N,
45o42',.74 013'38',.00E

ta,/10-1/11-1 (Adopted 2004) SHIPS' 2015EDITION

ROUTEINC
(b) A trafficlanefor northboundtrafficis established
betweenthe separationzoneand a lineconnecting
the
followinggeographical positions:
(5) 45%0',.34 N, 013'38',.65E (6) 45'42',.74N, 013'38',.65E
(c) A trafficlanefor southboundtrafficis established
betweenthe separationzoneand a lineconnecting
the
followinggeograph ical positions:
(7) 45"42',.74 N, E
013'36',.50 (B) 45%0',.34N, E
0'13'36',.50

lN THE CULF OF TRIESTE

+ APPROACHES
TOIFROMKOPER+
APPROACHESTOIFROM MON FATCONE

S H I P SR
' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N tAdopted2004) ill/10-2/11-2
 GULF(in the approaches
SARONICOS to PiraeusHarbour)
'1657;
(Reference
charts:BritishAdmiralty Creek HydrographicOffice 413,1986edition.
Note: Thesechartsare basedon Europeandatum.)

Description scheme
of the trafficseparation
(a) A separationzone,one and a half mileswide, is centredupon the followinggeographicalpositions:
(1) 37%0',.00N, 023"44',.O0E (2) 37'50',.00N, 023'38',.00E

(b) A trafficlane,one mile wide, is established

on each sideof the separationzone.

Notes:
.l
Shipsin the areabetweenthe northernboundariesof the schemeand the adjacentcoastof the mainland
and Salamislslandshouldproceedwith caution,as heavytraffic,especiallyof smallships,fishingboats
and pleasurecraft,from all directionsmay be encountered.

2 Largeshipsboundto Piraeusand SalamisStraitshouldreducespeedto baresteerage

way beforeentering
the appropriatelaneof the scheme.

SARONICOSGULF (IN THE APPROACHES

TO PIRAEUSHARBOUR)

,I/12 (Amended 1991) ' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N

S H I P SR
 TO THEPORTOF THESSALONIKI
IN THEAPPROACHES
(Reference chart:HellenicNavy HydrographicService255, editionof May 1979,as updated.
Note: This chart is basedon EuropeanDatum 1950 (ED5O);however,the positionsmentionedbelow are in
accordancewith World CeodeticSystem1984 datum (WCS B4).)

Descriptionof the traffic separationscheme

The routeingmeasuresconsistof a trafficseparationschemesouth-westof the Akra Mikro Emvolon.
(a) positions:
A separationline connectsthe followinggeographical
(4) 40'33',.39N, 022"51',.96E (5) 40"29',.94N, E
022"46',.66
(b) A separationzone is boundedby a line connectingthe followinggeographical
positions:
(5) 40"29',.94 N, 022"46',.66 E (7) 40"27',.24N, E
022"45',.18
(6) 40'27',.24N, 022'46',.11E
(c) zone
betweenthe separationlineand the separation
A traffic lanefor northboundtraffic is established
and a lineconnecting the followinggeographical positions:
(1) 40'27',.24 N, 022"47',.21E (3) 40"33',.06
N, 022',52',.36
E
Q) 40"29',.94
N, 022"47',.46
E
(d) A traffic lanefor southboundtraffic is established zone
betweenthe seoarationlineand the separation
and a lineconnecting the followinggeographical positions:
(B) 40"27',.24 N, 022"43',.86E (10) 40"33',.69
N, 022'51',.61E
(9) 40'30',.12
N, 022"46',.11
E

TO THE PORTOF THESSALONIKI

IN THEAPPROACHES

S H I P SR
/ O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N (Adopted 2008) I|t/13
 COASTOF EGYPT
OFFTHEMEDITERRANEAN
(Reference charts:BritishAdmiralty2573,2574and 2578.
Note: All positionsare referredto World Ceodetic System1984 datum (WCS B4).)

Descriptionof the traffic separationschemes

Westernapproachto Mina Dumyat
(a) A separationline connectsthe followinggeographicalpositions:
(1) 31'38',.60N, E
031"47',.15 (2) 31%5',.10 N, 031%1',.50
E

(b) A traffic lane for northboundtraffic is establishedbetweenthe separationline and a separationline

connectingthe followinggeographical positions:
(3) 31"39',.00N, 031"47',.8o E (4) 31%5',.',10
N, 031"42',.40E
(c) A traffic lane for southboundtraffic is establishedbetweenthe separationline and a separationline
connectingthe followinggeographical positions:
(5) 31"37',.75 N, 031"47',.00 E (6) 31%5',.',t0
N, 031%0'.50 E

Precautionaryarea
(d) A precautionary the followinggeographical
by a lineconnecting
areanorthof Dumyatis established
oositions:
(5) 31"37',.75
N, E
031"47',.00 (7) 31'38',.45
N, 031'48',.25E
(1) 31'38',.60
N, E
031"47',.15 (9) N,
3',1"37',.50 031%8',.00 E
(3) 3'1"39',.00
N, E
031"47'.BO

Easternapproachesto Mina Dumyat

(a) A separationIineconnectsthe followinggeographical
positions:
(7) 31'38',.45N, E
O31"48',.25 (B) 31%4',.05 N, E
031"57',.55

(b) A traffic lane for northboundtraffic is establishedbetweenthe separationline and a separationline

connectingthe followinggeographical positions:
(9) 31'37',.50 N, 031%8',.00 E (10) 31%3',.55
N, 031'58',.10E

(c) A traffic lane for southboundtraffic is establishedbetweenthe separationline and a separationline

connectingthe followinggeographicalpositions:
(11) 31'39',.00N, O31"47',.80 E (12) 31"44',.50
N, 031'57',.00E

Westernapproaches
to Bur Said
(a) A separationzone half a mile wide hasthe followinggeographical positions:
(13) 31"44',.25 N, E
031'59',.30 (15) 31'31',.85
N, E
032',12',.95
(14) 3.1%4',.00 N, E
031e58',.85 (16) 31'32',.20
N, E
032'13',.40

(b) A traffic lane for northboundtraffic is establishedbetweenthe separationzone and a separationline

connectingthe followinggeographical positions(onemile wide):
(17) 31'32',.70 N, 032"14',.00E (18) 31%4',.70
N, 032'00',.05E

(c) A trafficlanefor southboundtrafficis established zone and a lineconnectingthe

betweenthe separation
followinggeographicalpositions(onemile wide):
(19) 31"31',.30
N, E
032"12',.35 (20) 31%3',.55
N, E
031'58',.10

fil/14-1 (Adopted 2002) ' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N

S H I P SR
Easternapproachto Bur Said
(a) A separationzone half a mile wide hasthe following geographicalpositions:
(21) 31o35',.45N, E
O32"22',.95 (23) 31'42',.55
N, E
032"35',.65
(22) 31'35',.85N, O32"22',.65E (24) 31"42',.15
N, E
032'35',.95
(b) A trafficlanefor northboundtrafficisestablished
betweenthe separation the
zoneanda lineconnecting
followinggeographical positions(onemilewide):
(25) 31"34'.80N, O32"23',.4OE (26) 3'l%6',.00
N, O32"45',.3O
E
(c) A traffic lanefor southboundtraffic is establishedbetweenthe separationzone and a line connectingthe
following geographicalpositiohs(one mile wide):
(27) 31%6',.00
N, E
O32"35',.2O (29) 31'35',.80
N, E
032'20',.80
(28) 31%3',.20
N, E
032"35',.2o

Precautionary
area
(d) A precautionaryareanorth west of BurSaidis establishedby a line connectingthe followinggeographical
positions:
N,
31%5',.40 E
031'55',.95 (18) 31%4',.70
N, E
032'00',.05
(10) 31%3',.55
N, E
031'58',.10 31%5',.40
N, E
031'59',.52
khartlet overleaf)

SHIPS'ROUTEING
2015EDITION (Adopted2002) llt/14-2
 tu

V'

I
z
Iu
z
IIJ
ts
gJ

tlJ

|Lt/14-3 (Adopted 2002) S H I P SR

' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N
 IN THESOUTHERN TO THEKERCHSTRAIT
APPROACHES
(Referencechart: USSR5'14,1989edition.
Note: This chart is basedon the singlegeodeticdatum for Sovietnauticalcharts.)

Descriptionof the traffic separationscheme

(a) A separationzone is bounded by a line connectingthe following geographicalpositions:
(1) 44"49',.7o
N, E
036"29',.00 (3) 44'49'.70N, E
036'31',.00
(2) 45"02',.30
N, E
036'30',.00
(b) A separationline connectsthe following geographicalpositions:
Q) 45o02',.30N, 036"30',.00E (4) 45o06',.80N, 036'30',.00E
(c) A traffic lanefor northboundtraffic is establishedbetweenthe separationzonellineand a Iineconnecting
thefollowinggeographicalpositions:
(5) 44"49',.7o
N, 036'33',.20
E (6) 45oo6',.Bo
N, 036'30',.30
E
(d) A traffic lanefor southboundtraffic is establishedbetweenthe separationzonellineand a line connecting
thefollowinggeographicalpositions:
(7) 45"06',.80
N, 036"29'.70
E (B) 44"49',.70N, O36'26',.8O
E

IN THESOUTHTRNAPPROACHES
TO THE KTRCHSTRAIT

SHIPS'
ROUTEING
2015EDITION (Adopted 1977) ilt/1s

.--*6fillll11trilt
IN THEAREAOFFTHESOUTH.WESTERN
COASTOF THECRIMEA
(Referencechart:StateHydrographicServiceof Ukraine3301 (published03/2009).
Note: Thischart is basedon World CeodeticSystem1984 datum(WCS B4).)

Descriptionof the traffic separationscheme

The trafficseparationschemeconsistsof two parts:
Partone, RouteingSystemNo. 9 "SevastopolHarbourApproach";and
Parttwo, RouteingSystemNo. 3 "From Cape Khersones
to CapeAitodor".

Note: All geographical

positionsare referredto WCS 84 datum.

Partone,RouteingSystemNo. 9 "sevastopolHarbourApproach"
The systemconsistsof five elements.

Element| (Western)for entering(leaving)the roundaboutarea,which includestwo traffic lanesand a traffic

separationzone limitedby linesconnectingthe followinggeographicalpositions:
(1) 44"40',.44 N, 033"08',.91 E (3) 44'38',.59N, 033'13',.31 E
(2) 44"39',.79 N, E
033''13',.31 (4) 44'38',.84N, 033'08',.91 E
The outer Iimit of the traffic lanefor enteringthe roundaboutareapassesthroughthe followinggeographical
oositions:
(5) 44"38',.04N, 033'08',.91E (6) 44"37',.79
N, 033''13',.31
E

directionof the trafficflow is 094.5'.

The established

The outer limit of the traffic lanefor leavingthe roundaboutarea passesthroughthe followinggeographical
oositions:
(7) 44"40',.44N, 033"13',.31E (B) 44"41',.09N, 033'08',.91E
The established
directionof the trafficflow is 281".

Element ll (Northern)for entering(leaving)the roundaboutarea includestwo traffic lanes and a traffic

separationzone limitedby linesconnectingthe followinggeographicalpositions:
(9) 44"43',.34 N, O33"14',.71
E (12) 44"40',.19
N, 033'15',.21
E
(10) 44"40',.29N, 033"16',.71
E (13) 44%0',.89N, E
O33"14',.71
(11) 44%0',.11 N, E
033"15',.87

The outer Iimit of the traffic lanefor enteringthe roundaboutareapassesthroughthe followinggeographical

oositions:
(14) 44"43',.34 N, 033'13',.31E (7) 44"4o',.44
N, 033'',I3',.31
E
directionof the trafficflow is 180'.
The established

The outer limit of the traffic lanefor leavingthe roundaboutareapassesthroughthe followinggeographical

positions:
(15) 44%0',.11 N, E
033"17',.83 (16) 44"43',.34
N, 033"15',.73E
The established
directionof the trafficflow is 335'.

Element lll (Southern)for entering(leaving)the roundaboutarea includestwo traffic lanes and a traffic
separationzone limitedby linesconnectingthe followinggeographicalpositions:
(17) 44"37',.55
N, E
033'',15',.41 (19) 44"30',.73
N, 033"13',.29E
(18) 44"37',.28
N, E
033'.16',.81 (2O) 44"31',.64
N, 033"12',.19E
The outer limit of the traffic lanefor enteringthe roundaboutareapassesthroughthe followinggeographical
positions:
(21) 44'30',.09N, O33"14',.06E (22) 44"37',.59N, 033'18',.13E
The established
directionof the trafficflow is 021'.

ilt/16-1 (Adopted 2010) ' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N

S H I P SR
 The outer limit of the traffic lanefor leavingthe roundaboutarea passesthroughthe followinggeographical
positions:
(6) 44"37',.79 N, 033"13',.31E (23) 44"32',.84
N, 033'10',.63E
The established
directionof the trafficflow is 201".

ElementlV (roundaboutarea)includesthe circularseparationzone of the routeingsystem,with a radiusof

5 cables,for which the centreis situatedin the geographicalposition44"38'.8N, 033''16'.9E, and a circular
trafficlane 1.0 mile wide.

The established
directionof the trafficflow is counter-clockwise
aroundthe circularseoarationzone.

ElementV (Eastern)includesfour traffic lanesand two traffic separationzones.

zonesare limitedby linesconnectingthe followinggeographical

Separation positions:
A (24) 44"38',.26N, 033"18',.88
E (26) 44"38',.69
N, E
033"21',.41
(25) 44"38',.99
N, E
033'18',.96 (27) 44"38',.12
N, E
033"21',.41
B (28) 44"37',.97
N, E
033"23',.91 (30) 44"37'.99N, E
033"25',.91
(29) 44"38',.29
N, E
033"23',s1 (31) 44"37',.89
N, E
033"25',.91

The outer limitsof the traffic lanefor enteringSevastopol's'ka

Bay passthroUghthe followinggeographical
positions:
(32) 44"37',.79N, 033"18',.44E (33) 44"37'.63N, O33"21',.41E
and
(34) 44"37',.49N, 033"23',.93E (35) 44',37',.29N, 033"27',.71E

directionof the trafficflow is 094.5' (lnkermans'kyi

The established leadingline).

The outer limits of the traffic lane for leavingSevastopol's'ka

Bay passthroughthe followinggeographical
positions:
(36) 44"38',,47N, 033"27',.71E {37) 44"38',.99N, E
033"23',.93
and
(38) 44"39',.34N, E
033"21',.41 (39) 44"39',.72N, E
033"18',.52
directionof the trafficflow is 280.9' (Kostiantynivs'kyi
The established leadingline).

Crossingnorthboundand southboundtrafficshouldfollow appropriatelaneson eithersideof a separationline

which passesthroughthe followinggeographical
positions:
(4O) 44"38',.52N, 033"22'.91
E (41) 44'38',.04N, 033"22',.91E

Laneson both sidesof the line are limitedby separationzones.The established directionsof the trafficflow
are 000" (eastwardof the separationline)and 180" (westwardof the separationline).

Notes:
1 fn the centreof the circularseparationzone of the routeingsystem(44"38'.8N,033'16'.9 E) a special
flashing,5s 5M (Y Fl 5s 5M).
lightbuoy is positioned,Iight-yellow,

2 leadinglightsshouldbe followed:
Coing out on Kostiantynivs'kyi
for all vessels:from geographicalposition 44"37'.44N, 033'29'.61E (crossingInkermans'kyi
and
Lukul's'kyileadinglines);
position44'37'.49N, 033'28'.56E.
with actualdraughtover 10 metres:fromgeographical
for vessels

3 Separationof traffic at the crossingfor northboundand southboundtraffic is establishedfor vessels

followingto/from Kozacha,Komysheva and KruhlaBaysand alsovesselsusinganchoragepoint No. 386
and the degaussingrange near KhersonesCape may enter/leavethe systemand cross Part V of the
system.

4 Betweenmeridians33"26'.0E and 033'28'.4E,vesselsfollowingtolfrom Striletz'kaBayand alsovessels

usinganchoragepoints No. 384 and No. 386 and degaussing rangesnorthwardfrom KruhlaBay may
enter/leavethe systemand crossPartV of the system.

S H I P SR
' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N (Adopted2010) l[t/I6-2

r{tillilllilfr'
Parttwo, RouteingSystemNo. 3 "From CapeKhersones
to CapeAitodor"
The systemconsistsof two elements.

Element| (North-western)
includesa junctionarea,wherethe trafficseparation
schemeand localroutesmerge,
associatedseparationzones,and two traffic lanes,limited by lines connectingthe followinggeographical
posrilons:

Routejunction and separationof traffic at crossing:

A (42) 44"30',.62N, 033"11',.64 E (44) 44"28',.72N, 033"12',.21E
(43) 44"29',.73N, O33"12',.75 E (45) 44"29',.61
N, 033'1',1',.08
E
routejunction border line passingthroughthe followinggeographical
with the associated positions:
(51) 44'28',.59N, 033'10',.55E (52) 44"27',.74
N, 033'1'1',.63
E

Separationzone:
B (46) 44"29',.12 N, 033"13',.52
E (48) 44"17',.99N, E
033"25',.46
(47) 44"17',.99N, 033"27',.21E (49) 44'28',.09N, E
033'12',.99
The north-easternborder of the north-westboundtraffic lane is limited by the line passing
throughthe
followinggeographicalpositions:
(50) 44"17',.99N, 033"29',.11
E (21) 44"30',.09N, o33"14',.06E
The established
directionof the trafficflow is 318'.

traffic lane is limited by the line passing

The south-westernborder of the south-eastbound throughthe
followinggeographical
positions:
A (53) 44"27',.O9N, 033'12',.46
E (54) 44"17',.99 N, o33"23',.71
E
The established
directionof the trafficflow is 138'.

Elementll (Eastern)
includesa junction area,where the traffic separationschemeand local routesmerge,
associatedseparationzones and four traffic lanes limited by lines connectingthe following geographical
positions:
(53) 44"16',.99
N, o33"26',.71 E (55) 44"15'.99N, 033"29',.81
E
(54) 44"16',.99
N, 033'28',.51 E (56) 44"15',.99N, 033'28',.01E
routejunction borderlinespassingthroughthe followinggeographical
with the associated positions:

South-western
(55) 44"16',.99
N, E
033"24',.91 (56) 44"15',.99
N, E
033"26',.21
Southern
(72) 44"14',.99N, 033"29',.31
E (73) 44"14',.99
N, 033'31',.l1
E
Two separationzones:
B (61) 44"16'.99N, E
033"30',.31 (63) 44"15r.99N, 034'03',.11
E
(62) 44"16',.99N, E
034"O3',.61 (64) 44"15',.99
N, E
033"3.1',.61
c (65) 44"16',.99
N, E
034"06',.81 (67) 44"15',.99N, 034"14',.91
E
(66) 44"16'.99N, E
034"14',.91 (68) 44"15'.99N, 034"06',.31
E

Traffic lanes
The northern borders of the westbound traffic lane are limited by lines passingthrough the following
geographical
positions:
A (69) 44"17',.99N, E
034"14',.91 (70) 44"17',.99N, 034"07',.31E

B (71) 44"17',.99
N, 034"04'.11E (50) 44"17',.99
N, E
033"29',.11
The established
directionof the trafficflow is 270".

fit/16-3 (Adopted 2010) S H I P SR

' O U T E I N C2 0 1 5E D I T I O N
The southern borders of the eastboundtraffic lane are limited by lines passingthrough the following
geographicalpositions:
c (74) 44"14'.ggN, 033"32',.91
E (75) 44"14',.99
N, 034"O2',.61
E
D (76) 44"14',.99
N, 034"05',.8',1
E (77) 44"14',.99
N, 034"14'.91
E
The establisheddirection of the traffic flow is 090".
Crossingnorth-eastboundand south-westbound trafficshouldfollow appropriatelaneson eithersideof a line
which passesthroughthe followinggeographicalpositions:
(78) 44"16',.99N, O34"A5',.21
E (79) 44'15',.99N, O34"O4'.71 E
Laneson both sidesof the line are limitedby the separationzones.
The establisheddirectionsof the traffic flow are 020" (eastwardof the separationline)and 200' (westwardof
the separationline).
Notes:
1 Trafficlanesalongsidethe traffic separationline are usedby vesselsfollowing from the southto the port
of Yaltaand in the oppositedirection.
2 While proceedingfrom RouteingSystemNo. 3 to the port of Yaltaand in the oppositedirection,it is
necessarvto follow the recommendedtrack No. B.

RouteingSystemNo.9
"SevastopolHarbourApproach"

CapeKhersones

t//
r//
(23t6{l

Cape Fiolent

IN THEAREAOFFTHESOUTH.WESTERN
COASTOF THECRIMEA:
SEVASTOPOL
HARBOUR APPROACH

SHIPS'ROUTEING
20.I5EDITION (Adopted 2010) ilt/16-4
 #
\f>.
\fai

F-
'os
Eq o oI
t v

i iill I
+
I J]. I
t "
T "
I
l
I

^ : i LO) ^
c 6
o'i
R 6 s'6
o"t
Rq
ox
\ia 6 ' -
F

F9 o_<5
-l
N oa'ee
; A ' J

t
It

=
I
Lu
ix + =
XR
??
Y L
\.i <
zn
zE
o tt) v1
.o tu t4J
U) Z z
o
o

)trJ
r / E x=
tu lu

Il
{
( e
T a
trs
) ,
\ \
t f
r f =--s /
/
)
J
o
A
6
o f,r
;6E x>
*i f E l= 9-
sr
-tr) nQP
o)
'eflt.
^l <v
aT* )
5
: ?i;ve
8;
/^
rci o n-o of
i b sC
rf
lti-
'oo
-l

6I i *-> I 2= ' . II

/ .9
[
g 7, -s
| 1 - , / h ^
gE / 7P/p .o
t,Y.- / d$
/ $o
3o-o'€' =
60 .-rl 51 I
<
Y
/
€,4- / ( 2
/,< A E -
E z, /. ,l., / ro
P
I
g OH. Vp /
,'
-l fr P z

3o {--- ---- //' /

fo
5 -\-9€€-
? -z'.. ./r''
/'
\- -
h-i ---_\. ^ ug.*,"r
l=
i - 3 3-" :i-;,o^9
8"E'v
6 d "g s o
o

llt/16-5 (Adopted2010) S H I P SR
' O U T E I N C2 0 1 5E D I T I O N
BETWEEN
THEPORTS AND ILICHEVSK
OF ODESSA
(Referencechart:USSR508, November1974edition.
Note: Thischart is basedon the systemof co-ordinatesusedin Sovietmarinenavigational
charts.)

Descriptionof the traffic separationscheme

(a) A separationline connectsthe followinggeographical
positions:
(1) 46"27',.3o N, 030'48',.50E (3) 46o19',.10N, 030"44',.80
E
(2) 46"21',.90N, O30"47',.4OE
(b) A traffic lane,one quarterof a mile wide, is established
on each sideof the separationline.

IN THEAPPROACHES
TO THEPORTS
OF ODESSA
AND ITICHEVSK
(Referencecharl USSR508, November1974edition.
Note: Thischart is basedon the systemof co-ordinatesusedin Sovietmarinenavigational
charts.)

Descriptionof the traffic separationscheme

Thetrafficseparation of four parts:
schemeconsists
Part l:
(a) A separation
zone,two mileswide,is centreduponthefollowinggeographical
positions:
(1) 46"08',.20N, E
031"06',.10 (2) 46"13',.00
N, E
030'59',.60
(b) An outsideboundaryof an inboundtraffic laneconnectsthe followinggeographical
positions:
(3) 46"09',.60
N, 031"08',.10
E (4) 46"14',.70
N, 031"01',.00
E
(c) positions:
An outsideboundaryof an outboundtraffic laneconnectsthe followinggeographical
(5) 46"06',.90
N, E
031"04',.10 (6) 46'12',.10N, E
030"57',.10
Part ll:
(a) A roundabout consists with itscentreat the point:
zoneof two milesin diameter
of a circularseparation
(7) 46"15',.60 N, 030'56',.10
E
anda circulartrafficlane,two anda halfmileswide,aroundthezoneindicated.
CAUTION:
Theroundabout
maybe enteredand leftby shipsgoingfromthe armof Prorvato the Bugsko-Dneprovsko-
Limanskiy
Channelandback.
Part lll:
Approachesto the Portof Odessa
(a) A separation
zone,halfa milewide,is centreduponthefollowinggeographical
positions:
(s) 46"18',.50
N, 030"53',.50
E (9) 46"27',.50
N, E
030"50',.40
(b) An outsideboundaryof the inboundtrafficlaneconnectsthefollowinggeographical
positions:
(10) 46"18',.90
N, 030'54',.60E (11) 46"27',.70
N, 030'51',.60
E
(c) An outsideboundaryof the outboundtrafficlaneconnectsthe followinggeographicalpositions:
(12) 46"27'.50N, E
O30"49',.2O (13) 46'18',.00N, E
030'52',.50
PartIV:
Approaches
to the Portof llichevsk
(a) A separation
zone,halfa milewide,is centreduponthefollowinggeographical
positions:
(14) 46"16',.7ON, 030'51',.40E (15) 46'18',.00
N, E
030%5',.80
(b) An outsideboundaryof the inboundtraffic laneconnectsthe followinggeographical positions:
(16) 46'17',.50
N, E
030'5]',.80 (17) 46'18',.80N, 039"46',.40E
(c) positions:
An outsideboundaryof the outboundtrafficlane connectsthe followinggeographical
(18) 46"',15',.90
N, 030'51',.05E (19) 4617',.20N, E
030%5',.30
(chartlet overleaf)

S H I P SR
' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N (Adopted 19Bt) |[l/17-1/18-1
 Odessa

TSS "ln the approachesto the

ports of Odessaand llichevsk"

L-'- - -- -
v/i nt
llichevsk ^
u/^\ \ | v,
'.
(d)
2
el \ \
t.
A/--
tfr

n oc4 4>
\\ //
\ /
(2)

Black Sea

THEPORTS
BETWEEN OF ODESSAAND ILICHEVSK+
IN THEAPPROACHES
TO THEPORTSOF ODESSA AND ITICHEVSK

ilt/17-2/18-2 tAdopted l99l) S H I P SR

' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N
STRAIT _ NORTHAPPROACH
OF ISTANBUT
Note: See"Rulesand recommendations on navigationthroughthe Straitof lstanbul,the Straitof Qanakkale
and the MarmaraSea"in part F.
(Reference '1993
chart:Turkish1811(lNT 3758), edition.
Note: Thischart is basedon Europeandatum.)

Descriptionof the traffic separationscheme

(a) A separationzone is boundedby a line connectingthe followinggeographical
positions:
(1) 41'20',.50 N, 029'09',.90 E (3) 41"13',.60N, 029'07',.98E
(2) 41'20',.00
N, 029"12',.50
E
(b) A traffic lane for north-eastboundtraffic is establishedbetween the separationzone and the line
connectingthe followinggeographical positions:
(4) 41'',f5',.80N, O29"16',.9OE (6) 41'.13',.36
N, 029'08',.55E
(5) 41'14',.10 N, 029"10'.00E
(c) A traffic lane for southboundand south-westbound traffic is establishedbetweenthe separationzone
and the line connectingthe followinggeographicalpositions:
(7) 41'19',.40N, E
029"02',.00 (9) 41o13',.80 N, 029"07',.50E
(B) 41"14',.7o N, E
A29"07',.20

STRAITOF ISTANBUT- NORTH APPROACH

S H I P SR
' O U T E I N C2 0 1 5E D I T I O N (Adopted 1994) ||t/19
STRAIT
OF ISTANBUL
Note: See"Rulesand recommendations on navigationthroughthe Straitof lstanbul,the Straitof Qanakkale
and the MarmaraSea"in part F.
(Reference .1992
charts:Turkish2921 (lNT 3756),1993edition;2921A, edition and 29218,1992edition.
Note: Thesechartsare basedon Europeandatum.)

Descriptionof the traffic separationscheme

Thetrafficlanesencompass the areadefinedby the linejoiningthe Anadolulighthouseand Rumelilighthouse
in the north,the linejoiningthe Ahirkapilighthouseand KadikoyCapeInci breakwaterlighthousein the south
and the outerboundariesof the laneswhoseco-ordinatesare givenbelow:
(a) A separationline connectsthe followinggeographical
positions:
(3) 41'13',.60 N, 029"O7',.98E (17) 41o06',.00 N, 029'03'.67E
(10) 41'12',.18N, 029'06',.83E (18) 41'04',.98 N, 029'03',.65
E
(11) 41'10',.88N, 029"05',.08E (19) 4',t'04',.53
N, 029"03',.17
E
(12) 41'09',.38N, 029'03',.53E (20) 4't'03'.10N, E
029"02',.60
(13) 41"08',.92N, 029"03',.53E (21) 41.01',.55 N, 028'59',.91
E
(14) 41"07',.38N, 029"05',.00E (22) 41"01',.40 N, 028'59',.80
E
(15) 41"07',.21N, 029"05',.00E (23) 41'00',.'t5N, 028"59',.75
E
(16) 41o06',.38N, 029"03',.81E
(b) A traffic lane for northboundtraffic is establishedbetween the separationline and the following
geographicalpositions:
(24) 41"00',.00 N, 029'00',.06 E (32) 41"07',.20N, 029"05',.40 E
(25) 4',f'01',.10
N, 029"00',.07 E (33) 41o07',.40N, 029"05',.35 E
(26) 41"01',.50 N, 029"00',.2oE (34) 41o08',.85N, 029'03',.89 E
(27) 41"03',.10 N, 029"O2',.96 E (35) 41'09',.48N, 029"03',.84 E
(28) 41"04',.50 N, 029"03',.33 E (36) 4',1'10',.80
N, 029"05',.20 E
(29) 41"04'.97 N, 029"03',.92 E (37) 41o11',.67N, 029"06',.78 E
(30) 41'06',.05 N, 029'03',.85 E (38) 41o12',.30N, 029"07',.20 E
(31) 4.1'06',.35N, 029"04',.00 E (6) 41'13',.36 N, 029'08',.55 E
(c) A traffic lane for southboundtraffic is establishedbetween the separationline and the followins
geographical positions:
(g) 41'13',.80 N, 029"07',.50 E (46) 41'05',.13N, 029'03',.53 E
(39) 4.f'12',.30
N, 029'06',.63 E (47) 41"O4',.92N, 029"03',.40 E
(40) 4',1'12',.00
N, 029'06',.00 E (48) 41.04',.57N, 029'02',.94 E
(41) 4.1'10',.51
N, 029"04',.50E (49) 4',1'04',.13
N, 029"02',.85 E
(42) 41"09',.52N, 029"03',.29 E (50) 41"02',.97N, 029"02',.07 E
(43) 41"09',.03N, 029"03',.27 E (5t; 41'01',.73N, 028"59',.73 E
(44) 41"07',.48N, O29"04',.62 E (521 41'01',.29N, 028"59',.45 E
(45) 41"06'.25 N, 029'03',.50 E (53) 41'00',.30N, 028"59',.42 E

m/20-1 tAdopted 1994) S H I P SR

' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N
 OF ISTANBUT
STRAIT

' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N
S H I P SR (Adopted 1994) ilt/20-2
STRAITOF ISTANBUL- SOUTH APPROACHAND SEAOF MARMARA
Note: See"Rulesand recommendations
on navigationthroughthe Straitof Istanbul,the Straitof Qanakkale
and the MarmaraSea"in part F.
(Reference
charts:Turkish2923 (lNT 3754),1991
edition;293,1990edition;295 (lNT 3752),1988
edition.
Note: Thesechartsare basedon Europeandatum.)

Description of the traffic separation scheme

(a) A separationline connectsthe followinggeographical
positions:
(22) 41"01',.40N, 028'59',.80E (54) 40"59',.53N, O2B"5g'.73E
(23) 41'00',.15N, 028"59',.75E (55) 40"58',.80N, 028"59',.44
E
(b) A separationzone is boundedby a linejoiningthe followinggeographical
positions:
(55) 40'58',.80N, 028"59',.44E (57) 4o"57',.78N, 028"58',.',11
E
(56) 40'57',.53N, 028'58',.63E
(c) A precautionary
area is established
boundedby a linejoiningthe followinggeographicalpositions:
(71) 40"58',.2',1
N, 028"57',.22E (68) 40'53',.78N, E
028'.57',.15
(57) 40"57',.78N, 028'58',.1.1
E (78) 40"52',.90N, 028"55',.92
E
(56) 40"57',.53N, 028'58',.63E (59) 40"54',.30N, 028"55',.40E
(B1A)40'56',.83N, 029'00',.06E (65) 40.55',.58N, 028.54',.82E
(81) 40o55',.00N, 029'00',.06E (714)40"56',.83N, 028"54',.23E
(67) 40"54',.70N, 028'58',.55E
The focal point of the precautionaryareais locatedat the followinggeographical
position:
(58) 40'56',.10N, 028"57',.00E
aroundposition(58).
A circularareato be avoidedwith a 0.15mile radiusis established
(e) A separationzone is boundedby a line joiningthe followinggeographical
positions:
(59) 40'54',.30N, 028"55',.40E (63) 40"45',.42N, O27"38',.09 E
(60) 40'52',.40N, O28"52',.10 E (64) 40"53',.90N, 028"52',.10E
(61) 40"44',.20 N, 027"38',.09 E (65) 40.55',.58N, O2B'54',.82 E
(62) 40o26',.00 N, O26"45',.25 E
(f) A separationzone is boundedby a Iine connectingthe followinggeographical
positions:
(66) 40"51',.50 N, 029"00',.31 E (68) 40'53',.78N, 028"57',.15
E
(67) 40"54',.70 N, 028'58',.55E (69) 40'5',1',.95
N, 028'58',.00E
t\ o
0 ,) A trafficlanefor trafficbound for the QanakkaleStraitis established
in the Seaof Marmarabetweenthe
separationzones/linesin paragraphs(a),(b), (c),(d) and (e)above and a line connectingthe following
geographical positions:
(53) 4l'00'.30N, O2B'59',.42
E (72) 40"55',.89 N, O2B'52',.09
E
(70) 40'59'.50N, 028"59',.39
E (73) 40"47',.40N, O27.38',.09
E
(71) 40'58',.21 N, O28"57',.22E (74) 40"26',.50N, 026"45',.25
E
(h) A trafficlanefor trafficboundfor the Straitof lstanbulis established
in the Seaof Marmarabetweenthe
separationzones/linesin paragraphs(e),(d),(c),(b) and (a)above and a line connectingthe following
geograph ical positions:
(75) 40"25'.50N, O26"45',.25E (77) 40'50',.39N, 028'52',.07E
(76) 40"42',.20 N, 027"38'.09E (78) 40'52',.90N, 028.55',.92
E
(i) A trafficlanefor trafficfrom the Straitof Istanbulheadedfor the Culf of lzmit is establishedbetweenthe
trafficlane/separation zonesin paragraphs (c),(e),(f) and (g) aboveand a line connectingthe following
geograph ical positions:
(78) 40"52',.90N, 028"55',.92 E (79) 40"51',.50 N, 028'56',.57E
(j) A trafficlanefor trafficfrom the southand south-east
of the Seaof Marmaraand the Culf of lzmit sailing
towardthe Straitof lstanbulis establishedbetweenthe trafficseparationzone in paragraph(f) and a line
connectingthe followinggeographicalpositions:
(80) 40'52',.00N, 029"01',.73
E (24) 41"00',.00N, 029'00',.06E
(Bt; 40'55',.00 N, 029'00'.06E

ilt/21-1 lAdopted 1994) S H I P SR

' O U T E I N C2 0 1 5E D I T I O N
 =

IA
tlJ

gJ
V)

z
U

f
tt)

--.\
z
2

V)

S H I P SR' O U T E I N G
2 0 1 5E D I T I O N (Adopted 1991) ilt/21-2
 t,t1t:-.:

STRAITOF ISTANBUL_ SOUTH APPROACHAND SEAOF MARMARA (EAST)

llt/21-3 (Adopted 1994) S H I P SR

' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N
sTRArroF GANAKKALE
on navigationthroughthe Straitof Istanbul,the Straitof Qanakkale
Note: See"Rulesand recommendations
and the MarmaraSea" in part F.
(Reference chart:Turkish212 (lNT 3750),1991edition.
Note: This chart is basedon Europeandatum.)

Descriptionof the traffic separationscheme

The Straitof Qanakkaletrafficlaneis the areabetweenthe linejoiningCapeMehmetciklighthouseand Cape
Kumkalelighthousein the south-west,the line joining the Celibolu lighthouseto the CardakIighthousein
the north-east,and the outer boundariesof the Straitof Qanakkaletraffic lane whose co-ordinatesare given
below:
(a) A separationline connectsthe following geographicalpositions:
(62) 4j"26',.00 N, 026"45',.25E (BB) 40"11',.63N, 026"22',.95 E
(82) 4}"24',.05N, 026"41'.65E (89) 40"09',.00N, 026"23',.40 E
(83) 40"22'.83 N, 026"40',.21E (90) 40"08'.55N, 0 2 6 2 3 ' , . 3E1
(84) 4O"2O',.90 N, 026'38',.55 E (9t; 40"08'.15N, 026"23',.09 E
(85) 40'18',.62N, 026'35',.88 E (92) 40"04',.25N, 026"18',.54 E
(B6) 40"13',.40N, 026"27',.8OE (93) 40"02',.59N, 026"15',.44 E
(87) 40'12',.11N, 026"23',.5oE
(b) A separationzone is boundedby a line connectingthe followinggeographical
positions:
(93) 40"02'.59N, 026"15',.45E (125)40"01',.28N, E
026"11',.41
(12O) 4O"O1',.52N, 026"11',.18E (126)40"01',.90N, 026"14',.32
E
(c) A traffic lane for north-eastboundtraffic is establishedbetween the separationzonelline in paragraphs
(b)and (a)aboveand a line connectingthe followinggeographical positions: ,
(94) 40"00'.99N, E
O26"11',.7O (101)40'13',.10
N, 026"28',.90
E
(95) 40"0',1'.10
N, E
O26"15',.01 (1O2)4o"16',.90
N, E
026"34',.35
(96) 4o"o',l'.90
N, O26"17',.22E (103)40"18',.10
N, E
026"36',.30
(97) 4O"O7',.70N, E
026"23',.48 (104)4O"2O',.50
N, E
026"39',.18
(98) 4o'o8',.goN, E
026"23',.70 (105)4o"23',.65
N, E
026"42',.04
(99) 40'09',.50N, E
026"23',.95 (75) 4o"25',.50
N, 026"45',.25
E
(100)40'11',.84N, E
026"23',.62
(d) A traffic lane for south-westboundtraffic is establishedbetween the separationzonelline in paragraphs
(b)and (a)aboveand a line connectingthe followinggeographicalpositions:
(74) 40"26',.50N, O26"45',.25 E (113)40"12',.02
N, 026"22'.50 E
(106)40"24',.45N, O26"41',.20 E (114)40"11',.39
N, 026"22',.19
E
(lo7) 40"23',.20N, O26"39',.25 E (1'15)
40'08',.73 N, 026"23',.10
E
(108)40'21',.30 N, 026"37',.82 E (116)40'08',.42N, 026"22',.91E
(109)40"19',.10 N, O26"35',.45 E (117)4O"O5',.60N, 026"18',.95E
(11O)40"14',.50N, O26"27',.88 E (118)40"O2',.67N, 026"13',24 E
(.11.1)
40"13',.12N, O26'25',.55 E (119)4o"O2',.ooN, E
026''11',.03
(112)40"12',.46N, O26"23',.31 E
(chartlet overleaf)

SHIPS'ROUTEINC2015 EDITION (Adopted 1994) ilt/22-1

 =

OF qANAKKALE
STRAIT

|,U22-2 Adopted 1991) ' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N

S H I P SR
STRA|TOF qANAKKAIE- SOUTH-WEST
APPROACH
Note: See"Rulesand recommendations
on navigationthroughthe Straitof lstanbul,the Straitof Qanakkale
and the Marmara Sea" in part F.
(Referencecharts:Turkish2134, 1992 edition; 213, 1993edition.
Note: Thesechartsare basedon Europeandatum.)

Descriptionof the traffic separationscheme

(a) A separationzone is boundedby a line connectingthe followinggeographical
positions:
(120)4O"O1',.52
N, 026"11',.18
E (123)39'57',.20
N, O25'57',JOE
(12',1)
40'00'.20N, E
025'59',.7O (124)39"59',.70
N, 026'00',.40
E
(122)39"58',.80
N, 02557',.70E (125)4o'01',.28
N, E
O26"11',.41
(b) betweenthe separationzone and a line connectingthe
A trafficlanefor westboundtrafficis established
followinggeographicalpositions:
(119)40"O2',.00
N, E
026"11',.03 (127)40'O1',.55
N, E
o25"57',.70
(c) A trafficlanefor north-eastboundtrafficisestablished
betweenthe separation
zoneand a lineconnecting
the followinggeographical positions:
(94) 40'oo'.ggN, E
026"11'.70 (129)39"55',.00
N, E
025"57',.70
(128)39"58',.29
N, E
026'01',.60

- SOUTH-WEST
srRArr oF qANAKKATE APPROACH

SHIPS'ROUTEING
2015EDITION (Adopted 1994) lil/23
SectionlV

IndianOceanand adjacentwaters

purposesonly and must not be usedfor

Caution:The chartletsare for illustrative
navigation.Marinersshouldconsultthe appropriatenauticalpublicationsand charts
for up-to-datedetailson aidsto navigationand other relevantinformation.

Warning:The geographical positionsgiven in the descriptions

of the routeing
systemsare only correctfor chartsusingthe samegeodeticdatumas the reference
chartsindicatedundereach scheme.Chartspublishedby other hydrographic
offices may use a differentgeodeticdatum, as may new editionsof the reference
chartspublishedafterthe adoptionof the routeingsystem.Where amendmentsto
existingsystemsare not basedon the samegeodeticdatumas the originalsystem,
this is emphasizedby the useof differentcoloursfor definitionsof positions.

SHIPS'ROUTEING2015 EDITION IV
tv/ii S H I P SR
' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N
 '-:

(gP
o
"qP E F
gE ; .o #5
|o
co

P * <_€ F F
E€E+P F E'o. o \
a
-tr
3Hq
!;;s€=: Eg o
o-

EE?:gE"
9Bo B oEEN=E€=
_i ip gE
E H S
o iu
O E
o
@

>>P H tsg dE..:f i.: * gS (\'= I i - = $ -

F { sc*E
- ' : L F =
i - Z A d - - a - l : l r O -
<ur= -c
ar.!l9-Fa::F
s ' -
fi c o.
=R? 3 : ? E r ? S f i ? t
Q 3
E t GA ; E E c r . i 9 * s - ( u H : 5 s
ilIs ; z s g , l i E 5 5 EFFJg ; |o
t-
a=..
za- Ai o.i + ii (ii ''- cd d ci - c'i (')s "d#55
ro(o
r -

o
r\

ro
(o

ltt)
to
to

<--
Lr)

s
B j

S H I P SR' O U T E I N G
2 0 1 5E D I T I O \ (Amended2010) rviiii
 lndian Ocean
Atlantic Ocean
(see section Xl)

INDEX:INDIANOCEAN
AND ADJACENTWATERS

17: Off AlphardBanks

18: Off the FA Platform

18" 20" 24" 26" 28" 30"

SUMMARYCHARTLETB

lVliv (Amended2004) S H I P SR
' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N
IN THEGUIFOF SUEZ
Note: See"Rulesfor shipsnavigatingin the Gulf o{ Suez"in part F and "Recommendeddirectionsof traffic
flow off RasShukheir"in part E.
(Referencecharts: BritishAdmiralty 2373, 1997 edition; 2374, 1997 edition; 2375, 1997 edition; 2090,
'f
997 edition;2098,1997 edition.
Note: Thesechartsare basedon World Ceodetic System1984 datum (WCS B4).)

Descriptionof the traffic separationscheme

Part A:
Northern scheme
(a) A separationzone is boundedby a line connectingthe followinggeographical
positions:
(1) 29%6',.60N, E
032"31',.80 (3) 29"38',.00
N, E
O32"32',.90
(2) 29'37',.89
N, E
032'32',.10 (4) 2g%6',.60
N, E
O32"32',.25
(b) A separationline connectsthe following geographicalpositions:
(5) 29"37',.97N, 032"32',.50E (6) 29"35',.55N, 032'32',.90
E
(c) A separationzone is boundedby a line connectingthe followinggeographical
positions:
(7) 29"35',.56
N, E
O32"32',.60 (g) 2g'28',.68N, E
032'36',.50
(B) 29"29',.10
N, E
032"35',.60 (10) 29"35',.53
N, O32"33',.25
E
(d) A separationline connectsthe followinggeographicalpositions:
(11) 2g"28',.go
N, E
032'36',.05 (12) 29"25',.20
N, 032"37',.80
E
(e) A separationzone is boundedby a line connectingthe followinggeographical
positions:
(13) 29"25',.50 N, O32"37',.3O E (18) 28'11',.25N, 033"19',.70
E
(14) 29"09'.00 N, o32"45',.80E, (19) 28'36',.00N, 033"02',.4oE
(15) 28%5',.70 N, 032"54',.90 E (20) 29'09',.20N, O32"46',.50E
(16) 28',|5',.25N, 033"14',.40 E (21) 29'24',.90N, O32"38',.2OE
(17) 28"10',.55 N, 033"18',.40 E
(f) A traffic lane for southboundtraffic is establishedbetween:
(i) The separationzone and a line connectingthe followinggeographical
positions:
(22) 29"46',.60
N, E
032'30',.80 (23) 29"37',.58
N, E
032'30',.'10
(ii) The separationline and a line connectingthe followinggeographical
positions:
(24) 29'37',.58N, E
032'30',.',10 (25) 29"35',.68N, 032"29',.95E
(iii) The separationzone and a line connectingthe followinggeographical
positions:
(26) 29"35'.68N, O32"29',.95 E (27) 29"30',.60
N, O32"32',.35
E
(iv) The separationline and a line connectingthe followinggeographical
positions:
(28) 29"3o',.60
N, E
032"32',.35 (29) 29"27',.60
N, E
032'33',.90
(v) The separationzone and a line connectingthe followinggeographical
positions:
(30) 29"27',.6o
N, E
032"33',.90 (33) 2B'15',.00
N, E
033"12',.60
(31) 29"08',.20
N, E
032"43',.8o (34) 28"09',.80
N, E
033'17',.00
(32) 28%5',.80N, E
032"52',.70
(S) A trafficlanefor northboundtrafficisestablished
between theseparationzonelline
anda lineconnecting
thefollowinggeographical positions:
(35) 28'11',.95
N, 033'20',.90E (38) 29"22',.80N, 032"41',.50
E
(36) 28"36',.00
N, 033'04',.80E (39) 29"35',.45N, E
032"35',.40
(37) 29"10',.00
N, O32"48',.4OE (40) 29"46',.60N, E
032"33',.40

SHIPS'ROUTEING2015 EDITION (Amended 1996) tv/1-1

Part B:
Southernscheme
(h) A separationzone is boundedby a line connectingthe followinggeographical
positions:
(41) 28'08',.15
N, 033"21',.7o
E (46) 27"44',.20
N, E
033"50',.35
(42) 27"49',.65
N, E
033"44',.10 (47) 27"50',.20
N, 033"44',.50
E
(43) 27"43'.60N, E
033'50',.00 (48) 27"53',.00
N, 033"41',.40
E
(44) 27"30',.20
N, O34"05',.45
E (49) 27'54',.60
N, 033'38',.85
E
(45) 27"31',.05
N, 034"06',.40
E (50) 28'08',.55
N, 033"22',.30
E
A trafficlanefor southboundtrafficis established
betweenthe separation
zone and a lineconnectingthe
followinggeographical positions:
(51) 28"07',.40
N, E
033"2o',.40 (53) 27"42',.45
N, E
033"49',.40
(52) 27"48',.7O
N, E
033"43'.40 (54) 27"28',.65
N, E
034.03',.90
(j) A trafficlanefor northboundtrafficis established
betweenthe separation
zone and a lineconnectingthe
followinggeographical positions:
(55) 27'33',.15
N, E
034'0B',.60 (58) 27"53',.75
N, E
033"42',.65
(56) 27"45',.20
N, 033'50',.95
E (59) 27'56',.35
N, 033"38',.40
E
(57) 27"51',.35
N, 033%5',.35
E (60) 28'09',.30
N, 033"23',.60
E
Part C:
f unction schemeoff Ain Sukhna
(k) A separationzone is boundedby a line connectingthe followinggeographical
positions:
(6t1 29"32',.27N, 032"28',.80E (63) 29'35',.68N, 032"29',.95E
(62) 29'30',.60N, 032"32',.35 E (64) 29o35',.80N, 032"27',.50E
(l) A trafficlanefor south-eastboundtrafficisestablished
betweenthe separation
zoneand a lineconnecting
the followinggeographical positions:
(65) 29"30',.50
N, E
032"29'.35 (66) 29"27',.60
N, E
032"33',.90
(m) A trafficlanefor westboundtrafficis established
betweenthe separationzone and a line connectingthe
followinggeographicalpositions:
(67) 29"37',.58
N, 032.30',.',10
E (68) 29'37',.11
N, 032"27',.00E
Part D:
Precautionaryarea off RasShukheir
(n) A precautionaryarea is established
by a line connectingthe followinggeographicalpositions:
(69) 2B"Og',.BO N, O33"17',.0OE (71) 28'09',.30N, 033"23',.60E
(70) 28"06',.80N, O33"19',.40E (72) 28'',12',.20
N, 033.21',.40E
Note: Recommended directionsof trafficflow off RasShukheir:
Recommended directionsof trafficflow are established
in the approachesto RasShukheirOil Terminal,July,
Ramadanand Morganoilfields.

tv/1-2 (Amended 1996) ROUTEING

SHIPS' 2015EDITION
 IN THE CULFOF SUEZ(NORTH)

S H I P SR
' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N (Amended 1996) tv/1-3
 IN THEGULFOF SUEZ(SOUTH)

tv/1-4 (Amended 1996) S H I P SR

' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N
lN THEENTRANCE
TO THECULFOF AQABA
(Referencechart:BritishAdmiralty3595,1986edition.
Note: Thischart is basedon Europeandatum.)

Descriptionof the traffic separationscheme

(a) A separationzone is boundedby a line connectingthe followinggeographical
positions:
(1) 28'01',.00
N, O34"27',.38
E (3) 27"57',.00
N, 034"27',.75
E
(2) 27"57'.OON, E
O34"26',.45 (4) 28'01',.00
N, E
034"28',.69
(b) A traffic lane for southboundtraffic is establishedbetweenthe separationzone and a line joining the
followinggeographical positions:
(5) 28"0.1',.00 N, 034"26',.81E (6) 27"57',.00N, O34'25',.88
E
(c) A traffic lane for northbound traffic is establishedbetweenthe separationzone and a line joining the
following geographical positions:
(7) 27"57',.OO N, 034"28',.22E (B) 28'01',.00N, E
034"29',.15

Aids to navigationfor entrance to the Gulf of Aqaba

Co-ordinates light characteristics Range
(N M) Racon/
Lat. (N) Long. (E) Colour Rhythm
Station (T: O.74) Radiomon. Tower- Daymark
Chisholm 27"57',.OO
34"30',.20White Fl(2+1).20
s 9 Racon 1 0 m C R P -
Point (MorseC) Pigmented
white
+Rad.mon.
o Reefwest 28o00'.00 34"29',.02Creen F 1 . 1s0 5 Rad.mon. 5 m C R P -
of Johnson Pigmentedgreen
G
I
Point
Reef 28"00',.94 34"29',.20Creen Fl(2).20
s 5 Rad.mon. 5 m C R P -
north-west Pigmented: upper
of Johnson halfgreen,lower
Point white
z
Jackson 2B'00'.5B34"28',.55 Red F 1 . 1s0 5 Rad.mon. 5 m C R P -
Reef(east) Pigmentedred.
Synchronizedwith
W. Johnson
RasNusrani 27"58',.8934"26',.16 White F 1 . 1s0 15 Racon l 0 m C R P -
o (MorseY) Pigmentedgreen
Creen Occ.7s 5
(! +Rad.mon
9 '10
Cordon 27"59',.253 4"26',.99 Red Occ.7 s 5 Racon m C R P-
Reef(west) (MorseC) Pigmentedred
+Rad.mon. over white.
Lightsynchronized
tt) with greenlightof
RasNusrani
khartlet overleaf)

SHIPS'ROUTEING2015 EDITION (Amendedtggz) tv/2-1

 Strait of Tiran
(5) (1) (4) (B)
o o
7
I
I

t n
t l l {l
tl

tl
v u
II
,t

JohnsonPt

x *
{l
u

I
RAsNusrAni

o
I ChisholmPt
(2)

25' 26', 27' 34"28' 25', 30',

TO THE CUIF OF AQABA

IN THE ENTRANCE

tv/2-2 Amended 1992) S H I P SR

' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N
NEARTHE DEEP-WATER
ROUTELEADINGTO fAZAN ECONOMTCCrTy PORT
(Reference chart:BritishAdmiralty15,edition2, 22 June2OOO.
Note: This chart is basedon World Ceodetic System1984 datum (WCS B4).)

Descriptionof the traffic separationscheme

(al A separationzone is boundedby the linesconnectingthe followinggeographical
positions:
(1) .16'56',.48 N, 041"17',.16E (3) 17'01',.87 N, 041"20',.98
E
(2) 16'56',.13 N, 041"17',.7oE (4) l7'02',.20N, 041"2o',.49
E
Thencebackto the point of origin (1)
(b) A trafficlanefor northboundtrafficis established
betweenthe separationzone (a)and a lineconnecting
the followinggeographicalpositions:
(5) 16'55',.72N, 041"18',.42 E (6) 17'0',1',.52
N, 041"21',.63
E
(c) betweenthe separationzone (a)and a line connecting
A trafficlanefor southboundtrafficis established
the followinggeographical positions:
a 17"02',.48N, 041'19',.90 E (B) 16"56',.74
N, E
041"16',.59

[see desciption of "Deep-water route /

Ieading to Jazan Economic City Pott" /
in paft C, section llll /

ROUTETEADINGTO fAZAN ECONOMTCC|TY PORT

NEARTHE DEEP-WATER

S H I P SR
' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N (Adopted 2010) tv/3
 REDSEA_ WESTAND SOUTHOF HANISHAL KUBRA
IN THESOUTHERN
(Reference
charts:BritishAdmiralty452,2002edition;453,2002edition.
Note: Thesechartsare basedon World CeodeticSystem1984 datum(WCS B4).)

Description
of the trafficseparation
scheme
(a) A separationzone boundedby a line connectingthe followinggeographical
positions:
(1) 13'38',.33N, 042"31',.78E (4) ',13'29',..12
N, 042"44',.22E
(2) 13'30',.95N, 042"35',.60E (5) 13'33',.20N, 042"39',.08E
(3) '13"26',.61
N, 042"42',.18E (6) 13%0',.15 N, 042"35',.50E
(b) A traffic lane for southboundtraffic betweenthe separationzone and a line connectingthe following
geographical positions:
(7) 13'37',.40 N, 042"29',.93E (9) 13"25',.22N, 042"41',.05
E
(B) 13'29',.82 N, 042"33',.88E
(c) A traffic lane for northboundtraffic betweenthe separationzone and a line connectingthe following
geographical positions:
(10) 13%0'.82N, 042"36',.90E (14 13"30',.25N, 042"45',.18E
(11) '13"34',.06N, 042"40',.38E

o (10)
(6) \.
o \

N \ ,
o \ \ \
\ \ \
o) tt

\ . ( t \ o
\t t\ \ \ \'o1)

\ 'r
Havco+kls.^
r o
v
\\
\ 6

\ (2)-
-
112)
(8)-t.
K)
\ . -A
O
(3) '.\
a,

b
(See "Becommended tracks Hzs
(e) in the southern Red Sea". |1
in paft E)

Muhabbakalslands
\,

IN THESOUTHERNREDSEA- WESTAND SOUTHOF HANISH At KUBRA

tv/4 (Adopted 2002) S H I P SR

' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N
 REDSEA- EASTOF fABAt ZUQARTSTAND
rN THESOUTHERN
(Reference
charts:BritishAdmiralty452, 2OO2edition;453,2OO2edition.
Note: Thesechartsare basedon World CeodeticSysteml9B4 datum (WGSB4).)

Descriptionof the traffic separationscheme

(a) ' A separationzone boundedby a line connectingthe followinggeographical
positions:
(1) 14"07',.28N, 042"45',.96E (4) .13'58',.55
N, 042"52',.30E
(2) 14"02',.76N, 042"49',.85E (5) 14'03',.76N, 042"51'.OO E
(3) 13'58',.21N, 042'51',.00E (6) 14"O8',.27N, 042"47'.10 E
(b) A traffic lane for southboundtraffic betweenthe separationzone and a line connectingthe following
geograph ical positions:
(7) 14"06',.49 N, o42"44',.98E (9) 13"57',.97N, 042"49',.95E
(B) 14"01',.93 N, 042"48',.94E
(c) A traffic lane for northbound traffic between the separationzone and a line connectingthe following
geographica I positions:
(10) .t4'09'.40N, 042"48',.42E (12) 13'58',.94N, 042"53',.83E
(11) ',|4o04',.88
N, 042"52',.35E

L cr. (4)
(e) (3)

(See "Recommended tracks

in the southern Red Sea",
in part E)

ao d'.
/1*l l\

Hanish /
/ / ,ur "
as Sughrap'z /
-
50'

rN THESOUTHERNREDSEA- EASTOF fABAr ZUQAR TSIAND

S H I P SR
' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N (Adopted 2002) tv/5
IN THE STRAITOF BAB ELMANDEB
(Reference
chart:BritishAdmiralty452,2002 edition;453,2oo2 edition.
Note: Thesechartsare basedon World CeodeticSystem1984 datum(WCS B4).)

Descriptionof the traffic separationscheme

(a) A separationzone is boundedby a line connectingthe followinggeographicalpositions:
(1) 13'13',.07
N, E
043"02'.87 (4) 12"33',.37
N, E
043"28',.30
(2) .12'36',.82
N, E
O43"2O',.22 (5) 12o37',.50
N, E
O43"21',.00
(3) 12'32',.53
N, E
O43"27',.79 (6) 13'13',.83
N, 043'03',.60
E
(b) A traffic lane for southboundtraffic betweenthe separationzone and a line connectingthe following
geographical positions:
(7) 13o11',.94 N, o43"01',.72E (9) 12'31',.25N, 043"27',.04
E
(B) 12'35',.78 N, 043"18',.98E
(c) A traffic lane for northboundtraffic betweenthe separationzone and a line connectingthe following
geograph ical positions:
(10) 13"',t5',.00N, 043"04',.70E (12) 12'34',.69
N, E
043"29',.03
(11) 12"38',.50 N, 043"22',.21E
Note: In the passagebetweenMayyun (Perim)lslandand the mainland,coastaltrafficmay be proceedingin
both directions.

tv/6-1 (Amended 2002) S H I P SR

' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N
 I N T H ES T R A I T
O F B A BE LM A N D E B

S H I P SR
' O U T E I N C2 0 1 5E D I T I O N (Amended2002)
OFF RASAt HADD
(Reference chart:BritishAdmiralty2851,1983edition.
Note: This chart is basedon World CeodeticSystem1972 datum.)

Description of the traffic separation scheme

(a) A separationzone,threenauticalmileswide, is centredupon the followinggeographicalpositions:
(1) 22"39',.00N, E
059"56',.70 (3) 22'25',.40N, 060'02',.00E
(2) 22'33',.30N, 060'02',.00E

betweenthe separationzone
(b) A trafficlanefor southboundtraffic,two nauticalmileswide, is established
and a separation the followinggeographical
lineconnecting positions:
(4) 22'36',.50
N, E
059'54',.00 (6) 22"25',.40
N, E
059"58',.20
(5) 22"32',.00
N, E
059"58',.20
(c) betweenthe separationzone
A trafficlanefor northboundtraffic,four nauticalmileswide, is established
and a lineconnecting the followinggeographical positions:
(7) 22"25',.40N, 060"08',.20E (9) 22%3',.00N, 060'01',.00E
(B) 22"35',.20N, 060'08',.20E

Inshore traffic zone

The areabetweenthe coastand the landwardboundaryof the trafficseparationscheme,and lying between
the followinggeographical
a lineconnecting positions:
(4) 22'36'.50 N, 059'54'.00 E to Ras al Hadd, position (10) 22"32'.00 N, 059"47'.93E
and a line drawn from position (6) 22"25'.40 N, 059'58'.20 E to Ras al )unaiz, position
(11)22"25',.40N, 059'50',.00E

as an inshoretrafficzone.
is designated

30' 40' 50' 60" 10' 20' 30'

OFF RASAL HADD

(Amended 1994) ' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N

S H I P SR
OFFR{S AL KUH
(Referencechart:BritishAdmiralty285'1.
Note: Thischart is basedon World CeodeticSystem1984 datum (WCS B4).)

Descriptionof the traffic separationscheme

(a) Outer trafficseparationline connectingthe followinggeographical
positions:
(1) 25%5',.50N, 057"03',.30
E (3) 25'34',.05
N, 057"12'.00
E
(2) 25"39',.60
N, 057"07',.1o
E
(b) Trafficseparation
zoneboundedby a lineconnecting
thefollowinggeographical
positions:
(4) 25"47',.5o
N, 057"07',.20E (7) 25'35',.30N, 057.13',.80
E
(5) 25"42',.25
N, 057.10',.55E (B) 25%0',.90 N, 057'08',.80
E
(6) 25'36',.65
N, 057'15',.55E (9) 25%6',.50 N, 057.05',.30
E
(c) The limitsof the inshoretrafficzonealongthe coastlinelie betweenthe followinggeographical
positions:
(13) 25'52',.50
N, O57"1V',.30
E (12) 25.39',.30
N, 057"19',.10
E
(10) 25%8',.45N, O57"09',.15
E (14) 25%5',.30
N, 057"26',.70
E
(11) 25%3',.55
N, 057"12',.25
E
(d) An outertraffic lanefor south-eastbound
shippingestablished
betweenthe separationzonesdescribed
in (a)and (b).
(e) An inner traffic lane for north-westboundshippingestablishedbetween the traffic separationzone
describedin (b)and the associatedinshoretrafficzone describedin (c).

OFF RA(SAt KUH

SHIPS'ROUTEINC2015 EDITION (Adopted 2004) IVlB

 OF HORMUZ
IN THESTRAIT
(Reference
chart:BritishAdmiralty3172,1994edition.
Note:Thischartis basedon world Geodeticsystem1984datum(wcs B4).)

Description of the traffic separationscheme

(a) positions:
A separationzone is boundedby a line connectingthe followinggeographical
(1) N,
26"34',.80 E
056"21',.05 (5) 26'28',.60
N, E
O56"37',.55
(2) N,
26'36',.50 E
056'28',.05 (6) N,
26'34',.50 E
056"33',.60
(3) N,
26"36',.50 E
056'34',.90 (7) 26'34',.50
N, E
056'28',.55
(4) N,
26"29',.65 E
O56"39',.45 (B) N,
26'32',.00 E
O56"22',.4O

b) A traffic lanefor eastboundtraffic is established zone and a separationline

betweenthe separation
connecting the followinggeographical positions:
(9) 26"30',.20 N, O56"23',.25 E (11) 26"32',.50
N, E
056'32',.35
(10) 26"32',.50N, 056"28',.95 E (12) 26"27',.6o
N, E
056'35',.65
(c) A traffic lanefor westboundtraffic is establishedbetweenthe separationzone and a line connectingthe
following geographicalpositions:
(13) 26"30',.70N, 056%1',.35 E (15) 26'38',.50N, O56"27',.7OE
(14) 26"38',.50N, 056"36',.15 E (16) 26"36',.70N, 056'20',.15E

lnshore traffic zone

The area between the Musandam Peninsulacoast and landward boundary of the traffic separationscheme
positions:
boundedby a line connectingthe followinggeographical
N,
26"15',.35 O5e12',.92E,
(9) 26"30',.20N, 056"23'.25E,
(10) 26"32',.50N, O56"28',.95E,
(11) 26"32',.50N, O56"32',.35E,
(12) 26"27',.6oN, 056"35',.65E, and
26"19',.05N, O56"31',.25E,

is designatedas an inshoretraffic zone.

tv/9-1 (Amended 1995) ' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N

S H I P SR
 Jazh

Qeshm

Qun r^,^u

^$L
. ^(\t'

(15) (14)
r\;(\^"
" 'E'";z- - -?zl
-----
+ta- otsf
(1)o "
_ in (6)" \*.,
( 8 ) o4 f f i X t , " r"(13)
(s).a"
r_iri'i"*\ . "to,
,' Quoin .ii-u'(s)
.^ Inshore ,''
.r^ traffic ,,
'" ,(^zOfi€a, u"
(l)'h e
," DI LA^ vv'
MusandamPeninsula
Ra's ShavkhMas

o Umm al Fayyiirin

Ra's Sarkdn

IN THESTRAITOF HORMUZ

S H I P SR
' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N
TUNB_FARUR
(Reference chart:BritishAdmiralty2837,1989edition.
Note: This chart is basedon revisedNahrwandatum.)

Description
of the trafficseparation
scheme
Separation
of trafficin this areais achievedby establishing
separatetraffic lanes.
(a) A traffic lanefor westboundtraffic is established
betweena line connectingthe followinggeographical
oositions:
(1) 26"22',.70
N, E
055"30',.00 (3) 26'23',.00
N, E
054"30',.00
Q) 26'18',.70
N, E
055"07',.70
and a lineconnecting
the followinggeographical
positions:
(4) 26o20',.60
N, E
055"30',.00 (O) 26'2.1',.00
N, E
054"30',.00
(5) 26"16',.60
N, E
055"08',.00
(b) A traffic lanefor eastboundtraffic is established
betweena line connectingthe followinggeographical
oositions:
(7) 26"13',.00
N, E
054'30',.00 (9) 26"'11',.80
N, 055"30',.00
E
(B) 26'08',.00
N, E
055"17',.50
and a lineconnectingthe followinggeographical positions:
(10) 26'10',.00 N, 054"30',.00 E (12) 26"08',.80
N, 055"30',.00
E
( 1 1 ) 2 6 ' 0 5 ' , . 0N0 , 0 5 5 ' 1 7 " 5 0E

Note: Westboundtrafficwhich haspassedQuoin lslandsshouldproceedso as to keepJazt.Tunband )azh-e

Faruron the port side.
Eastbound trafficshouldproceedso asto keepJazh-eFarurand Jazt.Tunbon the port sidein orderto get into
the appropriatetrafficlane in the Straitof Hormuztrafficseparationscheme.

(3)
G-=--_ ,-o(1)
"t+t
Jazh-er",,lu'?)-::--------+-'---------ite-:---r:--f
\/ (5) (JJazt. lunoo
(7)o.--____

-----r=-----::-+:
trtl"*--------:S-
o
/a\
"tt(n)

_Y'.'--?'nu (11)

fl.tazt. BuMusa

10' 20' 30' 40' 50' 55" 10', 20' 30', 40' 50',

TUNB_FARUR

lv/10 (Amended l986) S H I P SR

' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N
 BETWEEN
ZAQQUMAND UMM SHAIF
(Referencechart:BritishAdmiralty3733,lt987edition.
Note: Thischart is basedon revisedNahrwandatum.)

Descriptionof the trafficseparationscheme

(a) A separationzone,0.75 nauticalmileswide, isboundedby a lineconnecting
thefollowinggeographical
positions:
(1) 25'07',.00
N, 053"24',.90
E (4) 24'56'.30N, 053.00,.10
E
(2) 25"02',.77
N, 053'19',.36
E (5) 25.02'.'10
N, 053"19'.78
E
(3) 24"56',.90
N, 052"59',.45
E (6) 25'06',.40N, 053"25'.41
E
(b) A trafficlanefor westboundtraffic,'1.25
nauticalmileswide, is established
betweenthe separationzone
and a line connectingthe followinggeographicalpositions:
(7) 25'07',.95
N, 053"24'.01E (9) 24"57',.90 N, 052"58',.40E
(B) 25"03'.BgN, 053.18'.70E
(c) A trafficlanefor eastboundtraffic,1.25nauticalmileswide, is established
betweenthe separationzone
and a line connectingthe followinggeographical positions:
(10) 24.55',.28N, 053'01'.15 E (12) 25005',.44N, 053'26',.30
E
(11) 25.00',.97
N, 053"20'.46
E

Umm ShaifOilfietd

10
Q ,"r,.o""
17)
.t- (1) Zaqqum
." €" (6)
.//... ,o F2)

tsr ."
--(11)

-44

(e)* aA
n l\v/
3\O
(\ lazt. Qarnavn o
\r . @)
(10)

ZaqqumOilfield
.,-t zarakkuh
Q

53' 5',

BETWEEN
ZAQQUMAND UMM SHAIF

S H I P SR
' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N (Adopted 1982)
tv/11
 TO RASTANURAAND IU'AYMAH
IN THEAPPROACHES
(Reference edition;UnitedStates
charts:BritishAdmiralty3788,1986 NavalOceanographic
Office62415.
Note:Thesechartsarebasedon Nahrwandatum.)

Description of the traffic separationscheme

Part l:
RasTanuraapproach
(a) A separation thefollowinggeographical
zoneis boundedby a lineconnecting positions:
(1) 27"06',.83N, 050%2',.00 E (4) 26"57',.50
N, 050'',14',.60
E
(2) 27"06',.10N, 050'23',.30E (5) 27"05',.27
N, 050'23',.50
E
(3) 26"58',.00N, 050'14',.00E (6) 27o06',.13
N, 050%2',.08E
(b) A separationline connectsthe followinggeographical
positions:
(7) 26"57',.75N, O50"14',.20E (B) 26'56',.20N, E
050'12',.60
(c) A separationzone is boundedby a line connectingthe followinggeographical
positions:
(9) 26"56',.47 N, 050"12',.30 E (12) 26'51',.15
N, E
050']1',.28
(1O) 26"56',.00 N, 050"11',.85 E (13) 26'55',.55
N, E
050"12',.38
(11) 26"49',.30 N, 050"10',.43 E (1+1 26'55',.93
N, E
050"12',.87
(d) A separationline connectsthe followinggeographical
positions:
(15) 26%9',.30 N, 050'.10',.43E (19) 26%3',.00N, E
050'11',.88
(16) 26"48',.32N, 050'.10',.25E (20) 26"41',.93
N, 050"12',.23E
(17) 26"45',.2ON, 050'.11',.15 E (21) 26o41',n2N, E
050'',12',.13
(18) 26"44',.43N, 050'11',.47E (22) 26"40',.87
N, E
050''12',.10
(e) A trafficlanefor trafficboundfor RasTanurais established
betweenthe seoaration
zones/lines
and a line
connectingthe followinggeographical positions:
(23) 27"07',.27 N, 050%2',.00 E (27) 26"48',.03N, 050'09'.87E
(24) 27"06',.47N, 050'23',.00E (28) 26"42',.O3N, E
o50"11',.70
(25) 26"56',.35 N, 050'11',.48E (29) 26"40',.87N, 050'11',.73
E
(26) 26"49',.53N, 050'09',.83E
(f) A traffic lanefor traffic departingfrom RasTanurais establishedbetweenthe separationzones/linesand
a line connectingthe followinggeographical positions:
(30) 26"40',.87N, 05}"'12',.27E (37) 26"49',.27N, 050'10'.70 E
(31) 26"4.1',.00 N, 050'12',.30 E (38) 26'50',.90N, 050'11'.60 E
(32) 26"4.1',.95 N, O5O"12',.4OE (39) 26'55',.12
N, 050'13',.03E
(33) 26"42',.42N, O5O"12',.37 E (4O) 26"55',.53N, E
050"13',.13
(34) 26"43',,12 N, O5O"12',.12E (41) 27'04',.85N, 050"23',.87E
(35) 26"44'.28N, E
050''11',.70 (42) 27"O5',.57N, 050%2'.10 E
(36) 26"47',.38N, 050''10',.95 E

Part ll:
f u'aymah approach
(S) A trafficlane,two mileswide, for trafficbound forJu'aymahis centredupon the followinggeographical
oositions:
(43) 26'57',.60N, 050'12',.80 E (44) 26"59',.00N, 050'11',.30 E
Part III:
fu'aymahdeparture
(h) A traffic lane,two mileswide, for trafficdepartingfrom Ju'aymahis centredupon the following
geograph icalpositions:
(45) 27"O1',.40
N, 050'09',.20E (47) 27"11',.50
N, 050'36',.00
E
(46) 27'1',|',.50
N, E
050'11',.75

av/12-1 (Amended 1975) S H I P SR

' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N
 -----l ----; i----------
; Xaillli
; u :roplsa;
i ;
@A)
o
t..
,'? .r,
i ,' i
(26)g(1q),
, -q(37)
".,b,,.iqfZ'
lzo^trIter t+t'
t(11)t
l r l

.-..r"o\b(l4f . ond
tzzlf
''[]q'fl1?) t . I
l
' l

!" / (''Y,, \ nqtsol

il //i
I at
\ ,\\
l a . a t
I ::.:: t
--------i-^(12i----l \\'\
.
.'
r
./(38)
v o l
|
45', (,\).i
(zo)aj],5l i (r\)"\r.ul
lr'Yrfftszl i I
\
,,\

6.'i I l s
: t
I

\ q
l : r
'\\'9ts+r
( trv/ I ,^^,
t ' l r o\or/
l l
See defarls \a\ tze)b Atszl
opposite l- I (20)|
r @
l
\ \
l/9
\Y
l

x9.
I
-,li$teer
YIY
I J
6t5 (30)
(2s) (22)

Ras Tanura RasTanura

10' 50"1s' 20' 25' 35', 40'

IN THEAPPROACHES
TO RASTANURAAND IU'AYMAH

S H I P SR
' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N (Amended 1975)
MARfAN/ZULUF
(Referencechart: BritishAdmiralty 3774, 1991edition.
Note: This chart is basedon World Ceodetic System1984 datum (WCS B4).)

Descriptionof the traffic separationscheme

(a) A separationzoneo{ 0.54 nauticalmiles (1000 metres)wide is centred upon the following geographical
positions:
(1) 28"14',.98N, 049"18',.60 E (4) 28"24',.33 N, o49"27',.8o E
(2) 28"16',.76N, 049'.t8',.58E (s) 28"30',.11 N, o49"30',.O4 E
(3) 28"18',.41N, O49"19',.24 E (6) 28"32',.04 N, 049"30',.15 E
(b) A traffic lanefor southboundtraffic is establishedbetweenthe separationzone and a line connectingthe
following geographicalpositions:
(7) 28"14',.94N, O49"17',.19 E (10) 28"25',.16
N, O49"26',.608
(B) 28"17',.00N, 049""17'.13 E (11) 28"30',.36
N, O49.28',.61 E
(9) 28"19',.28N, 049"18',.09E (12) 28'32',.05
N, O49.28',.7O E
(c) A traffic lanefor northboundtraffic is establishedbetweenthe separationzone and a line connectingthe
following geographicalpositions:
(13) 28"15',.00N, O49"2O'.O1 E (16) 28o23',.63N, 049"29'.06E
(14) 28"16',.55N, O4g""lg',.g7 E (17) 28"29',.87N, 049"31',.47 E
(15) 28o17',.69N, O4g"2O'.45 E (18) 28"32',.03N, 049'31',.59 E

w/13-1 (Amended 1998) SHIPS'ROUTEING

2015EDITION
 (6)
(12]. o o I (18)

1 1 1 1^
o (5)
I (7)

t n
ZulufOilfield A
/ Yt
u l

(10) .1

, (16)

MarjanOilfield

sF'

(s)o,

/
tJ
/ ,ri;,
,/
(2) 6 /

,.,,, I (14)
'i'. # i

(7) d o Ui u o
(1)

MARfAN/ZUTUF

S H I P SR
' O U T E I N C2 0 1 5E D I T I O N (Amended 1998)
 TO THEPORTOF RffS At KHAFfI
APPROACHES
chart:BritishAdmiralty3774,1999edition.
(Reference
Note:Thischartis basedon world ceodeticsystem1984datum(wcs B4).)

Descriptionof the traffic separationscheme

(a) A separationzone bounded by a line connectingthe following geographicalpositions:
(1) 28"38',.40N, o4g"o7'.oo E (4) 28"30'.07 N, 048"41',.12E
(2) 28"38',.40N, 048%5',.83E (5) N,
28"38',.20 O48"46',.30E
(3) 28"30',.30N, O48"4O',.66 E (6) 28"38',.20
N, 049'07',.00 E

(b) A traffic lanefor inbound traffic betweenthe separationzone and the following geographicalpositions:
(7) 28"39',.40N, E
O4g"O7',.OO (9) 2B"30',.82N, 048"39',.58E
(B) 28'39',.40N, E
O48"45',.O3

(c) A traffic lanefor outbound traffic betweenthe separationzone and the following geographicalpositions:
(10) 28"29',.60N, E
O48"42',.O5 (12) 28"36',.10N, E
049"07',-OO
(11) 28"37',.17N, 048"49.90 E

TO THE PORTOF R{S AL KHAFfI

APPROACHES

tv/14 (Adopted 2004) 2015EDITION

SHIPS'ROUTEING
OFFMINA AL.AHMADI
(Referencecharts:BritishAdmiralty 3773, edition No. 4 daredO6/12/2001;1223, edition No. 4
dated16/512002.
Note: All positionsare referredto World CeodeticSystem1984 datum (WCS B4).).

Descriptionof the traffic separationschemes

Northscheme I
(a) A separationzone for the North schemeNo. I bounded by a line joining the followinggeographical
positions:
(1) 29"03',.40N, 048%5',.00 E (5) 29'03',.35N, 048"28',.10E
(2) 2g'05',.85N, 048'30',.00E (6) 29'03',.40N, 048"34',.50E
(3) 29"06',.97N, 048"27',.57E (7) 29'0.1'.40N, 048%5',.00 E
(4) 29'05',.80N, 048"26'.00E

betweenthe separationzone in (a)and the linejoiningthe

(b) A trafficlinefor inboundtrafficis established
followinggeographical positions:
(B) 29'04',.50N, o48%5',.00 E (10) 29'07',.60N, 048"28',.40E
(9) 29'06',.85
N, 048'30',.00
E
(c) betweenthe separationzone in (a)and the line joining
A traffic line for outboundtraffic is established
the followinggeographicalpositions:
(11) 29"05',.28 N, 048"25',.22 E (13) 29'02',.55N, 048"34',.50 E
(12) 29"02',.4o N, 048"27',.80 E (14) 29'00',.50N, 048%5',.00 E

North scheme ll
(d) A separationzone for the North schemeNo. ll bounded by a line joining the followinggeographical
positions:
(15) 29"07',.94N, 048"25',.75E (17) 29'09',.20N, 048'23',.00E
(16) 29"07',.40N, 048"24',.77E
(e) A separationline joins the co-ordinates
of (17)to the followinggeographical
position:
. (18) 29"12',.30 N, 048"15',.00E
(f) betweenthe separationzone in (d)and the separationline
A trafficlanefor inboundtrafficis established
in (e)and the line joining positions:
the followinggeographical
(19) 29'08',.40N, E
048"26',.62 (21) 29'13',.20N, 048'15',.00E
(2O) 29"10',.05N, O48"23',.40E
(g) betweenthe separationzone in (d) and the separation
A traffic lane for outboundtraffic is established
line in (e)and the linejoiningthe followinggeographical positions:
(22) 29"11',.45N, 048'15',.00E (24) 29'06',.85N, 048"23',.82 E
(23) 29"08',.70N, 048"22',.20E
(h) A junction buoy "N' is laid in position(17):
(17) 29"09'.20N, 048"23'.OOE - specialmark yellow.
(i) A firstprecautionaryareais boundedby a linejoiningthe followinggeographical
positions:
(21) 29'',13',.20
N, 048'15',.00E (26) 29'15',.00N, 048'09',.60E
(22) 29"11',.45N, E
048".15',.00 (27) 29"15',.00N, 048"13',.40
E
(25) 29"11',.45N, E
048"11',.60
(j) A secondprecautionaryarea is boundedby a line joiningthe followinggeographicalpositions:
(10) 29"07',.60N, O4B'28',.40E (24) 29'06',.85N, 048"23',.82E
(11) 29'05',.28N, 048"25'.22E (19) 29'08',.40N, 048"26',.62E

S H I P SR
' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N (Adopted 2004) tv/15-1
The South scheme
(a) A separationzoneforthe Southschemeboundedby a linejoiningthe followinggeographical
positions:
(28) 28"57',.70N, E
048"26',.95 (30) 29"00'.40 N, E
O48"22',.96
(29) 28"57',.00
N, O4B'26',.00E

(b) A separationline joiningthe co-ordinatesof position(30)to the followinggeographical

position:
(31) 29'02',.60N, E
048"17',.65
(c) betweenthe separationzone in (a)and the separationline
A trafficlanefor inboundtrafficis established
positions:
in (b)and the linejoiningthe followinggeographical
(32) 28o58',.40
N, O4B'27',.60 E i64) 29'03',.30
N, 048"18',.40 E
(33) 29"01',.l5
N, 048'23',.50 E

betweenthe separationzone in (a)and the separation

A traffic lanefor outboundtraffic is established
positions:
line in (b)and the Iinejoiningthe followinggeographical
(35) 29"01',.90N, O4B"17',.OOE (37) 28"56',.30
N, 048"25'.10E
(36) 2B'59',.80N, 048"22',.00E

{el A junctionbuoy "8" is laid in position(30):

(30) 29"00'.40N, 048"22'.96E - specialmark yellow

OFFMINA AL-AHMADI

tv/15-2 lAdopted 2004) ' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N

S H I P SR
OFFDONDRAHEAD
(Referencechart: BritishAdmiralty 3265,198'l edition.
Note: This chart is basedon Ceylon 1933datum.)

Descriptionof the tiaffic separationscheme

(a) A separationzone, two mileswide, is centred upon the following geographicalpositions:
(1) 05.51:20 N, 080"32'.38E (2) 05"5',t'.20 N, 080"38'.54E
(b) A separationzone, thre-emiles wide, is centred upon the following geographicalpositions:
(3) 05"45',.70N, 080"32'.38E (4) 05%5'.70N, 080.38'.54 E
(c) A traffic lane for westbound ships, three miles wide, is establishedbetween the separationzones
describedin paragraphs(a)and (b) above.
(d) A traffic lane for eastboundships,three miles wide, is establishedto the seawardside of the separation
zone describedin paragraph(b) above.

lnshoretraffic zone
The area between the coast and the landward boundary of the traffic separationschemeis designatedas an
inshoretraffic zone.

OFFDONDRAHEAD

SHIPS'ROUTEINC2015 EDITION (Adopted I9B0) tv/16

OFFALPHARDBANKS34 MILESSOUTHOF CAPEINFANTA
Note: See"Rulesfor navigationof ladentankersoff the SouthAfricancoast" in part F.*
(Reference
charts:SouthAfricanNavySAN 5Z 121;BritishAdmiralty2083,2084.
Note:The SAN chartsare basedon Capedatum(Clarke1BB0Modifiedellipsoid).)

Description of the traffic separat:on scheme

(a) A separation
zone is boundedby a lineconnecting
the followinggeographical
positions:
('l) 34'58',.79S, 020%5',.00 E (3) 35'08',.10S, 021"05',.00
E
(21 34"56',.48 S, 021"05',.00E (4) 35"09',.54S, 020.45',.00
E
(b) A traffic lanefor rarestbound
traffic is established
betweenthe separationzone and the line connectinE
the follorvinggeographicalpositions:
(5) 34'55',.76S, 020%5',.00 E (6) 34"53',.45
S, 021.05'.00 E
(c) A traffic lane for eastboundtraffic is established
bretweenthe trafficseparation
zone and the Iine
connecting the folloraring
geographical positions:
(7) 35"12'.55 S, 020%5',.00 E (B) 35'11',..I1
S, 021.05'.00
E

CapeAgulhas

OFFALPHARDBANKS

The chartlethas been updatedfollowingthe repositioning of the northernboundaryof the SouthernWinter SeasonalZone of the
lnternationCa lo n v e n t i o o
n n L o a dL i n e s 1. 9 6 6 .a s a m e n d e di n D e c e m b e 2r 0 i 2 .

wt17 (Adopted 1998;chartletupdated2013) S H I P SR

' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N
OFFTHE FA PLATFORM47 MILESSOUTH OF MOSSELBAY
Note: See"Rulesfor navigationof ladentankersoff the SouthAfricancoast" in part F.*
(Referencecharts:SouthAfricanNavy SAN 5Z 122;BritishAdmiralty2083,2084.
Note: The SAN chartsare basedon Capedatum (Clarke1BB0Modified ellipsoid).)

Descriptionof the traffic separationscheme

(a) A separationzone is boundedby a line connectingthe followinggeographical
positions:
(1) 34"50',.11
S, 022.00',.00
E (4) 35"03',.37
S, 022"10',.86
E
(2) 34"47',.39
S, 022"20',.00
E (5) 35'04',.06
S, O22"OO',.OO
E
(3) 35"01',.77
S, 022"20',.00
E
(b) A trafficlanefor eastbound
trafficis established
betweenthe separation
zoneandthe lineconnecting
the followinggeographicalpositions:
(6) 35"07'.16S, 022'00',.00E (B) 35"04',.81
S, 022"20',.OO
E
(7) 35'06',.35
S, 022"11',.18
E
(c) A traffic lane for westboundtraffic is establishedbetween the traffic seoarationzone and the line
connectingthe followinggeographical positions:
(9) 34"47',.07 S, 022"00',.00 E (10) 34"44',.75
S, 02220',.O0E

OFF THE FA PLATFORM

" The chartlethas been updatedfollowingthe repositioning

of the northernboundaryof the SouthernWinter SeasonalZone of the
International
Conventionon LoadLines,1966,as amendedin December2012.

S H I P SR
' O U T E I N G2 0 ] 5 E D I T I O N (Adopted l99B; chartlet updated 2013) IV/18
 SectionV

South-East
Asia

caution: The chartletsare for illustrativepurposesonly and must not be usedfor

navigation.Marinersshouldconsultthe appropriatenauticalpublicationsand charts
for up-to-datedetailson aids to navigationand other relevantinformation.

warning: The geographicalpositionsgiven in the descriptionsof the routeing

systemsare only correct for chartsusingthe samegeodeticdatum as the reference
charts indicatedunder each scheme.Chartspublishedby other hydrographic
offices may use a differentgeodeticdatum, as may new editionsof the reference
chartspublishedafter the adoption of the routeingsystem.Where amendmentsto
existingsystemsare not basedon the samegeodeticdatum as the original system,
this is emphasizedby the use of differentcoloursfor definitionsof poiitions-

SHIPS'ROUTEINC2015 EDITION
(Amended 1998) S H I P SR
' O U T E I N C2 O - I 5E D I T I O N
 =

N
U
e
a
a-)
O n '
SLr-So
EESE
d
* e <
/>
(!
e

t : * :
E
xo ? q) q
x': ax
t *p'*
o a)
0)
{2
9
= .$\ F
^ .S\ .1
3
o ! 9 ' b
O *' . .as ' h!
o
" o
6 3 >; . 3o
i 9
:r! >+
--+*\:
ttl
*: E:-
F E E €b
n, !En $'::
g 8 E f rE
I

l
f,
tt)
T:\

A C;,'
,rl
/=
/ a
// t A
v \ =
\;
;o z
' o (-r)
/,4', E
1/.;\
i8- z
t,9

\"x U
U

(t)
=

(n

G
o
c o
c
f
o / ,i/l ?
= f
o
, 7 0-
2
/;/ \ ' C 0 o
\i
6
I
@
o0
c
o

S H I P SR' O U T E I N G
2 0 1 5E D I T I O N (Anended 2006)
v/1-1
 N

oo
c
6

x>F 9^
" F -
3 C.= oSr
q = a i E;E
v'tI
a
o
o -.:
o
: 6 0 @
;
*i;2
l
<h: o
=Y' O ! ! :Y6
Y ' C 6 69
l o -ain'7
-o o !
C
h E , o
I f E
to
i t f 4 0w,

S\\\ €
o
l X;iF
9 9 p (I
x o ^ ^ \ \ <
.\ '., o
< aid
:-)*a \\\
\\ \ a
o N
vrhvr o
c
t:ro '- l |rJ
.o
t
F :

' u
6
r
l
m
l
U
l =
r'38
Ef; nelatelas
r o
o/'--.
1 C
* v""u,
l c )
(^t

>\ / --"-
g
r j
l
(t)

ft-:t-or 1 ( !

"ve
( \ w

fi
c n t
\42
l
\45

l
o

\f
o
\6 z
tt)

z
U
(J

\Y- O
'P^:s7.
W o""oe.
o

a
(- s-ei o
(/ff> 6
E V)
o =
*' 3-
l
(I (t)
O

I
G
c
G a
o_ c
a
irAS
o
c
l a t
,o$'
c
_o
/ R
9"9"
F
,"1 tso
/ E
a a
/ " \
{ \ /
t
E A \ L-----'--
-..-a, / = i
-.-
o=
o 0 l
/n
u c oo',r{
6v

,\Ra
f

vll-2 (Amended2006) S H I P SR
' O U T E I N G2 O 1 5E D I T I O N
AT ONE FATHOMBANK
Note: See"Rulesfor vesselsnavigating
throughthe Straitsof Malaccaand Singapore"in part F and
mandatoryship reportingsystem"ln the Straitsof Malaccaand Singapore"in part C, sectionI.
(Referencechart:BritishAdmiraltv3946,1996edition.
Note: Thischart is basedon revisedKertaudatum.)

Descriptionof the traffic separationscheme

(a) A separationzone is boundedby a line connectingthe followinggeographical
positions:
(1) 03'00'.70N, 1}0"47',.40
E (5) 02%3',.40
N, 101'10',.00
E
(2) ',100'55',.80 (6)
02"53',.70
N, E 02%9',.00N, 100'59'.50
E
(3) 02%9',.50N, 100'59',.50
E (7) 02.53',.40
N, 100.55',.40
E
(4) ',101'10',.30 (B)
02%3',.90
N, E 03"00'.30N, 1OO"47',.10
E
(b) A trafficlanefor north-westboundtrafficisestablished
betweenthe separation
zoneand a lineconnecting
the followinggeographical positions:
(9) 03'02',.70
N, 100%8',.80
E (1t1 02%6',.30
N, 1 0 1 " 1 1 ' ,E
.50
(10) 02'52',.50
N, 101'00',.00
E
(c) A trafficlanefor south-eastboundtrafficisestablished
betweenthe separation
zoneand a lineconnecting
the followinggeographical positions:
(12) 02"54',.70
N, 100%3',.10 E (13) O2"41',.2O
N, 101.08',.80
E

OFFPORTKLANG
(Referencechart:BritishAdmiralty3946,1996edition.
Note: Thischart is basedon revisedKertaudatum.)

Descriptionof the precautionaryarea

A precautionary
areais established
by a line connectingthe followinggeographical
positions:
(14) 02%6',.30 ',t0't.11',.50 (16) 02'39',.40N,
N, E 101"12',.40
E
(15) 02%4',.30N, 101.15',.00 E (17) 02%1',.20N, 101"08',.80E

AT ONE FATHOMBANK+ OFFPORTKTANG

S H I P SR
' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N (Amended 1998) v/2
PORTKLANG TO PORTDICKSON
Note: See"Rulesfor vesselsnavigatingthrough the Straitsof Malacca and Singapore"in part F and
mandatoryship reportingsystem"ln the Straitsof Malaccaand Singapore"in part G, section I.
(Reference chart:BritishAdmiralty3946,1996edition.
Note: This chart is basedon revisedKertaudatum.)

Descriptionof the traffic separationscheme

(a) A separationzone is bounded by a line connectingthe followinggeographical
positions:
(18) 02"42',.00N, 101"13',.80E (21) 02"26',.50
N, 101'36',.80
E
(19) 02"35',.00N, 10'1"27',,10
E (22) 02"35'.20N, 101"25',.80
E
(2O) 02"27',.10N, 101"37',.30 E (23) o2%1',.60N, 101'13',.60
E
(b) A traffic lane for north-westboundtraffic is establishedbetween the separationzone and a separation
line connectingthe followinggeographical positions:
(24) 02%4',.30N, 101"15',.00E (26) O2"29',.00
N, 101'38',.B0
E
(25) O2"37',.40 N, 101'28',.00E
(c) A traffic lanefor south-eastbound traffic is establishedbetweenthe separationzone and a line connecting
the followinggeographical positions:
(27) 02"39',.4o N, 101"12',.40 E (29) O2"24',.60
N, 101"35',.30
E
(28) 02"34'.00N, 101"23',.30
E

lnshore traffic zone

The area betweenthe landwardboundary of the traffic separationschemeand the Malaysiancoast between
.10'l'15'.00
a fine drawn from position (24) 1O2"44'.30
N, EI in a direction of O27"to meet the coastand a line
drawn from position(26)[02"29'.00N, 01"38'.B0E] in a directionof 034" to meet the Malaysian'coast.

OFF PORTDICKSON
(Referencecharts:BritishAdmiralty 3946, 1996edition; 3947,1gg7 edition.
Note: Thesechartsare basedon revisedKertaudatum.)

Descriptionof the precautionaryarea

A precautionary
areais established
by a line connectingthe followinggeographical
positions:
(30) 02"29',.00
N, 101'38',.80 E (321 O2"21',.4O
N, 1O1"39',.4OE
(31) 02"25',.80
N, 101"42',.9O E (33) O2"24',.60
N, 101"35'.30E

v/3-1 (Adopted l99B) S H I P SR

' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N
 PORT KLANG TO PORT DICKSON + OFF PORT DICKSON

SHI.PYROTJTEING
2015EDTTION (Adopted I99B) v/3-2
PORTDTCKSON
TO TANfUNGKEUNC
Note: See"Rulesfor vesselsnavigatingthrough the Straitsof Malaccaand Singapore"in part F and
mandatoryship reportingsystem"ln the Straitsof Malaccaand Singapore"in part C, section l.
(Referencecharts:BritishAdmiralty3946,1996edition;3947,1997edition.
Note: Thesechartsare basedon revisedKertaudatum.)

Descriptionof the traffic separationscheme

(a) A separationzone is boundedby a line connectingthe followinggeographical
positions:
(34) 0223',.90N, 1O1"41',.4OE (36) 02"09',.00
N, E
101'59',.00
(35) 02"09',.70N, 101"59',.60 E (37) 02"23'.20
N, E
10'l'40',.90
(b) A traffic lane for north-westboundtraffic is establishedbetween the separationzone and a separation
line connectingthe followinggeographicalpositions:
(38) 02"25',.80
N, E
1O1"42',.9O (39) 02"11',.60
N, 102"01',.00
E
(c) A traffic lanefor south-eastboundtraffic is establishedbetweenthe separationzone and a line connecting
the following geographicalpositions:
(40) 02"2'1',.40 (41102'o7',.',t0 '10'l'57'.50
N, E
101"39',.40 N, E
(d) A deep-waterroutefor south-eastbound by connectingthe followinggeographical
traffic is established
positions:
(42) 02"21'.4O (46) 02"12',.30 ',101'36',.80
N, E
101"39',.40 N, E
(43) 02'13',.80 (47) 02"22',.20 ',|01'36',.80
N, E
10]"39',.30 N, E
(44) 02'05',.10
N, 101"55',.90
E (48) 02"24',.00
N, 101'36',.10
E
(45) 02'03',.00N, 1o'1',54',.2O
E

lnshore traffic zone

The area between the landwardboundary of the traffic separationschemeand the Malaysiancoast between
a line drawn from position(38)[02"25'.80N, 101"42'.9OE] in a directionof 059'to meetthe Malaysiancoast
and a line drawn from position(39)[02"11'.60N, 102'01'.00E] in a directionof 034'to meet the Malaysian
coast.

OFFMALACCA/DUMAI
(Referencecharts:BritishAdmiralty3947,1997edition;3833,19BBedition;2403,1983edition.
Note: Thesechartsare basedon revisedKertaudatum.)

Descriptionof the precautionaryarea

A precautionary by a Iineconnectingthe followinggeographicalpositions:
areais established
(49) 02".11',.60
N, 102"01',.00E (51) 02o00'.oo N, 101'59',.80 E
(50) 02"07',.20N, 102'06',.20E (52) o2'03',.00N, 1O1"54',.2OE

v/4-1 (Adopted 1998) ' O U T E I N C2 0 1 5E D I T I O N

S H I P SR
 PORTDICKSONTO TANTUNCKELtNc+ OFFMALACCA/DUMA!

SHIPS'ROUTEING
2015EDITION (Adopted 1998)
-
MALACCA TO IYU KECIL
Note: See"Rulesfor vesselsnavigatingthrough the Straitsof Malaccaand Singapore"in part F and
mandatoryship reportingsystem"ln the Straitsof Malacca and Singapore"in part C, section l.
(Referencecharts:BritishAdmiralty 3947, 1997 edition; 3833, 19BBedition; 2403, 1983 edition.
Note: Thesechartsare basedon revisedKertaudatum.)

Descriptionof the traffic separationscheme

(a) A separationzone is boundedby a line connectingthe followinggeographicalpositions:
(53) 02o05',.40N, '102"04',.6o (59) 01"'10'.50
E N, 103"27',.50E
(54) 01'55',.70 N, 1O2"15',.4OE (60) 0'1"13'.20
N, 103"23',.40E
(55) 0'f%0'.00 N, 102"48',.30 E (61) 01'23',.20N, 103"12',.40E
(56) O'1"23',.20N, 103"'12',.40E (62) 01'39',.10
N, 102"48',.00E
(57) 01"13',.80 N, 103"24',.OO E (63) 01'54',.80N, 102"14',.80E
(58) 01"12',.20 N, 103"28',.50 E (64) O2O4',.60N, 102"03',.80E
(b) A traffic lane for north-westboundtraffic is establishedbetween the separationzone and a separation
Iineconnectingthe followinggeographicalpositions:
(65) O2"O7',.20
N, 102"06',.20E (68) 01"25',.50
N, 103.15',.00
E
(66) 01"57',.90
N, 102"16',,6oE (69) 01"15',.20
N, 103'25',.30
E
(67) 01'38:40N, ',I03'00',.00 (70) 01"14',.30
E N, 103"29',.7OE
(c) A traffic lanefor south-eastboundtraffic is establishedbetweenthe separationzone and a line connecting
the following geographicalpositions:
(71) 02'02',.80N, (74) 01'22',.00 ,l03..11',.10
1O2"02',.2O E N, E
(72) 01"52',.60N, 1O2"13',.3O E (75) 01"11',.60
N, 113"22',.80E
(73) O1"36',.80N, 1O2"46',.9O E (76) 01"09',.20
N, 103'26',.80E
(d) A deep-waterroute for south-eastboundtraffic is established
by connecting
thefollowinggeographical
positions:
(77) O2"01',.90N, 102.01',.50
E (79) o1"52',.60
N, 102"13',.30
E
(78) 01"59',.70N, 102"05',.60
E (80) 02"00'.00N, 101'59'.80E

lnshoretraffic zone
The areabetweenthe landwardboundaryof the traffic separationschemeand the Malaysiancoastbetweena
linedrawnfromposition(65)[02'07'.20N, 102"06'.20 E]to PulauUndanlighthouse[02'02'.90N,'102'20'.'10
E],
then in a directionof 040" to meet the Malaysiancoastand a line drawn from position(70) t01'14'.30N,
103"29'.70El in a directionof 038' to meet the Malaysiancoast.

OFF SULTANSHOATLIGHTHOUSE
(Referencecharts:BritishAdmiralty2598,1990edition;2556,1994edition;3833,19BBedition;
2403,1983edition.
Note: Thesechartsare basedon revisedKertaudatum.)

Descriptionof the precautionaryarea

A precautionary
areais established
by a line connectingthe followinggeographical
positions:
(Bt) 0l''f 4'.28 N, 113"29',.73 E (83) 0',1"05'.94
N, 103"32',.30E
(82) O1"12',.62 N, 113"36',.24 E (84) 01"09',.23
N, 103"26',.76E

v/5-1 (Adopted 1998) S H I P SR

' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N
 tt1
I.tJ

U
gJ
)<
f
-

I
(J

S H I P SR
' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N
v/5-2
 [J
V)

ct)
z
l
rt)

+
(h

Iu

I
Itl
)a

I
I

(Adopted 1998; chartlet updated 2006) ' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N

S H I P SR
rN THESTNGAPORE (MArNSTRATT)
STRATT
Note: See"Recommendatory measurefor vesselscrossingthe trafficseparationscheme(TSS)and
precautionaryareasin the SingaporeStraitduringhoursof darkness"in part E, "Rulesfor vesselsnavigating
throughthe Straitsof Malaccaand Singapore"in part F and mandatoryship reportingsystem"ln the Straits
of Malaccaand Singapore"in part C, sectionl.
(Referencecharts:BritishAdmiralty2598,1990edition;2556,1994edition;3833, 19BBedition;
2403,1983edition.
Note: Thesechartsare basedon revisedKertaudatum.
Indonesian40, November1977edition.
Note: Thischart is basedon World CeodeticSystem1984 datum(WCS B4).)

Descriptionof the traffic separationscheme

(a) A separationzone is boundedby a line connectingthe followinggeographical positions(relativeto
W C S8 4 d a l u m ) :
( 8 5 ) 0 1 ' 1 0 ' , . 3N5, 1 0 3 ' 3 4 ' , . 9E0 (89) 01"05',.90
N, 103'43',.38
E
( 8 6 ) 0 1 ' 1 0 ' , . 3N5, 1 0 3 " 3 9 ' , . 8E5 (90) 01'03'.60N, 103'38',.98
E
(87) 01"07',.50 N, 103'43',.72 E (91) 01'07',.06
N, 103"32',.96
E
(BB) 01'08',.60N, 103"45',.43 E
(b) An anchorageareais established within the separationzone describedin paragraph(a)thatis bounded
by a line connectingthe followinggeographical positions(relativeto WCS 84 datum):
(B5a) 01'09'.40N, 103"36'.60 f (90a) 01'04'.50N, 103'38'.90E
t 8 6 a ) 0 1 " 0 9 ' . 1N
0 , 1 0 3 ' 3 8 ' . 6E
0 ( 9 1 a ) 0 1 " 0 6 ' . 8N
0 , 1 0 3 ' 3 5 ' . 0E
0
( B 9 a ) 0 1 " 0 5 ' . 5N
0 , 1 0 3 % 0 ' . 8E 0
(c) positions(relativeto Kertaudatum):
A separationline connectsthe followinggeographical
(92) 0',1'08'.60N, 103"45'.43E (94) 0',1',I0',.81
N, 103"49',.30
E
(93) 0l'-10'.26N, 103"47',.91E
(d) A trafficlanefor westboundtrafficis establishedbetweenthe separation
zonellineand a lineconnecting
the followinggeographical positions(relativeto Kertaudatum):
(95) 01'12',.62
N, 103"36',.24E (98) 01"10',.45
N, 1o3'47',.50
E
(96) 0.1'11',.50
N, 103%0',.55 E (99) 01"11',.13
N, 103'49',.18
E
(97) 01'08',.65N, 103"44'.40E

(e) A trafficlanefor eastboundtrafficis established betweenthe separationzonellineand a line connecting

the followinggeographical positions(relativeto Kertaudatum):
(100) 01'05'.94N, 103"32',.30 E (103) 01'07',.80N, 103"46',.25E
(101) 01'01',.60N, 103'39',.65 E (104) 01'09',.47N, 103"48',.7oE
(102) 01'05',.00N, 103"43',.67 E (105) 01'09',.92N, 103"49',.65E
(f) A deep-waterrouteis establishedwithin the eastboundlanedescribedin paragraph(e).The deep-water
routeis boundedby a line connectingthe followinggeographicalpositions(relativeto Kertaudatum):
(i) '103'38'.95 (vi) 0'l'10'.45N,
0l'03'.60 N, E 103"49'.45E
(ii) 01'05'.90N, 103%3'.38E (vii) 01'09'.95N, 103"48'.28E
(iii) 0.1'08'.61N, 103"45'.44E (viii) 01'08'.90N, 103"46'.82E
(iv) 0l'10'.26 N, 103"47'.91 E (ix) 01'04'.95N, 103"42'.87E
(v) 01'10'.81N, 103%9'.30E (x) 01'02'.97N, 103"39'.10 E

S H I P SR
' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N Amended 2006) v/6-1
 STRAIT(OFFPULAUSEBAROK/PULAU
S|NGAPORE PADANG)
BETAKANG
Note: See"Recommendatorymeasurefor vesselscrossingthe traffic separationscheme(TSS)and
precautionary areasin the SingaporeStraitduringhoursof darkness"in part E, "Rulesfor vesselsnavigating
ihrough the itraits of Malaccalnd Singapore"in part F and mandatoryship reportingsystem"ln the Straits
of Malaccaand Singapore"in part G, sectionl.
(Referencecharts:BritishAdmiralty2598,1ggoedition;2556,1994edition;3833, 19BBedition;2403,1983
edition.
Note: Thesechartsare basedon revisedKertaudatum.)

Descriptionof the precautionaryarea

areais established
A precautionary positions:
by a line connectingthe followinggeographical
(106) 01"11'.13N, 103%9'.18 E (108) N,
O',t.10,.45 103.50',.75E
(1O7) 01"1',1',.59
N, E
103"50',.3',1 (109) N,
01'09',.92 E
103'49',.65

v/6-2 (Amended 2006) 2015EDITION

ROUTEING
SHIPS'
 z

z
+ <
^v
F <
< E
L^)
-L J4

€o-
<.\

<4,
c,<
(, LlJ
(h
"'

o
o r J
<
< )
z *
(/)o
F <
zts
V)
|rl

z
a.t)

S H I P SR
' O U T E I N C2 0 1 5E D I T I O N (Amended2006)
S|NGAPORESTRAIT(OFFST.fOHN',SISIAND)
Note: See"Recommendatorymeasurefor vesselscrossingthe traffic separationscheme(TSS)and
precautionaryareasin the SingaporeStraitduringhoursof darkness"in part E, "Rulesfor vesselsnavigating
throughthe Straitsof Malaccaand Singapore"in part F and mandatoryship reportingsystem"ln the Straits
of Malaccaand Singapore"in part G, sectionl.
(Referencecharts:BritishAdmiralty2556,1994edition;3833, 19BBedition;2403,1983edition.
Note: Thesechartsare basedon revisedKertaudatum.)

Descriptionof the traffic separationscheme

(a) A separationline connectsthe followinggeographicalpositions:
(110) 01"11',.27N, E
103"50',.43 ( 1 1 1 ) 0 1 ' 1 2 ' , . 2N1, E
103"52',.40
betweenthe separationline and a line connectingthe
(b) A traffic lanefor westboundtraffic is established
followinggeographical positions:
(112) 0',1"',|1',.59
N, E
103'50',.3',1 ( 1 1 4 ) 0 1 " 1 2 ' , . 5N1, E
103"52',.25
(113) 01"',|,|',.96
N, E
103'51',.2.1

(c) betweenthe separationline and a line connectingthe

A traffic lanefor eastboundtraffic is established
followinggeographical positions:
(115) 01"'10',.45
N, 103'50',.75 E (116) 01'1',|',.41
N, 103"52',.76E
(d) A deep-waterrouteis establishedwithin the eastboundlanedescribedifi paragraph(c).The deep-water
route is boundedby a line connectingthe followinggeographical positions:
(xi) 01"11'.27 N, 103'50'.43E (xiii) 0,I"11'.78
N, 103'52'.58E
(xii) 01'12'.21N, 103"52'.40E (xiv) 01'10'.92N, 103'50'.57E

STRAIT(OFFST.IOHN',SISLAND/PULAU
STNGAPORE SAMBU)
Note: See"Recommendatory measurefor vesselscrossingthe trafficseparationscheme(TSS)and
precautionaryareasin the SingaporeStraitduringhoursof darkness"in part E, "Rulesfor vesselsnavigating
throughthe Straitsof Malaccaand Singapore"in part F and mandatoryship reportingsystem"ln the Straits
of Malaccaand Singapore"in part C, sectionl.
(Referencecharts:BritishAdmiralty2556,1994edition;3833, 19BBedition;2403,1983edition.
Note: Thesechartsare basedon revisedKertaudatum.)

Descriptionof the precautionaryarea

by a line connectingthe followinggeographicalpositions:
(a) A precautionaryareais established
(117) 01'12',.5',1
N, 103"52',.25E (119) 01"12',.11N, 103"54'.4OE
(118) 01"13',.38N, 103"53',.85E (120) 01o11',.41
N, 103"52',.76E

position:
areais locatedat thefollowinggeographical
(b) Thefocalpointof the precautionary
(121) 01'12',.60 ',103'53',.20
N, E

Description of the area to be avoided

aroundposition(121).
of onecableis established
A circularareato be avoidedwith a diameter

v/7-1 (Adopted 1998) ' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N

S H I P SR
 Sector B

t l 2 8 1- .

o(
\lS
Rla*:'N
Area to be
avoided
(118)q-'

tt
\
/",/

-- t1321
---1 l l o r -

-4 (115)
[r08]
Pu. Anak Sambu
1"
10'
U
a> Pu. Sambu

t. ./

Note: See "Recommendatory measure for vessels crossing

the traffic separation scheme ffSS) and precautionary
\J
areas in the Singapore Strait during hours of darkness"
in Dart E and rules 6 and 7 of the "Rules for vessels
navigating through the Straits of Malacca and Singapore"
in oart F

STRATT
srNGAPORE (OFFST.IOHN',S
tStAND)
+ SINCAPORE (OFF
STRAIT ST.IOHN'S ISLAND/PULAU
SAMBU)

S H I P SR
' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N (Adopted 1998) v/7-2
 STRAIT(OFFCHANGI/PULAUBATAM)
SINGAPORE
Note: See"Recommendatorymeasurefor vesselscrossingthe traffic separationscheme(TSS)and
precautionaryareasin the SingaporeStraitduring hours of darkness"in part E, "Rulesfor vesselsnavigating
through the Straitsof Malaccaand Singapore"in part F and mandatoryship reportingsystem"ln the Straits
of Malaccaand Singapore"in part G, section l.
(Referencecharts:BritishAdmiralty2569,1990edition;3833, 19BBedition;3831,19BBedition;
2403, 1983 edition.
Note: Thesechartsare basedon revisedKertaudatum.)

Descriptionof the traffic separationscheme

(a) A separationline connectsthe following geographicalpositions:
(122)O1""12',.97 .103'54',.03 (124)O1"14',.89 ',103.59',.01
N, E N, E
(123)01"13',.57
N, 103'55',.40E
(b) A separationzone is bounded by a line connectingthe following geographicalpositions:
(125) O't"'t4',.Bg
N, 103.59',.01
E (127) 01"15',.42
N, 1o4"03',.45
E
(126) 01"15',.67
N, 104"03',.40E
(c) A traffic lanefor westboundtraffic is establishedbetweenthe separationzonelline and a line connecting
the following geographicalpositions:
(128) 01"13',.39
N, 103"53',.95
E (130) 01"16',.02
N, 1o4"OO',.OO
E
(129) 01"14',.07
N, 103"55',.18
E (131) 01"16',.60
N, 1O4'O3',.32
E
(d) A traffic lanefor eastboundtraffic is establishedbetweenthe separationzonelline and a line connecting
the followinggeographical positions:
(132) 01"12',.',11 ',103"54',.40 (134) 01"14',.05
N, E N, 104"03',.58
E
(133) 01"',t3',.50
N, 103"57',.67 E

STNGAPORE (OFFTANfUNGSTAPA/PUrAU
STRATT BTNTAN)
Note: See"Recommendatorymeasurefor vesselscrossingthe traffic separationscheme(TSS)and
precautionaryareasin the SingaporeStraitduring hoursof darkness"in part E, "Rulesfor vesselsnavigating
through the Straitsof Malaccaand Singapore"in part F and mandatoryship reportingsystem"ln the Straits
of Malacca and Singapore'lin part C, section l.
(Referencecharts:BritishAdmiralty2569,1990edition;3833,19BBedition;3831,1988edition;
2403, 1983edition.
Note: Thesechartsare basedon revisedKertaudatum.)

Descriptionof the precautionaryarea

A precautionaryarea is establishedby a Iine connectingthe following geographicalpositions:
(135) 01"16',.60
N, 1A4"O3',.32
E (137) 01"15',.40
N, 104"]5',.00E
(136) 01"1B',.63 (13B)0',1"14',.05 '104.03',.58
N, 104"15',.00
E N, E

vlB-1 (Adopted 1998) SHIPS'ROUTEINC

2015EDITION
 z
+s
-a z;
<=
<z
-rl
<q
5S
+<
( 1 q )

zl)
<z
Y Z
E<

< \,
c, t-
La<

XH
<^
v 4
z-<
z
tt)

S H I P SR
' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N (Adopted 1998)
AT HO R S B U R GH
L IGH T H OU S A
ER E A
Note: See"Rulesfor vesselsnavigating
throughthe Straitsof Malaccaand Singapore"in part F and
mandatoryshipreportingsystem"ln the Straits
of Malaccaand Singapore" in partC, sectionl.
(Reference
charts:BritishAdmiralty3831,19BBedition;2403,1983edition.
Note: Thesechartsare basedon revisedKertaudatum.)

Description
of the trafficseparation
scheme
(a) A separation zone is boundedby a Iineconnecting the followinggeographical
positions:
(139) 0.1'17',.32 N, 104"15',.00 E (142) 01"24',.30
N, 104.27',.25E
( 1 4 0 ) 0 1 o l B ' . 0N
0 , 1 0 4 " 1 9 ' . 7E0 (143)01"17',.80N, 104'19',.85E
(141) 01'24',.55 N, 104"27',.05 E (144) 01017',.10
N, 104"15',.00
E
(b) A trafficlanefor south-rvestbound trafficisestablishedbetweenthe separation
zoneand a lineconnectins
the followinggeographical positions:
( 1 4 5 ) 0 1 ' 1 8 ' , . 6N3, 1 0 4 ' 1 5 ' , . 0E0 (147) 01'25',.40
N, 104"26',.32
E
(146) 01'19',.40 N, 104'19',.50 E
(c) A trafficlanefor north-eastbound
trafficis established
betweenthe separation
zoneand a lineconnecting
the followinggeographical positions:
(148) 01'15',.40
N, 104']5',.00 E (150) 01"23',.40
N, 104.27',.95
E
(149) 01"16',.30 .104'19'..85
N, E

1'
20'

i<- o
(143)
4 >
L! oS
(139)o ,---^ F c O
Y ( 14 4 ) = E . t
t E o o i

-- -- -i?+gr
Singapore Strait - s q
i a 9
-- -_____
"
L,, => tv s. = aF v
> ! *
-;------- * @ A
+i >.:
F = Y
=.Y )i

- c

AT HORSBURGHLIGHTHOUSE
AREA

(Amended 1998) S H I P SR
' O U T E I N C2 0 1 5E D I T I O N
IN THE EASTTAMMA AND TATHONGCHANNETS
(Reference
charts:BritishAdmiralty937,1989edition;1917,1988edition;1918,19BBedition.
Note: Thesechartsare basedon Hong Kong1963datum.)

Descriptionof the traffic separationschemes

The trafficseparationschemesin the approachesto Hong Kongconsistof two parts:

Part l:
Easternapproachesto Victoria Port (TathongChannel)
(a) A separationzone is boundedby linesconnectingthe followinggeographical
positions:
(1) 22"13'.42 N, 114"20'.OOE (3) 22"13',.25N, 114"17',.47E
(2) 22"13',.O7 N, 114"20',.0o
E (4) 22"13',.42N, 114"20',.00E
(b) A separationline connectsthe followinggeographical
positions:
(5) 22"13',.25 N, 114"17',.47
E (7) 22'16',.33N, 114".15',.50
E
(6) 22"14',.12 N, 114"16',.42
E (B) 22"17',.05N, 114"14',.33
E
(c) A traffic lanefor inboundtraffic is established
betweenlhe separationzonellineand a line connecting
the followinggeographical positions:
(9) 22"14',.08N, 114"20',.00 E (12) 22.',t6',.38 N, 114'15',.78
E
(10) 22'13',.93
N, 114'17',.27E ( 1 3 ) 2 2 " 1 7 ' . 1N5, 114"14',.40
E
(11) 22"14',.23
N, 114"16',.67
E
(d) A trafficlanefor outboundtrafficis established
betweenthe separationzonellineand a line connecting
the followinggeographicalpositions:
(14) 22"12',.3O
N, 114"20',.00
E (17) 22"16',.30
N, 114"15',.22
E
(15) 22"12',.47
N, 114"17',.67
E (18) 22',16',.97
N, 114"14',.27
E
(16) 22"14',.O2
N, 114"16',.13
E

Inshore traffic zones

The area enclosedby the outer limit of the inboundtraffic lane and the adjacentcoast,and a line drawn
from position(13)22"17'.15N, 114"14'.40 El in the direction034' true to the shore,and a line drawn from
position22"13'.95N,114"17'.75
E in the direction360otrueto the shore,is designated asan inshoretrafficzone.
The areaenclosedby the outer limit of the outboundtraffic lane and the adjacentcoast,and a line drawn
from position(18)[22"16'.97N, 114"14'.27 E] in the direction214" true to the shore,and a line drawn from
position(15)[22"12'.47N, 114"17'.67E) in the direction27O"true to the shore,is designatedas an inshore
traffic zone.
Part ll:
Western approachesto Victoria Port (EastLamma Channel)
The trafficseparationschemefor the westernapproachesto VictoriaPort(EastLamrnaChannel)comprises:
(a) A separationline connectingihefollowinggeographicalpositions:
(1) 22"09',.43N, 114"12',.58
E (2) 22.10',.35 N, 114"11',.92
E
(b) A traffic lane for inboundtrafficestablishedbetweenthe separationline specifiedin (a)and a straight
line connectingthe followinggeographicalpositions:
(3) 22"09',.83 N, 114"13',.22E (4) 22'10',.68N, 114"12',.43E
(c) A traffic lanefor outboundtrafficestablishedbetweenthe separationline specifiedin (a)and a straight
line connectingthe followinggeographical positions:
(5) 22"09',.00 N, 114"11',.88E (6) 22'10',.00
N, 114"11'..37
E
(d) A precautionary by a Iineconnecting
areaestablished thefollowinggeographical
positions:
(7) 22'10',.68
N, 114"12',.43
E
(B) 22''11'.30
N, 114"11'.87E (Chesterman)
(9) 22"1o',.73
N, 114"10',.97
E
(10) 22'10'.00
N; 114"11',.37
E

SHIPS'ROUTEING2O'I5EDITION Amended 1994) v/10-1

(e) A separation lineconnecting the followinggeographical positions:
( 1 1 ) 2 2 . 1 1 ' , . 0N2, 1 1 4 " 1 1 ' , .E4 2
(12) 22o12'..65 N, 114"10'.23 E (LCS1)
(13) 22"14'.92N, 114"07'.18 E (LammaPatch)
(14) 22'16',.37 N, 114"06'.43 E (LCS2)
(f) A trafficlanefor inboundtrafficestablished betweenthe separationline specifiedin (e)and straightlines
connectingthe followinggeographical positions:
( 1 5 ) 2 2 " 1 . 1 ' . 3N0, 1 1 4 ' 1 1 ' . 8E7 ( C h e s t e r m a n )
(16) 22'12',.87 N, 114"10'.42 E (LCS1 NE)
(17) 22'15'.10N, 114'07'.43 E (LammaPatchNE)
(18) 22"16',.47 N, 114.06',.67 E (LCS2 NE)
(g) A traffic lanefor outboundtraffic establishedbetweenthe separationline specifiedin (e)and straight
linesconnecting the followinggeographicalpositions:
(19) 22"10',.73 N, 114.10'.97E
(20) 22"12',.45 N, E (LCS1 SW)
114.10',.07
(21) 22o14'.73N, 114"06'.97E (LammaPatchSW)
(22) 22"16',.23 N, 114"06'.13E (LCS2 SW)

Inshore traffic zones

(h) A designatedinshoretraffic zone on the landwardside of the inbound traffic lane is establishedas
follows:
The areabetweenthe outerboundaryof the inboundtrafficlanespecifiedin (f)and a straightline drawn
from the position(15)in the direction056otrue to the shoreand a straightline drawn from position(18)
in the direction063'true to the shore.
(i) A designatedinshoretrafficzone on the landwardsideof the outboundtrafficlaneas follows:
The area betweenthe outer boundaryof a part of the outbound traffic lane specifiedin (g) and the
adjacentcoast,and a straightline drawnfrom position(20)in the direction218.5"true to the shore,and
a straightlinedrawnfrom position(21)in the direction231otrueto the shore.

Remarks:
A SafeWater Mark LCS1 is to be laid in position(1)with the characteristics
of Lfl 10 s in coniunctionwith
the amendedtraffic separationscheme"Westernapproachesto Victoria Port (EastLammaChannel)".The
existingLCS1 and LCS2 will be renamedLCS2 and LCS3 respectively; their type and characteristics
will
remainunchanged.

v/10-2 (Amended 1994) S H I P SR

' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N
 L 9 f o e : F

-=^-
^ ot-'9-u''t
af\.\ (
\ r " \ ^ | a
u,'t
\ \
-----\_/ (|

g
$
N
b - b - A
I
n l l
i l t l
i l t l
v

IJJ
(g
z
*m ( E
i =
v =
z
R,Y
.;
> c
.=
(u0- r_-^-----i
I (-) I
-9 c 9oa z
c v
F

o5 / / tlJ

(o
t ^uu\\ro)re o
=

N
F a, @

--F a .nU'
^o9
^Y\q

-c
bE I
= :

o - 1d'' E i: x

DC I
///

, /n/
^o
99=

a
t
0 !
- =
s
_ 4 '

o
-

S H I P SR
/ O U T I I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N (Amended1994)
v/10-3
IN THE EASTLAMMA CHANNET

(Amended 1994) ROUTEINC

SHIPS' 2015EDITION
SectionVl

Australasia

Caution: The chartletsare for illustrativepurposesonly and must not be usedfor

navigation.Marinersshould consultthe appropriatenauticalpublicationsand charts
for up-to-datedetailson aids to navigationand other relevantinformation.

Warning: The geographicalpositionsgiven in the descriptionsof the routeing

systemsare only correct for chartsusingthe samegeodeticdatum as the reference
charts indicatedunder each scheme.Chartspublishedby other hydrographic
offices may use a differentgeodeticdatum, as may new editionsof the reference
chartspublishedafter the adoption of the routeingsystem.Where amendmentsto
existingsystemsare not basedon the samegeodeticdatum as the original system,
this is emphasizedby the use of differentcoloursfor definitionsof positions.

SHIPS'ROUTEINC
2015EDITION
o 9 0 o e o
c . | 6 + r o @

.=
(o =
o
$
U)
(t
(E
m
o
5
.c

o
=
4 C
^
* \ a-* . =
"i

< 6 i
F 9 a
'.^ > ut
Y-! > ct
J F ( ( t
< oco
x € P
IJJ XF
o r -.'.:.
; c
o
z
o

o0 o^

o
l-
o9
aa
oo on
/
o
(o

o
lo

IJI
o
sf

o
d,

o
(\I

(Amended 1992) S H I P SR
' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N
SOUTH OF WILSON PROMONTORYIN THE BASSSTRAIT
(Reference '1975
charts:BritishAdmiralty16954;AustralianAUS 801, edition;AUS 350, 1971edition.
Note: Thesechartsare basedon AustralianCeodeticdatum 1966.)

Description
of the trafficseparation
scheme
(a) A separationzone is boundedby a line connectingthe followinggeographical
positions:
(1) 39''11',.00 (3) 39'',15',.00 .146'.15',.00
S, 146'45',.00 E S, E
(2) 39'.15',.00 S, 146'33',.00 E (4) 39'.12',.00
S, 146"25',.00
E
(b) A traffic lane for westboundtraffic is establishedbetweenthe separationzone and a separationline
connectingthe followinggeographicalpositions:
(5) 39'02',.00 S, 146"45',.00 E (7) 39'10',.80S, 146"19',.20
E
(6) 39'09',.00 (B) 39"10',.80 ',146"15',.00
S, 146"26',.00 E S, E
(c) A trafficlanefor eastboundtrafficis established
betweenthe separationzone and a line connectinethe
followinggeographicalpositions:
(9) 39"19',.00S. 146'15',.00E (10) 39"19',.00
s, 146"45'.OO E

Inshore traffic zone

The areabetweenWilson Promontoryand the landwardboundaryof the trafficseparationschemeand lying
betweena line drawn from position39'02'.00 S, 146"45'.00E to position 39"04'.10S, 146"28'.70E (Cape
Wellingtbn)(SouthHead) (north-eastern
limit) and a line drawn from position39"10'.80S, 146'15'.00E to
position39"04'.805,146"19'.20E (OberonPoint)(westernlimit)is designatedas an inshoretrafficzone.

Wilson
Promontory

A
A
A

(8) c-- = O A

Jlu n
-
) )
\/
HoganGroup Hl5'

l_
-
e -o(10)
(e)

CrocodileRk.

d cu.ti, croup
40' 50' 147"

SOUTH OF WITSON PROMONTORYIN THE BASSSTRAIT

S H I P SR
' O U T E I N G2 O ' I 5E D I T I O N (Amended 1992) vt/1
IN THEBASSSTRAIT
(Referencecharts:Australian
AUS422,1971edition;AUS 357A,1983edition.
Note: Thesechartsare basedon AustralianGeodetic datum 1966.)

Descriptionof the traffic separationscheme

(a) A separationzone 1.5 mileswide is centredon the followinggeographical
positions:
(1) 38%1',.50
S, 148"20',.20
E (3) 38%6',.30
S, 148'09',.00
E
(2) 38"44',.50
S, 148"14',.90
E
(b) A traffic lanefor westboundtraffic is establishedbetweenthe separationzone and a line connectingthe
following geographicalpositions:
(4) 38"3B',.50 S, 148"17'.50 E (6) 3B%2'.80 S, 148"O7',.30 E
(5) 3B%'1',.00
s, 148"13',.20
E
(c) A trafficlane{or eastbound
trafficis established
betweenthe separation
zone and a line connectingthe
following geographicalpositions:
(7) 38%9',.80 ',148"10',.80 (9)
S, E 38"44',.60S, 148"23',,00E
(B) 3B"4B',.oOS, 148"16',.7o
E

t"?>>,

ta, Areato beavoided ---*^-=-

^SnaPPer"-1S\, --A i
DIIaPPeI lull?1 -\
\\--\
_\. - l \ -'-\Ej)( --'
---'tgS\ 'B' I
\-'y -l
-\ot"rr"couta'A' tvtartin\
I i
Flounder'A
v'x of the"Areato be
see descriplion \ i
avoided/n the BassStrait" \ y
r., in partD, sectionlll
Fortescue,Ailfi Halibut'Ar/
\ r \ w
** cobiad \Mackeref'
Bream
Y tr /'tr- f
Y /
'/
Y vi^^ri^a I
O Perch v

qt(4\l
Tass"

IN THE BASSSTRAIT

va/2 (Amended l9B5) S H I P SR

' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N
SectionVll

NorthAmerica,Pacificcoast

Caution: The chartletsare for illustrativepurposesonly and must not be usedfor

navigation.Marinersshouldconsultthe appropriatenauticalpublicationsand charts
for up-to-datedetailson aids to navigationand other relevantinformation.

Warning: The geographicalpositionsgiven in the descriptionsof the routeing

systemsare only correct for charts usingthe samegeodeticdatum as the reference
charts indicatedunder each scheme.Chartspublishedby other hydrographic
'offices
may use a differentgeodeticdatum, as may new editionsof the reference
chartspublishedafter the adoption of the routeingsystem.Where amendmentsto
existingsystemsare not basedon the samegeodeticdatum as the original system,
this is emphasizedby the use of differentcoloursfor definitionsof positions.

SHIPS'ROUTEING2015 EDITION
 o o o o
(t
o o
lo t N

o
o

o
o
(g
(t)
d]
o
() (')
o .9 J
o
t)
3-e E
o (rt IL o
c o
s(/) (5
a
N

o
C'

AJ -n)
L;".a d.l-
-BD

'=
N o
a)
s 'tl b
a L
E
f 6 I
'Rr..
E e ^ U
L Y -
(n o- .= -'
\ 3'a 4 . +u o 0
- i ( C J
X g . o 6 r 'U
- q ) , i U
O c E A i i N
t
= EEf bB,i
_ r! a!
- _ t L ts;i
dEes= 633
= : : ; 9 r $ e e
? A
)
! + ; k : u
E : S E S R n E E
R : ' :
\ 1 , C - - L - ^ = - -

: . r < - ^ ( E = ( U o o
6 "D F
t {
5OFF c 6 ; , F E h h
{ 9 p6*q-o Edi o*'o
on iadEdi:5€5
n - l I J - - - c X c c c
i_ i o O = = : = - = = =
2
! -cNCDst|.r)(Of'-cO o
co

vil/ii (Amended2003) ' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N

S H I P SR
 'riE
o x
Y X r
5 5c
c/)A:
qff6
Y.= 6
o E I
c hn-

t\ .'4 / tt)
/ / t l
' \ / / l t
\ r < / : .
A
'.'a"t f

\ \
I I
I I N
z
I I

|JJ
ad
=
4 f
ID

= U
z
a

z
l

ttl

(h

tlJ

o
-o a,
^ o )
o
c
a O >
a
I l v
o- f
-, *{.t (h
a ^-
@

!
c
cd

S H I P SR' O U T E I N C
2 0 1 5E D I T I O N
I N PR I N C E
W I L LIA MS OU N D
(Reference chart:UnitedStates16700,1998edition.
Note: This chart is basedon North American1983geodeticdatum.)

Descriptionof the traffic separationscheme

The trafficseparationscheme"ln PrinceWilliam Sound"consistsof two parts:

Part l:
PrinceWilliam Sound
(a) A separationzone is boundedby a line connectingthe followinggeographicpositions:
(1) 60"20',.77 N, 146"52',.31W (3) 60"48',.29N, 146"59',.77
W
(2) 60%8',.12 N, 147'01',.78w (4) 60'20',.93N, W
146"50',.32
(b) A trafficlanefor northboundtrafficis established
betweenthe separationzoneand a lineconnectingthe
followinggeographicpositions:
(5) 60'20',.59N, 146"48',.18W (6) 60%9',.49N, W
146"58',.19
(c) betweenthe separation
A trafficlanefor southboundtrafficis established zone and a lineconnectingthe
followinggeographicpositions:
(7) 60%9',.10 N, 147"04',.19W (B) 60'20',.60
N, 146"54',.31W
Part ll:
ValdezArm r
(a) A separation thefollowinggeographic
zoneis boundedby a lineconnecting positions:
(9) 60'5.1',.08N, 147"00'..33
W (11) 60'58',.30N, 146"47',.10W
(10) 60'58',.60N, 146"48',.10W (12) 60'50',.45N, W
146"58',.75
(b) A trafficlanefor northboundtrafficis established
betweenthe separation
zone and a lineconnectingthe
followinggeographicpositions:
(6) 60%9',.49N, 146'58',.19 W (13) 60'58',.04N, 146'46',.52
W
(c) betweenthe separationzone and a lineconnectingthe
A trafficlanefor southboundtrafficis established
followinggeographicpositions:
(14) 60'58',.93N, 146'48',.86W (15) 60"50',.61
N, 147'03',.60 W

Precautionaryareas
Cape Hinchinbrook:
A precautionary boundedby a line connectingthe following
area is established,
geographical
positions:
(5) 60"20',.59N, 146'48',.18W (21) 59'5',1',.80
N, 146"37',.51W
(16) 6o"12',.67N, W
146'4o',.43 (22) 59"53',.52N, 146"46',.84W
(17) ',.01
60"1',f N, 146'28',.65W (23) 60"07',.76N, 146"36',.24W
(18) 60"05',.47N, W
146'00',.01 (24) 60'1.1',.51
N, 146"46'.64W
(19) 60'00'.81 N, W
146'03',.53 (B) 60'20',.60N, 146"54',.31W
(20) 60"05'.44N, 146"27',.58W

Bligh Reef:A precautionary position:

areaof radius1.5 milesis centredupon geographical
60%9',.63N, W
147"01',.33

Note: A pilot boardingarea is locatednear the centreof the Bligh Reefprecautionaryarea.Due to heavy
vesseltraffic, marinersare advisednot to anchor or linger in this precautionaryarea exceptto pick up or
disembark a pilot.

vil/1-1 (Amended 2000) S H I P SR

' O U T E I N G2 O ' 1 5
EDITION
 v:
t3)l
AI
'1[ t
a\\

Prince

William

Sound

--a(5)
F€''I

tt
Att
\ \
\ \
\
\
\
\ trql
\
05' 147" 55' 50', 45'

IN PRINCEWILLIAM SOUND (NORTH)

SHIPS'ROUTEINC2015EDITION (Amended20aO) vil/1-2

 ,,ill'.='1i*,, q\
tt tt
K":
\ 6 \
\ I A \
aiko Pt \, a,
\
-z tt
tt?
t\ \ G06)
t\\\\\\

___(1A
ooi"..r%o
".o q\\\\\
ero^
Seal
RocksF "a,
--3"tq.
(23)P
I
I
I (20)
I q-
I / \ _
I / - -
I I
I I
I I
I I
I I
I I
I I
- l I
I I
I I
I I
I I
I I
I I
I I
I I
I I
I I
I I
I t
I I
(22) d.--
---- !
-\\r/
i
- (21)

55. 50. 45. 40- 35- 30', 25' 20' 15- 10' 05' 146"

WILLIAMSOUND(SOUTH)
IN PRTNCE

vil/1-3 (Amended 2000) ' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N

S H I P SR
 lN THESTRAIT
OF |UAN DE FUCAAND rTSAPPROACHES
(Referencecharts:CanadianHydrographicService3440,1998edition;3602,2002edition;
3481,2O0Oedition;3526,2OO1edition;UnitedStates18400, 2OOOedition;18421,2000edition;
18440,2000edition;18460,1998edition;18465,1995 edition;18480,1999edition;18485,1998
edition.
Note: Thesechartsare basedon World Ceodetic System1984 datum (WCS B4).)

Descriptionof the traffic separationschemes

PartI
In the approaches
to the Straitof Juande Fucatherearetwo trafficseparationschemesand one precautionary
area:
Westernapproach
(a) A separationzone is boundedby a line connectingthe followinggeographical
positions:
(1) 48'30',.10 '125'09',.00 (3) 48'29',.',f
N, W 1 N, 125"04',.67
W
(2) 48'30',.10 N, 125"04',.67 W (4) 48'29',.',1',|
N, 125'09',.00
W
(b) A trafficlanefor westboundtrafficis established
betweenthe separationzone and a line connectingthe
followinggeographical positions:
(5) 48'32',.09N, 125"O4',.67
W (6) 48'32',.09N, 125'08',.98 W
(c) A traffic lanefor eastboundtrafficis established
betweenthe separationzone and a line connectingthe
followinggeographicalpositions:
(7) 48"27',.31 .125"09',.00 (B) 48o28',.13
N, W N, 125'04',.67
W
South-western
approach
(a) A separationzone is boundedby a line connectingthe followinggeographicalpositions:
(10) 4823',.99N, 125"O6',.54W (12) 48"27'.14N, 125.02'.08W
(11) 48"27',.63 ',t25"03'.38
N, W (13) 48o23'.50N, 125"05'.26W
(b) A trafficlanefor north-eastbound trafficisestablishedbetweenthe separation
zoneand a lineconnectins
the followinggeographical positions:
(14) 48"22',.55N. '125.02'.80 '125"00'.81
W (15) 48"26',.64N, W
(c) A trafficlanefor south-westbound
trafficisestablishedbetweenthe separation
zoneand a lineconnecting
the followinggeographicalpositions:
(B) 48'28',.13N, 125"O4',.67W (9) 48"24',.94N, 125'09',.00
w
Precaution
ary area"lF"
A precautionary
area"JF"is boundedby a line connectingthe followinggeographicalpositions:
(5) 48'32',.09N, 125"04'.67W (15) 48"26',.64N, 125.00',.8'l
W
(2) 48"30',.',10
N, 125"04'.67W (16) 48.28',.13N, 124.57'.gOW
(3) 48"29',.11N, 125"04'.67W (1A; 4B'29',.11N, 125.00'.00 w
(B) 48.28',.13N, 125"04'.67W (25) 48.30',.10N, 125"00'.00 w
(11) 48"27',.63 .125.03'.38 '125.00'.00
N, W (12148.32',.09 N, w
(12) 48"27'.14N, 125.02'.OBW
thencebackto the point of originat (5).
Part Il
Within part ll therearefour trafficseparation
schemesand one precautionary
areain the Straitof Juande Fuca:
Westernlanes
(a) A separationzone is boundedby a line connectingthe followinggeographical
positions:
(18) 48"29',.',11
N, 125.00'.00w (22) 48"14'.49N, 123"31'.gBW
(19) 48.29'.11N, 124"43'.78W (23) 48"17'.02N, 123.56'.46W
(2O) 48"13',.89 N, 123"54',.84W (24) 48.30'.'10N, 124.43'.50W
(21) 48'13',.89N, 123"31',.98w (25) 48.30'.'10N, 125.00'.00w

S H I P SR
' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N (Amended 2006)
vI/2-1
(b) A traffic lanefor north-westboundtraffic is establishedbetweenthe separationzone and a line connecting
the followinggeographical positions:
N,
Q6) 48"16',.45 123"30',.42w (29) 4g'32',.00N, W
124"46',.57
'123"33',.54W (30) 4\'32',.09N, 124"49'.90W
(27) 48"15',.97 N,
(28) 49'l9',.oo N, 123"56'.07W (17) 4B'32',.09N, w
125'00',.00

Trafficmay exit the lane between points (29)and (30)or may remain in the lane between points (30)and (17)
en route to the precautionaryarea.
(c) A traffic lanefor south-eastbound traffic is establishedbetweenthe separationzone and a Iineconnecting
the following geographical positions:
(16) 48"28',.13 N, 124"57',.9OW (32) 48o12',.90
N, 123"55',.24w
(31) 48'28',.13N, 124"44',s7W (33) N,
48"12',.94 123'32'.89W

Southernlanes
(a) A separationzone is bounded by a line connectingthe following geographicalpositions:
(34) 48"10',.82N, 123"25',.44w (37) 48"12',.84N, 123'27',-46w
(35) 48"12',.38N, 123"28',.68w (38) 48"10',.99N, 123"24',.84W
G6 qglztgo N, 123"28',.68w

b) A traffic lanefor northboundtraffic is establishedbetweenthe separationzone and a line connectingthe

following geographicalpositions:
(39) 48'11',.24N, 123"23',.82W (4O) 48"12',.72
N, 123'25',.34w

(c) A traffic lanefor southboundtraffic is establishedbetweenthe separationzone and a line connectingthe

following geographicalpositions:
(33) 48"12',.94N, 123"32'.89W (41) 48"09',.42N, 123"24',.24W

Northernlanes
(a) A separationzone is bounded by a line connectingthe following geographicalpositions:
(42) 48'21',.15N, 123"24',.83w (44) 48"15',.77N, 123'27',.18w
(43) 48'16',..16
N, 123"28',.5OW (45) 4B'2O',.93N, 123"24',-26w

b) A traffic lanefor southboundtraffic is establishedbetweenthe separationzone and a line connectingthe

following geographicalpositions:
(46) 48"21',.83N, 123"25',.56w (26) 48"16',.45
N, 123"30',.42w

(c) A traffic lanefor northboundtraffic is establishedbetweenthe separationzone and a line connectingthe

following geographical positions:
(47) 48"2o',.93N, 123"23',.22w (48) 48'15',.13
N, 123"25',.62W

Easternlanes
positions:
boundedby a line connectingthe followinggeographical
(a) A separationzone is established
(49) 48"13',.22N, 123"15',.91W (5t1 48',l3',.54N, 123"25',.86w
(50) 4B'14',.03 N, 123"25'.98W $2) 48"12',.89 N, 123"16',.69W

(b) A traffic lanefor westboundtraffic is establishedbetween the separationzone and a line connectingthe
following geographicalpositions:
(54) 48"14',.27N, 123"13',.41W (48) 48"15',.13
N, 123'25',.62W
(55) 48"14',.05N, 123"16',.08 W

(c) A traffic lanefor eastboundtraffic is establishedbetween the separationzone and a line connectingthe
followinggeographical positions:
(40) 48"12',.72N, 123"25',.34w (53) 48o12',.34
N, W
123',|8',.01

vu/2-2 (Amended 2006) SHIPS' 2015EDITION

ROUTEING
Precautionaryarea"PN'
A precautionaryarea "PN' is bounded by a line connectingthe following geographicalpositions:
(33) 48"12',.94N, 123.32',.89
W (48) 48"15',.13
N, 123"25',.62W
(21) 48".13',.89
N, 123"31',.98
W (5O) 48"14',.03
N, 123"25',.98w
(22) 48"14',.49N, 123"3',1',.98
W (51) 4B'13',.54
N, 123.25',.86W
(26) 48"16',.45N, 123"30'.42W (40) 4812',.72N, 123.25',.34w
(43) 48"',16',.16
N, 123"28',.5OW (37) 48"12',.84
N, 123"27',.46w
(44) 48.15',-77N, 123"27',.18w (36) 48""12',.90
N, 123"28',.68W
thencebackto the pointof originat (33).
khartlets overleaf)

SHIPS'ROUTEING
2015EDITION (Amended 2006) vil/2-3
 E
(It IL n
N P r,o {v)

c)
* ) -
# 7 a

ffi
(E

OY
\o-

(t
|rJ

c
f
,a =
(a
t4J

U
-
o
I
L
(t)
=
z
U
!,0 f
tlJ

z
/ / / . / l
/ . / , r {
/ ,/ / t--\ a
/ t t , l o
^; / / / r \
\t o
o
=
, N O i i r \
i o ;<,/-L_r ^iv
u
/ (d^ t' (t)
=qp o o
o o

^^/. IO | o
IJJ

U ' "/ .r, i lF- 6 E

i F(4 I- =R^ ^-
6
v

e
t

'
r

,
F
9 -
!

> - x
4
icD I r
t t F Y ( !
{ o
o P!?
l
l
t !
F _o Y , =

l l r )\ 6*
l l x
l; t l \ <
:
> x
I JL |
: \ .< 0 ) -
v - - =
r V
|
I
(ol
r A
\ qzE
c r v g
| /\
E,' i / \ ; \ <
NY---:-: 1e
!, c) .j--_U_e
5: Lo @ ii c\-
U/ _-----.
--r,-
,, \\
t,
| 1 - ' ^ l
m g ^
r ^ , L - 5 - t u 6 -
:ri
l N c ) , \ \ e \ /
i :- Y( ) t ' r . \ \ 5
: \ \.. o
r _ _ \ \ 6
l \ L . l ' \ \ r =
^l ^^ A \^
( 0 9 r e e + e e

vu/2-4 (Amended2006; chartletamended2008) S H I P SR

' O U T E I N C2 0 1 5E D I T I O N
 E

pEEU{ c
s { e() (n

l\\\\\ P daa_ (!

..< g$E \ g $$
I Q
d .€

w € ,
g*-a'. a_ *.
t'
s p ,E E= 'i8g g
'll€fi - ' t
I
I
H
/E* g r

'#%
.o In I

D€n 5< I II \t 6'

-\%Qjtu
lf ^ A.
$ E l v:
d b ^ ,
r
I

r -
O

- g @
Cr)
)

a - \ m r . F
t - - ^ Y , q

ct)
iK@_,'

eg#
llJ
*\ @. /J-
.t',
,ffi tu

Eig I

$;-e
:ta
a $ --|------ (t)

z
I

IIJ

o
t
$
ts
o_
o
o at
.I4
IIJ
C'
o
f
LL
o
o
z
6',
S'P
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
qo8 I
b'

u$, /a
d s i

SHIPS'ROUTEING
2015EDITION (Amended 2OO6;chartlet amended 2008) vll/2-5
IN PUGETSOUNDAND ITSAPPROACHES
(Referencecharts:UnitedStates18421,2OOOedition;18429,'1999edition;18430,1996edition;
18440,2000edition.
'1983
Note: Thesechartsare basedon North American geodeticdatum.)

Descriptionof the traffic separationscheme

The traffic separationscheme"ln PugetSound and its approaches"consistsof a seriesof traffic separation
schemesand precautionaryareasbroken into three geographicdesignationsas follows:
Part l: RosarioStrait
Part ll: Approachesto PugetSound
Partlll: PugetSound
Part I
Rosario Strait
(a) A separationzone is bounded by a line connectingthe following geographicalpositions:
(1) 48"48',.98 N, 122"55'.20W (4) 48"45',.56 N, 122"48',.36w
(2) 48"46',.76N, 122"50',.43W (5) 48%6',.39 N, 122"50',.76W
(3) 48"45'.97N, 122"48',:l2w (6) 4B"48',.73 N, 122"55',.68W
(b) A traffic lanefor northboundtraffic is establishedbetweenthe separationzone and a line connectingthe
following geographicalpositions:
u) 48%9',.49N, 122"54',.24w (g) 48o46',.35
N, 122"47',.50W
(B) 48"47',.14
N, W
122"50',.10
(c) A trafficlanefor southbound betweentheseparation
trafficisestablished zoneanda lineconnecting
the
following geographicaI positions:
(10) 48d44',.95 '122"48',.28W (12) 48"47',.93N,
N, 122"57',.12
W
(11) 48"46',.76N, 122"53',.10W
(d) Connectingwith precautionary area "CN', the waters contained within a circle of radius 1.24 miles
centredat geographicalposition48o45'.3ON, 122%6'.50W.
(e) A separationzone is bounded by a line connectingthe following geographicalpositions:
(13) 48"44',.27N, 122"45',.53W (15) 48"41',.60N, 122"43',.82W
(14) 48"4'1',.72
N, 122"43'.50W (16) 48"44',.17
N, 122"45',.87W
(f) A traffic lanefor northboundtraffic is establishedbetweenthe separationzone and a line connectingthe
folIowing geographicalpositions:
(17) 48"44'.62N, 122"44'.96W (18) 48"41',.80
N, 122"42',.70W
(g) A traffic lanefor southboundtraffic is establishedbetweenthe separationzone and a line connectingthe
following geographicalpositions:
(19) 48%4'.08N, 122'46'.65W (20) 48"4'.1',.25
N, 122"44',.37 W
(h) Connectingwith precautionaryarea"C",the waterscontainedwithin a circleof radius1.24miles'centred
at geographicalposition 48"40'.55N, 122"42'.BO
W.
(i) A two-way route is establishedbetweenthe following geographicalpositions:
(21) 48'39',.33N, W
122"42',.73 (25) 48"29',.48N, 122"44'.77W
(22) 48'36',.08N, 122"45'.OOW (26) 48"36',.13N, 122"45'.BOW
(23) 4826',.82N, 122"43',.53w (27) 48"38',.38N, 122"44',.2OW
(24) 48"27'.62N, 122"45'.53W (28) 4g'39',.63N, 122"44'.O3W
(j) Connectingwith precautionary area"R8", boundedto the north by the arc of a circleof radius1.24miles
centredon geographicalposition 48"26'.38N, 122"45'.27W and connectingthe following geographical
positions:
(42) 48"25'.97N, '122"47',.03
W (83) 48"25',.55N, 122"43',.93 W

vlr/3-1 (Amended 2002) SHIPS'ROUTEINC

2015EDITION
 and boundedto the southby a line connectingthe followinggeographicalpositions:
(42) 48"25',.97N, 122"47',.03W (86) 48'25',.'17
N, 122"45',.62w
(43) 48"24',.62N, 122"48',.68w (87) 48"24',.15N, 122"45',.27W
(38) 48"23',.75N, 122"47',.47w (84) 48"24',.08N, 122"43',.38w
(37) 48"25'.20N, 122"45',.73W (83) 4825',.55N, 122.43',.93W

Part ll
Approaches
to PugetSound
The trafficseparationschemein the approaches
to PugetSoundconsistsof a north-east/south-west
approach,
a north-west/south-east approach,a north/southapproach and an east/westapproach connectingwith
precautionaryareasas follows:

North-east/south-west
approach
(a) A separationzone is boundedby a line connectingthe followinggeographical
positions:
(29) 48"24',.13 N, 122"47'.97W (3t1 48'20',.53N, 122"57',.22w
(30) 48"20',.32 N, 122"57',.02w (32) 4824',.32N, 122"48',.22w
connectingwith precautionaryarea "RA", the waters containedwithin a circle of radius 1.24 miles
centredat48"19'.77N. 122"58'.57W and thenceto:
(33) 4B'16',.25
N, 123"06',.58
W (35) 48'19',.20
N, 123.00',.35 W
(34) 48"16',.57
N, 123"06'.58W (36) 48"19',.00
N, 123"00',.17W
(b) A trafficlanefor northboundtrafficis established
betweenthe separation
zone and a line connectingthe
followinggeographicalpositions:
(38) 48"23',.75
N, 122"47',.47W (39) 48"19',.80
N, 122"56',.83w
connectingwith precautionary
area"Rl(', and thenceto:
(40) 48"15',.70
N, 123"06',.58W (41) 48"18',.67
N, 122"59',.57
W
(c) A trafficlanefor southboundtrafficis established
betweenthe separation
zone and a lineconnectingthe
followinggeographicalpositions:
(43) 48"24',.62
N, 122"48',.68W (44) 48"2o',.85
N, 122'57',.80W
connectingwith precautionary
area"RA",and thenceto:
(45) 48"19',.70
N, 123'00',.53
W (46) 48"17',.15
N, 123"06',.57
W
(d) Connectingwith precautionaryarea "ND", which is bounded by a line connectingthe following
geographical
positions:
(47) 48'',11',.00
N, 123'06',.58
W (51) 4B'11',.24
N, 123"23',.82W
(46) 4B'17',..15
N, 123"06',.57
W (521 48'10',.82N, 123"25',.44w
(48) 48"14',.27N, 123"13',.41W (53) 48'09',.42N, 123"24',.24W
(49) 48"12',.34N, 123'18',.01
W (54) 48'08',.39N, 123"24',.24W
(50) 48"12',.72N, 123"25',.34W
thencealongthe shorelineto the point of beginning(47).

North-west/south-east
approach
(e) A separationzone is boundedby a line connectingthe followinggeographical
positions:
(55) 48"28',.72N, 123'08',.53 W (59) 48"2o',.82N, 122.59',.62w
(56) 48"25',.43 N, 123'03',.88W (60) 48"22',.72N, 123"01',.12W
(57) 48"22',.88 N, 123'00',.82W (61) 48.25',.32N, 123"04',.30W
(58) 48'20',.93N, 122'59',.30W (62) 48"28',.39N, 123"08',.64W
connectingwith precautionary
area"RA",and thenceto:
(63) 4B'.18',.83
N, 122"57',.48W (65) 48.13',.00
N, 122"51',.62W
(64) 48'13',.15
N, 122"51'.33
W (66) 48"18',.70
N, 122"57',.77
W

S H I P SR
' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N (Amended 2004) v|I/3-2
(f) A traffic lanefor northboundtraffic is establishedbetweenthe separationzone and a line connectingthe
following geographicalpositions:
(67) 48"29',.28N, 123"08',.35 W (69) 48"23',.20N, 123'00',.20 W
(68) 48"25',.60 N, 123"03',.13 W (7O) 48'21',.00N, 122"58',.50W

connectingwith precautionaryarea "RA", and thence to:

(71) 48"19',.20N, 122"57',-O3 W (72) 48"13',.35
N, W
122"50',.63

(S) A traffic lanefor southboundtraffic is establishedbetweenthe separationzone and a line connectinBthe

following geographicalpositions:
(73) 48"27',.86N, 123"08',.81 W (75) 48"22',.48N, 123"01',.73 W
(74) 48"25',.17 N, 123"04',.98 W (76) 48"2o',.47N, 123"00',.20 W
connectingwith precautionaryarea "RA", and thence to:
(77) 4B"18',.52 N, 122"58',.5}W (78) 48"12',.63
N, 122"52',.15W

(h) Connectingwith precautionaryarea"SN', the waterscontainedwithin a circle of radius2 miles centred

at geographicalposition 48"'l"l'.45N, 122"49'.7B W.

North/southapproach(betweenprecautionaryareas"RB" and "SN')

(i) positions:
A separationzone is boundedby a line connectingthe followinggeographical
(79) 48'24',.15N, 122"44',.O8W (81) 4B'13',.38N, 122"49',.15 W
(80) 4B'13',.33N, 122"48',.78W (82) 4824',.17N, 122"44',.48w

(j) A traffic lanefor northboundtraffic is establishedbetweenthe separationzone and a line connectingthe

following geographicalpositions:
(84) 48"24',.08N, 122"43',.38W (85) 48"13',.10
N, 122"48',.12W

(k) A traffic lanefor southboundtraffic is establishedbetweenthe separationzone and a line connectingthe

fol lowing geographicalpositions:
(87) 48o24',.15 N, 122"45',.27 W (BB) 4B'13',.43
N, 122"49',.90W

East/westapproach(betweenprecautionaryareas//ND" and //SA")

(l) positions:
A separationzone is boundedby a line connectingthe followinggeographical
' (Bg) 48"11',.50 (91) 48"12',.48
N, 122"52',.73 W N, 123"06',.58 W
(90) 48"11',.73 N, 122"52',.7OW (92) 48"12',.23N, 123'06',.58 W

(m) A traffic lanefor westboundtraffic is establishedbetweenthe separationzone and a line connectingthe

following geographicalpositions:
(93) 48"12',.22N, 122"52',.52 W (94) 48o12',.98
N, 123'06',.58W

(n) A traffic lanefor eastboundtraffic is establishedbetween the separationzone and a line connectingthe
following geographicalpositions:
(95) 48"11',.73 N, 123'06',.58 W (96) 48"10',.98N, 122"52',.65 W

Part lll
PugetSound
The traffic separationscheme in Puget Sound consistsof a seriesof traffic lanes with separationzones
connectingwith precautionaryareas.
(a) A separationzone is boundedby a line connectingthe followinggeographical
positions:
(97) 48"1',f',.08N, 122"46',.88W (100) 48"02',.43
N, 122"38',.52W
(98) 48'06',.85N, 122"39',.52W (101)48o6',.72 N, 122"39',.83W
(99) 48'02',.48N, 122"38',.17 W (1O2)48o10',.82 N, 122"46',,98W
connecting with precautionary area "5C", the waters contained within a circle of radius 0.62 miles
'122"38'.'15
centredat geographicalposition48"01'.85N, W,, and thence to:
(103) 48o01',.40N, 122'37',.57 W (106) 47"55',.67 N, 122"30',.40W
(104) 47o57',.95N, W
122"34',.67 (1O7)47"57',.78 N, 122"34',.92 W
(105) 47'55',.85N, 122"30'.22W (1oB)48'01',.28 N, 122"37',.87 W

vt /3-3 ^mended 2o04) ' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N

S H I P SR
 connecting with precautionary area "5E", the waters contained within a circle of radiusO.62 miles
centredat geographical
position47"55'.40N,122"29'.55W, and thenceto:
(109) 47"54',.85
N, 122"29'.18W (111) 47"46'.47N, 122"26'.62W
(110) 47"46',.52
N, 12226'.3OW (112) 47"54'.BON, 122"29'.53W

connectingwith precautionaryarea "5F", the waters containedwithin a circle of radius0.62 miles

centredat geographical
position47"45'.90N,122"26'.25W, and thenceto:
(1',f
3) 47"45',.2O
N, 122"26'.25W (115) 47%0'.30N, 122"27'.BBW
(114) 47"40',.27
N, 122"27'.55W (116) 47"45'.33N, 122"26'.60W
connectingwith precautionaryarea "5C", the waters containedwithin a circle of radius0.62 miles
centredat geographical
position47"39'.68N,122"27'.87W, andthenceto:
(117) 47"39',.12
N, 122"27'.62W (119) 47"35'.17N, 122"27'.35W
(118) 47"35',.'lB
N, 122"27'.OBW (120) 47"39'.08N, 12227'.97W

connectingwith precautionaryarea"T",the waterscontainedwithin a circleof radius0.62 milescentred

at geographical
position47"34'.55N,12227'.07 W, andthenceto:
(121) 47"34',.O2N, 122"26'.70W (125) 47.19'.gBN, 122"26'.83W
(122) 47"26',.92
N, 122"24'.1OW (126) 47"23'.15N, 122.21'.45W
(123) 47"23',.07
N, 122:20'.98W (127) 47"26'.85N, 122"24'.45W
(124) 47"19'.78N, 122"26'.58W (128) 47.33'.95N, 122"27'.03W
connectingwith precautionaryarea "TC", the waterscontainedwithin a circle of radius0.62 miles
centredat geographicalposition47"19'.48N, 122"27'.38W.

A trafficlanefor northboundtrafficis established

betweenthe separationzone and a lineconnectingthe
followinggeographicalpositions:
(129) 48"11',.72 N, 122"46',.83W (135) 47.39'.68 N, 122"26'.95W
(130) 48"07',.13 N, 122"38',.83W (136) 47"34'.65N, 12226'.18W
(131) 48.02',.'10N, 122"37'.32W (137) 47"27'.13N, 122"23'.40W
(132) 47"58',.23 N, 122"34'.07W (138) 47"23'.33N, 122"20'.37W
(133) 47o55',.83 N, 122"28'.BOW (139) 47"22'.67N, 122"20'.53W
('134) 47"45',.92N, 122"25'.33W (140) 47"19'.07N, 122.26'.75W
A trafficlanefor southboundtrafficis established
betweenthe separation
zone and a lineconnectingthe
followinggeographicalpositions:
(14.1)
48"10',.15
N, 122"47'.58W (147)47"45'.90N, 122"27'.18W
('142)48"O9',.35
N, 122"45'.55 W (148)47"39'.70N, 122"28'.78W
(143)48"O6',y'5N, 122"4O'.52W (149)47"34'.47N, 122"27'.gBW
(144)4B"O'1',.65
N, 122"39'.03W (15O)47"26'.63N, 122"25'.12W
(145)47"57',.47
N, 122"35'.45 W (151)47"23'.25N, 122"22'.42W
(146)47"55',.O7
N, 122"3O'.35W (152)47"20'.00N, 122"27'.gOW

khartlets overleaf)

SHIPS'ROUTEING2015 EDITION (Amended 2004) vil/3-4

 z
I
!

(t)

&,
V)

,t)
Itl

(t)
E
z

z
(t)

|rJ

(Amended2002) S H I P SR
' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N
 ROSARIOSTRAIT- SOUTH
lN PUCETSOUND AND ITSAPPROACHES:

S H I P SR
/ O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N Amended 2002)
 @ o

t
.$
R
<,i
E o
q

LL (,/) a)
. g

z
f

t'.""t., o (t)

'\ -'SPt ^. x F'q\,..,. tu

fr.) "\'"'.t., 9* '.t'ffir;'

E"o ...?-,t;F"-ggr-"'-8"$
oE $ \\
iE $
"r4"'
...-'
"\'.,,.,,..\
\. €t ."",,',"'.1/' I E
,A H ; .,'
i.-
,'. _$ .,..-'l;,,, A iE ct)

I (\
ag$f,c"'
..-'/" I *F |jJ

*JEf,%""' i,^i
ll,
+'z$zgs-l;
-s/-K
"*if;Y
.r.
",lli
i v)
,.."F""84' g.€o
E t\'.,"". i i tu

q.?-;.,; i'i H I

'b..$*rl s I
t t r 6

,,/1,,r= \

$sa
. s v)
E
'eB),6*,
.
z
P-4-.
!
- . -
*6 ; ^
Sn E
(/)-tr
FF
\
r
\r
\.
\ \ t l
I
\ 'i
z
_8_,FN;.---_
-zD\-t.
-*-. ?{ z
' 't. y: \

-,," . $S' F " ' f

V)
--.-i 'il : o ul
* \ t. - - * l ' ' , E E s ii' ', ' '
q \\
"(q9 #t
P-t flE (',- \l o z
o ( D ",\
I ", \
r\\ \\\ r z
<J U\
rrd \\. I j::::\ A
6 -- (Au
" ' .r " . / ] "
,".S
9 $Y ar
\ . \ j J a a' b' l 9 6 9 \
) ^i i s'i b
n iir
l l l l l '
i
i
i |
E
. 9
ill ll; i n I 5
;r ## u
L Ji l tr lI lI 4l t l!
rr---\ i l l. [ i s p
I
I u l

< i---___ ifin_i .r-uF_r

l''-i..._ =
._<-------i;5;rZ
o ;*;iFs ,k

\ gET /,'
Ht$=
BE$f"
4,',
,, U
(Amended2004) S H I P SR
' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N
 part lt)
Precautionary'.
areaSA
* 0(129) (?
i/t

'..t"".5
...:"oro

\ ' \

,,;oo,iil?;e{'"'
\ l

\\n { l l
\\ \\\
\\i u\
\ \
l \

,l^^,(99i
'ifol4"li,'.'
I',ii 9.'(
\-/'
,,frd,'\
,/
'r
R'r \
HreCaUIlOnaflr\\ \\r
\- \\\
areaSC 'J\ -'',
t - \

',l.ll'^ttK.9
-..
\
;;rtl".S'' . - ' . e,.""autionu)
afeaSE

-"ol.if;*'1"''
i-i'#tt'

\ \

fJl-!$
qni *4 a
L /i\ /Y(134)

PUGETSOUND - NORTH
lN PUGETSOUND AND ITSAPPROACHES:

S H I P SR' O U T E I N G
2 0 1 5E D I T I O N
 \ \ \
\ \,,-:i.i 34)
\(147)p * i )(1
Prec
\ / . I
/ ( 1 1 6 \ a o ' l atea S F
) I {11q)
---/ i i
A o i
S i n
i
^ i
\ \ s- till lli
\ u\ll
" )'.-\ *-V ll I
" i
n
$ "i l l
\ l l
1 l
t l
t l
(rrai
rrrlsr
-'dlY-
148u'
) -lfPrect
"r ar sG
area
tr'aorYrrzi
r l
)' \I n \
+l
) l \ \ \ \ \
Y l
l v
t
1
u I

l
l
r l
-_j l
I
l
,..4
\ (11e)pH1\ / r e
t/ I 4
* t 35'
{149)6 Y
t'":a'j i^;"^;-K t \
i'-'ir4r'ltA;r
\ \
r \

40 35 30 122'25' 20', 15',

PUCETSOUND - SOUTH
lN PUGETSOUND AND ITSAPPROACHES:

S H I P SR
' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N
IN HAROSTRAIT
AND BOUNDARY
PASS,
AND IN THESTRAIT
OF GEORCIA
(Referencecharts:CanadianHydrographicService3461,2OO2edition;3462,2OO2edition;
3463,2002 edition.
UnitedStates18421 ,2OO3edition;18423,2003edition;18431,2002edition;18432,2003edition;
18433,2002edition.
Note: The chartsare basedon North American1983datum.)

Descriptionof the traffic separationschemes

The traffic separationschemes"ln Haro Straitand BoundaryPass"and "ln the Straitof Ceorgia"consistof
a seriesof traffic separationschemes,two-way routes,and precautionaryareasbroken into two geographic
designations as follows:
Partl: Haro Straitand BoundaryPass
Partll: Straitof Ceorgia

Part I
Haro Strait and Boundary Pass
(a) A separationzone is established,
boundedby a line connectingthe followinggeographicalpositions:
(1) 48"22',.25 N, 123"21',.12
W (4) 48.24'.30N, 123.13'.00W
(2) 48"22',.25 N, 123"17',.95
W (5) 48.22'.55N, 123'',l8'.05
W
(3) 48'23',.88N, .123"13',.18 (6) 48.22',.55N,
W 123"21'.12W
thencebackto point of origin (1).
(b) A trafficlanefor eastboundtrafficis established
betweenthe separationzone and a line connectingthe
followinggeographical positions:
(12) 48"21',.67
N, 123'21',.12W (14) 4B'23',.10
N, 123"13',.50W
(13) 48"21',.67
N, 123"17',.70W
(c) A trafficlanefor westboundtrafficis established
betweenthe separationzone and a line connectingthe
followinggeographicalpositions:
(19) 48o25',.10
N, 123"12'.67 W (21) 48.23',.l5N, 1 2 3 ' 2 1 ' .W
12
(20) 48'23',.15
N, 123'18',.30W
(d) A precautionaryarea "V" is established,bounded by a line connectingthe following geographical
positions:
(21) 48"23',.15
N, 123"21',.12
W (25) 48"20',.93N, 123"24',.26w
(22) 48"23',.71N, 123"23',.88
W (26) 4\'20',.93N, 123"23',.22W
(23) 48"21',.83N, 123"25',.56W (12) 48"21',.67
N, 123'21',.12W
(24) 48"21',.15
N, 123"24',.83
W
thencebackto point of origin (21).
(e) A separationzone is established,
boundedby a line connectingthe followinggeographicalpositions:
(7) 4B"25',.96 N, 123"10'.65W (101 48.29'..10
N, 123"11'.59W
(B) 48"27',.16 N, 123"10',.25
W (11) 48'25'.69N, 123"11'.28W
(9) 48"28',.77 N, 123"10',.84W
thencebackto point of origin(7).
(f) A trafficlanefor northboundtrafficis established
betweenthe separation zoneand a lineconnectingthe
followinggeographicalpositions:
(16) 4826',.57N, 123"O9',.22W (17) 48"27',.86l\), 123'08',.8.1W
(9 A trafficlanefor southboundtrafficis established
betweenthe separation
zone and a lineconnectingthe
followinggeographical positions:
(18) 48'29',.80N, 123"13',.15W (19) 48.25',.10
N, 123"12',.67
W

S H I P SR
' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N (Amended 2004) vt /4-1
(h) A precautionaryarea"Dl" isestablished,
boundedby a lineconnectingthe followinggeographicalpositions:
(14) 48"23',.10N, 123"13',.50
W (16) 48o26'-57 N, 123'O9',.22W
(15) 48"24',.30N, 123"O9',.95W (19) 48o25',.10N, 123'12',.67
W
thence back to point of origin (14).

(i) A two-way route is establishedbetween the following geographicalpositions:

(29) 48"31',.60N, 123'10',.65W (321 48o39',.32N, 123"13',.14w
(30) 48'35',.21N, '123"'.12',.61W (33) 48"39',.41N, 123"16',.O6W
(3.1) 48"38',.37N, 123"12',.36w (34) 48"32',.83N, 123.13',.45w
thence back to point of origin (29).
(j) A precautionaryarea"HS" isestablished,
boundedby a lineconnectingthe followinggeographical
positions:
(17) 48"27',.86N, ',123"09',.91 W (29) 48"3'l'.60N, 123'10',.65W
(27) 48"29'.28N, 123"08',.35
W (34) 48"32',.83N, 123"13',45W
(28) 48"30',.55N, "123"10',-12w (18) 48"29',.80N, 123"13',.15
W
thence back to point of origin (17).
(k) A two-way route is establishedbetweenthe following geographicalpositions:
(35) 48%2',.23N, 123"1',t',.35
W (38) 48%8',.19N, 123"00',.84W
(36) 48%5',.51N, '123"O1',.82W (39) 48"46'.43N, 123"03',.12w
(37) 48"47',.78N, 122"59',.12W (4O) 48"43'.80 N, 123"10',.77W
thence back to point of origin (35).
(l) A precautionaryarea"TP" isestablished,
boundedby a lineconnectingthe followinggeographicalpositions:
(43) 48"41',.06
N, 123"'.1"1',.O4w (33) 48"39',.41N, 123"16',.06
W
(35) 48"42',23N, ',123"11',.35 (32)
W 48o39',.32N, 123"13',.14w
(40) 4B%3',.80N, W
123"',1l'.77 (42) 48"39',.76N, 123"11',.84w
(41) 48%3',.20N, 123"16',.06W
Part II
Straitof Georgia
(m) A precautionaryarea"GS" is established,
boundedby a line connectingthe following geographical
positions:
(44) 48"52',.30
N, 123"O7',.44W (47) 48o47',.93N, 122.57',.12W
(45) 48"54',.81
N, W
123"03',.66 (321 48"47',.78N, 122"59',.12W
(46) 4849',.49N, 122"54'.24W (38) 48%8',.19N, 123'00',.84W
thenceto the pointof origin(44).
(n) A separationzone is established,bounded by a line connectingthe following geographicalpositions:
(48) 48"53',.89N, 123"O5'.O4W (50) 48'56',.30N, 123.10',.80W
(49) 48"56',.82N, 123"10',.08W (51) 48"53',.39N, 123"05',.70W
(o) A traffic-lanefor north-westboundtraffic is establishedbetweenthe separationzone and a line connecting
the following geographicalpositions:
(45) 48"54',.81N, 123"03',.66 W (53) 48"57',.68N, 123"O8',.76W
(p) A traffic lanefor south-eastboundtraffic is establishedbetweenthe separationzone and a line connecting
the following geographicalpositions:
(52) 48"55',.34N, 123"12',.3OW (44) 48'52',.30N, 123"07',.44w
(q) A precautionaryarea "PR" is established,bounded by a line connecting
the followinggeographical
positions:
(52) 4855',.34N, 123"12'.3OW (54) 49"02',.20
N, 123"16',.28W
(53) 48"57',.68N, 123"O8',.76W (55) 49"00'.00N, 123"19',.69
W
thence back to point of origin (52).

(Amended 2004) SHIPS'ROUTEING

2015EDITION
(r) A separationzone is established,
boundedby a line connectingthe followinggeographicalpositions:
(56) 49"01',.39 N, 123"17',.53W (58) 4g'03',.24N, 123"22',.41W
(57) 49"03',.84 N, 123"21',.30W (59) 49.00'.75N, 123"18'.52W
thencebackto pointof origin(56).

(s) A traffic lanefor north-westbound trafficisestablishedbetweenthe separation

zoneand a lineconnectins
the followinggeographical positions:
(54) 4g'02',.20N, 123'16',.28W (6t1 49.04',.52
N, 123"20'.04W
(t) A trafficlanefor south-eastbound
trafficis established
betweenthe separation
zoneand a lineconnectins
the followinggeographical positions:
,f0) 49'02',.5.1
N. 123'23',.76w (55) 49'00',.00N, 123.19'.69W

HARO STRAITAND BOUNDARYPASS

S H I P SR
' O U T E I N C2 0 1 5E D I T I O N tAmended 2004) vil/4-3
STRAITOF GEORGIA

(Amended2004) S H I P SR
' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N
 OFF SAN FRANCISCO
(Reference '18680,200s
charts:Unitedstates edition; 18645,2008edition.
Note: Thesechartsare basedon North American1983datum,which is equivalentto WCS 1984 datum.)

Descriptionof the traffic separationscheme

Thetrafficseparation
schemeoff sanFrancisco
consists
of fourparts:
Part I
Northern approach
(a) A separationzoneis boundedby a lineconnecting
thefollowinggeographical
positions:
(1) 37"48'.52N, 122"47'.63W (38) 38"08',.03
N, 123"21',.34W
(2) 37.58',.45N, 123"09'.49W (3) 37"57',.67
N, 123"10'.31W
(37) 3g"Og',.Og
N, 123"20'.82W (4) 37"47',.66
N, 122"48'.29
W
(b) A trafficlanefor north-westbound
trafficisestablished
betweenthe separation
zoneand a lineconnecting
the followinggeographicalpositions:
(5) 37"49'.29N, 122"46'.79 W (36) 3B'10',.14
N, 123"20',.29
W
(6) 37"59',.22N, 123.08',.66W
(c) A trafficlanefor south-eastboundtrafficisestablished
betweenthe separation
zoneand a lineconnectins
the followinggeographical positions:
(39) 38'06',.92
N, 123"21'.82W (B) 37"46',.72
N, 12248'.76W
(7) 37"56',.89
N, 123"11',.14
W
Part Il
Southernapproach
(a) A separation
zoneis boundedby a lineconnecting
thefollowinggeographical
positions:
(9) 37'39',.07N, 122"40'.40W (11) 37"18',.71
N, 122"43',.00W
(10) 37.18',.45
N, 122"40'.40W (12) 37'39',.12
N, 122043',.00W
(b) A trafficlanefor northboundtrafficis established
betweenthe separation
zone and a line connectingthe
followinggeographical positions:
(13) 37.39',.30
N, 122"39'.14W (14) 37'18',.36
N, 122.39',.14W
(c) A trafficlanefor southboundtrafficis established
betweenthe separation
zone and a lineconnectingthe
followinggeographicalpositions:
(15) 37'1B',.Bg
N, 122"44'.26W (16) 37"39',.41
N, 122"44',.26W
Part lll
Western approach
(a) A separationzone is boundedby a line connectingthe followinggeographicalpositions:
(17) 37%1',.90 N, 122"47'.gg W (19) 37"32'.70N, 123.03'..10W
(18) 37.33',.54N, 123"03'.79W (20) 37%1'.09N, 122"47'.25W
(b) A trafficIanefor south-westbound trafficisestablishedbetweenthe separation
zoneand a lineconnecting
the followinggeographical positions:
(21) 37"42',.81N, 122"48',.55 W (22) 37'34',.37
N, 123'04'.49
W
(c) A trafficlanefor north-eastbound
trafficis established
betweenthe separation
zoneand a lineconnecting
the followinggeographicalpositions:
(23) 37"31',.87
N, 123"O2'.4OW (24) 37%0',.38N, 122"46',.33
W
Part lV
Main ship channel
(a) A separation
lineconnects
thefollowinggeographical
positions:
(25) 37"45',.90
N, 122"38'.00W (27) 37"48',.10
N, 122"31'.00W
(26) 37%7',.00
N, 122"34'.30W

S H I P SR
' O U T E I N G2 0 . I 5E D I T I O N (Amended2012)
vil/s-'l
(b) A traffic lanefor eastboundtraffic is established
betweenthe separationline and a line connectingthe
followinggeographical positions:
(28) 37%5',.80 N, 122"37'.70W (29) 37"47',.80
N, 122"30'.BOW
(c) A traffic lanefor westboundtrafficis established
betweenthe separationline and a Iineconnectingthe
followinggeographicalpositions:
(30) 37"46',.20N, 122"37',.9OW (32) 37%8',.50
N, 122"31',.30W
(3t1 37"46',.90N, 122"35'.30W

Area to be avoided
A circularareato be avoided,
of radiushalfa mile,is centredupongeographical
position:
(33) 37%5',.00N, 122"41',.50W
Precautionaryarea
A precautionary
areaisestablished
boundedto thewestby an arcof a circleof radius6 milescentringupon
position(33)37"45'.OO
geographic N, 122"41'.50
W andconnecting with thefollowinggeographical positions:
(34) 37"42',.70
N, 122"34',.6OW (35) 37'50',.30N, 122"38',.O0W
The precautionaryareais boundedto the eastby a line connectingthe followinggeographical
positions:
(34) 37"42',.70
N, 122"34',.60w
(25) 37%5',.90N, 122'38',.00
W
(35) 37"50',.30
N, 122"38',.O0W

vU/5-2 (Amended 2012) S H I P SR

' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N
 OFF SAN FRANCISCO

S H I P SR
' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N (Amended2012)
IN THESANTABARBARA
CHANNET
(Reference
charts:UnitedStates18700,2003 edition;18720,2008edition.
Note: Thesechartsare basedon North American1983datum,which is equivalenttoWGS'1984datum.)

Descriptionof the traffic separationscheme

Thetrafficseparation of two parts:
schemein the SantaBarbaraChannelconsists
PartI
BetweenPointVicenteand PointConception
(a) A separation
zoneis boundedby a lineconnecting positions:
thefollowinggeographical
(1) 34'20',.84N, 120"3o',.28W (4) 33%4',.06 N, 118'36',.34W
(2) 34"03',.87N, 119"15',.63
W (5) 34"02',.94
N, 119'16',.09
W
(3) 33%4',.93 ',t18'35',.75 (6) 34'19',.88N, ',120'30',.59
N, W W
(b) A trafficlanefor north-westbound
trafficisestablished
betweenthe separation
zoneand a lineconnecting
the followinggeographicalpositions:
(7) 34"21',.80N. 120"29',.96W (g) 33%5',.80N, 118'35',.15
W
(B) 34"04',.80N, W
119"15',..l6
(c) A traffic lanefor south-eastbound traffic is establishedbetweenthe separationzone and a line connecting
the following geographical positions:
(10) 33"43',.'lB
N, 1',18"36',.94 W (12) 34"18',.92
N, 120'30',.91
W
(11) 34'02',.01 N, 119'16',.56 W

Note:
Port Hueneme Fairway
A safetyfairway is establishedin the approachto Port Hueneme.
Part II
Between Point Conception and Point Arguello
(a) A separationzone is boundedby a line connectingthe followinggeographical
positions:
. (1) 34'20',.84
N, 12O"3O',.28W (13) 34"24'.76
N, 120"52',.10W
(6) 34'19',.88
N, W
120'30',.59 (14) 34o25',.72
N, 120"51',.78W
(b) A trafficlanefor westboundtrafficis established
betweenthe separationzone and a line connectingthe
following geographicalpositions:
(7) 34.2.1',.80
N, 120"29',.96W (15) 34o26',.68
N, 120"51',.46W
(c) A traffic lanefor eastboundtrafficis established
betweenthe separationzone and a line connectingthe
followinggeographical positions:
(12) 34'18',.92N, 120'30',.9'l
W (16) 34"23',.80
N, 120"52',.42W

vl,,/6-1 (Amended 2012) S H I P SR

' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N
 i i ,' o =

IEE
.E88
s ! : {
*)+'
+ dp 6s l
fi
,gt p
HS<
E 3

IIJ
z
z
I

z
(t)
IIJ

o
f

Y'

(L

SHIPS'ROUTEINC2015 EDITION (Amended 2012) v,t/6-2

IN THE APPROACHES _ LONG BEACH
TO tOS ANGELES
(A continuationof the SantaBarbaraChannelscheme)
(Reference chart:UnitedStates18746,2009edition.
'1983
Note: This chart is basedon North American datum,which is equivalentto WCS 1984 datum.)

Descriptionof the traffic separationscheme

The trafficseparationscheme"ln the Approachesto LosAngeles- LongBeach"consistsof threeparts:

Western approach
(a) A separationzone is boundedby a line connectingthe followinggeographical
positions:
(1) 33"37',.70 N, 118"17',.60W (4) 33%4',.06N, 1.18"36',.34
W
(2) 33"36',.50 N, 118"17',.60W (5) 33%4',.93
N, W
118"35',.75
(3) 33"36',.50 N, 118"20',.48W (6) 33'37',.70N, 118"20',.57
W
(b) A traffic lane for northboundcoastwisetraffic is establishedbetweenthe separationzone and a line
connectingthe followinggeographical positions:
(7) 33'38',.70N, 118"17',.6}W (9) 33"45',.80N, 118'35',.'15
W
(B) 33'38',.70N, 118"20',.24W
(c) A traffic lane for southboundcoastwisetraffic is establishedbetweenthe separationzone and a line
connectingthe followinggeographical positions:
(10) 33"35',.50 N, W
1',lB'17',.60 (12) 33%3',.18
N, 118"36'.94W
(11) 33"35',.50
N, W
1.18"20',.81

Southernapproach
(a) A separationzone is established
boundedby a line connectingthe followinggeographicpositions:
(13) 33"35',.50 N, W
118'10',.30 (15) 33"'19',.00
N, W
118'05',.60
-l18"03',.50
(14) 33"35'.50N, W
118"12',.75 (16) 33"19',.70
N, W

(b) A trafficlanefor northboundtrafficis established zone and a lineconnectingthe

betweenthe separation
followinggeographical positions:
(18) 33'20'.00 .l'lB'02'.30
. (17) 33"35',.50
N, 118"09',.00W N, w
(c) zoneand a lineconnectingthe
betweenthe separation
A trafficlanefor southboundtrafficis established
followinggeographical positions:
(19) 33"35',.50
N, W
118'',14',.00 (20) 33'.18',.70
N, 118'06',.75
W

Precautionary area
(a) The precautionaryareaconsistsof the waterareaenclosedby the LosAngeles- LongBeachbreakwater
and a line connectingPointFerminlight,at 33"42'.30N, 118'17'.60W, with the followinggeographical
positions:
(10) 33"35',.50
N, W
118"17',.60 (21) 33'37',.20N, 118"06',.50 W
,l18"09',.00 (22) 33"43',.40 'l1B'10',.80
(17) 33"35',.50
N, W N, W

Note:
Pilotboardingareasare locatedin the precautionaryarea.Due to heavyvesseltraffic,marinersare advised
areaexceptto pick up or disembarka pilot.
not to anchoror lingerin this precautionary

va,/7-1 (Amended 2012) S H I P SR

' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N
 c
o
o
T
a
o

C
o
c
=
@

- o
s, I

a D
tlJ

IC
I N
z
ET
I
I I
(t (t)
t. tu
\, IIJ
\r

z
(t)
E e S t
l--------9--o--o-4
'c F l r l l
:
5 ^i ^ I
- - 6 V (h
d P-o o j
IIJ

t
, / /
/
/
l
/
/ I
.. //
, / l

o ,
, / f
/
E
o
.9
trl
o-
o
6
o
o
z
o

c
o
o
F
o P
h a g
-': ;i 6' .,o
: a p sx
o
! ! G
s q
F oN
d ! O'
-. G
* - r

S H I P SR
' O U T E I N C2 0 1 5E D I T I O N tAmended 2012) v|I,/7-2
IN THEAPPROACHES
TO SATINACRUZ
(Referencechart: United States2'1441,'1986
edition.
'1972datum.)
Note: This chart is basedon the World Ceodetic System

Descriptionof the traffic separationscheme

The traffic separationschemeis composedof two parts:
Part I
South-westernapproach: recommendedfor oil tankersproceedingto or coming from the three single-point
mooringsor the oil terminal.
(a) A separationzone is boundedby a line connectingthe followinggeographicalpositions:
(1) 16'06',.23N, O95"14',.27W (3) 15"57',.70N, 095"17',.47W
(2) 15"58',.43 N, 095"19',.00 W (4) 16"06',.00N, 095"13',.83W

(b) A traffic lanefor south-westboundtraffic is establishedbetweenthe separationzone and a line connecting

the followinggeographical positions:
(5) 16'06',.50N, O95"14',.7OW (6) 15'59',.35N, 095"20',.43W
(c) A traffic lanefor north-eastboundtraffic is establishedbetweenthe separationzone and a line connecting
the followinggeographical positions:
(7) 15"52',.15 N, 095"15',.85 W (B) 16"05',.85N, W
095'',I3',.35
Part Il
Southernapproach: recommendedfor shipsof over 500 grosstonnesarrivingat or leavingthe port of Salina
Cruz, Oaxaca.
(a) A separationzone is boundedby a line connectingthe followinggeographical
positions:
(g) 16"05',.75 N, 095"11',.70W (11) 15'56',.70
N, 095'11',.03W
(10) 15'56',.70 N, 095'11',.70W (12) 16'05',.75N, W
095'',11',.03
(b) A traffic lanefor southboundtraffic is establishedbetweenthe separationzone and a line connectingthe
folIowing geographicalpositions:
(13) 16'05',.75N, O95"12',.73 W (14) 15"56',.70
N, 095"12',.73W
(c) A traffic lanefor northboundtraffic is establishedbetweenthe separationzone and a line connectingthe
following geographicalpositions:
(15) 15'56',.70N, 095"10',.00 W (16) 16"05',.75
N, 095"10',.00 w

Notes:
1 Ship movementin the port area is supervisedby a PortVesselTrafficSupervisoron a 24-hour basis.Any
ship intendingto use any traffic separationschemeis requestedto contactthe SalinaCruz, Oaxaca,Port
VesselTrafficSupervisoron channel6 VHF and follow his advicewhile transitingthe scheme.

2 The masterof any ship with appropriateequipmentmay obtain continuousand preciseinformationon

his ship'sposition in the traffic lane by usingthe racon identifiedby the letterZ, locatedat geographical
position:
Qt 16"09'.75N. 095"12',.31 W

vil/B-1 (Adopted 1994) ROUTEING

SHIPS' 2015EDITION
 (23) Racon@
Salina Cruz *o

(Precautionaryarea:
see chartlet in
sectlon ll of part D)

)s'q
{r-9_w--9-JP--
r
(4\
-?(16)

I
I
I
I
I

ii I
I
I
I
I

I
I
I
in I
I
I

I iil I

I
I
i+ I
I
I
I
i I
I
't6'

i + I

i t l
I
I
I

o
I r U II
(7) I
O a 6
(14) tr-oltril
A
(15)

IN THE APPROACHES
TO SALINACRUZ

S H I P SR' O U T E I N G
2 0 1 5E D I T I O N
 SectionVlll

SouthAmerica,Pacificcoast

Caution: The chartletsare for illustrativepurposesonly and must not be usedfor

navigation.Marinersshouldconsultthe appropriatenauticalpublicationsand charts
for up-to-datedetailson aids to navigationand other relevantinformation.

Warning:The geographical positionsgiven in the descriptionsof the routeing

systemsare only correct for charts usingthe samegeodeticdatum as the reference
charts indicatedunder each scheme.Chartspublishedby other hydrographic
offices may use a differentgeodeticdatum, as may new editionsof the reference
chartspublishedafter the adoption of the routeingsystem.Where amendmentsto
existingsystemsare not basedon the samegeodeticdatum as the original system,
this is emphasizedby the use of differentcoloursfor definitionsof positions.

SHIPS'ROUTEING2015 EDITION vlll

rilrr
vill/ii (Amended2014) S H I P SR
' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N
ON THE PACIFICCOASTOF PANAMA-
Note: See"Recommendationson navigationin the traffic separationscheme"On the PacificCoastof
Panama"(Part1 "Culf of Panama")"in part F.

Part 1 "Gulf of Panama"

(Referencechart: BritishAdmiraltv 1929, 1998 edition.
Note: This chart is basedon World Ceodetic System1984 datum (WCS B4).)

Descriptionof the traffic separationscheme

(a) positions:
A separationzone is boundedby a line connectingthe followinggeographical
(4) 08%4',.70N, O79"27',.00W (7) 07%5',.00
N, 079"23',.00W
(5) 08"35',.00
N, O79"26',.0OW (B) 08"35',.00
N, 079"23',.00W
(6) o7%5',.00N, O79"26',.O0W (9) 08%5',.42
N, O79'25',.44W
threemileswide in the southand narrowingin the north.
The separationzone is approximately
zoneand a separationlineconnectingthe geographical
(b) A southboundtrafficlanebetweenthe separation
positions(1);(2) and (3):
(1) 07"45',.00 N, O79"28',.20W (3) 08%4',.00N, 079'28',.00W
(2) 08"35',.00N, 079"28',.2OW
one mile wide at the northernlimit and two mileswide in
The southboundtraffic lane is approximately
the south.
(c) A northboundtraffic lanebetweenthe separationzone and a separationline connectingthe geographical
positions(10),(11)and (12):
(10) 08"46',.00 N, 079"24',.62w (12) 07%5',.00 N, O79"21',.00W
(11) 08"35',.00 N, O79"21',.O0W
The northboundtraffic lane is approximatelytwo miles wide in the south and one mile wide at the
northern'limit.

Part2 "Morro de Puercos"

(Referencechart BritishAdmiralty 2496,2013 edition.
Note: This chart is basedon World Ceodetic System1984 datum (WCS B4).)

Descriptionof the traffic separationscheme

(d) A separationzone is boundedby a line connectingthe followinggeographicalpositions:
(13) 07'03',.40
N, W
080"11',.53 (16) 06'59',.00
N, W
0B0"27',.00
(14) 07"00'.00N, w
080'15'.00 (17) 06'59',.00
N, W
080'14',.55
(15) 07"00'.00N, 080'27'.00w (18) 07"02',.65
N, W
080".10',.76
The separationzone is approximatelyone mile wide.
(e) positions:
A separationzone is boundedby a line connectingthe followinggeographical
(19) 07'01'.26N, 080'09'.30w (22) 06"55',.00N, 080'27',.00w
(2O) 06"57',.00N, 080'13',.67W (23) 06'55',.00N, O80"12',.70W
(21) 06"57',.00N, 080'27',.00w (24) 06'59',.87N, 080'07'.84 W
The separationzone is approximatelytwo miles wide.
(f) A traffic lane for south-westboundand westbound traffic, two miles wide, is establishedbetween the
separationzones indicatedin paragraphs(d) and (e).

*
Date of imolementationof new scheme:0000 hours UTC on 1 December2014.

SHIPS'ROUTEING2015 EDITION (Adopted 2014) vilt/'t-1

(g) A traffic lane for eastboundand north-eastbound traffic,two miles wide, is establishedbetweenthe
separationzone referredin paragraph(e)and a line connectingthe geographicalpositions(25),(26) and
Q7):
(25) 06"58',.46N, 080"06',.34W (27) 06"53',.00N, 080'27',.00 w
(26) 06"53',.00N, 080"11',.77
W

Part3"lslaficarita"
(Reference
chart:BritishAdmiralty2496,2013
edition.
Note:Thischartis basedon WoridCeodeticSystem1984datum(WGSB4).)

Description of the traffic separationscheme

(h) A separation
zone,onemilewide,isboundedby a lineconnectingthefollowinggeographical
positions:
(28) O7"O0',.00
N, 081%5',.00W (30) 06'59'.00N, 081.50'.00
w
(29) O7"00',.00
N, 081"50',.00
W (31) 06'59',.00
N, 081%5',.00
W
(i) A separation
zone,two mileswide, is boundedby a lineconnectingthe followinggeographical
positions:
(32) 06"57',.00N, 081%5',.00W (34) 06'55',.00
N, 08'1.50',.00
w
(33) 06"57',.00N, 081'50',.00W (35) 06"55',.00
N, 081%5',.00
W
(j) A westboundtrafficlane,two mileswide, is established
betweenthe two separationzonesindicatedin
(h)and (i).
paragraphs
(k) An eastboundtraffic lane, two miles wide, is establishedbetween the separationzone referredin
paragraph(i) and a line connectingpoints(36)and (37):
(36) 06'53',.00
N, W
091%5',.00 (37) 06"53',.00
N, 081.50'.00
W

Part4
Inshore traffic zones
(Referencecharts:BritishAdmiralty1929,1998edition;2496,2013edition.
Note: Thesechartsare basedon World Ceodetic System1984 datum (WCS B4).)

Descriptionof the inshoretraffic zones

(l) An Easterninshoretraffic zone is designatedto the east of the "Culf of Panama"scheme,in an area
containedbetweenthe followinggeographical positions:
(40) 08.56',.48N, O7B"5B'52W (12) 07%5'.00N, 079"21'.O0W
(10) 08"46',.00N, 079.24'.62W (41) 07.33'.60N, 078.12'.84W
(11) 08"35',.00N, 079"21'.00W
(m) A Western inshoretraffic zone is designatedto the west, in an area contained between the following
geographicalpositions:
(39) 08"43',.81
N, o79"44',.75
W (14) 07'00'.00N, 080'-I5'.00
w
(3) 08%4',.00 N, 079"28',.0OW (15) 07"00'.00N, 080'27',.00
w
(2) 08"35',.00N, o79'28',.20W (28) 07"00',.00
N, 081%5',.00w
(1) 07"45',.00N, 079"28',.20W (29) 07"O0',.00
N, 081'50',.00
w
(13) 07"03',.40
N, 080'11',.53
W (38) O7"12',.39
N, OB1%7'.BB W

vlilt/1-2 (Adopted 2014) S H I P SR

' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N
 n
1
.t
J
F :
1
: O :
J HI! I
1 ii, or E
a) > : F
=
N
7 ^:
.a J
CO
.J -:l F'
0)
7
'.
d
a' c
Y |!', a 1 I O:v
.c
e.6
@.. o
o c tsE!9
4.i 4 tr P"
- ( g ( E
U 't r
-0916
t [ " , c
(!
7 : (-) (g o
o
() c{ { x ! -
dE b"
o
o : Y t ( g
E *4e
s o * o * $
c z.c<).E
CS
-5
--Y-i. 6e
z
o_
-+l(r)
2 l
-
=
E
:
-
F \
\
\
s
t!
F 4 "
E . \
-
(L ( s \
^" F
b (t)
(r) = 0 \
( [ O
v> \
Aq) \ (J
c !) $ \
N
F g c{
N
U
.9 \ ro
u-
G
o
o
c
@
c
s
ttJ
o
F
6
f
o_ )oo6c{
^<-'\
f.- z
o
E EU
= i

l
a {
a
I
I
l
I
.t
Ir4\/. N\ H q)
) t 6
c I
7/ \qo N J
v-^) c\fi .a
CO
J

I
{
= d
c
a I 6
c
{ -
J o
(d
a
= ^1
a
(d
a
- ? F

;n 6{
^-vN\
L)rg{ J- {

' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N
S H I P SR (Adopted2014) vill/1-3

l!E
 LANDFALLAND APPROACHES
TO TALARABAY
(Referencecharts:PERUHIDRONAV1126,1984edition(revised1998);1'150, 1999edition.
Note: thesechartsare basedon the World CeodeticSystem1984datum (WCS B4).)

Description
of the trafficseparation
scheme
The trafficseparationschemefor the landfalland approachesto TalaraBayconsistsof the following:
(a) A separation
zone boundedby a lineconnecting
the followinggeographical
points:

!B
(1) 04"33',.1
0 S, 081..lg'.13W (3) 04"33'.90S, 081"22'.13W
(2) 04"32',.90S, 081"22',.13W (4) O4'33',.70S, 08.1..19',.13
W
(b) A traffic lane for westboundtraffic,betweenthe separationzone and a line connectingthe following
geographical points:
(5) 04"32',.40 S, 081"19',.13W (6) 04'31',.l0
S, 081"22',.13
W
(c) A traffic lane for eastboundtraffic,betweenthe separation
zoneanda lineconnecting
the following
geographical points:
(7) 04"35',.70 S, W
081"22',.13 (B) 04"34',.60
S, 081.19',.13
W

tANDFAIL AND APPROACHES

TO TALARABAY

v,n/2 (Adopted 2000) S H I P SR

' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N
LANDFAILAND APPROACHES
TO PAITABAY
(Referencecharts:PERUHIDRONAV1133,1997edition (revised1998);1150,1987edition (revised1997).
Note: thesechartsare basedon World CeodeticSystem1984datum (WCS B4).)

Descriptionof the traffic separationscheme

The trafficseparationschemefor the approachesto PaitaBayconsistsof the following:
(a) A separationzone boundedby a line connectingthe followinggeographical
points:
(1) 05'02',.06S, 08.l'08',.95
W (3) 05"02',.77 S, W
081"13',..14
(2) 05"01',.80S, 08',1"13',.14
W (4) 05"02',.52S, 081'08',.95W
(b) A traffic lane for westboundtraffic,betweenthe separationzone and a line connectingthe following
geographical points:
(5) 05"00'.93S, 0B1'08'.95 W (6) 04'59',.63S, 081"13',.14
W
(c) A traffic lane for eastboundtraffic,betweenthe separationzone and a line connectingthe following
geographical points:
(7) 05'04',.96S, 081"13',.-l4
W (B) 05'03',.65S, 081'08',.95
W

IANDFAIL AND APPROACHES

TO PAITABAY

S H I P SR
' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N (Adopted 2000) vilt/3
LANDFALLOFF PUERTOSALAVERRY
(Referencecharts:PERUHIDRONAV1270,1988edition(revised 1998);2111,1987edition(revised1994).
Note: thesechartsare basedon the World CeodeticSystem1984 datum (WCS B4).)

Description
of the trafficseparation
scheme
The trafficseparationschemefor the landfalloff PuertoSalaverryconsistsof the following:
(a) A separation
zone boundedby a Iineconnectingthe followinggeographical
points:
(1) 08']2',.65S, W
079"02',.23 (3) 08"13',.30
S, 079"04',.63
W
(2) 08o12',.65S, 079"04'..63
W (4) 08'13',.30S, 079"02',.23
W
(b) A traffic lane for westboundtraffic,betweenthe separationzone and a line connectingthe following
geographical points:
(5) 08o11',.96 S, 079'02',.23W (6) 0B'11',.l0
S, 079"04',.63
W
(c) A traffic lane for eastboundtraffic,betweenthe separation
zoneand a lineconnecting
the following
geographical points:
(7) 0B'14',.80 S, o79"04',.63
W (B) 0B'14',.00
S, W
079"02',.23

LANDFALTOFF PUERTOSALAVERRY

vlll/4 (Adopted2000) S H I P SR
' O U T E I N C2 0 1 5E D I T I O N
LANDFATL
AND APPROACHES BAY(PUERTO
TO FERROT CHIMBOTE)
(Referencecharts:PERUHIDRONAV1310,1993edition (revised1997);2123,1980edition(revised1998).
Note: thesechartsare basedon the World Ceodetic System1984 datum (WCS B4).)

Descriptionof the traffic separationscheme

The trafficseparationschemefor the landfalland approachesto FerrolBay (PuertoChimbote)consistsof the
following:
(a) A separationzone boundedby a line connectingthe followinggeographicalpoints:
(1) Og"O7',.2O S, 078"37',.83W (3) 09'07',.80S, 078%0',.33W
(2) 09"07',.20S, O78"40',.33W (4) 09'02',.80S, O78"37',.83 W

(b) A traffic lanefor westboundtraffic,betweenthe separationzone and a line connectingthe following

geographical points:
(5) 09"06',.70S, 078"37',.83W (6) og'05'.80 s, o7B%0'.33w
(c) A traffic lane for eastboundtratfic, between the separationzone and a line connectingthe following
geographical points:
(7) 09"09',.40S, 078%0',.33 W (B) 09'08',.40S, W
078"37',.83

TO FERROTBAY(PUERTOCHIMBOTE)
LANDFALLAND APPROACHES

S H I P SR
' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N (Adopted 2000) vilt/5
 APPROACHES
TO PUERTO
CALLAO
(Reference charts:PERUHIDRONAV1396,1984edition(revised1996).
Note: this chart is basedon World Ceodetic System1984 datum (WCS B4).)

Descriptionof the traffic separationscheme

The trafficseparationschemefor the approachesto PuertoCallaoconsistsof threeparts:

Part I

t!
North-west approaches
(a) A separationzone boundedby a line connectingthe followinggeographicalpoints:
(1) 12"01',.14S, 077"15',.06W (3) 12"O0',.07 S, 077"16',.57 W
(2) 11'59',.86S, O77"16',.36W (4) 12'01',.31
S, 077"15',.31 W
(b) A traffic lane for north-westboundtraffic, between the separationzone and a line connecting the
followinggeographical points:
(5) 12'01',.01 S, 077"14',.28W (6) 11o59',.26S, 077"15',.70W
(c) A traffic lane for south-eastboundtraffic, between the separationzone and a line connectingthe
followinggeographicalpoints:
(7) 12"O0',.7O S, 077"17',.21W (B) 12"01',.78S, 077"15'.61W
Part Il
South-west
approaches
(a) A separation thefollowinggeographical
zoneboundedby a lineconnecting points:
(g) 12"O2',.50S, O77"15',.56W (11) 12"03',.72
S, 077"16',.89W
(10) 12'03',.50
S, 077"17',.08W (12) 12"02',.78
S, 077"15',.40W
(b) A traffic lane for south-westboundtraffic, between the separationzone and a line connectingthe
followinggeographicalpoints:
(13) 12"O1',.92S, 077"15',.65W (14) ',12'02',.80
S, O77"17',.81W
(c) A traffic lane for north-eastboundtraffic, between the separationzone and a line connectingthe
followinggeographicalpoints:
(15) 12"04',.40S, O77"16',.20W (16) 12'03',.00S, 077"14',.87W

Part lll
Mainshippingchannel
(a) A separation thefollowinggeographical
zoneboundedby a lineconnecting points:
(17) 12"O2',.62
S, O77"11',.OOW (19) 12'02',.28
S, 077"13',.65W
(18) 12"02'.16S, W
077"13',.63
(b) A traffic lane for eastboundIraffic,betweenthe separationzone and a line connectingthe following
geographical points:
(20) 12"02',.44S, W
077"13',.71 (21) 12"02'.78S, 077"11',.00W
(c) A traffic lane for westbound Iraffic, between the separation
zoneand a lineconnecting
the following
geographical points:
(22J 12"02',.47S, 077"11',.00W (23) 1202',.00S, W
077"13',.63

Precautionaryarea
'l position:
A precautionary centredon thefollowinggeographical
areaof milein radius,
(24) 12"02',.O5
S, 077"14',.64W

Area to be avoided
T h e r e i s a c i r c u l a r a r e a t o b e a v o i d e dm
o fi l0e. sl lr a d i u s ( 2 0 0 m e1t r.e1csa, b l e s ) a t t h e f o l l o w i n g g e o g r a p h i c a l
oosition:
(24) 12"02',.05S, 077"14',.64W

vilt/6-1 (Adopted 2000) S H I P SR

' O U T E I N G2 O i 5 E D I T I O N
 c
f
o-
slgSl
O O 6
o-
t ;
t l
l l
t l
t l
I
I
' t
I
^l
trl
II I
ul llr I
I
I
I tu
I l
C r ) l
N I l^
-J6--3 fx
o-s--
,t' // tr
v1
-i ; / J H \ IIJ
4 i i
-9 6 Gl. \ U
/ .ti I * z --\
-Sr $ I
I
,t i Ul] ^ l
.t I <! ' \ s z @ ) io
*rs
.' !e S! {-.sFr F
F
\ ; - z t
\rr<-.1 lz'
-.f
^
\ \^6' Y L '
/
-'9--.1--
\ @ r
.F
""t"'
/ \ L(
/ \
\
N O
/,,,'

F-

b
s

S H I P SR
' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N (Adopted 2000) vfit/6-2
 TO PUERTO
IN THEAPPROACHES PISCO
(Referencecharts:PERUHIDRONAV226,2262 and2263.
Note: thesechartsare basedon World CeodeticSystem1984datum (WCS B4).)

Description of the traffic separation scheme

The trafficseparationscheme"ln the approachesto PuertoPisco"consistsof two parts:

Part I
Northern approaches
(a) Two separationzonesboundedby linesconnectingthe followinggeographicalpoints:
(1) 13'36',.59S, W
076"18',.86 (3) 13"41',.24 S, 076'18',.03W
(4) ',f
(2) 13"41',.23S, W
076"18',.25 3"36',.59S, 076"18',.64W
and
(5) 13"42',.11
S, W
076'18',.13 (7) 13"44'.74S, W
076"17',.57
(6) 13"44'.74S, 076"17',.8OW (B) 13"42',.12
S, 076"17',.91W
(b) A traffic lane for northboundtraffic, between the separationzones and a lineconnectingthe following
geographical points:
(9) 13"36',.59 S, 076"18',.32W (10) 13"44',.74
S, 076"17'.25W,
(c) zonesand the Iinesconnectingthe following
A trafficlanefor southboundtraffic,betweenthe separation
geographical points:
(11) 13"44',.74
S, W
076"18',.13 (12) 13"42',.08
S, W
076"18',.46
and
(13) 13"41',.2o
S, W
076'.18',.58 (14) 13'36',.59
S, 076"19',.18W

Part Il
Westernapproaches
(a) A separation thefollowinggeographical
zoneboundedby a lineconnecting points:
(15) 13"41',.53
S, W
076'18',.53 (17) 13"41',.28
S, W
076"24',.99
(16) 13"41',.75
S, W
076'18',.50 (18) 13"41',.06
S, W
076"24',.99
(b) A traffic Ianefor westboundtraffic,betweenthe separationzone and a line connectingthe following
geographical points:
(19) 13"41',.2o
S, 076"18',.58W (20) 13"4o',.73
S, W
076"24',.99
(c) A traffic lanefor eastboundtraffic,betweenthe separationzonesand a Iine connectingthe following
geographical points:
(21) 13"42',.08S, W
076"18',.46 (22) 13"41',.60
S, W
076"24',.99

Precautionary area
A precautionaryarea is establishedboundedby a line connectingthe followinggeographicalpointsand the
eastIineof the trafficseparationscheme:
(3) 13"41',.24S, W
076"18',.03
(19) 13"41',.20
S, W
076'.18',.58
(21) 13"42'.OBS, 076"18',.46W
(B) 13"42',.12S, W
076"17',.91
and
(9) 13'36',.59S, W
076"18',.32
(10) 13"44',.74
S, W
076"17',.25

Area to be avoided
Thereis a circularareato be avoidedof 200 metresradiuscentredon the followinggeographical
position:
(23) 13"41',.685, 076"18',.',11
W
Thisareais to be avoidedbv all shios.

vilt/7-1 (Adopted 2004) S H I P SR

' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N
 IN THE APPROACHES
TO PUERTOPISCO

S H I P SR
' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N (Adopted 2004) v/|t/7-2
 TO SAN NICOLASBAY
LANDFALTAND APPROACHES
(Referencecharts:PERUHIDRONAV312,1999edition;3122,1999edition.
Note: thesechartsare basedon the World CeodeticSystem1984 datum(WCS B4).)

Descriptionof the traffic separationscheme

The trafficseparationschemefor the landfalland approachesto San NicolasBayconsistsof the following:
(a) A separationzone boundedby a line connectingthe followinggeographicalpoints:

x!
(1) 15".f3',.10S, 075"16',.13W (3) .15"13',.85 S, 075"18',.77 W
(4) .f
(2) 15'13',.10 S, 075"18',.77W 5'13',.85S, 075'16',.13 W

(b) A traffic lane for westboundtraffic,betweenthe separationzone and a line connectingthe following
geographicalpoints:
(5) 15"12',.54 S, W
075'16',.13 (6) 15"11',]0S, W
075"18',.77

(c) A traffic lane for eastboundtraffic, between the separationzone and a Iine between the following
geographical points:
(7) 15'15',.40 S, O75"18',.77 W (B) 15'14',.45
S, W
075'16',.13

TO SAN NICOLASBAY
IANDFAIL AND APPROACHES

vilt/B (Adopted 2000) ' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N

S H I P SR
LANDFALTAND APPROACHES
TO PUERTOILO
(Referencecharts:PERUHIDRONAV2350, 1980edition (revised1991);3245,1995 edition(revised1997),
Note: thesechartsare basedon World Ceodetic System1984 datum (WCS B4).)

Descriptionof the traffic separationscheme

The traffic separationschemefor the landfalland approachesto Puertollo consistsof the following:
(a) A separationzone boundedby a line connectingthe followinggeographical
points:
(1) 17"38',.20S, O71"24',.1OW (3) 17"39',.20
S, 071"27',.00W
(2) 17"38',.2OS, O71"27',.O0W (4) 17"39',.20S, 071"24',.10W
(b) A traffic lane for westboundtraffic,betweenthe separationzone and a line connectingthe following
geographicalpoints:
(5) 17"37',.40 S, 071"24'.1OW (6) 17"36',.20S, 071'27',.00W
(c) A traffic lane for eastboundtraffic,betweenthe separation
zoneand a lineconnecting
the following
geographicalpoints:
(7) 17"41',.35 S, 071"27',.O0W (B) 17"4o',.O0
S, 071"24'.10W

q-
(6) \-
\ \

\ \
\ \

lles TresHermanas
(4)

o (8)

Punta

PuntaColes
*ir"
Lobo"

IANDFAILAND APPROACHES
TO PUERTO
ItO

SHIPS'ROUTEING2015 EDITION (Adopted2000) vilr/9

IN THE APPROACHES
TO ARICA
(Referencechart:ChileanHydrographicOffice 101,1989edition.
Note: Thischart is basedon SouthAmerican1969datum.)

Descriptionof the traffic separationscheme

(a) A separationzone, half a mile wide, is centredupon the followinggeographical
positions:
(1) 18"27',.74 S, 070"21',.07W (2) 18"27',.74 S, W
07o"25',.49
(b) betweenthe separationzone and a line connectingthe
A trafficlanefor westboundtrafficis established
followinggeographical positions:
(3) 18"26',.99
S, 070"21',.07W (4) 18"25'.49S, O70"25',.49 W
(c) betweenthe separationzone and a line connectingthe
A trafficlanefor eastboundtrafficis established
followinggeographical positions:
(5) 18"28',.49
S, 070"21',.07W (6) 1829',.99S, 070'25',.49 W

TO ARICA
IN THE APPROACHES

vilt/l0 (Adopted 19BB) ' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O \

S H I P SR
rN THEAPPROACHES
TO TQU|QUE
(Referencechart:ChileanHydrographicOffice 104,1988edition.
Note: Thischart is basedon SouthAmerican1969datum.)

Descriptionof the traffic separationscheme

(a) Northernlimit, consistingof a line connectingthe followinggeographical
positions:
(1) 20"10',.4O
S, W
070"10',.80 (2) . 20"11',.105, 070'10',.18
W
(b) Southernlimit, consistingof a line connectingthe followinggeographical
positions:
(3) 20"12',.6o S, W
070'10',.95 (4) 20"11',37S, O70"1O',.17W
(c) Trafficseparationzones,consistingof the following:
The areawithin a line connectingthe followinggeographical
positions:
(5) 20"1o',.72
S, W
07o"11',.22 (7) 2j"11',.28
S, W
070'10',.33
(6) 2o"11',.22
S, W
070"10',.30 (B) 2o'1o',.B8
S, 070'11',.32W
The areawithin a line connectingthe followinggeographicalpositions:
(g) 20'1.1'.38 S, W
O70"11',.45 (11) 20"11',.52
S, W
070'10',.38
(10) 20"11',.45S, W
070"10',.38 (12) 20"11',.60
S, W
070"11',.45
The areawithin a line connectingthe followinggeographicalpositions:
(13) 20"12',.1o
S, W
070'11',.30 (15) 20"11',.73
S, W
070'10',.30
(14) 20"11',.68
S, W
070'10',.33 (16) 20"12'.28
S, W
070'11',.l8
(d) Trafficlanesfor entry to the port, at the following positions:
Direction east:
(17) 20"11',.25
S, 070']0',.85W
Direction north-east:
(18) 2o"12',.10
S, W
070"10',.68
(e) Traffic lanesfor exit from the port, at the following positions:
Direction north-west:
(19) 2O"1O',.87
S, w
070'10'.60
Direction west:
(2O)20"11',.72
S, W
o7o'1o',.Bo

TO TQUTQUE
rN THEAPPROACHES

SHIPS'ROUTEING2015 EDITION (Amended 2000) vilt/11

 TO ANTOFAGASTA
IN THE APPROACHES
(Referencechart: Chilean HydrographicOffice 212, 1982edition'
SouthAmerican1956datum.)
Note: Thischart is basedon Provisional

Descriptionof the traffic separationscheme

(a) A separationzone,one mile wide, is centredupon the followinggeographicalpositions:
(1) 23"38',.53 S, 070"25',.52W (2) 23o38',.53S, 07O"29',.6OW

IE
betweenthe separationzone and a line connectingthe
(b) A trafficlanefor westboundtrafficis established
followinggeographical positions:
(3) 23"37',.03
S, O70"25',.52W (4) 23"36'..O3
S, O70"29',.60W

(c) betweenthe separationzone and a line connectingthe

A trafficlanefor eastboundtrafficis established
followinggeographical positions:
(5) 23"40',.03
S, W
O7O"25',.52 (6) 23"41',.O3
S, 070"29',.60W

TO ANTOFACASTA
IN THE APPROACHES

v[t/12 (Adopted 19BB) ' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N

S H I P SR
 tN THEAPPROACHES
TO QUTNTERO
BAY
(Referencechart: Chilean HydrographicOffice 424,"1983edition.
Note: Thischart is basedon Provisional
SouthAmerican1956datum.)

Descriptionof the traffic separationscheme

(a) A separationzone, half a mile wide, is centred upon the following geographicalpositions:
(1) 32"44',.43 S, O71"32',.00W (2) 32"44',.43 S, 071"36',.43W
(b) A traffic lane for westboundtraffic is establishedbetweenthe separationzone and a line connectingthe
following geographicalpositions:
(3) 32"43',.43 S, O7'1"32',.0OW (4) 32"42',.93
S, O71"36',.43 W
(c) A traffic lane for eastboundtraffic is establishedbetweenthe separationzone and a line connectingthe
following geographicalpositions:
(5) 32"45',.43 S, O71"32'.OOW (6) 32"45',.93
S, 071"36',.43W

de Quintero
Farallones
: { g o 6
bo. I
I

(4)e---___-

___________-o
os
: (s)

Penla.Los Molles

TO QUTNTEROBAY
tN THEAPPROACHES

SHIPS'ROUTEING
2015EDITION (Amended 19BB) vilt/13

ilt{rtillllllllflur!
IN THEAPPROACHES
TO VALPARAISO
(Referencechart:ChileanHydrographicOffice 51.1,1985edition.
,l956
Note: Thischart is basedon Provisional
SouthAmerican datum.)

Descriptionof the traffic separationscheme

(a) A separationzone, half a mile wide, is centredupon the followinggeographical
positions:
(1) 32"57'.62S, 071"37',.27W (2) 33'00',.53S, W
071"36',.52
(b) A trafficlanefor trafficsailingtowardsValparaisois established
betweenthe separationzone and a line
connectingthe followinggeographical positions:
(3) 32"57',.87S, 071"38',.70
W (4) 33"00',.70S, 071"37',.38
W
(c) A traffic lane for traffic sailingfrom Valparaisois established
betweenthe seoaration
zoneand a line
connectingthe followinggeographical positions:
(5) 32"57',.33S, W
071"35',.82 (6) 33"00',.35
S, W
071"35',.65

Inshore traffic zone

The areabetweenthe coastand the landwardboundaryof the trafficseparationschemeis designatedas an
inshoretrafficzone.

TO VATPARAISO
IN THE APPROACHES

vLa/14 (Amended l9BB) S H I P SR

' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N
 IN THE APPROACHES
TO CONCEPCIONBAY
(Referencechart:ChileanHydrographicOffice 611,1985edition.
Note: Thischart is basedon Provisional
SouthAmerican1956datum.)

Descriptionof the traffic separationscheme

(a) A separationzone,a quarterof a mile wide, is centredupon the followinggeographicalpositions:
(1) 36'33',.85 S, 073'01',.95 W (3) 36"38',.27S, 073'01',.55
W
(2) 36"35',.87 S, 073"01',.55 W
(b) A trafficlane,half a mile wide, is established
on each sideof the separationzone.

IN THE APPROACHES
TO CONCEPCIONBAY

S H I P SR
' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N (Amended I9BB) VIII/15
IN THEAPPROACHES
TO SANVICENTE
BAY
(Referencechart:ChileanHydrographicOffice 613,1984edition.
Note: Thischart is basedon Provisional
SouthAmerican1956datum.)

Descriptionof the traffic separationscheme

(a) A separationzone is boundedby a line connectingthe followinggeographical
positions:
(1) 36"40',.78 S, 073'13',.44 W (3) 3643',.68S, 073"10',.02W
(2) 36"43'.78S, 073"10',.14W (4) 36"40',.47S, 073"12',.98w
(b) A trafficlanefor southbound
trafficis established zoneanda lineconnecting
betweentheseparation the
followinggeographicalpositions:
(5) 36"41',.65
S, W
O73"14',.73 (6) 3644',.05
S, 073"10',.54W
(c) zone and a line connectingthe
betweenthe separation
A trafficlanefor northboundtrafficis established
followinggeographical positions:
(7) 36"39',.72S, 073"11',.86W (B) 36043',.40
S, O73'09',.57W

TO SAN VICENTEBAY
IN THEAPPROACHES

vilt/.16 (Amended 19BB) ' O U T E I N G2 O ' I 5E D I T I O | \

S H I P SR
 IN THE APPROACHES
TO PUNTAARENAS
(Reference chart:ChileanHydrographicOffice 11410,1991edition.
Note: This chart is basedon SouthAmerican1969datum.)

Description
of the trafficseparation
scheme
(a) Northernlimit, consistingof a Iineconnectingthe followinggeographicalpositions:
(1) 53'10',.25S, W
070"49',.90 (2) 53'10',.90S, O7O'46',.65W
(b) Southernlimit,consisting the followinggeographical
of a lineconnecting positions:
(3) 53"11',.42S, W
070"51',.07 (4) 53'12',.80S, O7O"4B',.7OW
(c) Trafficseparationzone,the areawithin a line connectingthe followinggeographicalpositions:
(5) 53"10',.65
S, 070'50',.30 W (7) 53'12',.03 S, 070"47',.85
W
(6) 53"11',.72
S, 070"47',.50W (B) 53'1.f',.02S, 070"50',.67
W
(d) Trafficlanesfor entry to the port, at the followingposition:
(9) 53"11',.00 S, 020%8',.30 W
(e) Trafficlanesfor exit from the port, at the followingposition:
(10) 53'11',.80 S, 070"49',.60W

54' 70"s3',

TO PUNTAARENAS
IN THE APPROACHES

S H I P SR
' O U T I I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N (Amended2000) vilt/17

ItE
 SectionlX

WesternNorthAtlanticOcean,
Gulfof MexicoandCaribbeanSea

Caution: The chartletsare for illustrativepurposesonly and must not be usedfor

navigation.Marinersshouldconsultthe appropriatenauticalpublicationsand charts
for up-to-datedetailson aids to navigationand other relevantinformation.

Warning:The geographicalpositionsgiven in the descriptions of the routeing

systemsare only correct for charts usingthe samegeodeticdatum as the reference
chartsindicatedundereach scheme.Chartspublishedby other hydrographic
offices may use a differentgeodeticdatum, as may new editionsof the reference
charts publishedafter the adoption of the routeingsystem.Where amendmentsto
existingsystemsare not basedon the samegeodeticdatum as the original system,
this is emphasizedby the useof differentcoloursfor definitionsof positions.

SHIPS'ROUTEING2015 EDITION IX

t[-
 INDEX:WESTERNNORTHATI-ANTICOCEAN,GULFOF
MEXICOAND CARIBBEANSEA
1: In the approachesto Chedabucto Bay
2-. In the Bay of Fundy and approaches
/
3: In the approachesto Podland, Maine
4: In the approachesto Boston, Massachusetts
5: ln the approachesto NarragansettBay, Rhode lsland and
zs1
BuzzardsBay, Massachusetts
6: Off New York Scotia
7: Off DelawareBay
o
8: In the approachesto ChesapeakeBay
9: In the approachesto the Cape Fear iiver Boston
10: ln the approachesto GalvestonBay 4
11: ln the approaches to the port ol Yeracruz New York
12: Off Cabo San Antonio 6
6 =b
13: Off La Tabla WashinotonDC
14: Off Costa de Matanzas
15: ln the Old BahamaChannel
16: Off Punta Maternillos \ d
17: Off Punta Lucrecia
18: Off Cabo Maysi
19: At the approachesto Puerto Cristobal
/9
, Bermuda

New
Galveston
North Atlantic Ocean

Gulf of Mexico

17 ..4.
d

Puedo Rico
G . F:" i.

rC'
Caribbean Sea 0
g
a
0 o Barbados
d

(seesection XI)
19

tx/ii (Amended2014) ' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N

S H I P SR
IN THEAPPROACHES
TO CIIEDABUCTO
BAY
(Referencecharts:CanadianHydrographicService4013,2OO2edition; 4307,2OO2edition;
4335,1998edition.
Note: Thesechartsare basedon North American1983geodeticdatum,which is equivalentto WCS 84.)

Descriptionof the traffic separationscheme

The traffic separationscheme"ln the approachesto Chedabucto Bay" consistsof three parts:
Part I
(a) A separationzone is boundedby a line connectingthe followinggeographicalpositions:
(1) 45"24',.00
N, 060'36',.70
W (3) 45"23',.70
N, 060"28',.20W
(2) 45"24',.2o
N, O6O"27',.17
W (4) 45"23',.82
N, 060.36',.48
W
(b) A traffic lane for westboundtraffic is establishedbetweenthe separationzone and a line connectingthe
following geographicalpositions:
(5) 45'26',.00 N, 06O"23',.2OW (6) 45'25',.43N, 060"41',.70W
(c) A traffic lane for eastboundtraffic is establishedbetween the separationzone and a Iindconnectingthe
following geographicalpositions:
(7) 45"22',.30 N, 060'34',.50W (B) 45"22',.15
N, 060'31',.60 W
Part Il
(a) A separation
zoneis boundedby a lineconnecting
thefollowinggeographical
positions:
(9) 45"22',.57N, 060%0',.00 W (11) 45"19',.30N, 060"37',.80
W
(10) 45"19',.88
N, 060'36',.50W (12) 45"22',.68N, 060"42',.17
W
(b) A traffic lanefor north-westboundtraffic is establishedbetweenthe separationzone and a lineconnecting
the followinggeographical positions:
(13) 45"21',.35 N, 060"33',.30 W (14) 45'22',.30
N, 060'34',.50W
(c) A traffic lanefor southboundtraffic is establishedbetweenthe separationzone and a line connectingthe
followinggeographical
positions:
(15) 45"22',.9o
N, W
060%6',.50 (121 45"14',.47
N, 060%8'.38W
(16) 45"21',.28
N, O60"44',.40W
Part ill
(a) A separationzone is boundedby a line connectingthe followinggeographical
positions:
(18) 45"24',.00 N, 06o"41',.70W (22) 45"28'.45N, 061"10'.33W
(19) 45"23',.82N, 060%1',.50W (23) 45"24'.92N, 061.06'.07W
(20) 45"23',.82N, 061'05',.00W (24) 45"24'.00N, 061.02'.65W
(21) 45.28',.36N, 061.10',.46W
(b) A traffic lane for west inbound traffic is establishedbetweenthe separationzone and a line connectinq
the followinggeographical positions:
(25) 45"25',.43 N, O60"41',.70W (27) 45"25',.63
N, 061"06',.29
W
(26) 45"24',.77N, 061"03',.26 W (28) 45"28',.70
N, 06]'09'.94W
(c) A traffic lane for eastoutbound traffic is establishedbetweenthe separationzone and a line connecting
thefollowinggeographicalpositions:
(29) 45"22'.90N, 060%6',.50
W (31) 45"28',.12
N, 06'1"10'.83
W
(30) 45"22',.B9
N, O61"O4',.52W
khartlet overleaf)

SHIPS'ROUTEINC2015 EDITION (Amended 2007) tx/1-1

 ro

n C -"a
ll
t l v

ll o
V

@
4l l 9r : -
" l lt F
l f
t t
q
R
| .

l l s: / /- /
tt
6
I
" o
-= o
9 ^u
or
9

^' o
--o
S!.1 - o) v U
^ r
:u6-@
I
dt ta
lrJ

,o.- (J
A ' .
t - \
x> ^ / i /
r) \ N (t)
\ \ ! IIJ
\ l

c
U
(s
a
c
0)
o
a
c
(!
UJ
o
o-
6 Y G

E O
s
"f z
U) s
c0 &s"
f,
v,),
i4j
€o
t
C
(d

I
o N o
3 v (u
o o q)
I
o 4 c)
oo
A C
,0 : =
b
l

{?r{
; lu '
E8

axll-2 Amended 2007) ' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N

S H I P SR
IN THE BAYOF FUNDYAND APPROACHES
(Referencechart: CanadianHydrographicServiceL/C-4011,1997 edition.
Note: Thischart is basedon North American1983geodeticdatum,which is equivalentat this scaleto
North American 1927 geodeticdatum.)

Descriptionof the traffic separationscheme

The amendedtraffic separationscheme"ln the Bayof Fundyand Approaches"consistsof two parts.(Positions
are in North American 1927 geodeticdatum co-ordinates.)
Part I
(a) Threeseparationzonesboundedby linesconnectingthe followinggeographical
positions:
(i) (1) 44"46',.4}N, 066"14',.39W (4) 44"11',.83 N, 066%9',.55W
(2) 44"31',.85N, W
066"19',.60 (5) 44"30',.70N, 066"17',.20W
(3) 44"14',.95N, 066"52',.70W (6) 44%5',.90 N, 066'11',.68
W
(ii) (7) 44"48',.32N, W
066'13',.65 (9) 44%6',.88N, W
066'11',.30
(B) 44"47',.33N, W
066'14',.00 (10) 44o47',.86
N, 066'10495W
and (iii) CI1) 45"02'.50N, 066'08',.25W (13) 44%8',.80N, W
066"10',.58
(12) 44"49',.30N, W
066'13',.30 (14) 45'02',.00N, W
066"05',.55

(b) Atraffic lanefornorth-eastbound trafficisestablished

betweenthe separation
zonesand a lineconnecting
the followinggeographical positions: '
(15) 44"09',.50N, 066"47',.O5W (17) 45'01',.50N, 066"02',.80
W
(16) 44"29',.60N, 066"14',.75 W
(c) A traffic lanefor south-westboundtraffic is establishedbetweenthe separationzonesand linesconne,cting
the following geographicalpositions:
(i) ('tB) 45"03',.00N, W
066"11',.00 ('19) 44%9',.80N, W
066'15',.98

and (ii) QO) 44"46'.90N, o6617',.OOW (22) 44"17',.35

N, W
066"55',.17
(21) 44"33',.00N, 066"22'.OOW

Part II
(d) A separationzone boundedby a line connectingthe followinggeographical
positions:
(23) 44"48',.60N, O66"20',.72W (25) 44"48',.88N, 066'16',.35W
'
(24) 44"47',.9ON, 066"16',.7OW (26) 44"49',.58N, O66"20',.40W
(e) A traffic lanefor north-westboundtraffic is establishedbetweenthe separationzone and a line connecting
the following geographicalpositions:
(27) 44"49'.BoN, 066"15',.98 W (28) 44"50',.58N, 066'2O',.05W
(f) A traf{ic lanefor south-eastboundtraffic is establishedbetweenthe separationzone and a line connecting
the followinggeographical positions:
(29) 44"47',.65N, 066'21',.',|0 W (30) 44"46',.90N, 066"17',.OOW

bhartlet overleaf)

SHIPS'ROUTEING2015 EDITION (Amended 2002) tx/2-1

 =

Eil .J

/lo\
(18)a(11)

I
!v
I
I
tll
tll
I
t 9 (14)
o,o(17)

i
rti
Ii
Bay of Fundy

\t:a /
Q7) ;Q6l
(28) \ ii
t^.'o- \,'hr\
"Vr
1zol."\d/'%
ffi;--*;fl1ff
o(13)
o(10)l

t
/ b\ o(9) /
o'',
(6) i
/ erano\
\ ieii'
[33] I
/ Manan (" I

/ tYn
I r-v'a^ I

/ /n u I
tn
i I
\ - , / o I(2)
tll
v I
o
- t/
.(5)

.196a1

."2
."7 v.v.,'
" //"
Al/^ ^ \
,' // -9-
.tt .2
// // // {i e
\
(22\^ .' ( .2" ,// .$'
.
t' /l?/ +
(3)o / )v
v1-/ )
/,,,'
o
(4)
o
(15)

10' 66" so' 40', 30'

IN THE BAYOF FUNDYAND APPROACHES

txl2-2 tAmended 2002) S H I P SR EDITION

' O U T E I N G2 O ' 1 5
lN THEAPPROACHES
TO PORTIAND,MAINt
(Referencecharts:United States13006, 1982edition; 13009, 1985 edition; 1326O,1986 edition; 13286,
1985 edition; 13288,1985 edition;'t329O, 1987 edition.
Note: Thesecharts are based on North American 1927 geodeticdatum.)

Descriptionof the traffic separationscheme

The traffic separationscheme"ln the approachesto Portland,Maine" consistsof three parts:
Part I
Precautionary area
(a) Apreciutionary areaof radius5.45milesiscentredupon geographicalposition43o31'.60N, 070'05'.53W,
the arcaswithin separationzones and traffic lanesexcluded.
Part Il
Easternapproach
(a) A separationzone, one mile wide, is centred upon the following geographicalpositions:
(1) 43"30',.18N, O69"59',.17W (2) 43o24!.28N, O69"32',.70W
(b) A traffic lane,one and a half mileswide, is establishedon each side of the separationzone.
Part lll \
Southern approach
(a) A separationzone, one mile wide, is centred upon the following geographicalpositions:
(3) 43"27'.OO N, 070"03',.48W (4) 43o07',.82 N, 069"54',.95W
(b) A traffic lane,one and a half miles wide, is establishedon each side of the separationzone.

0)

TO PORTIAND,MAINE
IN THEAPPROACHES

SHIPS'ROUTEING
2O15EDITION Amended 1978) tx/3
IN THE APPROACHTO BOSTON,MASSACHUSETTS
Note: See"Reportingsystemsfor protection of endangeredNorth Atlantic RightWhales in sea areasoff the
north-easternand south-easterncoastsof the United States"in part C, section l.
(Reference
charts:UnitedStates13009,2OO7edition;13200,2007edition
Note: Thesechartsare basedon North American1983datum,which is equivalentto World Ceodetic
System1984 datum (WCS B4).)

Descriptionof the traffic separationscheme

(a) positions:
A separationzone,one mile wide, is centredupon the followinggeographical
(1) 42"2j',.73N, 070'39',.06W (3) 4o"49',.25
N, 069'00',.81W
(2) 42"18'.28N, 07O"O1',.14W
(b) A trafficlanefor northboundtrafficis established zone and a lineconnectingthe
betweenthe separation
followinggeographical positions:
(4) 40'50',.47N, 068'58'.67W (6) 42"22',.71
N, 070"38',.62W
(5) 42"20',.17N, 069'59',.40W
(c) zone and a lineconnectingthe
betweenthe separation
A trafficlanefor southboundtrafficis established
followinggeographical positions:
(7) 42"18',.82N, O70a40',.49 W (9) 40%8',.03N, 069"02'.96W
(B) 42"16',.39N, 070'02',.88W

Precautionary areas
(a) A precautionary position:
argaof radius6.17milesis centredupon geographical
(12) 42"22',.71N, W
O7O"46',.97
(b) A precautionaryarea is bounded to the east by a circle of radius15.5 nauticalmiles,centred upon
geographicalposition(13)40"35'.01N, 068'59'.97W, intersectedby the trafficseparationschemes"ln
the approach to Boston,Massachusetts"and "EasternApproach, Off Nantucket" (part ll of the traffic
separationscheme"Off New York")at the followinggeographical positions:
(4) 40'50',.47N, 068'58',.67W (11) 40"23',.75 N, W
069'13',.95
The precautionaryarea is boundedto the west by a line connectingthe two trafficseparationschemes
betweenthe following geographicalpositions:
(9) 40%8',.03N, O69"02',.96W (10) 40"36',.76
N, 069'15',.13W

,x/4-1 (Amended 2008) ' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N

S H I P SR
 <y.t/ "See descriptions of areasto be avoided

- Energy Bridge deepwater poft" and

/N \ l-' "Neptunedeepwater poft"
A in Parl D, sectiontt
,u,\!i -
n (12t-' i(1 - - - (5)
i <---

(8)\-'
\
q /See description of the reporting systerns for protection
\ of endanoeredNorth Atlantic Rioht Whales
N in seaareasoff the north-easternand
.\\\ \f south-eastern coastsof the ,"""
unltedstatesin prt G, sectionI)
\ r """
t.
\ -"""t"
t t,
t.t \r
\
"""""t
\t \ . " '
\" " " Area to be avoided
,

\ . ,
t\\'" See description of
seasonalarea to be avoided
"ln the Great South Channel'
MonomoyPt
\ " in part D, section II

Y
\^^
. l
Y 1s',
Y

Y Y
t I t
f
Y Area to be avoided NY

t \.i \\ \ t\\
ND Y
.\
See description of
t
area to be avoided i

"ln the region of Nantucket \ r r r ,

Y i
k Shoals"in part D, section ll \ t t " '
Y Y 7
\ ' -E4 . /- -
I
-'..
tg)P ts)(*)
tra
a a aa - * t I r M
4rr r rrrl / ' .

t5l
? (10) o (13)
I
t
I rrrr
A
[See part ll of description of the
traffic separation scheme "Off New York"l

30' 70" 69'

IN THE APPROACHTO BOSTON,MASSACHUSETTS

S H I P SR
' O U T E I N C2 0 1 5E D I T I O N (Amended 2008) lx/4-2
IN THEAPPROACHES BAY,RHODEISLAND,
TO NARRACANSETT
AND BUZZARDSBAYMASSACHUSETTS
(Referencechart:UnitedStates13218,1987edition.
Note: Thischart is basedon North American1983geodeticdatum.)

Descriptionof the traffic separationscheme

The traffic separationscheme "ln the approachesto NarragansettBay, Rhode lsland, and Buzzards Bay,
Massachusetts" consistsof two parts:
Part I
NarragansettBay approach
(a) positions:
A separationzone,two mileswide, is centredupon the followinggeographical
(1) 41"22',.7O
N, 071"23',.30W (2) 41'11',.10
N, 071"23',.30W
(b) A trafficlane,onemilewide,is established
on eachsideof theseparation
zone.
Part ll
BuzzardsBayapproach
(a) A separation positions:
zone,one milewide,is centreduponthefollowinggeographical
(3) 41"10',.20
N, w
07.1'',|9',.,|0 (4) 41'21',.80
N, W
071'07'..10
(b) on each sideof the separationzone.
A trafficlane,one mile wide, is established

Precautionary
areas
areaof radius5.4 milesis centredupon geographicalposition41"06'.00N, 07'l'23'.30W.
A precautionary
areaof radius3.55 milesis centredupon geographicalposition41o25'.60N, 071'23'.30W..
A precautionary

Restricted area
Bayapproach
Note: A restrictedarea,two mileswide, extendingfrom the southernlimit of the Narragansett
traffic separationzone to latitude 41"24'.70N, has been established.
The restrictedareawill only be closedto shiptrafficby the Naval UnderwaterSystemCenterduringperiods
of daylightand optimumweatherconditionsfor torpedorangeusage.The closingof the restrictedareawill be
indicatedby the activationof a white strobelight mountedon BrentonReefLightand controlledby a naval
expectedduring inclement
ship supportingthe torpedo rangeactivities.Therewould be no ship restrictions
weatheror when the torpedorangeis not in use.

tx/5-1 ' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N
S H I P SR
 * BrentonReef

t-il
irE;!-+Restrictedarea
\tn-t.""'t-n''

I
.,,,,,,.r,/,1,
iq,\V,,,

20' 10' 71" 50',

TO NARRAGANSETT
IN THEAPPROACHES BAYRHODEISLAND,
BAY,MASSACHUSETTS
AND BUZZARDS

S H I P SR
' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N tx/5-2
OFFNEWYORK
(Referencecharts:UnitedStates12300,1985edition;12326,.1986 edition.
Note: Thesechartsare basedon North American 1927 geodeticdatum.)

Descriptionof the traffic separationscheme

The traffic separationscheme"Off New York" consistsof five parts:

Part I
Precautionaryareas
(a) A precautionaryarea of radiussevenmiles is centred upon Ambrose Light in geographicalposition
40"27',.50N, 073%9',.90W
(b) A precautionaryarea is located between part ll of this traffic separationscheme(Easternapproach,off
Nantucket)and the trafficseparationscheme"ln the approachto Boston,Massachusetts". Detailsof the
precautionaryarea are containedin paragraph(b) of the descriptionof the precautionaryareasin the
amendedtrafficseparationscheme"ln the approachto Boston,Massachusetts".

Part tl
Easternapproach, off Nantucket
(a) positions:
A separationzone is boundedby a line connectingthe followinggeographical
(1) 40'28',.75N, 069'14',.83 W (3) 40"30',.62N, w
070"14',.00
(2) 40"27',.62N, O7O"13',.77 W (4) 40"31',.75N, W
069"14',.97

(b) betweenthe separationzone and a lineconnectingthe

A trafficlanefor westboundtrafficis established
followinggeographicalpositions:
(5) 40'36',.75N, O69"15',.17 W (6) 40"35',.62
N, 070"14',.15W
(c) betweenthe separationzone and a line connectingthe
A trafficlanefor eastboundtrafficis established
folIowinggeographical positions:
(7) 40"22',.62N, 070"13'.60 w (B) 4o"23',.75
N, 069"14',.63W

Part lll
Easternapproach,off Ambrosetight
(a) A separation positions:
thefollowinggeographical
zoneis boundedby a lineconnecting
(9) 40"24',.33 N, 073"04'.97W (12) 4o"27',.00
N, W
073"40',.75
(1O)40"24'.20 N, W
073"11',.50 (13) 40"27',.20
N, W
073'11',.50
(11) 40'26',.00N, W
073"4o',.93 (14) 40"27',.33
N, W
073"04',.95
(b) betweenthe separationzone and a line connectingthe
A trafficlanefor westboundtrafficis established
followinggeographicalpositions:
(15) 40"32',.33
N, 073"04',.95W (17) 40"28',.00N, 073"4A',.73 W
(16) 40o32',.20
N, W
073"1',I',.50
(c) betweenthe separationzone and a line connectingthe
A trafficlanefor eastboundtrafficis established
followinggeographical positions:
(18) 40'25',.05N, 073"41',.32W (20) 40'19',.33
N, 073"04'..97W
(19) 40'19',.20N, W
073"11',.50

Part lV
South-eastern
approach
(a) A separation positions:
thefollowinggeographical
zoneis boundedby a lineconnecting
(21140'03',.',10
N, 073"17',.93w (24) 40"23',.20
N, 073"42',.70w
(22) 4o"06',.50
N, 073"22',.73w (25) 40'08',.72
N, W
073'20',.10
(23\ 4}"22',.45
N, 073%3',.55W (26) 40'05',.32
N, 073"15',.28w

tx/6-1 Amended 2008) SHIPS'ROUTEING2O'I5EDITION

(b) A traffic lanefor north-westboundtraffic isestablishedbetweenthe separationzone and a line connecting
the following geographicalpositions:
Q7) 4O"OB'.98 N, O73"1O',,87 W (29) 40"24',.02
N, 073"41',.97
W
(28) 40"12',.42N, O73"15',.67 W
(c) A traffic lanefor south-eastbound
traffic is establishedbetweenthe separationzone and a Iineconnectinq
the following geographicalpositions:
(30) 40"21',.82N, O73'44',,55W (32) 39o59',.43
N, o73"22',.35W
(31) 40"02',.80N, O73"27',.15 W

Part V
Southernapproach
(a) A separation
zoneis boundedby a lineconnecting
thefollowinggeographical
positions:
(33) 39%5',.70N, O73"48',.00W (35) 4O"2O',.87
N, 073'47',.07W
(34) 40"20',.63N, O73"48',.33
W (36) 39"45',.70
N, 073"44',.00w
(b) A traffic lanefor northboundtraffic is establishedbetweenthe separationzone and a line connectingthe
following geographicalpositions:
G7) 39"45',.20N, O73"37',.70W (38) 40"21',.25
N, 073%5',.85 W
(c) A traffic lanefor southboundtraffic is establishedbetweenthe separationzone and a line connectingthe
following geographicalpositions:
(39) 4O"2O',.53N, O73"49',.65W (4O) 39"45',.70
N, o73"54',.40W
Note:Useof LORAN-C enables masters equipped
of appropriately shipsto be informed
highlyaccurately
and
continuously
abouttheship'spositionin the areacoveredby thisscheme.
(chartlet overleaf)

SHIPS'ROUTEING
2015EDITION (Amended 2008) tx/6-2
 New Haven :
"e
a P l u ml .
Montauk
1l

e.ea'
50"[

Easternapproach,off Ambroselight

',.
\r.1zar
orzs)
"\ \r"(22i
^ E4
. Eut
tsr\ tztl South-easternapproach

Southernapproach

AtlanticCity

74" 73"

tx/6-3 ' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O \
S H I P SR
 gal

vineyard ,,*,"xT"'!X;i\ "

,i-*
ti
" *tery@ ATTTTTT-\t'rr
'fr,
€ Nantucket i^ t..
Noman'sLand
ero*$ Y
p
A t
Areato beavoided
r \ t
^^ \. jiffi
t
lsland
i A \ 'r\ \
See descnpfion of traffic sepamtion
\
Y.
S"" descriptionof
areato be avoided
Y "tn the region of Nantucket r
i
1 N,t
\
scheme "ln the approaches to k Shoa/s" in paft D, section ll tr.
Narngansett Bay, Rhode lsland, and ,
k : \
Buzards Bay, Massachusetfs" v l
k {
k - l
krrrrJr-t---l I

: € : !
(3)
(2)"'''
- +
( 7 )o - - - - - - -
Easternapproach,off Nantucket

71" 70'

OFFNEW YORK

SHIPS'ROUTEING2015 EDITION khartlet amended 2008) tx/6-4

rlEL
OFFDETAWARE
BAY
(Referencechart:UnitedStates12214,1994edition.
Note: Thischart is basedon North Americandatum 1983.)

Descriptionof the traffic separationscheme

PartI
Easternapproach
(a) A separationzone is boundedby a line connectingthe followinggeographicalpositions:
(1) 38%6',.30 N, O74"34',.45W (3) 38"47',.45N, O74"55',.40W
(2) 38%6',.33N, O74"55',.75W (4) 38%7',.35 N, 074"34',.50W

betweenthe separationzone and a line connectingthe

(b) A trafficlanefor westboundtrafficis established
followinggeographical positions:
(5) 38%8',.32N, O74"55',.30W (6) 38%9',.80N, 074"34',.6OW

(c) betweenthe separationzone and a line connectingthe

A trafficlanefor eastboundtrafficis established
followinggeographical positions:
(7) 38%5',.45N, 074"56',.20W (B) 38"44',.45N, 074"34',.35W
Part Il
South-eastern
approach
(a) A separation positions:
thefollowinggeographical
zoneis boundedby a lineconnecting
(9) 38"27',.00N, O74"42',.3OW (11) 38%4',.20N, 074'57',.20W
(10) 38%3',.40N, W
074"58',.00 (12) 38'27',.60N, 074"41',.30W

(b) A trafficlanefor north-westbound trafficisestablished zoneand a lineconnecting

betweenthe separation
the followinggeographical positions:
(13) 38"28',.80N, 074"39',.3OW (14) 38%5',.10N, 074"56',.60W

(c) A trafficlanefor south-eastbound zoneand a lineconnecting

betweenthe separation
trafficisestablished
the followinggeographical positions:
(15) 3B%2',.80N, 074"58',.90W (16) 3B'27',.00
N, 074"45',.40W

Precautionary area
N, 074'58'.90W; thencenortherlyby an arc
as follows:from 38"42'.BO
A precautionaryarea is established
of B nauticalmiles centredat 3B%B'.90N, 075'05'.60W to 38"48'.32N, 074'55'.30W; thence westerly
to 38"47'.50N, 075'01'.80W; thence northerlyto 38'50'.75 N, 075"03'.40W; thence north-easterlyto
38"51'.27N,075o02'.83W; thence northerlyto 38'54'.80 N, 075'01'.60W; thence westerlyby an arc of
radius6.7 nauticalmilescentredat 3B%B'.90N, 075'05'.60W to 38'55'.53N, 075'05'.BZW; thencesouth-
westerlyto 38'54'.00N, 075'08'.00W; thencesoutherlyto 38%6'.60N, 075'03'.55W; thencesouth-easterly
Io 38"42'.80N, 074"58'.90W.

tx/7-1 (Amended 1996) ' O U T E I N C2 0 1 5E D I T I O N

S H I P SR
 -f
/-
f r /
l r r
t. a
l /
/ l
f l

,r' ,r' lsee "Two-way route

/ / /,/ off DelawareBay"
CapeMay ,' in PartE)
/ / ,' /
\
U€lQWQf€
\ l 1 '
t I / /
aa" \ | / / Five FathomBank
\ /\ ,' ':ir'
'r
\ z'r\
'a 'ta,t,
/
\ ---' ,t
\ \ (6)
\ .\, \ , z'-
Harbour
of r'i \__- -__-__-o
Refuge '\ -=
*t. a----t r r
\ -:.v!1="--
\ 'r :=---"'--.1.-x;, s ._ \4/
tt.

'. /N - , +o- -
(2)
+ o
E:==+ (1)
" '...4/ ! \ -
1r+y6iz] ---------o
tt ( 11 ) ^ " t
\ , v . ( g )
'. (10) '.
\- d -
/- \\
115\ty
\ ' ! /
- \
\

\ \ r

River lnlet

35',

i\
\

,) "(13)
o
(16)b o (2)
(e)

OFF DETAWARE
BAY

S H I P SR
' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N (Amended 1996) tx/7-2

I!Er.
 BAY
TO CHESAPEAKE
IN THEAPPROACHES
.12200
(Reference
charts:UnitedStates , 2OO2edition;12207,1998edition;12221,2003 edition.
Note: Thesechartsare basedon North American1983datum.)

Descriptionof the traffic separationscheme

Bay" consistsof threeparts:
The trafficseparationscheme"ln the approachesto Chesapeake

Part I
Precautionaryarea
areaof radiustwo milesis centredupon geographical
(a) A precautionary N, 075'57'.45W.
position36"56'.13

Part ll
Easternapproach
positions:
(a) A separationline connectsthe followinggeographical
(1) 36'57',.50N, 075"48'.21W (3) 36'56',.40N, W
075"54',.95
(2) 36'56',.40N, 075"52',.40W

betweenthe separationline and a line connectingthe

(b) A trafficlanefor westboundtrafficis established
followinggeographical positions:
(4) 36"57',.94N, W
075"48',.41 (6) 36'56',.90N, 075"55',.14 W
(5) 36'56',.90N, W
075"52',.40
(c) betweenthe separationline and a line connectingthe
A traffic lanefor eastboundtraffic is established
followinggeographical positions:
(7) 36'57',.04N, 075"48',.01 W (9) 36'55',.88N, 075"54',.95W
(B) 36'55',.88N, 075"52',.40W

Part lll
Southernapproach
(a) A separation
lineconnects positions:
thefollowinggeographical
(10) 36"50',.33
N, 075"46',.29W (12) 36"55',.96N, W
075"54',.97
. (1t1 36"52',.90
N, 075"51',.52w
positions:
(b) A separationline connectsthe followinggeographical
(13) 36"55',..1'l
N, W
075"55',.23 (15) 36%9',.70N, W
075%6',.80
(14) 36"52',.35N, 075"52',.12W
(c) positions:
A separationline connectsthe followinggeographical
(16) 36"49',.52N, 075"46',.94W (18) 36o54',.97
N, W
o75'55',.43
(17) 36'52',.18N, 075"52',.29W
positions:
(d) A separationline connectsthe followinggeographical
(19) 36"54',.44 N, 075"56',.09W (21) 36"48',.87N, 075'47',.42W
(20) 36"51',.59N, 075"52',.92W

(e,) A traffic lanefor inboundtraffic is established (a)

betweenthe separationlinesdescribedin paragraphs
and (b).
(f) A trafficlanefor outboundtrafficis established (c)
betweenthe separationlinesdescribedin paragraphs
and (d).
(g) A deep-waterroute is establishedbetweenthe separationlinesdescribedin paragraphs (b)and (c).The
typesof shipswhich are recommended to use the deep-water route are given in the description of the
deep-waterroute (see part C, sectionlV). All other shipsusingthe southern approach traffic separation
schemeshouldusethe appropriateinboundor outboundtrafficlane.

tx/B-1 (Amended2004) ' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N

S H I P SR
 a/-t-------\

T
I

TO CHESAPEAKE
IN THEAPPROACHES BAY

SHIPS'ROUTEING
2015EDITION (Amended 2004) lx/B-2

ltllE-
 TO THECAPEFEARRIVER
IN THEAPPROACHES
(Reference
charts:UnitedStates11536, 2OO3edition;11537,2004 edition.
Note: Thesechartsare basedon North American1983datum.)

Descriptionof the traffic separationscheme

(a) A trafficseparationzone is boundedby a line connectingthe followinggeographicalpositions:
(1) 33"44',.94N, W
078"04',.81 (3) 33'34',.50N, 078"14',.70w
(2) 33'32',.75N, O78"09',.66W (4) 33%5',.11 N, 078"04',.98W

IF
(b)

(c)
A trafficlanefor northboundtrafficis established
followinggeographicpositions:
(5) 33"32',.75N, 078"05',.99 W (6) 33'44',.38N,
zone and a lineconnectingthe
betweenthe separation

078"03',.77W
zone and a lineconnectingthe
betweenthe separation
A trafficlanefor southboundtrafficis established
followinggeographicpositions:
(7) 33'36',.22N, 078'18',.00 W (B) 33%6',.03N, 078'05',.41W

Precautionary area
(a) A precautionaryareais established positions:
boundedby a line connectingthe followinggeographical
from (9) 33%7'.65N, O7B"O4'.78 W, to
(10) 33"48',.50 N, 078"04',.27W,to
(11) 33%9',.53 N, W to
078"03',.10
(12) 33%8',.00N, W, to
078"01',.00
(13) 33%1',.00 N, W to
078'01',.00
(14) 33%1',.00 N, 078'04',.00W, to
(15) 33"44',.28N, 078"03',.02W
thenceby an arc of 2 nauticalmilesradius,centredat (16)33"46'.28N, 078'03'.03W
thenceto the point of originat (9).

Note: A pilot boardingarea is locatedinsidethe precautionaryarea.Due to heavyship traffic,marinersare

advisednot to anchoror lingerin the precautionaryareaexceptto pick up or disembarka pilot.

TO THE CAPEFEARRIVER
IN THE APPROACHES

tx/9 (Adopted 2004) ' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O \

S H I P SR
 IN THEAPPROACHES
TO GATVESTON
BAY
(Referencecharts:United StatesNationalOcean Survey 11323,1986 edition 11332,1982edition.
;
Note: Thesechartsare basedon North American 1927 geodeticdatum.)

Descriptionof the traffic separationscheme

(a) A traffic separationzone is bounded by a line connectingthe following geographicalpositions:
(1) 29"17'.15N, 094"35'.80W (3) 29.09'.05N, O94"26'.36W
(2) 29.09',.20N, 094"26'.23 W (4) 29017',.O4N, 094"35'.93W
(b) Atraffic lanefor north-westboundtraffic isestablishedbetweenthe separationzone and a line connecting
the following geographicalpositions:
(5) 29"18',.00 N, Og4"34',.gOW (6) 29"'l'f',.20N, 094"24'.00w
(c) A traffic lanefor south-eastboundtraffic is establishedbetweenthe separationzone and a line connecting
the following geographicalpositions:
(7) 29".f6',.10N, 094"37'.OOW (B) 29"O7',.70N, 094.27'.80W

Precautionaryareas
(a) An inshoreprecautionaryareais established,
boundedby a line connectingthe following$eographical
positions:
(7) 29"16',.10
N, 094"37'.00w (10) 29"19',.80 N, 094"38',.10
W
(5) 29"'18',.00
N, 094"34,,90w ( 1 1 ) 2 9 " 1 8 ' . 1N
0, 094"39',.20W
(9) 29.19',.40
N, 094.37'.1OW
(b) An offshoreprecaLrtionary
areais established,
boundedby a line connectingthe followinggeographical
positions:
(6) 29"',11',.20
N, 094.24'.00w (13) 29"06',.40
N, 094.23'.90w
(B) 29"O7',.7ON, O94"27'.BOW fi4) 29'09'.10N, 094"20'.60W
(12) 29"06',.40
N, O94"26'.20W
Note: A pilot boardingareais locatednearthe centreof the inshoreprecautionaryarea.Due to heavyshiptraffic,
marinersare advisednot to anchoror lingerin this precautionaryareaexceptto pick up or disembarka'pilot.

(t8lrnr
-/ :o.
trrroi'..(4)4a'61
4..*a -'..
V -R \\
(z)-..\ \ ...
'. \ *'.
t..

\'..
t.\
'\\ ..*
R (6)

"..\\'..*tsl ,r'o'i1.. 'p

elzlA tr+l
(8)Y.
')o- ,.'
- -rl'
(12) 03)

IN THEAPPROACHES
TO CALVESTONBAY

SHIPS'ROUTEING2015 EDITION (Adopted 1983)

tx/10

4r-.
 TO THE PORTOF VERACRUZ
IN THE APPROACHES
(Referencechart:UnitedStates28302,1991edition.
Note: Thischart is basedon World CeodeticSystem1984 datum.)

Descriptionof the traffic separationscheme

The traffic separationschemein the approachesto Yeracruz,Mexico consistsof two parts:

Part I

lD
for vesselsenteringor leavingthe port of Veracruz
Eastapproach:Recommended
(a) A separationzone boundedby a line connectingthe followinggeographicalpositions:
(1) 19"14',.00N, 095%5',.00 W (3) 19'12',.50N, 095'53',.43 W
(2) 19'.14',.00
N, 095'53',.43W (4) 19'12',.50N, 095%5',.00 W
(b) A separationzone boundedby a line connectingthe followinggeographicalpositions:
(5) 19"11',.50N, 095%5',.00 W (7) 19'10',.90N, 095'53',.43 W
(6) 19o11',.50N, 095'53',.43W (B) 19'.t0',.90
N, 095%6',.60 W

(c) betweenseparationzone (a)and a line connectingthe

A trafficlanefor westboundtrafficis established
followinggeographical positions:
(g) 19"15',.00N, 095%5',.00 w (10) 19"15',.00
N, 095'53',.43 W
(d) A traffic lanefor eastboundtraffic is establishedbetween separationzone (a)and separationzone (b).

Part ll
for vesselsenteringor leavingthe port of Veracruz
North approach:Recommended
(a) A separationzone boundedby a line connectingthe followinggeographicalpositions:
(11) 19"19',.00
N, 095'59',.62W (13) 19'15',.00
N, 095'58',.05 W
(12) 19"'15',.00
N, 095'59',.62W (14) 19"19',.00
N, 095'58',.05W
(b) A trafficlanefor southboundtrafficis established zone and a lineconnectingthe
betweenthe separation
followinggeographical positions:
(15) 19'19',.00N, 096"00',.65W (16) 19'',15',.00
N, 096'00',.65W
(c) zone and a line connectingthe
betweenthe separation
A trafficlanefor northboundtrafficis established
followinggeographical positions:
(17) ',|9"15',.00
N, 095'57',.00W (18) 19'19',.00
N, 095'57',.00W

Precautionary area
A precautionary
areais established positions:
boundedby a line connectingthe followinggeographical
(10) 19"15',.00
N, W
095'53',.43
(17) 19"15',.00
N, 095'57',.00W
(16) 19"15',.00
N, 096"00'..65W
(21) 19"12',.07
N, W
096"O1',.77
(23) 19"07',.65
N, W
095'58',.92
(7) 19'10',.90N, W
095'53',.43
backto position(10).

Note: Mastersof all appropriately equippedshipsshouldhavecontinualaccessto highlyaccurateinformation

on the positionof their shipsin the trafficlane,usingthe radarbeaconsof:
SacrificiosIsland,identifiedon the radarby Morse lelter"2" and locatedin geographical
position:
(28) 19'10',.49 N, 096'05',.53W.
position:
lsland,identifiedon the radarby Morseletter"O" and locatedin geographical
Santiaguillo
,29\ 19'08',.52N. O95"48',.47 W.

tx/l1-1 (Adopted 1996) S H I P SR

' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N
 {1 1 1 ) ( 1 4 () 1 8 )

€ " 1

,-Ti (10)
'?'=- - - o(9)
1 2 ) ( 1 3 )( 1 4 - -

! ! r r r ! r J - r r r r r r - ! 1

15', 96'

TO THEPORTOF VERACRUZ
IN THEAPPROACHES

SHIPSN
ROUTEING2015 EDITION (Adopted 1996) ax/I1-2

,ilM-
OFF CABO SAN ANTONIO
(Referencecharts:InstitutoCubano de Hidrografia1001, 1101 and 1122.
Note: Thesechartsare basedon North American1927 geodeticdatum.
BritishAdmiralty1220,1977edition;2579, 1934edition;3867,19Boedition.)

Descriptionof the traffic separationscheme

(a) A separationzone,two mileswide, is centredupon the followinggeographical
positions:
(1) 21"43',.90
N, W
085"07',.20 (2) 22'01',.00
N, W
085"07',.20
(b) A traffic lane,three mileswide, for southboundtraffic is establishedbetweenthe separationzone and a
line connectingthe followinggeographicalpositions:
(3) 21"42',.70 N, 085"11',.50W (4) 22"01',.00 N, 085'.1'l'.50
w
(c) betweenthe separationzone and a
A trafficlane,threemileswide, for northboundtrafficis established
line connectingthe followinggeographical positions:
(5) 21%5',.00 N, 085'03',.00W (6) 22'0',1',.00N, 085'03',.00w

lnshore traffic zone

The areawithin the linesboundedby the followinggeographicalpositions:
Puntadel Holandes(21"48'.60N, 084%8'.20W), positions(5) and (6)of the "Off Cabo SanAntonio"
schemeand a pointon the coastmarkedby the co-ordinates
trafficseparation N, 084'34'.50W
22"00'.OO
is designatedas an inshoretraffic zone.

OFFtA TABTA
(Referencecharts:InstitutoCubanode Hidrografia1001,1101and 1122.
Note: Thesechartsare basedon North American 1927 geodeticdatum.
BritishAdmiralty1220,1977edition;2579, 1934edition;3867,1980edition.)

Descriptionof the traffic separationscheme

(e) A separationzone,one mile wide, is centredupon the followinggeographical
positions:
(1) 22"27',.90 N, 084"42',.10W (2) 22"19',.7ON, 084"49',.90W
(b) A traffic lane,two mileswide, for south-westbound traffic is establishedbetweenthe separationzone
and a line connectingthe followinggeographical positions:
(3) 22"21',.40 N, W
084"5',1',.90 (4) 22"29',.80N, 084"44',.20W
(c) A traffic lane, two miles wide, for north-eastboundtraffic is establishedbetween the separationzone
and a line connectingthe followinggeographical positions:
(5) 22'18',.00N, OB4"47',.BOW (6) 22"26',.40 N, W
084"40',.20

Inshore traffic zone

The areawithin the linesboundedby the followinggeographical
positions:
PuntaPlumaies(22"02'.80N, 084"29'.30W), positions(5)and (6)of the trafficseparationscheme"Ofl
La Tabla",and the point on the coastmarkedby the co-ordinates
22"14'.OON, 084'25'.00W
is designatedas an inshoretraffic zone.

lx/12-1/13-1 (Amended 1994) S H I P SR

' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O I '
 OFF CABO SAN ANTONIO + OFF tA TABTA

S H I P SR
' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N (Amended 1994)
tx/12-2/13-2
OFF COSTADE MATANZAS
(Reference charts:lnstitutoCubanode Hidrografia1001,1101,1102,1126,1127,2001,3001, 4001,4OO2
a n d4 1 0 1 .
Note: Thesechartsare basedon North American1927 geodeticdatum.
BritishAdmiralty1220,1977edition;2579,1934edition;3867,1980edition.)

Descriptionof the traffic separationscheme

positions:
zone,one milewide,is centreduponthefollowinggeographical
(a) A separation
(1) 23'23',.50
N, 0B'l'08'.00w (3) 23'23',.00
N, W
080'28',.00
Q\ 23'25',.00N, 080'53',.80W
(b) betweenthe separationzone and a
A traffic lane, two miles wide, for westbound traffic is established
line connectingthe followinggeographical positions:
(4) 23"26',.00
N, W
081"08',.30 (6) 23'25',.50
N, 080"27',.60W
(5) N,
23"27',.5O 080'54',.00w
(c) betweenthe separationzoneand a line
A trafficlane,two mileswide, for eastboundtrafficis established
connecting the followinggeographical positions:
(7) 23'2.1',.10
N, w
0B.l'07'.80 (g) 23'20',.50
N, w
080'28',.00
(B) 23'22',.50
N, w
080'54',.00

lnshore traffic zone

positions:
The areawithin the linesboundedby the followinggeographical
Puntade Molas (23"11'.5ON, 081'07'.15W), positions(7), (B)and (9) of the traffic separationscheme
"Off Costade Matanzas",and Cayo Bahiade C6diz lighthouse(23"12'.30N, 080'28'.90W)
as an inshoretrafficzone.
is designated

OFFCOSTADEMATANZAS

(Amended 1994) ' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N

S H I P SR
IN THEOLD BAHAMA CHANNEL
(Referencecharts:lnstitutoCubanode Hidrografia1001,1102,1103,1129,1130,3001,
400'1,4002 and
4104.
Note: Thesechartsare basedon North American1927 geodeticdatum.
BritishAdmiralty1220,1977edition;2579, 1934edition;3867,19BOedition.)

Descriptionof the traffic separationscheme

(a) A separationzone,half a mile wide, is centredupon the followinggeographical
positions:
(1) 22"48',.40 N, 078%5',.00 W (3) 22'18',.90 N, 077'39',.40W
(2) 22"35',.20 N, 078"06'.40W (4) 22'09',.00 N, 077"27',.80W
(b) A traffic lane,two mileswide, for north-westbound
traffic is establishedbetweenthe separationzone
and a line connectingthe followinggeographicalpositions:
(5) 22"50'.20N, 078%3',.30
W (7) 22'20',.80
N, 077"38',.10W
(6) 22',37',.30
N, 078'05',.40
W (B) 22"10',.70
N, 077"26',.30W
(c) A traffic lane,two mileswide, for south-eastbound
traffic is establishedbetweenthe separationzone
and a line connectingthe followinggeographicalpositions:
(9) 22'46',.70N, 078"47',.00W (11) 22"17',.20 N, 077"41',.00W
(10) 22"33',.20N, 078"07',.70W (12) 22'07',.30N, 077'29',.60W

lnshore traffic zone

The areawithin the linesboundedby the followinggeographicalpositions:
the point on the coast markedby the co-ordinates22"30'.40N, 078'53'.30W, positions(9),(10),(11)
and (12)of the trafficseparationscheme"ln the Old BahamaChannel",and PointMangle(21'59'.80N,
077'37',.40W)
is designated
as an inshoretrafficzone.

IN THEOtD BAHAMACHANNEL

S H I P SR
' O U T E I N G2 O ' I 5E D I T I O N (Amended 1994) tx/15
OFf PUNTAMATERNITTOS
(Referencecharts:lnstitutoCubanode Hidrografia1001,1103,1130,3001,400'l and 4002'
Note: Thesechartsare basedon North American 1927 geodeticdatum.
BritishAdmiralty1220,1977edition;2579,1934edition;386z 1980 edition.)

Descriptionof the traffic separationscheme

(a) A separationzone,one mile wide, is centredupon the followinggeographicalpositions:
(1) 21'51',.20
N, 077"06'.BOW (3) 21"44',.2oN, 076"54',.00w
(2) 21"47'.BON, O77"02',.8OW

(b) A traffic lane, two miles wide, for north-westboundtraffic is establishedbetween the separationzone
and a line connectingthe followinggeographical positions:
(4) 21"53',.10 N, O77"O4'.9OW (6) 21%6',.50 N, W
076"53',.00
(5) 21%9',.80 N, O77"O1',.2OW

(c) A traffic lane, two miles wide, for south-eastboundtraffic is establishedbetween the separationzone
and a Iineconnectingthe followinggeographical positions:
(7) 21"49',.50 N, 077"08',.80W (g) 21"42',.00 N, W
076'55',.00
(B) 21"45',.7O N, O77"O4',.2OW

lnshore traffic zone

positions:
The areawithin the Iinesboundedby the followinggeographical
PuntaCentral(21"40',80N,077"12'.60W), positions(7),(B)and (9)of the trafficseparationscheme
"Off PuntaMaternillos",and PuntaCanado (21"31'.25N, 076'59'.75W)
is designatedas an inshoretraffic zone.

OFF PUNTAMATERNILLOS

tx/16 (Amended 1994) SHIPS' 2015EDITION

ROUTEING
 OFF PUNTALUCRECIA
(Referencecharts:Instituto
Cubanode Hidrografia
1001,1103,1131,1132,3001,3002,
4001,4002and
4104.
Note: Thesechartsare basedon North American1927 geodeticdatum.
BritishAdmiralty1220,1977edition;2579,i934 edition;3867,1g}oedition.)

Descriptionof the traffic separationscheme

(a) A separationzone,one mile wide, is centredupon the followinggeographicalpositions:
(1) 21'15',.00N, 075"42',.20W (3) 21'07'.00N, 075.25'.00w
(2) 21"11'.40 N, 075"33'.40W
(b) A traffic lane,two mileswide, for north-westbound
traffic is establishedbetweenthe separationzone
and a Iineconnectingthe followinggeographical positions:
(4) 21"17',.30
N, 075.41'.20W (6) 2.1'09',.20
N, 075"23',.70
W
(5) 21o13',.70
N, 075"32'.3OW
(c) A traffic lane,two mileswide, for south-eastbound
traffic is establishedbetweenthe separationzone
and a line connectingthe followinggeographicalpositions:
(7) 21'12',.80N, 075"43',.20W (9) 21.04',.90 N, 075"26'.20W
(B) 21'09',.20N, 075.34',.50
W

Inshore traffic zone

The areawithin the linesboundedby the followinggeographicalpositions:
Bahia de Sama lighthouse(21"07'.30N, 075'46'.40W), positions(7), (B) and (9) of the traffic
separationscheme"Off PuntaLucrecia",and PuntaMorales(20'55'.10N, 075'36'.80W)
is designated
as an inshoretrafficzone.

OFF PUNTATUCRECIA

S H I P SR
' O U T E I N C2 0 1 5E D I T I O N (Amended 1994) tx/17
OFF CABO MAYSI
(Reference 1001,1103,1133,1134,3001,3002,3103,4001,4002,
charts:InstitutoCubanode Hidrografia
4104 and 4106.
Note: Thesechartsare basedon North American1927 geodeticdatum.
BritishAdmiralty1220,1977edition;2579,1934edition;3867,1980edition.)

scheme
of the trafficseparation
Description
(a) A separationzone,two mileswide, is centredupon the followinggeographicalpositions:
(1) 20o22',.80 N, 073"58',.80W (2) 20"05',.00 N, 073'58',.80 W

(b) A traffic lane,two and a half mileswide, for northboundtraffic is establishedbetweenthe separation
zone and a lineconnecting the followinggeographical positions:
(3) 2o'23',.70N, W
073'55',.00 (4) 20'05'.00 N, w
073'55',.00

(c) A traffic lane,two and a half mileswide, for southboundtraffic is establishedbetweenthe separation
zoneand a lineconnecting the followinggeographical positions:
(5) 20"21',.80
N, W
074"02',.60 (6) 20'05',.00
N, 074"02',.60W

lnshore traffic zone

The areawithinthe Iinesboundedby the followinggeographicalpositions:
PuntaFraile(20"19'.10N,074"13'.75W), positions(5)and(6)of thetrafficseparation
scheme"Off
CaboMaysi",and PuntaNegra (20'05'.55
N, W)
074"14'.10
as an inshoretrafficzone.
is designated

(3)
(l ?

I t
---------r'ta

PuntaMaysi

In s h o r e
traffic
zane
I t
$ t
PuntaNeora
- ) + I L L{_L
/_ J__L J r J_t3_:::
o J.
12\ (4\

OFF CABO MAYSI

Amended 1994) ' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N

S H I P SR
AT THEAPPROACHES
TO PUERTO
CRISTOBAT
(Referencechart:BritishAdmiralty1400,2000 edition.
Note: Thischart is basedon World CeodeticSystem1984 datum (WCS B4).)

Descriptionof the traffic separationscheme

(a) A west-south-western
separation thefollowinggeographical
lineconnecting positions:
(1) 0g'28',.00
N, 080'03'.00w (2) 09.28'.90N, 079"59,.20w
(b) A north-eastern
separation
lineconnecting
thefollowinggeographical
positions:
(3) N,
09"31',.95 079"48',.10
W (4) 09%3',.00N, 079'38',.90
W
(c) Trafficseparationzone is boundedby a line connectingthe followinggeographical
positions:
(5) 09"31',.00N, 079"57',.52
W (7) 09"35',.65 N, 080'01',.40W
(6) 09'33'.97N, 080'02',.50W (B) 09"32',.20 N, 079'56',.50
W
(d) Trafficseparationzone is boundedby a line connectingthe followinggeographical
positions:
(9) 09'33',.40N, W
079"54',.92 ('11) 09%1',.08N, 079'55',.30
W
(10) 09%0'.00N, 079"57',.20W (12) 09'33',.90N, 079'53',.50
W
(e) Trafficseparationzone is boundedby a line connectingthe followinggeographicalpositions:
(13) 09'33',.85
N, A79"51',.20W (15) 09%2',.58N, 079"45',.00W
(14) 09%2',.38N, 079"47',.61W (16) 09'33',.'15
N, 079'49',.80W
(f) Trafficlanesfor entry to ports,anchorages
and transitthroughthe Canal in the followinggeographical
positions:
Direction East:
(17) 09"31',.09
N, 080"03',..19
w
Direction South:
(18) 09%1',.60
N, 079'51',.89
W
(g) Trafficlanesfor exit from ports,anchorages
and transitthroughthe Canalin the followinggeographical
oositions:
Direction North-West:
. (19) 09'32',.69N, W
079"55',.80
Direction North-East:
(2O) 09"32',.50
N, 079"48',.98W

Inshore traffic zones

(h) An inshoretraffic zone is designatedalong the westernboundaryof the eastboundentry traffic lane
describedin paragraph(f),and limitedby the linesconnectingthe followinggeographical
positions:
(1) 09"28',.00 N, 080'03',.00w (21) 09"18',.68
N, 080"01',.20
W
(2) 09'28',.90 N, 079"59',.20W (22) 09"21'.40N, 079'59',.10
W
(i) An inshoretrafficzone is designated
alongthe easternboundaryof the north-eastboundexit trafficlane
describedin paragraph(g),and limitedby the linesconnectingthe followinggeographical
positions:
(3) 09'31',.95N, W
079"48',.10 (23) O9"29',.00N, 079"43',.50w
(4) 09%3',.00N, W
079'38',.90 (24) 09'38',.05
N, 079"32',.30w
(chartlet overleaf)

Date of implementation
of new scheme:0000 hoursUTC on 1 December2014.

S H I P SR
' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N lAdopted 2014) tx/19-1
 O

tt)

(J

Iu

vt
ITJ

-o U
- t N
'ca
o-
e0

./> |IJ
o
0) e
u) (\
RJ

c g i
\*-
T TT - T I T - T -
a
)
o . 1 0o
// \ o
T: Et 9o
a
s ^o
N
i l \ a]
C
II
--
\
- t
t-
!-) i l \ L} -!
(\
6r
S F

I
i
i

lxl19-2 (Adopted2014) S H I P SR
' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N
SectionX

Asia,Pacificcoast

Caution: The chartletsare for illustrativepurposesonly and must not be usedfor

navigation.Marinersshouldconsultthe appropriatenauticalpublicationsand charts
for up-to-datedetailson aids to navigationand other relevantinformation.

Warning: The geographicalpositionsgiven in the descriptionsof the routeing

systemsare only correct for charts usingthe samegeodeticdatum as the reference
ehartsindicatedunder each scheme.Chartspublishedby other hydrographic
offices may use a differentgeodeticdatum, as may new editionsof the reference
chartspublishedafter the adoption of the routeingsystem.Where amendmentsto
existingsystemsare not basedon the samegeodeticdatum as the originalsystem,
this is emphasizedby the use of differentcoloursfor definitionsof positions.

SHIPS'ROUTEING2015 EDITION
(Amended2000) S H I P SR
' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N
IN THE FOURTHKURILSTRAIT
(Referencechart:USSR1083,1989edition.
Note: Thischart is basedon the singlegeodeticdatumfor Sovietnauticalcharts.)

Descriptionof the traffic separationscheme

A separationzone is boundedby a line connectingthe followinggeographical Positions:
(1) 50.05,.30N, E
154"34,.00 (3) 49%3'.80N, 155"14'.20E
Q)49%5',.50N,155'16',.10E@)50'03'.70N,154"32','1jE
on each sideof the separationzone'
A trafficlane,two mileswide, is established

IN THE FOURTHKURILSTRAIT

(Amended l9B5)
SHIPS'ROUTEING2O-I5EDITION
IN THE PROLIVBUSSOT
(Referencechart:USSR1075,1989edition.
Note: Thischart is basedon the singlegeodeticdatumfor Sovietnauticalcharts.)

Descriptionof the traffic separationscheme

A separation
zoneis boundedby a lineconnectingthefollowinggeographical
positions:
(1) 47"O2',.20
N, l5l'03',.90E (3) 46'25',.00
N, E
151'28',.50
(2) 46"27',.O0
N, 15'l'33',.50
E (4 47'00',.30N, 150"58',.80E
on eachsideof theseparation
A trafficlane,fourmileswide,is established zone.

IN THE PROLIVBUSSOL

(Adopted 1985) S H I P SR
' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N
OFFTHEANIWA CAPE
(Referencechart:USSR702,1981edition.
Note: Thischart is basedon the singlegeodeticdatumfor Sovietnauticalcharts.)

Descriptionof the traffic separationscheme

(a) A separationzone,four mileswide, is centredupon the followinggeographical
positions:
(1) 45'54',.00
N, 143"20',.00
E (3) 45'58',.80N, 143.40',.00
E
(2) 45.54',.90N, 143.30'.00E
(b) A traffic lane,two mileswide, is established
southof the separationzone.
(c) An outsideboundaryof the trafficlanenorth of the separation
zone connectsthe followinggeographical
oositions:
(4) 45'59',.00N, 143"20',.00E (6) 46.05'.20N, 143"35'.20 E
(5) 45'58',.50N, 143"25',.50
E

Inshore traffic zone

Theareabetweenthe landwardboundaryof the trafficseparation schemeand Sakhalinlslandand lyingbetween
a line drawnfrom position46'03'.50N, 143"24'.30
E to position45"59'.00N, 143'20'.00E (westernlimit)and
a line drawn from position46'03'.20N, 143o32'.00E to position46"06'.OO
N, 143'28'.00E (easternlimit) is
desiqnated as an inshoretrafficzone.

30'

144"

OFFTHEANIWA CAPE

S H I P SR
' O U T E I N C2 0 1 5E D I T I O N (Amended 1992) x/3
IN THEAPPROACHES
TO THECULFOF NAKHODKA
(Reference
charts:USSR700, 1978edition;1O63,1989edition.
Note: Thesechartsare basedon the singlegeodeticdatumfor Sovietnauticalcharts.)

Descriptionof the traffic separationscheme

The traffic separationschemeconsistsof two parts:

Part I
(a) A roundaboutconsistsof a circulartraffic separationzone, two miles in diameter,centredupon the
followinggeographical position:
42'38',.30N, 132"56',.20
E
and a circulartrafficlanetwo mileswide.
(b) A separationline connectsthe followinggeographicalpositions:
(1) 42'34',.80N, 132"56',.3o
E (2) 42"27',.00
N, 13256',.30
E
(cl A traffic lane,one mile wide, is established
on eachsideof the separationIine.
(d) A separationzone is boundedby linesconnectingthe followinggeographical
positions:
(2) 42"27',.00
N, 132'56',.30
E (4) 42'10',.00N, 132"59',.40
E
(3) 42'10',.00N, 132"52',.8o
E
(e) An outsideboundaryof Thetraffic laneeastof the separationzone connectsthe followinggeographical
oositions:
(5) 42'10',.00N, 133"02',.2o
E (6) 42"27',.0o
N, 132"57',.60
E
(f) An outsideboundaryof the trafficlanewest of the separationzone connectsthe followinggeographical
positions:
(7) 42"27',,OO
N, 132'55',.00
E (B) 42'10',.00N, 132"50',.20 E
Part ll
(a) A separation positions:
zone,onemilewide,is centreduponthefollowinggeographical
(9) 42"36',.20 '132"58',.90 (11) 42'33',.50
N, E N, 133"07',.30
E
(10) 42'33',.50
N, E
133"02',.90
(b) A traffic lane,one and a half mileswide, is established
southof the separationzone.
(c) - An outsideboundaryof the trafficlanenorth of the separationzone connectsthe followinggeographical
positions:
(12) 42"35',.50 ',133"07',.30 (14) 42"37',.40N,
N, E 133'00',.20 E
(13) 42'35',.50 ',|33'03',.00
N, E
(d) A separation thefollowinggeographical
zoneis boundedby linesconnecting positions:
(12) 42"35',.50
N, 133"07'.30E (15) 42"39',.00
N, 133"00',.40
E
(13) 42"35',.50
N, 133'03',.00
E (16) 42'39',.00
N, 133'07',.30
E
(14) 42"37',.40 .133'00',.20
N, E

lnshore traffic zone

The areabetweenthe north-eastern landwardboundaryof the roundaboutand the northernboundaryof the
separationzone and the RussianFederation coast,and lying betweena line drawnfrom position42%'l'.30N,
133"07'.30E,to position42"39'.OO N, 133'07'.30E (easternlimit)and a linedrawnfrom position42%0'.80 N,
132'58'.50E to position42"43'.50N, 132o57'.20 E and then to position42"42'.BON, 132"59'.90E (north-
westernlimit),is designated
as an inshoretrafficzone.

CAUTION:
While navigating
within the trafficseparation
scheme,shipsshouldstrictlykeepwithin traffic-laneboundaries.

(Amended 1992) S H I P SR
' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N
 IN THEAPPROACHES
TO THEGULFOF NAKHODKA

S H I P SR
' O U T E I N C2 0 1 5E D I T I O N Amended 1992)
OFFTHE OSTROVNOIPOINT
(Referencechart;USSR700, 1975edition.
Note: Thischart is basedon the singlegeodeticdatumfor Sovietnauticalcharts.)

Description of the traffic separation scheme

The trafficseparationschemeconsistsof two parts:

Part I
(a) Two separationzonesare boundedby linesconnectingthe followinggeographical
positions:
(i) (1) 42"35',.20
N, E
133"17',.50 (3) 42"35',.20
N, 133"24',.40
E
(2) 42036',.00
N, E
133'20',.00 (4) 42"33',.40
N, 133"18',.50
E
and (ii) (5) 42'38'.30N, 133'26'.50
E (7) 42"42',.80
N, 133'46',.80
E
(6) 42"44',.60
N, 133"45',.70
E (B) 42"37',.40
N, E
133"30',.80
(b) A trafficlane,two mileswide,is established
on eachsideof theseparation
zones.

Partll
(a) A separation
zoneis boundedby linesconnecting
thefollowinggeographical
positions:
(9) 42o31',.50N, E
133'20',.00 (11) 42"32',.10
N, E
133"42',.00
(.10)42"34',.50
N, E
133'28',.60 (12) 42'27',.80
N, 133"40',.40
E
(b) A traffic lane,three mileswide, is established
on each sideof the separationzone.

CAUTION:
The traffic lane north of the separationzone (lanebetweenpoints(5) and (6))in part I is designatedfor the
navigationof Sovietshipsonly.

OFF THE OSTROVNOIPOINT

x/5 (Adopted 1978) S H I P SR

' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N
rN THEWATERS f rAOPROMONTORf
OFFCHENGSHAN
Note: Seemandatoryship reportingsystem"Off Chengshan
JiaoPromontory"in part C, sectionl.
(Reference
charts:Chinesecharts1305and 3500.1.
Note: Thesechartsare basedon World CeodeticSystem1984 datum(WCS B4).)

The ships' routeingsystemin the watersoff the ChengshanJiao promontoryconsistsof severalelements

comprising:
.1 The innertrafficseparationscheme,the inner precautionary
areaand inshoretrafficzone;
.2 The outertrafficseparationschemesand outer precautionary
area.

Part| (lnnerTSS)
Descriptionof the Chengshanf iao innertrafficseparation
scheme,
the innerprecautionaryareaand inshoretrafficzone
(a) A separationzone,2mileswide, is centreduponthe lineconnectingthe followinggeographical
positions:
(1) 37'31',.18
N, 122"45',.40 E (3) 37'',11',.60
N, 122"49',.68
E
(2) 37"25',.29N, 122"49',.68 E
(b) A separationzone is boundedby part of the inner precautionaryarea (g) and by linesconnectingthe
folIowinggeographical positions:
(13) 37"38',.20N, 122"47',.31
E (27) 37"11',s0N, 122"56',.60 E
(14) 37"38',.82N, 122"47',.76
E (9) 37"11',.60N, 122"53',.46 E
(15) 37'37',.30N, 122"51',.00
E (B) 37'26',.09N, 122"53',.46 E
(26) 37'31',.08N, 122"56',.62
E (7) 37o32',.69N, 122"48',.68 E
(c) The innerlimitof the trafficseparation
schemeisthe lineconnectingthe followinggeographical
positions:
(4) 37"29',.69 N, 122"42',.13
E (6) 37'',1',1',.60
N, 122"45',.91
E
(5) 37"24',.49 N, 122"45',.91
E
(d) zone (b)connectingthe following
schemeis the partof separation
The outerlimit of the trafficseparation
geographicalpositions:
(7) 37"32',.69 N, 122"48',.68
E (9) 37'',11',.60
N, 122"53',.46
E
(B) 37',26',.09 N, 122"53'.46E
(e) betweenthe separationzone (a)and
The trafficlanefor southboundtraffic,2 mileswide, is established
the innerlimitof thetrafficseparation (c).
scheme The maintrafficdirections are 150o(T)and 180'(T).
(f) betweenthe separationzone (a)and
The traffic lanefor northboundtraffic,2 mileswide, is established
part of the separationzone (d).fhe main trafficdirectionsare 000o (T) and 330' (T).

Inner precautionary area

(S) The inner precautionaryarea is establishedto the north by an arc of a circleof radius5 milescentring
upon geographicalposition:
(10) 37'34',.65
N, 122"42',.88E
and connectingwith the followinggeographical
positions:
(4) 37"29',.69N, 122"42',.13
E (7) 37"32',.69
N, 122"48',.68
E

Inshore traffic zone

(h) The inshoretrafficzone is the watersbetweenthe inner limit of the trafficseparationschemedescribed
in (c)and the adiacentcoast.

Dateof implementation
of amendedscheme:0000 hoursUTC on 1 June2015

S H I P SR
' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N (Amended2014) x/6-1
Part ll (OuterTSSs)
Descriptionof the Chengshan fiao outer traffic separationschemes
and outer precautionaryarea
Northtrafficseparation
scheme
(i) A separationzone,2 mileswide, is centred upon the following geographicalpositions:
(11) 37"41',.41
N, 122"49',.65 E (12) 37'39',.89N, 122"52',.89E
(j) A separationline connectsthe following geographicalpositions:
(16) 37"44',.00N, 122"5'1',.56
E (17) 37"42',.49N, 12254',.76E
(k) A 2 mile wide traffic lane for south-eastboundtraffic between the separationzone described in (i)
and that portion of the separationzone describedin (b) above connectingthe following geographical
positions:
(14) 37"38',.82N, '122"47',.76 (15) 37"37'.30
E N, 122"51',.0oE
.120'(T)
The main trafficdirectionis
(l) A 2 mile wide traffic lane for north-westboundtraffic is established
betweenthe separationzone
describedin (i)aboveanda separation in (j).Themaintrafficdirectionis 300' (T).
linedescribed

Easttraffic separationscheme
(m) A separation
zone,2mi{eswide,is centreduponthe followinggeographical
positions:
(18) 37"33',.72
N, 123"06',.07
E (19) 37"32',.15
N, 123"O9',.44
E
(n) A separationline connectsthe followinggeographical
positions:
(20) 37"31',.',|4
N, 123"O4',.16E (21) 37"29',.56
N, 123"07',.53
E
(o) A separationline connectsthe followinggeographicalpositions:
(22) 37"36',.33
N, '123"07',.94
E (23) 37"34',.76
N, 123"11',.3o
E
(p) A traffic lane for south-eastboundtraffic is between the separationzone described in (m) and the
separationIinedescribedin (n)above;2 mileswide, the main trafficdirectionis 120" (T).
(q) A traffic lane for north-westboundtraffic between the separationzone described in (m) above and a
separationIinedescribedin (o);2 mileswide, the main trafficdirectionis 300' (T).

Southtraffic separationscheme
(r) A separationzone,2 mileswide, is centred upon the following geographicalpositions:
(24) 37'31',.08
N, 123"O0',.37 E (25) 37'11',.60N, 123"O0',,37E
(s) positions:
A separationline connectsthe followinggeographical
(20) 37"31',.14N, 123"O4',.16E (28) 37'11',.60
N, 123"O4',.14
E
(t) A traffic lane for southbound traffic is between the separationzone described in (r) above and that
portionof the separationzone describedin (b)aboveconnectingthe followinggeographical positions:
(26) 37'31',.08N, 122"56',.62 E (27) 37"'.11',.6o
N, 122"56',.60 E
2 mileswide, the main trafficdirectionis 180' (T).
(u) A traffic lane for northbound traffic is between the separationzone described in (r) above and the
separationline describedin (s)aboveconnectingthe followinggeographical positions:
(20) 37"31',.14
N, 123"04',.16 E (28) 37'11',.60N, 123"04',.14E
The main trafficdirectionis 000" (T).

(Amended 2014) ' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N

S H I P SR
Outerprecautionary
area
(v) The outer precautionaryareais establishedby a line connectingthe followinggeographical
positions:
(17) 37"42',.49N, 122"54',.76E (26) 37'31',.08
N, 122"56',.62E
(22) 37"36',.33N, 123"07',.94E (15) 37'37'.30N, 122'51',.00
E
(20) 37'31',.l4N, 123"04',.16E

Note: All oil tankers150 grosstonnageand above,all vesselscarryingdangerous,hazardouscargo,vessels

of LOA more than 200 metresor mean draughtmore than 12 metres,and high-speedvesselswhich are
transitingthe areaof Chengshan Jiao Promontoryare recommendedto sail in the traffic lanesof the Outer
trafficseparationschemes.

IN THE WATERSOFF CHENGSHANIIAO PROMONTORY

S H I P SR
' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N (Amended2014) x/6-3
 SectionXl

EasternNorthAtlanticand
SouthAtlanticOceans

Caution: The chartletsare for iilustrativepurposesonry and

must not be usedfor
navigation'Marinersshould.consultthe appropriatenautical
publicationsand charts
for up-to-datedetailson aids to navigationand other relevant
information.
' warning:
The geographicalpositionsgiven in the descriptions
of the routeing
systemsare only correct for chartsusingthe samegeodetic
datum as the reference
--
charts-indicatedunder each scheme.Cf,artspublisEedny
otnl, nyarographic
offices may use a differentgeodeticdatum, as may new
editionsof the reference
chartspublishedafter the adoption of the routeingsystem.
Where amendmentsto
existingsystemsare not basedon the samegeodJtic datum
u, th" original system,
this is emphasizedby the use of different.ol"lourcfor
definitionsof positions.

SHIPS'ROUTEING
2015EDITION
XI
(Adopted 2006) S H I P SR
' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N
 BETWEEN
GRANDCANARYAND FUERTEVENTURA
Note:seemandatory shipreportingsystem"TheCanaryrslands,,
in partc, sectionl.
(Reference
chart:Spanish NavyHydrographicallnstitute
209,secondedition(12thimpression
of September
2003).
Note:Thischartis basedon world ceodeticsystem19B4datum(wcs s4).)

Description of the traffic separationscheme

(a) A separation lineconnecting thefollowinggeographical
positions:
(3) 28"20'.47N, 0.14"56'.9.1
w (5) 28"02'.90N, 015"04'.17W
(4) 28'12',.30 N, 015'00',.29
W (6) 27"51'.62 N, 015.08'.81 W
(b) An intermediate trafficseparation
zoneboundedby the linesconnecting
the followinggeographical
positions:
(B) 27"50',.60 N, 015"05'.63
W (12) 28"01',.26
N, 0'14.58'.9'l
w
(g) 28"01',.87 N, 015"00'.gB
w (13) 27049',.99
N, 015"03'.55 W
and (10) 28"1'l'.27 N, 014"57'.1OW (14) 28'20',.06
N, 0'14.51'.15W
(11) 28"20',.20 N, 014"53'.41W (15) 28"10',.66
N, 014.55'.03 W
(c) A traffic lane for southboundtraffic on a 2OO"(T) courseis establishedbetweenthe separationline/zone
describedin paragraphs(a)and {b) above.
(d) A line of separationfrom the inshoretraffic zone,connectingthe followinggeographical positions:
(16) 27"48'.96N, 015"00'.36W (18) 28"09,.63N, 0jq.51,.8+W
(17) 28'00',.24N, 014.55'.72W (19) 2B'19',.78N, 014"47'.76W
(e) A traffic lanefor northboundtraffic on a 020" (T) courseis establishedbetweenthe
separationline/zone
describedin paralraphs(b) and (d) above.

Precautionary
area
(f) A precautionary
areaboundedby a Iineconnectingthe geographical
positions(4),(5),(12)and (jB).

Inshore traffic zones

($ An inshoretraffic zone between the east coast of Crand Canaryislandand a line joiningthe following
geographicalpositions:
(1) La tsletalight (28"10'.40N, 015.25,.00W)
(2) 28'22',.00N, 0'l5"1g'.00
w
(3) 282}',.47N, 014.56'.91W
(4) 28'12',.30
N, 015"00'.29w
(5) 28'02',.90N, 015"04,.17W
(6) 27'51',.62
N, 015"08'.81W
(7) PuntaArinagalight(27"51',.70
N, 015.23'.00
w)
(h) An inshoretrafficzone boundedby a linejoiningthe followinggeographicalpositions:
(16) 27"48',.96N, 015.00'.36W
(17) 28'00',.24N, 014"55',.72W
(18) 28'09',.63N, 014"51'.84W
(19) 28"19',.78N, 014"47'.76W
(2O) 28"19',.00N, 014'36'.00W
(21) PunraJandialight(28"03'.80N, 0]4'30'.30w)
(22) 27"45'.OON, 014"44'.OOW
(16) 27"48'.96N, 015.00'.36W
Note: Shipsthat so wish may give voluntary notificationof entry to and departurefrom the traffic separation
schemevia the LasPalmasRegionalMRCC,usingVHF channel16.

(chartlet overleaf)

SHIPS'ROUTEING2015 EDITION (Adopted 2006)

xt/1-1
 Boundarvof CANREPmandatorv
ship reportingsystem

t, BoundaryofCANREp
,r,
Y - -'PTlsjt:,T-
t2ot (3) (11) (14)/
Inshoretraffic
zone
* TT?---d(20)

lr
* {
ISS "Between *
Grand Canary * {
and Tenerife"l * {
'\
* l '
{
HIFXLa rsreta {
{
lnshoretraffic I t- {
: La Palrnas zone I t- {
I t- PuntaJandia
t (21)
2) t- /
;trzl lnshoretraffic /
zone /
, Grand /
Ganary. /
/
/
/
/
/
/
/

*fuff'jfn"""* /
'
-#^{fJ.F,i

BETWEENGRAND CANARYAND FUERTEVENTURA

xt/l-2 (Adopted 2006) ' O U T E I N C2 0 1 5E D I T I O N

S H I P SR
 re-i
BETWEEN
CRANDCANARY
AND TENERIFE
Note:Seemandatory shipreportingsystem
"Thecanarylslands,,
in partc, sectionl.
(Reference
chart:Spanish NavyHydrographicallnstitute
209,secondedition(12thimpression
of September
2003).
Note:Thischartis basedon world ceodeticsystem1984datum(wcs B4).)

Description of the traffic separationscheme

(a) A separation line,connectingthefollowinggeographical
positions:
(3) 28.38',.01N, 015"46'.66W (5) 2B'18',.86
N, 016"04'.94W
(4) 2827',.28N, 015.56'.90
W (6) 28"03',.54
N, 016"19'.52
W
(b) An intermediatetraffic separationzone bounded by the lines connectingthe following
geographical
positions:
(B) 28.01'.6'lN, 016"16'.92W (12) 28..15'.83N, 016.0.1'.00w
(g) 28.16',.93 N, 016"02'.34W (1:; 28.00'.51N, 016.,15'.58
W
and (10) 28"25'.36N, 015.54'.30 W (14) 28"35,.44N, 0j5%2,.33W
(11) 28"36',.33N, 015"43'.84W (15) 28"24'.26N, 015"52'.97
W
(c) A traffic lane for southboundtraffic on a 220" (T) course is establishedbetween
the separationline/
zonesdescribedin paragraphs(a)and (b) above.
(d) A line of separationfrom the inshorerrafficzone,connectingthe followinggeographical
-27.58'.58 positions:
(.16) N, 016"12'.96W (18) 28"22'.33N, biS.iO'.:Z W
(17) 28.13',.90
N, 0-15.58'.40W (19) 28.33',.81N, 015.39'.43W
(e) A trafficlanefor northboundtrafficon a 040' (T)courseis establishedbetweenthe separationline/zone
describedin paragraphs(b) and (d) above.

Precautionary area
(f) A precautionaryareaboundedby the line connectingthe geographical
positions(4),(5),(12)and (18).
Inshore traffic zones
(9 An inshoretrafficzone betweenthe eastcoastof SantaCruz de Tenerifeislandand
a lineconnectingthe
followinggeographical positions:
(1) puntaAnagalight (28"34'.80N, 016.08'.30w)
(2) 2B%B'.00N, 016.04'.00w
(3) 2B'38'.0'lN, 015"46'.66W
(4) 28"27'.28N, 015"56'.90W
(5) 28.18'.86N, 016"04'.94W
(6) 28.03'.54N, 016.',19'.52
W
(7) PuntaRoja(28"01'.48N, 016.32,.88W)
(h) An inshore traffic zone between the west coast of Grand Canaryislandand a line connectingthe
followinggeographicalpositions:
(16) 27'58',.58N, 016"12'98W
(17) 28"13'.90N, 015"58'.40W
(18) 2822'.33 N, 0'15.50'.37
W
(19) 28'33'.81N, 015"39'.43W
(2O) 28"22'.00N, 015"19'.00w
(21) La lsletalight(28.'10,.40
N, 015.25'.00
w)
(22) 28"00'.00N, 015%g,..lBw
(23) 2B"OO'.00 N, 016"00,.00 w
(24) 27"44'.OO N, 0.16'00'.00w
Note:Shipsthatso wis|may givevoluntarynotification
of entryto anddeparture
fromthetrafficseparation
schemeviaTenerifeMRCC,usingVHFchannel16.

khartlet overleaf)

S H I P SR
' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N (Adopted 2006)
xl/2-1
 50'
(2)
>.
l x
. , > .
F x
r x
^ x
r X
f
r
1)
Punta Anaga

lnshoretraffic
/ x
SantaCruz
/ x t2l
de Tenerife ,,A *
>o;
r_(2o) T T

/-
(e)olx I *
{ 1 2 )I Inshoretraffic *
i1 Zl *
zone
La lsleta
1)Il{r,or"
t,.utti"

[TSS "Between
Grand Canaryand
Fuerleventura"l
n n n n -
(8)os
PuntaRoja (13) (23)9++++
(16) T
\ T
\
\ T
T
; Areato be + + + + + +
T avoided 50'
T "off the tstand
\. + oicr*o-Cin"r" \
\-*
a"rno*_-;rrc)DF> lsee part D, seciion llt) j_-
ul.I.;l;--;
^"";A"r,% (24)

40' 30' 20' 10'

BETWEENGRAND CANARYAND TENERIFE

x,/2-2 (Adopted2006) ' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N

S H I P SR
PartC
Deep-waterroutes
 o

IJJ
o
(o

I
I
I
o
$
I
I
I
I
=
I
o
l r

t4
A,

I
I
I
I
I
I
c I
o I
'i ol
o_ al
(!
O1
.ol
o iil
xr 6 a *l
Fr
it i3 F
=l
il

S H I P SR
' O U T E I N C2 0 1 5E D I T I O N
SectionI

BalticSeaandadjacentwaters

purposesonly and must not be usedfor

Caution:The chartletsare for illustrative
navigation.Marinersshouldconsultthe appropriatenauticalpublicationsand charts
for up-to-datedetailson aidsto navigationand other relevantinformation.

Warning:The geographical positionsgiven in the descriptions of the deep-waterroutes

for
are only correct chartsusingthe same geodetic datum as the referencechartsindicated
undereachscheme.Chartspublishedby other hydrographicofficesmay usea different
geodeticdatum,as may new editionsof the referencechartspublishedafterthe adoption
of the routes.Where amendmentsto existingroutesare not basedon the samegeodetic
datumas the originalrouteor where positionsare definedrelativeto two geodetic
datums,this is emphasizedby the useof differentcoloursfor definitionsof positions.

S H I P SR
' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N
tChartletupdated2015 t S H I P SR
' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N
RECOMMENDATION ON NAVICATION
THROUGHTHEENTRANCES
TO THEBALTIC
SEA
RouteT
1 When passingthroughthe entrancesto the BalticSea,shipsshouldnote that the maximumobtainable
depth in most partsof RouteT is 17 metres.However,in someareasthe maximumobtainabledepth is
to someextentpermanentlyreduceddue to sandmigration.

2 The effectof sealevelvariationscausedby a combinationof tide and meteorological

conditionstogether
with unknownobstructionson the seabottom and sandmigrationcould decreasethe depth by as much
as 2 metres.Bearingthesefactsin mind,shipsshould:
.1 not passthe area unlessthey havea draughtwith which it is safeto navigate,taking into account
draught-increasingeffectssuch as squateffect and the effect of a coursealteration,etc.;
.2 exhibitthe signalprescribedin rule 28 of the International
Regulationsfor Preventing
Collisionsat
Sea,1972,as amended,in certainareasin the Storebalt(CreatBelt),HatterRev,Vengeancegrund
and in the narrowrouteeastof Langeland, when constrainedby their draught.
'11
3 Shipswith a draughtof metresor more should,furthermore:
.1 usefor the passage
the pilotageserviceslocallyestablished
by the coastalStates;and
.2 be awarethat anchoringmay be necessary owing to the weatherand seaconditionsin relationto
the sizeand draughtof the ship and the sea leveland, in this respect,take specialaccountof the
informationavailablefrom the pilot and from radio navigationinformationservicesin the area.

4 Ships,irrespectiveof size or draught,carrying a shipmentof irradiatednuclearfuel, plutonium or

high-levelradioactivewastes(lNF Code materials)should:
.'l usefor the passage
the pilotageserviceslocallyestablished
by the coastalStates.
5 Shipownersand mastersshouldconsiderthe full potentialof new and improvednavigationequipment
requiredin SOLASchapterV, includingElectronicChartDisplayand InformationSystems
(ECDIS),when
navigatingthese narrow waters.

Note: Seemandatoryship reportingsystem"ln the Storebelt(CreatBelflTrafficarea" in part C, sectionl.

The Sound
'l
Loadedoil tankerswith a draughtof 7 metresor more, loaded chemicaltankersand gas carriers,
irrespectiveof size,and shipscarryinga shipmentof irradiatednuclearfuel, plutoniumor high-level
radioactivewastes (lNF Code materials),when navigatingThe Sound between a line connecting
Svinb6dan lighthouse and Hornbek Harbourand a line connectingSkanorHarbourand Aflandshage
(thesouthernmost point of Amagerlsland),should:
.1 usethe pilotageservicesestablished
by the Covernmentsof Denmarkand Sweden;
.2 be awarethat anchoringmay be necessary owing to the weatherand seaconditionsin relationto
the sizeand draughtof the ship and the sea leveland, in this respect,take specialaccountof the
informationavailablefrom the pilot and from radionavigationinformationservicesin the area.

2 Shipownersand mastersshouldconsiderthe full potentialof new and improvednavigationequipment

requiredin SOLASchapterV, includingElectronicChartDisplayand InformationSystems
(ECDIS),when
navigatingthesenarrowwaters.
Note: Seemandatoryshipreportingsystem"ln the SoundbetweenDenmarkand Sweden"in part C, sectionl.

(chartletsoverleaf)

S H I P SR
' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N (Amended 2007) t/1-1
 (raesb \'t' 5
Qt
\ o.

l ' , ,\
"
Kattegat

c'7 /

A
- @ /
s- z'
q:" z

/ Boundaryof BELTHEP
,/ mandaloryship reporting
/ / system ./

(','iux
J i 0
i5-zQ<_,-
il 4-' . s -
, \'a
. \ v ;
- ' \' '. o. A '

E \ -
, o- 1,'
s l
g\
l 0
ll' V

]F
\-> jaj 2
t <f-\ Q
\\ a/
",*.
t/ ( \-o
\\ ltl
\--) I
/o
|ls\LoHand
\ -----
4/
\ .---.->((
-\\
^,*,,/r'
v>.t \-/-
4^. \J
,l),
t!
/f\-i{"\ \ I ,. ii
------- tl
"f---J

30' 10' 30' 11' 30', 12. 30', t3"

ROUTET

l/1-2 (Chartletamended2006) S H I P SR
' O U T E I N G2 0 ] 5 E D I T I O N
 T H ES O U N D

S H I P SR
' OUTEING
2 0 1 5E D I T I O N (Chartletamended 2011)
 HATTERREVAND HATTERBARN
ROUTEBETWEEN
DEEP-WATER
Note: Seemandatoryship reportingsystem"ln the Storebalt (CreatBelt)Trafficarea" in part C, section I
and "Recommendationon navigationthrough the entrancesto the BalticSea".
(Reference chart:Danish128,.1985edition.
Note: This chart is basedon Europeandatum.)

Descriptionof the deep-waterroute

A deep-waterroutewith a minimumdepth of water below mean sea levelof 19 metresis boundedby lines
positions:
connectingthe followinggeographical
(i) 55'55',.52N, 010"56'.68E (v) 55'50'.58 N, 010"49'.42E
(ii) 55'54',.',15
N, E
010"51',.78 (vi) 55'53'.20N, 010%9'.60E
(iii) 55"53',.40N, 010%8'.30E (vii) 55'54'.65N, 010"55'.39E
(iv) 55"50'.6'l N, O1O"4B'.07 E

Note: Shipswhich are not obliged by reasonof their draught(13 metresor less)to use the deep-waterroute
shouldusethe trafficseparationschemewhich lieseastof that routeand where there is a minimumdepth of
water below mean sea level of 15 metres.

ROUTEBETWEENHATTERREVAND HATTERBARN
DEEP-WATER

t/2 (Amended 1983;chartlet updated 2008) ' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N

S H I P SR
 ROUTEOFFTHEEASTCOASTOF LANGELAND
DEEP.WATER
Note: Seemandatoryship reportingsystem"ln the Storebelt(CreatBelt)Trafficarea" in part C, sectionI
and "Recommendationon navigationthroughthe entrancesto the BalticSea"in part C, sectionl.
(Reference
charts:Danish142, 1985edition;196, 1989edition.
Note: Thesechartsare basedon Europeandatum.)

Descriptionof the deep-waterroute

'19
A deep-waterroutewith a minimumdepth of waterbelow meansea levelof metresis boundedby a line
positions:
connectingthe followinggeographical
(1) 55"11',.30 N, E
01',|'02'.10 (1+1 54%1',.20N, E
010"47',.10
(2) 55'10',.30 N, 011'00'.00E (15) 54%4',..10
N, 010'47',.30E
(3) 55'08',.90N, E
0'10'59'.',10 (16) 54%8',.30 N, 010'50'.30E
(4) 55'04',.40N, 010'59',.00E (17) 54'52',.50N, 010'50'.60E
(5) 55"03',.90 N, 010"59',.50E (18) 54'56',.30N, 010"53',.80E
(6) 55"02',.40 N, 010"59',.60E (19) 54'58',.40N, 010'58',.60E
a 54'59',.20N, E
010'58',.',10 (20) 55"0'l'.80N, o'11'oo'.20E
(B) 54'58',.40N, 010"57',.40E (21) 55'04',.00N, E
0',11'00'.50
(g) 54"56',.60 N, 010"52',.60E (22) 55"04',.80N, E
0',10"59'.80
(10) 54o52',.70 N, 010'50'.20E (23) 55"08',.60N, 010'59',.90E
(11) 54%8',.20 N, 010%9',.80 E (24) 55'09',.40N, 011'00'.50E
(12) 54%4',.30N, 010"46',.40E (25) 55'10',.40N, 011"02',.70E
(13) 54%0',.20N, 010%5',.30 E

Note: The deep-waterroute is intendedfor use by shipswhich, becauseof their draught,are unableto
navigatesafelyin areasoutsidethe deep-waterroute.
Shipi with a draughtof 10 metresor lessshouldusethe nationallyrecommendedRouteH, which liesto the
east.The recommendedRouteH hasa minimumdepth of waterbelow mean sealevelof 12 metres.
Ship mastersshouldtake into accountthe informationgiven in Recommendationon navigationthroughthe
entrancesto the Baltic sea in part c, section l.
(chartlet overleaf)

' O U T E I N C2 0 1 5E D I T I O N
S H I P SR (Amended2012) l/3-1
 -1
u.''ur9#)'
(2)p,,C,ir,,
I -.s t \zJl I

I' r -.-"--t=-r
..

o,ni,fzol i
# i ? t " rI i
ii !| ti I
i=i
rAr
I-:

""$:f(
I
t l I

iI A(22\i | ! a
d""-ls
I

"t! t
iY(17)

(See "Recommendation
on navigationthrough the
entrancesto the Baltic Sea")

ROUTEOFFTHE EASTCOASTOF LANGETAND

DEEP-WATER

(Chartletamended2006) S H I P SR
' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N
DEEP-WATER
ROUTENORTH.EAST
OF GEDSER
Note: See"Recommendationon navigationthrough the entrancesto the BalticSea".
(Referencecharts:Danish197,April2006 edition;Cerman 163 (lNT 1351),2006 edition.
Note: Thesechartsare basedon World Ceodetic System1984 datum (WCS B4).)

Descriptionof the deep-waterroute

A deep-waterroutewith a minimum depth of water below mean sea levelof 16.5 metresis bounded by a line
connectingthe followinggeographicalpositions:
(1) 54"27',.10
N, 012"10',.50
E (6) 54%6',.06 N, 012"44',.03
E
(2) 54"27',.73
N, 012"'11',.30
E (7) 54"35',.36N, 012"16',.93
E
(3) 54"31',.30
N, O12"12',.8O
E (B) 54"31',.00N, 012"15',.20
E
(4) 54"36',.46
N, 0'12"15',.83
E (9) 54"27',.40N, 012'',13',.',|0
E
(5) 54%6',.86N, O12"43',.23
E (10) 54"26',.57
N, 012"11',.90
E
Note: Ships,other than shipswhich must usethe deep-waterroute due to their draught,are recommendedto
usethe areasto the north and southof this routg in suchmannerthat eastboundshipsproceedon the south
side of the deep-waterroute and westboundshipson the north side.

(5)
. , 6

z\
a
z \
/
/ / 0( 6 )
//- ,.-
a . /
a /
/ a
//
,t .-$/ - '
- a

a
a
//
.- ^.$ /
/ w /
a /
t^\ / /
\-tEa /
Y /

! u '
i i @
i !
t i
I
I I
- t I
I > ,
I a /
I
i s { " - dor
i rI
r l : : : fi /^tt- ' >)i)l
! n i I i tttt
i l l i t| 4 / ' > -
i /is."Y
I t t ll ,,
A l
Inshoretrafficzone
, } r

DarsserO
, }
et, l
J P(e)
,' TSS "SouthofGedser"
(t)\.-vl (see sectlon I of part B)
"(to\ ,' ,/
10' 15', 20' 25' 12'30', 35', 40' 45'

DEEP.WATER
ROUTENORTH-EASTOF GEDSER

SHIPS'ROUTEING2015 EDITION (Amended 2007) t/4

 ROUTEOFFGOTLANDISTAND
DEEP.WATER
(Referencecharts:Swedish7 andB,2001 edition.
Note: Thesechartsare basedon World Ceodetic System1984 datum (WCS B4).)

Descriptionof the deep-waterroute

A deep-waterroute is establishedbetween the existingTSS"Off Kopu Peninsula"and the TSS
"ln Bornholmsgat"and southof theATBAs"HoburgsBank"and "Norra Midsjobanken"situatedsouthof the
islandof Cotland,and is boundedby a line connectingthe followinggeographicalpositions:
(1) 59"05',.85 N, O21"27',.88E (B) 55'22',.34
N, 014"40',.28 E
(2) 58"12',.54 N, O2O"22',.54 E (9) 55'35',.18N, 015"29',.98 E
(3) 57"22',.16N, E
O19"41',.73 (ro) 55'53',.85
N, 017"43',,75E
(4) 56"22',.64N, E
O18"42',.82 (11) 56'17',.23
N, 018"51',.80 E
(5) 56'00',.30N, E
O17"4O',.O4 (12) 57"18',.89
N, 019"52',.95 E
(6) 55"39',.32N, E
015'11',.61 (13) 57'58',.27
N, 020"24',.41 E
(7) 55'27',.55N, E
O14"33',.62 (14) 58'59',.78
N, 021"42'.94 E

The depthsin the deep-waterroute,boundedby the line connectingpositions(2)-(6)and (9)-(13)and

approximately6 miles wide, are confirmed by detailed hydrographicsurveysin accordancewith IHO
standardS-44 in the Swedisharea of responsibility.The depthsare nowhere lessthan 25 metres.

The areasbounded by the line connectingpositions(1),(2), (13)and (6)-(9)are not yet surveyedin
accordancewith IHO standardS-44.The surveywill be carriedout not laterthan 2008.
part of the
All shipspassingeastand southof the islandof Cotlandbound to or from the north-eastern
Baltic Sea,with a draughtexceeding12 metres,are recommendedto usethe deep-waterroute.

t/5-1 (Adopted2005) ' O U T T I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N

S H I P SR
 DEEP-WATER OFFGOTTAND
ROUTE ISTAND

S H I P SR' O U T E I N C
2 0 1 5E D I T I O N tAdopted 2005: chartletupdaLed2010t
DEEp-wATER ro rHr AnND sEA
RourEsLEADTNc
Note: Seetraffic separationscheme"The Aland Sea" in part B, section l.
(Referencecharts:Finnish953,edition 2007V, and SwedishSE61(INT]205),edition21/2-2OOB.
Note: Thesechartsare basedon the World Ceodetic System1984 datum (WGS B4).)

Descriptionof the deep-waterroutes

Insidethe bordersof the oNorthAtandSea"traffic separationscheme
A deep-waterrouteformingpart of the "North Aland Sea"trafficseparationschemeis establishedbetween
the linesconnectingthe followinggeographicalpositions:
(i) 60'29',.54N, 018'56',.36E (iv) 60'15'.26N, 019'03'.50E
(ii) 60'18'.87N, E
0',18"59',.16 (v) 60'18'.47N, 019'01'.68E
(iii) 60'15'.28N, 018"58',.08E (vi) 60'29'.51 N, 019"04'.56E

Inside the borders of the "south Aland Sea" traffic separation scheme
A deep-waterroute forming part of the "South Aland Sea"traffic separationschemeis established
between
the linesconnectingthe followinggeographical positions:
(vii) 59"42'.26N, 019"51'.55E (xi) 59"30'.27N, 020'06'.51E
(viii) 59"39'.70N, 019'55'.19E (xii) 59"33'.75N, 020'06'.51E
(ix) 59"34'.26N, O2O"0B'.40 E (xlii) 59"39'.44N, E
019"54',.13
(x) 59"30'.27N, 020"08'.40E (xiv) 59%1'.91N, 019"50'.60E

l/6-1/7-1 (Adopted 2008) ' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N

S H I P SR
 0131_
__ (vi)I6J
I ' n [See traffic separation
l v
I
l scheme "The Aland Sea" €le
in paft B, section ll

E r

b \ '
(iv) . o ,t
o . F

. q '
a $\ \
t f h -t .r

$ TSS "The Aland Sea"

. 1

(seepart B, section l)

'4q"
b
/---\

Qjorko

, 't"$'r "Twowayrout" l"uoingtoi$ i

the Aland Sea" (seePart E)
.
-.--- -- ,|,.- -- --- 7.1
, rri'^'l:i-
t.. :-.=-=-
--:===
,. A,'g'Fl i-\.....
q^"
tt,ror,lliL^...
.(,r(,")K
.... --\..
'i
[Seetrafficseparaflon'r(\ ,.tff)..'r
-:r\[iiilq.\r
=me "The
scheme "The Aland
A,tandSea"
sea" \. >rr*u"''F.
inpartl, section
t \- - _
ryN\
\.\\\
Fd \.\\\ (

t------
I
t "

50' 55', 19. 05', 10', 15', 20', 25', 30', 35', 40', 45' 50', 55', 20" OS', 10', 15' 20' 2s', 30', 3s',

ROUTESTEADINGTO THEALAND SEA

DEEP-WATER

S H I P SR
' O U T E I N G2 0 ] 5 E D I T I O N t/6-2/7-2
 Sectionll

WesternEuropean
waters

Caution: The chartletsare for illustrativepurposesonly and must not be usedfor

navigation.Marinersshould consultthe appropriatenauticalpublicationsand charts
for up-to-datedetailson aids to navigationand other relevantinformation.

Warning: The geographicalpositionsgiven in the descriptionsof the deep-waterroutes

are only correct for charts usingthe samegeodeticdatum as the referencecharts indicated
. under each scheme.Chartspublishedby other hydrographicoffices may use a different
geodeticdatum, as may new editionsof the referencechartspublishedafter the adoption
of the routes.Where amendmentsto existingroutesare not basedon the samegeodetic
datum as the original route or where positionsare defined relativeto two geodetic
datums,this is emphasizedby the useof differentcoloursfor definitionsof positions.

SHIPS'ROUTEING
2015EDITION
(Amended2012) S H I P SR
' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N
DEEP.WATER
ROUTELEADINCTO THEPORTOF ANTIFER
Note: Seemandatoryship reportingsystem"West EuropeanTankerReportingSystem"in part C, sectionl.
(Reference
charts:6614-T,6614-Dby Servicehydrographique
et oc6anographique
de la Marine,France)

Descriptionof the deep-waterroute

The deep-waterrouteis boundedby a line connectingthe followinggeographical
positions:
(1) 49'55',.30N, 000%0',.70W (4) 49%5',.10N, 000'06',.50W
(2) 49%4',.80N, 000'10',.80W (5) 49"47',.40N, 000'08',.50W
(3) 49o44',.70N, 000"06',.80 W (6) 49'58',.20N, 000.39',.20W
Note: Thisdeep-waterrouteis a continuationof the buoyedfairwayleadingfrom Antiferharbour.

30'

00

ROUTETEADINGTO ANTIFER
DEEP-WATER

S H I P SR
' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N (Adopted 1977)
DEEP.WATER
ROUTEFORMINGPARTOF THENORTH.EASTBOUND TRAFFIC
LANEOF THETRAFFIC
SEPARATION
SCHEME"IN THESTRAIT
OF DOVERAND
ADfACENTWATERS/
Note: See"Recommendations on navigationthroughthe EnglishChanneland the Dover Strait"in part F and
mandatoryship reportingsystem"ln the Dover Strait/Pasde Calais"in part C, section l.
(Referencechart: BritishAdmiralty 2449, June2007 edition.
Note: This chart is basedon World Ceodetic System1984 datum (WCS B4).)

Descriptionof the deep-waterroute

The deep-waterrouteforming part of the north-eastboundtraffic lane betweenthe separationzone described
in paragraph(i) and the separationzonelline described in paragraphs(c) and (e) of the separationscheme
"ln the Straitof Dover and adjacentwaters" has been establishedbetween a line connectingthe following
geographical positions:
(i) 51"09',.75N, 001%5'.6.tE (ii) 51"10'.26N, 001"43',.74 E
and a line connecting:
(iii) 51"22',.03
N, 001'58',.39
E (iv) 51'18'.43N, 002"04'.69E

Notes:
WARNING
The main traffic lanefor north-eastbound traffic lies to the south-eastof the SandettieBankand shouldbe
followed by all such shipsas can safelynavigatetherein havingregardto their draught.
In the area of the deep-waterroute east of the separationline, shipsare recommendedto avoid overtaking
where traffic and navigationdo not allow sufficidntsea room and passingdistance.lf overtakingis performed
then a safedistancemust be maintainedand COLRECRule13 observed.

DEEP.WATERROUTEFORMING PARTOF THE NORTH.EASTBOUNDTRAFFICLANEOF THE

TRAFFICSEPARATION
SCHEME"tN THE STRATT
OF DOVERAND AD|ACENTWATERS"

(Amended2010) S H I P SR
' O U T E I N C2 0 1 5E D I T I O N
DEEP.WATER TO THERIVERSCHETDT
ROUTEIN THEAPPROACHES
Note: Seemandatoryship reportingsystem"West EuropeanTankerReportingSystem"in part C, section L
(Reference
charts:Dl1 and 102 (lNT 1480)publishedby the Agencyof Maritimeand CoastalServices,
FlemishHydrography.
Note: Thesechartsare basedon World Ceodetic System1984 datum (WCS B4).)

Descriptionof the deep-waterroute

A deep-waterroute for shipswith a draughtof more than 13.1metresis boundedby a line connectingthe
followinggeographicalpositions:
(1) 51"24',.25N, OO2"44',.52E CZ buoy
(2) 51o25',.95N, OO2"48',.12E VC2 buoy
(3) 51" 25',.50N, OO2"52',.92E VC4 buoy
(4) 5.t' 25',.07N, 002" 57',.92E VC6 buoy
(5) 5',1'25',.03N, 003" 02',.85E 54 buoy
(6) 5't'24',.53N, OO2"59',.92E VC7 buoy
(7) 51'24',.63N, 0O2"57',.92E VC5 buoy
(B) 5t'25',.05 N, OO2"52',.92E VC3 buoy
(9) 51'25',.03N, OO2"49',.05E VC1 buoy
(10) 51'23',.38N, OO2"46',.21 E VC buoy

Area to be avoided
"At W6t Hindef
(w part D, s@tion l)

ROUTEIN THEAPPROACHES
DEEP-WATER TO THE RIVERSCHELDT

SHIPS'ROUTEING2015 EDITION (Adopted 2012)

DEEP.WATER
ROUTES OF ROUTEING
FORMINGPARTS "OFFFRIESLAND"
SYSTEM
Note: Seetrafficseparationscheme"Off Friesland"in part B, sectionIl and areasto be avoided'Off
Friesland"in part D, sectionI and "Mandatoryroutefor tankersfrom North Hinderto the CermanBightand
vice versa"in part C, sectionll.
.1988
(Referencecharts: BritishAdmiralty1405,1978edition;1406,1988edition;1408, edition;1505and 2182A,
.l9BB
1978edition;Netherlands HydrographicOffice1014(lNT.l043), edition;1035(lNT 1046),19BBedition;
1037(lNT 1045),'1989 edition;CermanHydrographicOffice 50 (lNT 1045),1986edition;53, 1984edition.
Note: Thesechartsare basedon Europeandatum (1950).Co-ordinates of amendmentsto the routeare from
BritishAdmiralty1632,2OO5 editionand from Netherlands 1632(lNT 1420),2011edition,1633(lNT'1417),
'1307(lNT
2010 edition and 1045),2011 edition,which are basedon World CeodeticSystem1984 datum
(WCS B4);theseare shorvnin colour.)

Descriptionof the deep-waterroutes

Deep-waterroutefrom North Hinderto traffic separationscheme"Off BrownRidge"
(a) The deep-waterrouteis boundedby a line connectingthe followinggeographical
positions:
(1) 52'55',.75
N, E
003"14',.25 (4) 52'01',.23
N, 002"42',.47
E
(2) 52"09',.92
N, E
002"35',.00 (5) 52'09',.58
N, E
002"43',.33
(3) 51"54',.88
N, E
002'33',.60 (6) 52"54',.17
N, E
003"22',.O0
(b) scheme"Off Brown Ridge"(see"Off
Ceographicalpositions(1)and (6)to (12)form the trafficseparation
Friesland",
paragraphs (b),(c)andlid),in sectionIl of part B).

Deep-waterroutefrom traffic separationscheme"Off BrownRidge"

to traffic separationscheme"West Friesland"
(c) The deep-waterroute is boundedby a line connectingthe followinggeographical
positions:
(11) 53'02',.20
N, E
0o3"26',.48 (13) 53"22',.94
N, E
003"28',.40
(12) 53"03',.78
N, E
003"18',.71 (14) 53'19',.89
N, E
003'39',.74
(d) Ceographicalpositions(.13)to (19),(100)and (2'l) to (27) form the traffic separationscheme"West
Friesland"(see"Off Friesland",
paragraphs (f),(g),(h)(i) and (j),in sectionll of part B).

Deef-waterroutefrom the traffic separationscheme"Off BotneyGround"

to the traffic separationscheme"North Friesland"
(e) The deep-waterrouteis boundedby a line connectingthe followinggeographical
positions:
(26) 53'57',.'16
N, 004"09',.94E (42) 54'00',.46N, E
003%3',.01
(41) 53"55',.24N, 003%4',.88 E (31) 54'0]',.87N, E
004'0B',.BB
(f) Ceographicalpositions(41)to (62)form the traffic separationscheme"Off BotneyCround" (see"Off
Friesland",
paragraphs(ff),(gg)and (hh),in sectionll of part B).

G) Ceographicalpositions(26)and (31)formpart of the trafficseparationscheme"North Friesland".

Bankvia DRl lightbuoy

Deep-waterroutefrom North Hinderto Indefatigable
(h) The deep-waterrouteis boundedby a line connectingthe followinggeographicalpositions:
(56) 53"36',.70
N, E
002'56',.40 (65) 52'',18',.20
N, 002"44',.00E
(57) 53"21',.88
N, E
002'46',.88 (66) 53'04',.00N, E
002"44',.00
(63) 53"04',.80
N, E
002"36',.00 (58) 53'20',.15
N, E
002"54',.48
(64) 52"18',.20
N, E
002"36',.00 (59) 53'29',.40N, E
003"00',.60
(3) 51"54',.88N, E
002"33',.60 (60\ 53"34',.66N. E
003"05',.40
(4) 52'0',1',.23
N, E
0o2"42',.47

Notes:

1 Leastwater depths
The deep-waterroutesfrom North Hinderto the trafficseparationscheme"Off Brown Ridge"and from
the traffic separationscheme"Off Brown Ridge"to the traffic separationscheme"West Friesland",
and the traffic lanesof the traffic separationschemes"Off Brown Ridge"and "West Friesland"were

I/4-1 Amended 2014) S H I P SR

' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N
 closelysurveyedin the period 1981to 19B6.The leastwaterdepth found in theseareaswas more than
23 metresat LLWSexceptfor one wreck in geographicalposition52"46'.17N, 003"13'.83E. The least
water depth over that wreck found by wire-sweepingwas 20.0 metresat LLWS.
See also the note pertainingto the traffic separationscheme"Cerman Bight westernapproach",in
part B, sectionll.

Leastwater depths
The deep-water routesfrom the traffic separationscheme "Off Botney Cround" to traffic separation
scheme"North Friesland"and "From North Hinderto Indefatigable Bankvia DR1 lightbuoy",the traffic
lanesof the trafficseparationscheme"Off BotneyCround",the trafficseparationscheme"North Fries-
Iandi and the traffic separationscheme"EastFriesland"were closelysurveyedin the period'1981to
1986. The leastwater depth found in these areaswas more than 29 metresat LLWSexcept for a few
patchesjust north of the parallel52" N, which havea depth of 26.5 metresat LLWS.
(chartlet overleaf)

SHIPS'ROUTEING2015 EDITION (Amended2014) I/4-2

DEEP-WATER
ROUTESFORMING PARTSOF ROUTEINGSYSTEM
"OFF FRIESLAND"

(Amended2014) S H I P SR
' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N
DEEP.WATER
ROUTELEADINGTO EUROPOORT
Note: Seetrafficseparationscheme"ln the approachesto Hook of Hollandand at North Hinder" in part B,
sectionll and areato be avoided'At Maas North" in part D, sectionI and precautionary
areas"ln the
approaches to Hook of Hollandand at North Hinder" in part E.
(Reference chart:Netherlands1630(lNT 1416),edition4/2010.
Note: This chart is basedon World CeodeticSystem1984 datum (WCS B4).)

Descriptionof the deep-waterroute

The deep-waterroute is boundedby a line connectingthe followinggeographical
positions:
(1) 51' 59',.52 N, 004" 02',.74E (14 51. 57'.28N, OO2"54'.68E
(2) 51' 59',.94N, 004" 01',.32E (19) 51. 56',.53N, 002" 55'.29E
(3). 52o01',.03 N, 003" 56',.91 E (20) 51'57',.64N, 003. 08'.00E
(4f 52'02',.33N, 003. 55',.89E (21) 51" 58'.49N, OO3"17'.96E
(5) 52" 02',.00N, 003'53',.00E (22) 51" 59',.09N, 003" 25',.17
E
(6) 52'00',.57N, 003" 35',.17E (23) 5',1"59',.47N, 003" 29',.78E
(7) 51' 59',.75N, 003" 25',.29E (24). 51. 58',.86N, 003. 33'.51E
(B) 51' 59',.15 N, 003. 18',.13E (25)*51. 5g'.BgN, OO3"34'.87E
(g). 51" 58',.79 N, 003. 13',.86 E (26)*52o01'.35N, 003" 52'.gBE
(10). 51" 59',.47N, 003" 12',.28E (27)*52o01'.-16 N, 003. 55'.07E
(11) 51" 59',.13N, 003' 08',.26E (28) 51. 59',.66N, 004" 01'.12E
(12)" 52" 00',.37N, 003" 01',.29E (29) 51' 59',.26N, OO4"02',.57E
(13).51" 58',.24 N, OO2"57',.73 E
The mandatoryone-waydeep-waterapproachrouteto Eurogeulfor inboundvesselswith the draughtover
17.4metresfrom the south is boundedby a line connectingthe followinggeographical
positions:
(14) 51" 57',.28N, 002" 54',.68E (17) 51' 50',.04N, 002" 41',.75E
(15) 51o54',.41N, OO2"45',.65E (18) 51" 53',.17
N, 002" 46'.62E
(16) 51o50',.94N, OO2"40',.25E (19) 51" 56',.53N, 002" 55'.29E
Notes:
1 Leastwater deoths
'
The limitingdepthsin the routeshouldbe ascertainedby referenceto the latestIarge-scale
navigation
chartsof the area,notingthat the charteddepthsare checkedand maintainedby frequentsurveysand
dredging.

2 Electronicnavigationalaids
(i) UninterrupteddifferentialCPScoverageis normallyavailablein thisarea,so masters
of deep-draught
shipsequippedwith CPSnavigational systemscan be informedcontinuouslyand highlyaccurately
aboutthe ship'sdeviationfrom and progressalongthe axisof the route.
(ii) Thoseshipswhich, becauseof their draught,are confinedto the mid-channelzone are strongly
advisedto makeuseof the aboveequipment.

(chartlet overleaf(

Thesepositionsare connectedby circulararcscentredaboutthe followingpoints:

KCT. Latitude Longitude R a d i uisn N M Arcbetweenpoints
(a) 52" 01',.65N 003' 56',.28
E 0.729 ( 3 ) &( 4 )
(b) 51' 58',.7N 7 003"12',.66E 0.729 ( e ) &( 1 0 )
tc) 51"58',.7N 3 003' 00'.42E 1.728 ( 1 2& ) (13)
(d) 5 1 ' 5 9 ' . 5 6N 003' 33',.82
E 0.729 (24)& (2s)
(e) 51' 58',.5N 9 003"53',.40E 2.775 (26)& (27)

S H I P SR
' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N (Amended2012) il/5-1
 =>o-€
"_ s .t4
ts s .---""'-"n2\dA
g* st,';Pai
t@
| / ,/ A-All
q ,6 | ^ t t
iSqi I x -9,'i

u!
is I E'r, 9r'o','
coH. --------i -€ "t*ac
'*
g#--
I

<.r,
tr.l
.3.{
i

t d
i €fi
|
i
EA *i*isl
6( E

i
iiF = ill
- i t 8 ;6
\xnf
-f -
i
,
'
l

/4
rrJl

il
l
i *
i € \ '\
I
- - - - - - - - - - r- - i \ l r{ -l . 1 1t
\ l t I n
| "t\
i E
L i l r
Es i il
? s i, r " t !r ca
t t '
E E , ri' t .
Z n, ^ r l Aii . r
!!
g ci /.,' '.. v
\- \ - - - - - - - - @l
- 4 t iS
- -: - - - - - - { gs c
gx t sF , i \ sF S".
l"i/
lDg
+,i ''& \\ EE
= E
3 fi
F E
*) ,6
od \ ffi: €;
at
sr \ 5b Fg
\ ; ; d >

i
i-_
i
- -----:.9+.
---:-e4, \ PE -1i:'"-'LL"L"- l
UJ

<.1
A
i
"'.t |
i , - t
to--------\'4'"""--
z .br 'i- i t : r1o<6
'/1-\''i
isr ,4.
+
€ .' 1l lrit ii!l-l
\ r\ ii |i / t i
\\ l \ - i rl 4 r
ii^ .1.1 \ t z
, t i
-------%: li i l

$a*
.gi
i________-_eil
i
L
* " - -i- - -u
- - : -\ \ " *
- - - - i\ €s IIJ
o F
Ats
E i o
ii o)
-o 6rL'" \ EHx
g I
o llJ

, U;FI2 .
i
-
A
o
A
\ c
(g f
9 ' ,*g
t0
9i ' = o ; -O \i ($E c
t si !
o - t v =
A')/
i > d =
. l * r - \ l : Q . 9 m
UJ
/ ' - -- -- ----- -- -- -- ----o--9 :
:=f^------ -\Pg
\ l
\.

s. t rl o ,e iO
,

J 5
F
\ $ c
. ( d

=
/ '
I
EE c
o Z
=\ E€
I
o
;^€
iiE
,'
-c
:
^ !
o
NiJ
5d
: ', \ !
UJ
tu
l - L t
,' He
i o)
i 4
lI
r
.O\ O r.

\
hN Eb
dlo
EE
/ O C O
r l oI - )'F *
, ' > : t f
, -
';
J \
):.Y X
, hi \ \
\-3.
, \' . E ; : > *
,' .0t )
- - r r Yc . Y r \ O a/
6 \ = = $ a
-.
'.,. dr- :5 . \\
F
16' \.
Eg
>E dF
O C . /
gr/

-Et: -/11 -e- .\4

-/l : \ sP 9.?,/
" 2) - a - . 1|
\ l
'.
\ r
I F r \
.\.
\\,.
I

\
\
O . =
z =
O- ./

r \\.. \
,r\.r.
\\\\\\ ''.6 \

t t J
P* 9 i
\\ ' /
Z
" \i-. . \ -/
9 9 ,=ni'..\... t, ./
F- #F. - - - - - - -
t-F U ".E 'rr',l\,
e >b
------\\ '.ir),"-c
t.\

e 6-E ^*n/',,,.r\
o !p =) 6.t
e
.,a.'./
:5'i U o\'%i& ," ". -\\\\
e:h ^d"K" .,'
? o:'
'-------^o.12
"... ,'
= dE - - - - - - - -
n 6
".. "tb"

l/5-2 (Amended2012) SHIPS'

ROUTEING
2015EDITION
 DEEP.WATER
ROUTELEADING
TO UMUIDEN
Note: Seetraffic separationschemes"ln the approachesto lJmuiden"in part B, sectionIl and area to be
avoided"By lJmuidennorthernapproaches"in part D, sectionI and precautionaryareas"ln the approaches
to IJmuiden"
in part E.
(Reference .1418,
chart:Netherlands 1631(lNT edition3).
Note: Thischart is basedon World CeodeticSystem1984 datum(WCS B4).)

Description
of the deep-water
route
The deep-waterroute consistsof a deep-waterchannel(U-geul)and a deep-waterapproacharea (lJ-geul
approacharea).

The deep-water channel (U-geul)

(a) The specificdeep-waterchannelis boundedby a line connectingthe followinggeographicalpositions:
(1) 52'28',.i0 N, 004" 32',.02E (16) 52" 29'.94N, 003. 54'.91E
(2)" 52" 29',.00N, 004" 24'.16E (17) 52" 2g'.g5N, OO3'55'.87E
(3)- 52' 29',.65N, OO4"23',.45E (18) 52. 30'.03N, OO4"07'.74E
(4) 52" 29',.39N, OO4.20',.73E (19) 52. 30'.04 N, 004. 09'.16E
(5) 52' 30',.38N, 004" 11',.84E (20) 52' 30'.06 N, 004" 12'.50E
(6) 52" 30',.36N, 004' 08',.93E (21) 52" 29'.03N, OO4"21'.70E
(7) 52. 30',.36N, OO4"07',.51E (22). 52. 28'.80N, OO4.23'.41E
(B) 52" 30',.27N, 003' 55',.98E (23)*52o2B'.BON, OO4"23'.72E
(9) 52'30',.26N, 003" 54',.91E (24) 52" 27'.81N, 004'31'.95E

The deep-water approach area (lf-geul approach area)

(b) The specificdeep-waterapproacharea is bounded by a line connectingthe following geographical
positions:
(9) 52'30',.26N, 003" 54',.91
E (13) 52" 27'.31N, 003'40'.5'l E
(10) 52'31',.50N, 003. 54',.9.1
E (14) 52" 28'.07N, OO3"49'.47E
(11) 52'31',.50N, 003. 50',.57E (15) 52. 28'.54N, 003. 54'.9.1E
(12) 52031',.49N, OO3"47',.17E (16) 52" 29'.94N, 003. 54'.91E

Notes:
Leastwater depths
Limitingdepths in the route should be ascertainedby referenceto the latestlarge-scalenavigational
chartsof the area,notingthat the charteddepthsare checkedand maintainedby frequentsurveysand
dredging.

Admissionpolicy for the "Deep-waterchannelleadingto IJmuiden":

.1 Maximum alloweddraughtfor enteringlJmuidenis 17.80metres;
.2 Vessels
with a draughtof morethan 14.10metresand up to the maximumalloweddraughtof 17.80
metresare providedwith a mandatorytidal window;
.3 Channel-boundvesselsmust, if necessary,
make use of the deep-wateranchorageon the south-
westernsideof the deep-waterapproacharea;and
.4 Channel-boundvesselsmust wait for pilotagein the deep-waterapproacharea (lJ-geulapproach
area)west of the IJMbuoy.
Traffic Centre IJm uiden
TrafficCentrelJmuidencan be reachedon VHF channel0T.frafficCentrellmuidenwill orovidetidal
windowsfor vesselswith a draughtof more than 14.10metres.

" Ceographicalpositions(2)and (3)and positions(22) and(23) areconnectedby arcsof a circlewith

a radiusof 0.432milescentred
position(x) 52'29'.22 N, 004' 23'.56E.
at geographical

S H I P SR
' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N (Amended2013) n/6-1
 The deep-wateranchorageis boundedby a line connectingthe followinggeographicalpositions:
(25) 52"27',.57N, 003%3',.53E (27) 52"26',.81N,003%8',.89E
(26) 52"26',.38N, 003%3',.80E (28) 52"28',.00N, 003"48',.62E

ROUTELEADINCTO UMUIDEN
DEEP-WATER

ill6-2 (Amended2013) ' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N

S H I P SR
DEEP.WATER
ROUTEWESTOF THEHEBRIDES
Note: Seemandatoryship reportingsystem"West EuropeanTankerReportingSystem"in part C, section l.
(Referencechart:BritishAdmiraltv2635,1996edition.
Note: Thischart is basedon OrdnanceSurveyof Creat Britain1936datum.Co-ordinates
relativeto World
CeodeticSystem1984datumare alsoshown,in colour)

Descriptionof the deep-waterroute

(1) 56%6',.75
N, 008"03',.00W (1) 5646'.74N, 008'03'.05w
(2) 57"36',.80
N, 008'03',.00W (2) 57"36'.78N, 008'03'.05w
(3) 58"21',.40
N, 007"08',.00W (3) 58"2'l'.37
N, 007'08'.05w
(4) 58'37',.40
N, 006"26',.00W @ 58"37'.37N, 006"26',.07
W
(5) 58%0',.54N, 0O6"3O',.76W, (5) 58%0',.51N, 006"30'.83W
(6) 58"24',.23
N, 007"',t3',.58
W (6) 58'24',.20
N, 007"13',.64
W
(7) 57"37',.97
N, 008"10',.50W (7) 57"37',.94
N, 008'10'.55W
(B) 56%6',.75
N, 008'10',.29W (B) 56"46',.74
N, 008'10'.34W

Notes:
The depths in the route, as confirmed by detailed hydrographic surveys, are nowhere less than
28.5 metres.
Ladentankersof over 10,000 grosstonnageare recommended,weather conditions p€rmitting,to use
this route in preferenceto sailingthrough the restrictedwatersof The Minches.

khartlet overleaf)

SHIPS'ROUTEING2015 EDITION (Amended 2006) il/7-1

 1F\
\v/

Boundary of WETREPmandatory
ship reporting system 7
/ ,@,\ \
(see section I of paft G) a
.P..
t
. a
(4)
'
a t
a a
a , "t
..t DW ..'
- t t . '
. a
a t
a t
a a
a t a '
/A'l .
,'t
F

/d^.
(.r,
Flannan
lsles $

f t
f f

,' Dw ,'
f t
f f

0 'r,)tr/
.;r)"
€qp St. Kilda
I

€ $ Recommendedroutes
q in The Minehes
(seeoartE)
I
o'f . @'r17'

d^ "*".U
Ae
Monach
lsles ,.9=
t l
I ::.=@t
-
TSS "Off Neist Point\!{
in The Minches" \<i, a
(see part B, section Il)

DWI

& 8 @

Note: See "Recommendations on navigation

aroundthe UnitedKingdomcoast"
in part E, for descriptionof positions
for voluntary reporting when in
fl The Minches
(8) 1) I

30' 15', 8o 45' 30', 15'. 7o 45', 30',

ROUTEWESTOF THE HEBRIDES

DEEP.WATER
 Sectionlll

IndianOceanand adjacentwaters,
South-East
AsiaandAustralasia

Caution:The chartletsare for illustrative

purposesonly and must not be usedfor
navigation.Marinersshouldconsultthe appropriatenauticalpublications
and charts
for up-to-datedetailson aidsto navigation'andother releuaniinformation.

Warning:The geographical positionsgiven in the descriptions

of the deep-waterroutes
are.onlycorrectfor chartsusingthe samegeodeticdatumas the reference
chartsindicated
undereachscheme.Chartspu6lish"dby o-therhydrographicoffices
may usea different
geodeticdatum, as may new editionsof the reference"charts publishedafter tfpuAofiion
of the routes.Where amendmentsto existingroutesare not based
on the tur" g;;i"ii.
datumas.theoriginalrouteor where positionsare definedrelative
to two geodetic
datums,this is emphasizedby the useof differentcoloursfor definitions
oipositions.

S H I P SR
' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N
(Amended20ll) ' O U T E I N C2 0 1 5E D I T I O N
S H I P SR
 (See "8ules for yessels navigating through
fhe Siraifs of Malacca and Singapore" in
"Recommendatory measures for yessels
the traffic separation scheme and
Singapore Strait during hours of darkness

t4- \ --r_._
-rezpo^
!o^
'o2^^
/ \
l\ l t
- Q a 4
0 \ 1 "

\\
\
^\10
\\
Deep-waterroutes within the traffic V,o
separationschemes in the Strait of Malacca
Deep-water routes forming part of the
eastbound lane of the traffic separation
schemes In the SingaporeStrait
""\\-
101' 30', 102. 30', 103. 30, 104" 30. 105.

SUMMARYCHARTLETA

S H I P SR' O U T E I N G
2 O ] 5E D I T I O N (Amended2011)
 TO KINC ABDUTLAHPORT(KAPPORT)
ROUTEtN THEAPPROACHES
DEEP-WATER
IN THENORTHERN
REDSEA
Note: Seealso "Precautionaryarea in the approachesto King Abdullah Port (KAP)in the northern Red Sea"
in part E.
(Referencechart BritishAdmiralty (BA) 2659,4 May 199O.
Note: This chart is not basedon World Ceodetic System1984 datum (WCS B4).The geographicalpositions,
(1)to (11),listedin item (a)below are referencedto BA 2659.)

Descriptionof the deep-waterroute

(a) The deep-waterroute is bounfed by a line drawn connectingthe following geographicalpositions:
(1) N,
22"17',.24 E
038"52',.93 (7) 22'29',.58N, E
039"03',.61
(2) N,
22".18',.61 E
o3B'53',.60 (B) 22"26',.69N, E
O38"59',.42
(3) N,
22"2o',.57 E
O38"54',.64 (g) 22"21',.25N, E
038'56',.6'l
(4) N,
22"25',.94 E
O38"57',.47 (1O)22'19',.24N, E
o38'55',.58
(5) N,
22"29',.00 E
038"58',.98 (11) 22'15',.90
N, E
o38'53',.91
(6) 22"31',.75
N, E
039"03',.01

Notes:
Ceographicalpositionsreferencedto WCS 84:
(1) 22"17',.24 N, 038"52',.94E (7) 22'29',.58N, E
039"03',.62
(2) 22'',18',.6.1
N, 038"53',.61E (B) 22"26',.70N, E
038'59',.43
(3) 22"20',.57N, 038'54',.65E (e) 22"21',.25
N, E
038'56',.62
(4) 22"25',.94N, O38"57',.48E (10) 22"19',.24 N, E
038"55',.59
(5) 22"29',.00N, 038"58',.99E ( 1 1 )22''15',.90
N, E
038'53',.9.1
(6) 22"31',.75 N, 039"03',.02E

ill/1-1 (Adopted2010) 2015EDITION

SHIPS'ROUTEING
 o
o(6)
€€P / l

€ @ d a
t l

I
\
\
. D W hvt
' A '

a
e € /
g b
A
E
,' fPl
Y
v
,fi'' ," w
ti'
€ , ,
, ' D w l

8- t
l

, l
- r l
| --dP)
| - ' I
(slp' t
l l

't

'
t i i . t
L-\

-d\ol
t
&
I
- " t
(2t6'
t t
1 l @

w
Dw ,t
,t
11)a r
\' \ /
I
\ /
v
"01)
&
ff*Ju
@

w
_a

@@
&

wo*- @J
DEEP.WATER
ROUTEIN THEAPPROACHESTO KINGABDULLAHPORT(KAPPORT)
IN THENORTHERNREDSEA

SHIPS'ROUTEING20.I5 EDITION (Adopted2010) |lt/1-2

 ROUTETEADTNGTO TAZANECONOMICC|TY PORT
DEEP-WATER
(Reference chart:BritishAdmiralty15,edition2,22 June2000).
Note: This chart is basedon World CeodeticSystem1984 datum(WCS B4).)

Description of the deep-water route

(a) A deep-waterroute is establishedbounded by a lineconnectingthefollowingpositions:
(1) 17o01',.52 N, E
O41"21',.63 (10) 17o15',.27
N, E
042'14',.28
(2) 17"07',.24N, E
041"24',.67 (11) 17'15',.18
N, E
042"11',.80
(3) 17".13',.45N, E
O41"34',.19 (12) 17'10',.50
N, E
042"13',.44
(4) 17"17',.30 N, E
041"43',.11 (13) 17'04',.00
N, E
O42"07',.5O
(5) 17"16',.34 N, E
041"43',.83 (14) 17"05',.55
N, E
042"03',.97
(6) 17'02',.35N, 042"02',.07E (15) 17'',19',.25
N, E
041"43',.99
(7) 17"00',.50 N, O42"07',.93E (16) 17"14',.60
N, E
041"33',.23
(B) 17"03',.34 N, 042'0B',.BBE (17) 17'09',.45
N, E
041"23',.59
(9) 17'',10',.50
N, E
042"15',.44 (18) 17'02',.48
N, E
041"19',.90
Thencebackto the point of origin(1)

Note: The controllingdepth for the deep-waterroute has been setat 27 metres.

Descriptionof a precautionaryarea
(b) A precautionary boundedby a lineconnecting
areais established thefollowingpositions:
(6) 17'02',.35N, E
042"02',.O7 (13) 17'04',.00N, E
042"07',.5O
(7) 17"00',.50N, E
O42"O7',.93 (14) '17'05',.55
N, E
042"03',.97
(B) 17"03',.34N, E
042'0B',.BB
Thencebackto the point of origin(6)

Descriptionof areasto be avoided

(c) position:
An areato be avoided,650 metresin radius,is centredupon the followinggeographical
(19) 17"08',.34
N, 041"24',.34E

(di position:
An areato be avoided,650 metresin radius,is centredupon the followinggeographical
(20) 17'10',.38
N, O41"53',.96E

l|l,/2-1 (Adopted 2010) ' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O \

S H I P SR

::t::..u..ry::
 N

\ \-Q9

=/'<"1
)YP-=--Ps

A=;i
/
,"'t /
,:{ AI
t

/ =
/
/^
/
,fi ,
I
z N / U
/ i '3/- . /
/ ''
, / \
/ ,/ )E
,/ /', :E z
,' -/-od 0 e
,1*o* <;
U
-/ tfJ

,' o ,',^{ z
/ g n / ' v
N

94.'2t^ C $t

tr
\r tt] ./\
( \ z
\_\,?* \ j

,rr.rr,*, t{J

IlJ

'r
\O
$,,.'.rr, e,
tfJ

\ 3r
\o \
\ \ I

\ \ ITJ
gJ

\ \er
! \ \ u

:€+@s--\
_Ed C-Q
a o
44^-'. -
i - F *
s
- \\
\ ' V
-pI. o ^
\ \
'o i.- o o qo
q
6'-: \--
= \ - \ t . \*
h c)co
= C !
d * :
N idd.
\ R{c

iXdb
A L <
ipb
\ sa\
:i:
..YdE
s- \*"P:
d p d
eitU
d \ G ;

.{9 N
Yd- J

SHIPS'ROUTEING2015 EDITION (Adopted2010)

lil/2-2
DEEP.WATER
ROUTES WITHINTHETRAFFIC
SEPARATION
SCHEMES
OF MALACCA
IN THESTRAIT
throughthe Straitsof Malaccaand Singapore"in part F and
Note: See"Rulesfor vesselsnavigating
mandatoryship reportingsystem"ln the Straitsof Malaccaand Singapore"in part C, sectionl.
(Reference
charts:BritishAdmiralty3946,1996edition;3947,1997edition.
Note: Thesechartsare basedon revisedKertaudatum.)

Description routes
of the deep-water
(a) A deep-waterroutefor south-eastbound trafficisbroundedby a lineconnectingthefollowinggeographical
positionsof the trafficseparationscheme"Port Dicksonto TanjungKeling":
(42) 02"21',.40 N, 101"39',.40E (46) 02"12',.30N, 101"36',.80E
(43) 02"',13',.80N, 101'39',.30E (47) 02"22',.20N, 101"36',.80E
(44) 02"05',.10 N, 10',1'55',.90
E (48) 02'24',.00N, E
10'l'36',.10
(45) 02o03',.00 N, 101"54',.20E

(b) A deep-waterroutefor south-eastbound trafficisboundedby a lineconnectingthefollowinggeographical

positionsof the trafficseparationscheme"Malaccato lyu Kecil":
(77) 02"01',.90 N, 102'01'.50E (79) 01'52',.60
N, E
102'',13',.30
(80) 02"00'.00N, .10',1'59'.80
(78) 01"59',.70 N, E
102"05',.60 E

throughthe Straitsof Malaccaand Singapore"in part F.

Note: See"Rulesfor vesselsnavigating

Sector4

ROUTESWITHIN THE TRAFFICSEPARATION

DEEP-WATER SCHEMES
IN THE STRAITOF MALACCA

llt/3 (Adopted 1998) ' O U T E I N C2 0 1 5E D I T

S H I P SR
 DEEP.WATER
ROUTES
FORMINGPARTOF THEEASTBOUNDTRAFFIC
LANEOF
TRAFFIC
SEPARATION
SCHEMES
IN THESINGAPORE
STRAIT
Note: See"Rulesfor vesselsnavigatingthroughthe Straitsof Malaccaand Singapore,, in part F and
mandatorysh.ipreportingsystem;ln the straitsof Malaccaand Singapore,,
in"partC, sectionI and
"Recommendatory measures for vesselscross.ing
the trafficseparatiinschemeand precautionaryareasin
the SingaporeStraitduringhoursof darkness,,ii part E.
(Referencecharts:BritishAdmiralty2556,1gg4edition;3833, lgBB edition; 2403,1983
edition.
Note: Thesechartsare basedon revisedKertaudatum.)

Descriptionof the deep-waterroutes

(a) The deep-waterroute is estabrishedwithin the eastboundlane described
in paragraph(d) of the traffic
separationscheme ,,ln the SingaporeStrait(Main Strait),,.The deep-water
route is bounded by a line
connectingthe followinggeographical positions:
(i) 01.03'.60N, '103.38'.95
E (vi) 01'10'.45N, i}3"4g'.45 E
(ii) 01.05'.90N, '103%3,.38
E (vii) 01'09'.95N, 103"48,.28E
(iii) 0].08,.61N, 103"45'.44E (viii) 01'08'.90N, 103"46'.82E
(iv) 01"10'.26N, 103"47,.91E (ix) 01'04'.95N, 103"42,.87 E
M 01'10'.81N, 103%9,.30 E (x) 0'1"02'.97 N, 103.39,.10 E
Note: Referenceis made to rule 1 of the Rulesfor vesselsnavigating
through the straits of Malacca and
Singapore(seepart F).
(b) The deep-waterroute is establishedwithin the eastboundlane described
in paragraph(c) of the traffic
separationschenle ,,SingaporeStrait(off St.John,slsland),,.The deep-water
route is boundedby a line
connecting
thefollowinggeographical
positions:
(xi) 01"11'.27N, 103'50,.43E ( x i i i )0 1 ' 1 1 ' . 7N
8, 103'52',.58
E
(xii) 01"12'.21
N, 103"52,.40E (xiv) 0'l'10'.92N, 103'50',.57
E
Note: Attention is drawn to the Rulesfor vesselsnavigatingthrough
the straitsof Malaccaand singapore(see
part F).

r$ usakijaq&
%
"xi3,1""!"
Sector8 \
s ',i,", ,' ,i \i i ' * .
\
-9)
1. See TSS "ln the SingaporeStrait 5$ - r -.ff--b1xiiil
':!@-r'
,,n#t;,:f::]ffi\'*'raern*ti
(Main Strait)"in part B, section V. F-
See TSS "SingaporeStrait
(St. John's lsland)"in part B, section V
Kili'-'uL,,Notuzl o
* SultanShoal 1."' * d
" Pu,
rdudrg
. "q

* HelenMarReef b b
-v
.r? W
oq
&o

(6
; o

.e%

DEEP-WATER
ROUTESFORMINC PARTOF THEEASTBOUNDTRAFFICIANE OF
TRAFFIC
SEPARATION
SCHEMES IN THESINGAPORE
STRAIT

SHIPS'ROUTEING2O-I5EDITION (Amended 1998)

||t/4
SectionlV

WesternNorthAtlanticOcean,
Culf of Mexicoand Caribbean
Sea

Caution: The chartletsare for illustrativepurposesonly and must not be usedfor

navigation.Marinersshouldconsultthe appropriatenauticalpublicationsand charts
for upto-date detailson aids to navigationand other relevantinformation.

Warning: The geographicalpositionsgiven in the descriptionsof the deep-water

routesare only correct for chartsusingthe samegeodeticdatum as the
referencechartsindicatedundereach scheme.Chartspublishedby other
hydrographicoffices may use a differentgeodeticdatum, as may new editions
of the referencechartspublishedafter the adoption of the routes.

SHIPS'ROUTEING2015 EDITION IV
rv/ii ' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O '
S H I P SR
DEEP-WATER
ROUTEIN THESOUTHERNAPPROACHTO CHESAPEAKE
BAY
(Referencechart United States12221,2003edition.
Note: This chart is basedon North American 1983 datum.)

Descriptionof the deep-waterroute

A deep-waterroute is establishedin the southernapproachof the traffic separationscheme"ln the approaches
to ChesapeakeBay" between the separationlineswhich connect the following geographicalpositionsof the
traffic separationscheme(seepart B, section lX):
(13) 36'55',.11
N, 075"55',.23W (16) 36%9',.52
N, 075"46',.94W
(14) 36"52',.35
N, 075"52',.12W (12136"52',.18
N, o75'52',.29
W
(15) 36%9',.70N, O75"46',.80W (1a) 36"54',.97
N, o75'55',.43
W

Notes:
It is recommendedthat the following ships use the deep-waterroute when bound for ChesapeakeBay
from sea or to seafrom ChesapeakeBay:
deep-draughtships,draughtsdefined as 12.8m/42 ftor greaterin freshwater,and navalaircraftcarriers.
Shipsdrawing lessthan 12.8 m/42 ft may use the deep-waterroute when, in their master'sjudgement,
the effects of ship characteristics,its speed, and prevailingenvironmentalconditions may cause the
draughtof the ship to equal or exceed 12.8m/42 ft.

It is recommendedthat a ship usingthe deep-waterroute:

.1 announceits intentionon VHF-FMchannel16 as it approaches
ChesapeakeBaySouthernApproach
LightedWhistleBuoyCB on the southend,or Chesapeake BayLightedBuoyCH, on the north end
of the route;
.2 avoid, as far as practicable,overtakingother shipsoperatingin the deep-waterroute;
.3 keepas nearto the outerlimitof the routewhich lieson the starboardsideas is safeand practicable.

All other shipsapproachingthe Chesapeake Bay traffic separationschemeshould use the appropriate
inbound'or outboundtraffic lane of the traffic separationscheme"ln the approachesto Chesapeake
Bay"-

khartlet overleaf)

SHIPS'ROUTEING2015 EDITION (Amended 2004) tv/1-1

 Atlantic

Ocean

(See description of traffic

seoaration scheme
"ln the approaches to
Chesapeake BaY"
in part B, sectionlX)

BAY
ROUTEIN THESOUTHERNAPPROACHTO CHESAPEAKE
DEEP-WATER

tv/1-2 (Adopted 1991) ' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O \

S H I P SR
PartD
Areasto be avoided
 o

i:i

(0

\,t
o
\l

o
ol

o
o

o
o

o
N

+
;
F
O rl
c) o
(o
a c
o)
0)
\ . 4
.;O 0)

o_
(E
-=
,F

.9 (!
o_
c
F

(Amended2015) ' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I C '

S H I P SR
SectionI

North-western
European
waters

Caution:The chartletsare for illustrative

purposesonly and must not be usedfor
navigation.Marinersshouldconsultthe appropriatenauticalpublicationsand charts
for up-to-datedetailson aids to navigationand other relevantinformation.

Warning:The geographical positionsgiven in the descriptions

of the areas
to be avoidedare only correct for charts usingthe samegeodeticdatum as
the referencechartsindicatedundereachdescription.Chartspublishedby
other hydrographicoffices may use a differentgeodeticdatum, as may new
editionsof the referencechartspublishedafter the adoption of the areas.

S H I P SR
' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N
 ffi

l/il (Amended2014) S H I P SR
' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O \
 AROUNDTHECS4BUOYIN THEDOVERSTRAIT
(Reference
charts:BritishAdmiralty1610,2001edition;1B2B,2002edition.
Note:Thesechartsarebasedon world ceodeticsystem1984datum(wcs B4).)

Descriptionof the area to be avoided

AII shipsshouldavoidthe areawithina circleof radius0.3 milescentreduponthe following
geographical
position:
51.08'.67N, 001"34'.02 E
Thisareais established
to avoidhazardto thenavigational aidwhichis established
at theabovegeographi-
cal position,
andwhichis consideredvitalto thesifetyof navigation.

Goodwin

Sands

51
10'

Areato be
avoided
South Foreland \ ^t7"^
/"({
F
Y '
(.tlY

Trafficseparationscheme
"ln the Straitof Dover
and adjacentwaters"
(seepart B, section lt)

l'30'

AROUNDTHECS4BUOYIN THEDOVERSTRAIT

S H I P SR
' O U T E I N G2 0 ] 5 E D I T I O N Amended 2006) t/1
AROUNDTHEFOXTROT 3 STATIONWITHIN THETRAFFIC SCHEME
SEPARATION
UINTHESTRAITOF DOVERAND ADIACENTWATERS"
(Referencechart: BritishAdmiralty 2449, June2007 edition.
Note: This chart is basedon World Geodetic System1984 datum (WCS B4).)

Descriptionof the areato be avoidedby all ships

The Foxtrot3 station is in an areaof heavy crossingtraffic with some 1'1,000crossingmovementsper annum
and hassuffereddamageon severaloccasions.Therefore,with the aim of preventingfurther damage,an "area
to be avoided" has been establishedcentredon the Foxtrot3 station'
The areato be avoided,by all ships,with a radiusof 500 metres,is centredon the following geographical
position:
51"24',.15 N, 002"00'.38 E

-{
,/

l--
'rtf.

,,;if-\.
-t
/ !

,-/

56', 57' 05' 06'

53', s' 55',

AROUNDTHEFOXTROT 3 STATIONWTTHINTHETRAFFIC SCHEME

SEPARATION
lIN THESTRAIT WATERS"
OF DOVERAND ADIACENT

t/2 Amended 2007) ' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N

S H I P SR
 AT WESTHINDER
Note: Seetraffic separationscheme,At West Hinder,,in part B, sectionll and mandatoryship reporting
systems"ln the Dover Strait/Pasde Calais,,and ,,WestEuropeanTankerReportingSystem,, in part G,
sectionI.
(Reference
charts:Dl1 and 102 (lNT 1480)publishedby the Agencyof Maritimeand CoastalServices,
FlemishHydrography.
Note:These
charts
arebased
onWorldceodetic
system
1984datum(wcs B4).)
Descriptionof the areato be avoided
An areato be avoidedis established
boundedby a line connectingthe followinggeographical
positions:
(1) 5.1'23',.45N, OO2"36'.92E AN buoy
(2) 51"23'.95N, OO2"36'.90E
(3) 51.24'.40N, OO2.40'.30E
(4) 51" 23',.81N, 002" 40'.30 E

AT WESTHINDER

S H I P SR
' O U T E I N G2 O ' I 5E D I T I O N (Adopted2012)
t/3
AT MAAS NORTH TRAFFICSEPARATION
SCHEME
Note: Seetrafficseparationschemes"ln the approachesto Hook of Hollandand at North Hinder" in part B,
areasin the approachesto Hook of Hollandand at North Hinder" in part E.
sectionIl and "Precautionary
(Referencechart:Netherlands1630 (lNT 1416),edition4/2O1O.
Note: Thischart is basedon World CeodeticSystem1984 datum(WCS B4).)

Descriptionof the areato be avoided

within the separation
An areato be avoidedfor all shipsisestablished zoneof the MaasNorthtrafficseparation
schemeand is boundedby a line connectingthe followinggeographical positions:
(i) 52' 15',.45 N, OO3"51',.42E (iii) 52' 12',.45N, 003" 48',.32E
(ii) 52" 12',.45N, OO3"51',.42E (iv) 52' 15'.45N, 003" 4B'.32E

Note:
CAUTION
(ln the MaasNorth separationzone,below the areato be avoided)
The areato be avoidedwithin the MaasNorth separation zoneenclosestwo ammunitiondumps.Marinersare
warned not to enterthis areaand, in particular,not to anchorin it, even in an emergency.

lA
"-t:--g---':, a r " / r ?

t Recommendeddirection - -i^an"separatton
/i L -'- scheme
{,' of traffic flow
"West of Ftijnveld" "ln the approachesto lJmuiden"
(see paft q (see part B, section ll)

I
I nrea io be avoided I
l- "AtDeRuyter" I
^

x
I

I
I
t
I
t
I ('ug-
I
- -.(')
\ TSS "Maas North" Area to be avoided

Precautionary
area
iF --'-----:--Gue
- 1 caution)
"Rijnveldwest" F
g {
{
t\\
6t-*..d \\
(tD (il)

: TSS "Maas North-west"

I
I
I
\--
\ \ \
/
Traffic separation scheme
"ln the approaches to
-,6s1;v""r I
westInner"I Hook of Holland and at North Hindel'
(see pari B, section ll)
! e l
4"

AT MAAS NORTH TRAFFICSEPARATION

SCHEME

t/4 (Adopted 2012) S H I P SR

' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N
AT DE RUYTER,
WESTOF RUNVELD
(Reference 1630(lNT1416),
charts:Netherlands and 1631(lNT14'lB),
edition4/2O'lO edition3.
Note:Thesechartsarebasedon world ceodeticsystem1984datum(wcs B4).)

Description of the area to be avoided

An areato be avoidedfor all ships,exceptauthorized,
aroundthe De Ruyteroffshoreoil andgasinstallation
isestablished
andboundedby a lineconnecting thefollowinggeographical positions:
(i) 52"21',.12 N, OO3"19'.73E (iii) 52" 22',.75N, OO3.22'.OOE
(ii) 52"22',.75N, OO3"19',.73 E (iv) 52o21'jl2 N, OO3"22'.00 E

AT DE RUYTER,WESTOF RUNVELD

SHIPS'ROUTEING
2015EDITION (Adopted2012) t/5
BY TfMUTDEN
NORTHERN
APPROACHES
Note: Seetraffic separationscheme"ln the approaches-tolJmuiden"in par:tB, section ll and "Deep-water
route leadingto llmuiden"in part C, sectionll and "Precautionary
areasin the approachesto lJmuiden"in
part E.
(Reference chart:Netherlands1631(lNT 1418),edition3.
Note: This chart is basedon World Geodetic System1984 datum (WCS B4).)

Descriptionof the areato be avoiied

(a) An areato be avoidedfor all shipsis boundedby a lineconnectingthe followinggeographical
positions:
(i) 52"32',.15N, 004"04',.82 E (iii) 52"34',.65
N,004"O2',.22
E
(ii) 52"34',-O4
N, 004'04',.82 E (iv) 52a32'.79N, OO4"O2'.22E
(b) The areato be avoided in paragraph(a)above is to be labelled"Amm. Dumps" on charts.

Note:
CAUTION
(By the entranceof the south-south-eastbound
traffic lane of the lJmuidenNorth traffic separationscheme)
The area to be avoided on the western boundary of the lJmuidenNorth traffic separationscheme'ssouth-
south-eastboundlane enclosesan ammunitiondump datingfrom the end of the SecondWorld War. Mariners
are warned not to enter this area and, in particular,not to anchor in it, even in an emergency.

BYTTMUTDEN
NORTHERNAPPROACHES

t/6 (Adopted 2012) S H I P SR

' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N
 IN THEOUTERPRECAUTIONARYAREAOF THETRAFFIC
,IN THESUNK SEPARATION
SCHEME
AREAAND IN THENORTHERNAPPROACHESTO
TTIETHAMESESTUARY"
Note:seemandatoryshipreportingsystem"west European
TankerReportingsystem,,in partc, sectionl.
(Reference
chart:BritishAdmiralty1183,2005edition.
Note:Thischartis basedon worid ceodeticsystemi9B4
datum(wcs B4).)
Description of the area to be avoided
An areato be avoided,1 nauticalmile in di,11e1er,
is centreduponthe followinggeographical
51"50'.10 position:
N, 001"46'.02
E
Note:Theflow of trafficaroundthe ATBAis counter-clockwise,
as indicatedby the recommended
directions
of trafficflow in the precautionary
area.
shouldavoidthe areawithin a circleof radius0.5 miles,
centredupon the followinggeographical
fil,i.flff
51"50'.10
N, 00"1"46,.02
E.
This area is establishedto avoid hazardto a navigational
aid which is establishedat the geographicalposition
listedabove,and which is consideredvitar to thJsafety.i"""ig"ai.".

TSS"Sunk
North"r

L-V
tl
""u -tu

Area to be
e Sunk Light Vessel avoided \
^ pilot station _ _
/f\
/r\
Kr. t
\\ t;t
'Sunk i/
o u r l K lInner
nnef .-:-:=:.
t-'_-\ - :>
precautionaryarea"
; +..
'l \ ' A TSS "Sunk East"
r / a \

"Long Sand Head',

Two-way route

"SunkSouth"
Traffic separationscheme
"At North Hinder',

IN THESUNKOUTERPRECAUTIONARY
AREA

SHIPS'ROUTEINC
2015EDITION (Adopted 2006; chartlet updated 20lI)
t/7
OFF FRIESLAND"
Note: Seetrafficseparationscheme "Off Friesland"in part B, sectionll and "Deep-waterroutesforming
partsof routeing,yrt"r "Off Friesland""in part C, sectionll and "Mandatoryroutefor tankersfrom North
Hinderto the Cerman Bightand vice versa"in part C, sectionIl'
(Referencecharts:Netherlands1632 (lNT 1420),2011edition,1633 (lNT 1417),2010edition and 1307
(lNT 1045)2011edition.
Note: Thesechartsare basedon World CeodeticSystem1984 datum (WCS B4)')
(a) An area to be avoided is establishedand bounded by a line connectingthe following geographical
positions:
(101)54.01'.27N 004"24'.79E (103)54'00',.78N 004"36',.28E
(102)54.02'.23N 004"37'.05E (104)53.59',.61
N 004"20',.79 E

(b) An area to be avoided is establishedand bounded by a line connectingthe following geographical

positions:
(105)54'02'.70N E
004"43',.12 (107)54"02','13
N 004"53','32 E
(106)54'03',.57
N E
004"54',.19 (108)54'01',.26
N 004"42','j3E

(See descriPtion of
(See description of
traffic seParation scheme
"Deep-water routes
"North Friesland"
(ruo,
forming parts of
routeing system
"Off Friesland""
in part C, section ll)
in Part B, section_ll) _ - -

4__:_:= 0O"r)
(105)
o
<-=:::=
avolded
g
Area to be o
-------l (101) " {) (107)
^-----:) o
\ <s- avoideo
1 - / 2 Areatobe U
"(103) (108) c=,-=->
,, ,,,,,.
D w ' , L 7 o c===>

f/
i (104)

,//
/x ,, (See description of
,// ,. tratfic separation scheme
w "West Friesland"
in part B, section ll)

OFF FRIESLAND

.1
of new areasto be avoided:0000 hoursUTC on
Dateof implementation June2015.

t/B (Adopted 2014) ' O U T E I N C2 0 1 5E D I T I O \

S H I P SR
IN THE REGIONOF THE ORKNEYISLANDS
Note: See"Recommendedroutesin the FairlsleChannel"in part E and mandatoryship reportingsystem
"West EuropeanTankerReportingSystem"in part C, section L
(Reference
charts:BritishAdmiralty1954,1988edition;1942,1988edition.
Note: Thesechartsare basedon OrdnanceSurveyof Creat Britain1936datum.)

Descriptionof the areato be avoided

ln orderto avoidthe riskof oil pollutionand severedamageto the environmentof Orkney,shipsof more than
5000 grosstonnagecarryingoil or other hazardouscargoesin bulk shouldavoid the areaboundedby lines
connectingthe followinggeographicalpositions:
(1) 5B%6'.23N, 003'17'.69W (TorNess)
(2) 58'55',.00N, 003'50',.00W
(3) N,
59"17',.00 oo3'5o',.oo
w
(4) 59"28',.00
N, 003'15',.00
W
(5) 5g"28',.oo
N, W
002'19',.00
(6) N,
59"24',.00 W
002'09',.00
(7) N,
59"05',.00 w
oo2'o9',.oo
(B) N,
58"50',.00 W
002"35',.00
(9) 58%4'.]5N, 002'54'.90W (OIdHead)
Thenaroundthe coastof SouthRonaldsay
andMainlandto:
(10) 58'57',.84
N, oo3'21',.1',1
W
(11) 58'55',.97
N, W
003'21',.1'l
Thencealongthe coastof Hoy to (1).

(See "Recommendedroutes in
the Fair IsleChannel"in paft E)
(4) (5) (1
r?Tq '.4,
,lOrrrrrrr?TTTir
< \ - l

'h"^Y::!,""1!:1*d:* - rorruessfr
coast- tn pan tr o"oouno
n
44a
50' 40' go' 20' 10' 3" 50' 40' 30' 20' 10 2"

IN THE REGIONOF THEORKNEYISLANDS

SHIPS'
ROUTEING
2015EDITION (Adopted 1995) t/9
IN THEREGIONOF THEFAIRISTE
Note: See "Recommendedroutesin the Fair lsle Channel"in part E and mandatoryship reportingsystem
"West EuropeanTankerReportingSystem"in part C, section l.
(Referencecharts:BritishAdmiraltv 1119,1989 edition
Note: This chart is basedon OrdnanceSurveyof Creat Britain1936datum.)

Descriptionof the areato be avoided

ln orderto avoidthe riskof oil pollutionand severedamageto the environmentof Fairlsle,shipsof morethan
5000 grosstonnagecarryingoil or other hazardouscargoesin bulk shouldavoidthe areacontainedwithin a
circleof radius6.5 milescentredupon geographical position59'32'.00N, 001'38'.00W.

(Areato be avoided
"ln the regionof the
Shetlandlslands")
***..-
_,{ _ { _ { _

(See " Recomm end ed rort"rq\:

in the Fair lsle Channel"
in part E)
E==
-4a--r>*. --a
a"
x
x
\
Area to be avoided
\
\
Fair Isle r \
Channel r {
t- {
L

I L+ I
I
L
I f" h *'' i
J
t-

r ft' '|s'|e J
-t
t l
k I
\ /
\ /
Areato be avoided /
R.

.<
\ < y
{* ' { J - r
')-
L - ! - ) ' -
25',
tr\ Y(
\\
\
\\ (See"Recommended routesin
the FairlsleChannel"in part E)
x
55' 50' 4s' 1"40' 35' 30' 2s' 20'

IN THE REGIONOF THE FAIRISIE

l/10 (Adopted 1995) SHIPS' 2015EDITION

ROUTEING
 IN THEREGIONOF THESHETTAND
ISTANDS
Note:See"Recommendedroutesin the FairlsleChannel"in partE and mandatory
shipreportingsystem
"WestEuropean
TankerReporting
System,, in partC, sectionl.
charts:BritishAdmiralty1119,lg\g edition;"1233,
(Reference lg}g edition;3292,1986edition.
Note:Thesechartsarebasedon ordnanceSurveyof CreatBritain1936datum.)

Description of the areasto be avoided and precautionary areas

(a) North of Shetland
To avoidthe riskof pollutionand severedamageto the environment and economyof Shetland,all vessels
over5000grosstonnage.carrying, or capable of carying,oil or otherliquidhazardous
cargoesin bulkshould
avoidtheareaboundedby linesconnecting thefollowinggeographical positions:
(1) 60'39',.50 N, 001.09,.30 w
(2) 61'04',.30 N, 001.09,.30 w
(3) 61"04',.30 N, 000"29,.70w
(4) 60'38',.40 N, 000.12'.20w
(5) 60"34'.20 N, 000%8'.00 W (Funzie Ness)
(6) 60"33'.80 N, 000'53'.50W (RamsNess)
Thenceup the easternsideof Colgrave Soundto:
(7) 60035',.80 N, 000.55',.40w
(B) 60"36',.80 N, 000.58',.00w
(9) 60"38',.40 N, 000.58'.80w
Thencealongthecoastline to position('l)
(b) Westand southof Shetland
To avoidthe riskof pollutionand severedamageto the environment and economyof Shetland,all vessels
over5000grosstonnage.carrying, or capableof carying,oil or otherliquidhazardous
cargoesin bulkshould
avoidthe areaboundedby linesconnecting the followinggeographical positions:
(10) 60o02'.50 N, 001'10'.20W (HelliNess)
(11) 59"59'.87 N, 001.09,.32W (perieBardlight)
(12) 5g%1'.00 N, 001.12,.00w
(13) 59"42',.70N, 00'1.26'.00
w
(14) 60"02',.00N, 002%8,.00 w
(15) 60"15',.00N, 002%B'.00 w
(16) 60%2'.50N, 002"09,.00w
(11760%2',.50 N, 001"22'.00W
(1a) 60%0,.00N, 001.17,.00w
(19) 60"37'.30 N, 001"'17'.90w
Thencealongthe westcoastlineto position(10)

(c) Precautionary to yell Sound

areain the northernapproaches
A precautionary
areais established
in the northernapproaches
to YellSound.Theareais boundedby a line
connecting
the followinggeographical positions:
(20) 61"04'.30 N, 001"09,.30 w
(2't], 60'39',.50N, 00.1"09,.30w
(22) 60%0',.00 N, 001.17,.00 w
(23) 60"42',.50 N, 001.22'.00 w
(2+160%2'.50N, 002.09'.00w

SHIPS'ROUTEING2015 EDITION (Amended 2002)

t/11-1
(d) Precautionary to YellSound
approaches
areain the south-eastern
A precautionary in thesouth-eastern
areaisestablished to YellSound.Theareais boundedby a
approaches
positions:
thefollowinggeographical
lineconnecting
(25) 60"27',.40
N, W
001'02',.40
(26) 60"24',.00
N, 000'02'.50w
(27) 60"38',.40
N, 000"12'.20W
(28) 60"34',.20
N, 000%8',.00W
(29) 60"33',.80
N, W
o0o'53',.50
Soundto:
sideof Colgrave
Thenceup the eastern
(30) 60'35',.80
N, W
000"55',.40
(31) 60'36',.80
N, 000"58'.00W

(e) Precautionaryarea in the approachesto Lerwick

A precautionaryarea is establishedin the approachesto Lerwick.The area is boundedby a line connecting
the followinggeographical positions:
(25) 60"27',.40N, 001"02'.40w
(26) 6o'24',.00
N, w
ooo"02'.50
(12\ 59%1',.00N, W
001'12',.00
(11) 59'59'.87N, 001'09'.37W (PerieBard)
(10) 60"02'.50N, 001'10'.20W (HelliNess)

(2)(2ot
/T- - - - - F - - - - 1 (q)
/ \

/
..' t !- r
/' I Areato be {
u' n !' avoideot \

'//.
{
.//t\
' \ |
l- ,Muckle Flugga \
l- fin^ {

// -?l9h#g.LbY,% . -r(+)(zz)

Esha NessYL^.n-Z Jd-\u -."i arca2

/ !rtrx{ftfi9|a--}_
Veskerries' Sienies
," ca .rg'h #tc:
I Areato be //:\< F 1)" /-l
avoided 2 a'{ji" '*'"?:lT"'
{r", il Y 9#

Foura ^Y^&}f
Q tfiLF a
l i e r u* 'i c k//!\ rr
4/fr1
I l n 1 l\/i"*r"r. l\ /
ro4) ll \;*
\< W y.{oor ./' f;
*\-. rJ
'rf pli,a'r //
*{-. 1J }.^l
1( : t/ E
***** lf
t^\} i JL 1 /

\ ;
<
-*** 4 t

L''
R:- nil***Yrzr
I
(Seearea ;. - <
*\-= t'""rll\iJ't'i7,]iZi";
(See "Recommended routesin the
tobe avoided ^.""""^ ;n ;
"lnthe region ofthe Fair lsle") I i.

50' 40' 30' 20' i0' 2' 50' 40' 30' 20' 10' 1' 50' 40' 30' 20' 10' 0'

IN THE REGIONOF THESHETTANDISTANDS

t/11-2 (Amended 2002; chartlet amended 2004) ' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N

S H I P SR
%
BETWEENTHESMATLS
LIGHTHOUSE
AND GRASSHOTME
ISLAND
Note: Seemandatoryship reportingsystem"West EuropeanTankerReportingSystem"in part C, sectionI.
(Reference chart:BritishAdmiralty1478,1988edition.
Note: This chart is basedon OrdnanceSurveyof Creat Britain1935datum.)

Descriptionof the areato be avoided

In orderto avoidthe riskof pollutiondue to a strandingin this area,which is in the closevicinityof important
breedinggroundsfor sea-birdpopulations,all tankers,gascarriers,chemicaltankerscarryingnoxiousliquid
substances, and all other shipsof 500 grosstons or over shouldavoidthe areaboundedby linesconnecting
the followinggeographical positions:
(1) 51%4',.50 N, 005%0',.25 W (4) 51%',1',.50N, W
005'33',.25
(2) 51"44',.50 N, 005"27',.50 W (5) 51%2',.20 N, 005%1',.30W
(3) 51%2',.50 N, 005'27',.50W

(1)P- - T T T T T T T T T T TT T T T T T T r r-.,o(2)

l' ..n' I
l- _, ..1
, xi The Areato be Grassholme..,
smatts avoided
f I
A ' '6ttl
(' o
- 'rL. { { { { { { { - L ,
,nu-
' { { {, + + - o ) _ } } _!_

(4)

BETWEEN
THESMALLSLIGHTHOUSE
AND GRASSHOLME
ISTAND

S H I P SR
' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N (Adopted l9B9) t/12
 BAY
IN LIVERPOOT
Note: Seethe traffic separationscheme"ln LiverpoolBay" in part B, section ll.
(Referencechart BritishAdmiralty 1978,2007 edition.
Note: This chart is basedon World Geodetic System1984 datum (WCS B4).)

Descriptionof the areato be avoided

In orderto provideaccessto the DouglasOil Fieldplatform,an areato be avoidedof 1 nauticalmile square,
centred on the Douglas Field platform, has been establishedwithin the Liverpool Bay traffic separation
scheme.The areais boundedby linesjoiningthe followinggeographical positions:
(2) 53"32',.74N, 003'33',.83W
(3) 53"31',.74N, 003"33',.80W
(B) 53o31',.72N, 003"35',.48W
(5) 53"32',.72N, 003'35',.51W

Note: The area to be avoided should be avoided by all vessels,except in casesof emergencyto avoid
immediatedanger,other than the following types (to the extent necessaryto carry out their operations):
(a) a vesselrestrictedin her abilityto manoeuvrewhen engagedin the laying,servicingor pickingup of a
navigationmark,submarinecableor pipeline;
(b) offshore supply, support, maintenanceand EmergencyResponseand Rescuevesselsattending the
DouglasFieldplatform;
(c) vesselsengagedin hydrographicsurveyoperations;and
(d) vesselsengagedin fishing.

(See traffic separati on

scheme "ln Liverpool Bay"
in part B, section ll)

53"
30'

50' 45' 40' 35', 3'30' 25', 20' 15',

IN LIVERPOOTBAY

t/13 (Adopted 2008) ' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N

S H I P SR

.'_@
 OFF THE SOUTH-WEST
COASTOF ICETAND
(Reference
chart:lcelandic
31 (lNT1103)Dyrh6laey- Snefellsnes
(May20OBedition).
Note:Thischartis basedon world ceodeticsystem1984datum(wcs
B4).)
Description of the areasto be avoided
(a) Off the southand south-westcoast- Easternarea
Note:Seemandatory shipreporting
system "off the south-westcoastof lceland,,
in partc, sectionl.
Theareato be avoided_
is boundedby linesconnecting thefollowinggeographical
' positions:
(17) 64"O4'.92N, 022"41',.40w (211o:'+z;.doN, 022"47'.60W
(9) 64"07',.20
N, 022"41'.40W (22) 63%5'.80 N, 022"44'.40W
(B) 64"07'.20N, 022.47'.50W (23) 63%0'.90N, 022"40'.20W
(18) 64"01',.70
N, 022"58'.30W (24) 63"10'.00N, 020.3g,.00 w
(19) 63%9',.20
N, 022"47'.30W (25) 63.24'.13
N, 019"07,.83W
(20) 63%8',.00
N, 022"48'.40W
(b) Westof Reykjanes peninsula- Westernarea
Theareato be avoidedisboundedby linesconnecting
thefollowinggeographical
positions:
(26) 63"39'.20N, 022"46,.70w (28) 63%2;.00N, ozi"3z,.oow
(27) 63'59',.10
N, 023'03',.50
w (29) 63"32'.00
N, 023"29,.50w
(c) Faxafl6iBay- Sybra-HraunBankarea
Theareato be avoidedis boundedby linesconnecting
thefollowinggeographical
' positions:
(1) 64'10'.30 N, 022"29,.00w (4) oqri.io i, 022"20,.00w
(2) 64.10'.30 N, 022"20'.00W (5) 64"14'.20N, 022'2g,.oow
(3) 64..12'.00N, 022"17'.50W (6) 64"12'.00N, 022"31'.OOW
Notes
The routeingmeasures
areapplicableto all soLAS shipsof 500 grossronnageor more.The Eastern
area
may,however,be transitedby shipsas specifiedin paragraphz Lelow.

Shipscallingat ports locatedwithin the EasternATBA may navigate

insidethe area.ships of lessthan
5000 gross.tonnage engagedon voyagesbetweenlcelandicports"andnot carryinjJung"rou,
e or noxious
cargoesin bulk or in cargotanksmay transitthe areasouthof latitude
63%5,N.
Shipsof up to 20,000 grosstonnage,en route to or from Faxafl6iBay,
which neithercarry dangerous
goods nor noxiousmaterialsin bulk or cargo tanks,may transit
the Easternarea to be avoidedsouth
of latitude63" 45' N. When sailingsuch shlpswithin this area,navigating
officersshouldtake utmost
precautionand take specialnoticeof weatherand seastateforecasts
in onshorewind conditions.
Passenger shipsof unljmitedsizemay only transit_the
areaduringthe period 1 May to 1 october. When
sailingsuch shipswithin this area,navigatingofficersshouldta'ke
utmostprecautionand take special
noticeof weatherand seastateforecastiin onshorewind conditions.

(chartlet overleaf)

S H I P SR
' O U T E I N G2 O - I 5E D I T I O N (Amended2010)
l/14-1/15-1
 f l ( :
qHU
yg 1^
l./d>{^
/ 6
l o
iI ! E -R^

/
{ a \
/ \
/ ^ ,
/ r ,
/ r
/
I L
{
l ( fr
'= d l
. t t
ll q)
(d
c
sF {{
C
q E
E G {
l E , 6 , \
,/ ""'v-\
""q9 ! {
./ Pr . :"- -e E i' \
/ , /{ - d I
. 9
0 : = - \

/
.
,/
/ g
i6
a
6'-
' V..
% z
c ,1 -N
bo /^c" IIJ
6 t,.d U
o
LJJ
IJJ
A-"
'
I
/rr"
EE
T A
O ( g
.:l x ye
4"e (\l

tt)
ek /od
'/7
si E
!9 3
yss U
^ +€
o
:c E
6 O
/-8 (t)
iri od
9 /_s' IJJ
<E E /$^:r
(g
G
/-'
f,
V..v .6\
=t
=
€ v-s"d*
5-A /s
z a td-
ttf,*'' '1

ro
$
CO
(o
o
E
-
g
^5
,3#H
/;'-do"-
/^ot
/.3'r"

o9-
(t)
Itr
'" //t"-\- Y", 6Q-
1Jr.h
'siw
y.{ I
/;.-a
\-
//,q-
ot
d
g // ^s.
^s1
vY^d-
ts-
zx"
'2,i Y
c
(6 o
+ o < - ^a:r
0)
c
.c
v/*c
6- , 6 -

c0 + /.€
va-
c
F
e o o_l -t
o
/ 66
'l (E o y/ ^^dd
' - f -,,----i- c
(u
O= q) v^b"
> G oo*o. Y

s.> o i-l^,
r lO)'
(o
N o ^q b
f-9-d U ff
(!

E m i -o.i
F.
-b- a
' . .ccE
*:6 \ v ' \ x 4 ' a
F
(!
E
(L
\ 9
'b:-
AF. i \^
c
oo
n
X . c l 6 i
(6 t
L
(E
\ < € 6 d { P
F . \
:
po- E
I
a i ^af o o d
I r ! q)
h
>
\ Y A Uq
G
0)
q \ ;- .x8 . tb I E f t

s ; i.ii I u t
c0 b a !d = $
I
r
'o a
o s x ; $q)
q)
$ = o- x - R
: v 4 N
{g
= q)
\ o
,i E €)
f
{s x F . --{
z ^\i'- ?
: r ',_ a
a 1y. - - a
a
F

l/14-2/15-2 (Amended2010) ' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D

S H I P SR
 I N T H ER E GIONOF T H ER OCHEBONNE
SHETF
Note: Seemandatoryship reportingsystem"West EuropeanTankerReportingSystem"in part C, sectionl.
(Referencechart: British Admiralty2648)

Descriptionof the areato be avoided

ln order to avoid the risk of pollution due to an accidentin the area,all tankerscarryingoil should avoid
the area containedwithin a circle of radiussevenmiles centredupon geographicalposition46'10'.00 N,
002"26'.O0 W. Localknowledgeis essentialfor safepassagebecauseof navigational hazardsin the area.

IN THEREGION
OF THEROCHEBONNE
SHETF

S H I P SR
' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N (Adopted l968) t/16
 ISTANDS
IN THE REGIONOF THE BERLENCAS
Note: Seemandatoryship reportingsystems"West EuropeanTankerReportingSystem"and "Off the coastof
Portugal"in part C, sectionl.
(Reference chart:Portuguese HydrographicOffice 21101(lNT 1081),April 2002 edition.
Note: This chart is basedon Europeandatum 1950.)

Descriptionof the areato be avoided

The ATBA appliesto all vesselsabove 300 grosstonnage,exceptduly authorizedshipsnavigatingbetween
Portugueseportsand not carryingdangerouscargoesor other harmfulsubstances.

The areato be avoidedconsistsof an areaboundedon the north by the parallelof 39'30'.00 N, on the south
by the parallelof 39"20'.00N, on the west by the line connectingthe geographicalpositions39o20'.00N,
OO}"42'.2OW and 39'30'.00 N, 009"42'.20W, and on the eastby the Portuguese coastline.

ISTANDS
IN THE REGIONOF THE BERLENGAS

t/17 (Adopted2004;chartletupdated2008) SHIPS'ROUTEING2015 EDITION

 Sectionll

Northand CentralAmericanwaters

Somesmallareasto be avoided,at the junction of traffic lanesof traffic

separationschemesand to which no
specifiedconditionsof tonnageof vesselsor of the cargoesthat are carried
apply,are not includedin part D.
one is describedin the definitionof thistrafficr"purutionscheme:
Off San Francisco(seesectionVll of part B)

caution: The chartletsare for illustrative

purposesonly and must not be usedfor
navigation.Marinersshouldconsultthe appropriatenauticalpublications
and charts
for upto-date detailson aidsto navigation'and other relevaniinformation.

warning:.The geographicalpositionsgiven in the descriptionsof the areas

to be avoidedare only correctfor chaitsusingthe samegeodeticdatum
as
the referencechartsindicatedundereach deicription.ch"artspulrirr.,"a
oy
other hydrographicoffices.may use a differentgeodeticdatum, as may
new
editionsof the referencechartspublishedafterihe adoptionoi the areas.

SHIPS'ROUTEING2015 EDITION
 o o b o
c, N
@ n

bl
F
ql
I
o
ol
LIJ I
(9
o l
.o,
Ol
3
( t ll
o
i( gl l . ' :
m l = v
x( E
l t !
a l . 9

. l l t o
- - l a
o
ro
g < E
a os9) il-
(g
8 E= K s6 t
3 R9 id:
E *XPE i o-

6 FV = O
(o
0) m - - "Y, ?
a Y . = \ '@
^
@
a q!E; E
0 o (6 o-6 L
ri , ^ ! . c
o, a z IE.-€ s A ts
a
(
E
!:9
g €9 .:+* F
Y
S ; E= € Ne
-4
a 'E H+t
cF.,a=
:E
h
- " , . ! ; i ( ! v =

(tt
a
r
0)
s

E
o
o-
e eii;Esr{;
9--g;E:3d;F
'.4
I (E
Ee; d;'Eb-P,E#! O)
a
@ I b . E bP ' ' I R E= E , FE . b
a = X >= o: F =ii= X:
I
o o
I l.( ta
f
PsEHsFffiq
FF
.l-
f
2 N
E
o p
P P e e E E E EE {
. cOO!,P
\ P P t s t s - L "o
c {{S.fl
ri Ai c.j+Lij6r-,bdci i$i ;

E h
o
eo
I
=
o
E
C)
0)
o o^

I E
0)
d)
N

a
I '-
E
N
m .9
I a X

io )>=
N
I o
c >: b
I a
L1l
- r l

tA I F
a 9
; = o
/ [ c
"r' I o SQo ! ' - N o^

I fi.qxE
{
t;6*ii= ^ s O
I i r ; f E * x *>
I
I
=?E$:utE
-oYi*pE:6*
V Y =

"^
o
I
I
?HiBe
Fts
H33.6t9ET
: o q Q
og,i
o . Y o {
Y

l$
l ! = P ^

rI o
oF.EfEEZE l;;p.a
tE i'E v %

l o iv l=x u^ & >b> wb) i t- t - l n O F *

@ l ( E U J i -
ft:>E=866
l.- r = = i - S uo o t ( g Y O - Y

I
<. . e n == oe e
o o)
l ; : : ( E
t = *
s

- E
- X o o o
X - ; c r c s !
\ b
\g I
tZ ZF; .l;; E z z zI r t i l
ci+.ij(6
1 . .. . o -
F

a I r

(Amended2015) ' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O \
S H I P SR
I r/ii
lN ROSEWAY
BAS|N,SOUTHOF NOVASCOTTA
(Referencechart CanadianHydrographicService4003, 2003 edition.
Note: This chart is basedon North American 1983 geodetiadatum, which is equivalentto WCS 84 datum.)

Descriptionof the recommended

seasonal
areato be avoided
In orderto significantly
reducethe riskof shipstrikesof the highlyendangeredNorthAtlanticRightWhale,
it is recommended thatshipsof 300 grosstonnageand upwardssolelyin transitduringthe periodof I f une
through 31 Decembershouldavoid the area boundedby lines connectingthe followinggeographical
positions:
(1) 43"16',.00N, 064'55',.00
W (3) 42"39',.00
N, 065.31',.00
W
(2) 42"47',.OON, 064"59',.0}W (4) 42"52',.00
N, 066"05',.00W

Western
Head

Cape S '
Little Hope lsland
Fourchu

W"*$;,;".
. ',osa,
-ry-.

%
{ t
Sed lslmd'
.a Cape Sable

.*t()
'*'* l
,*'*t l
.tt {

.tt {
. - 4 J

t Area to be avoided
* I
.

-.<t I
(4)o{* J
* * J
*'(..
*.( . Aet
'<.< ,,-t-"'
. ---
**
a*
-. a----
(rj*t

IN ROSEWAY
BASIN,SOUTHOF NOVASCOTIA

SHIPYROUTE]NG
2015EDITION (Adopted 2007) il/1
IN THEVICINITYOF THENEPTUNE
DEEPWATER
PORTIN THE
WESTERN NORTHATLANTIC OCEAN
Note: See"Reportingsystemsfor protectionof endangeredNorth AtlanticRightWhalesin seaareasoff the
north-eastern
and south-eastern
coastsof the UnitedStates"in part C, sectionl.
(Referencecharts:UnitedStates13009,2007edition;13200,2008edition; 13260,2007edition;
13267,2007 edition.
Note: Thesechartsare basedon North American1983datum,which is equivalentto World CeodeticSystem
'1984
datum(WCS B4).)

Descriptionof the areato be avoided

An areaof approximalely3.97 nauticalsquaremilescontainedwithin an oval of radius1250metresvectored
from the two centrepositionsfor Neptune Buoys"N' and "B", respectively,an areato be avoidedfor all ships
exceptauthorizedships,is establishedin the areaboundedas follows:
Startingat (1) 42"27',.44 N, o70"35',.22W
a rhumblineto (2) 42'29',.31 N, 070'35',.59
W
then an arc with a 1250m radiuscentredat (3) 42"29',.21 N, 070'36',.50
W
to a point (4) 4229',.11 N, 070"37',.40
W
then a rhumblineto (5) 42"27'.25 N, 070"37',.03
W
then an arc with a 1250m radiuscentredat ( 6 ) 4 2 2 7 ' . 3 4N , 070'36',.12
W
then to point (1) 42"27',.44 N, 070"35'.22
W

IN THEVICINITYOF THEEXCEI-ERATE
NORTHEAST
GATEWAY
ENERCY
BRIDGE
DEEPWATER PORTIN THEATLANTICOCEAN
Note: See"Reportingsystemsfor protectionof endangeredNorth AtlanticRightWhalesin seaareasoff the
north-eastern
and south-eastern
coastsof the Unitedstates"in part C, sectionl.
(Referencecharts:UnitedStaies13009,2007edition;13200,2007edition; 13246,2006edition;
13267,2007 edition.
Note: Thesechartsare basedon North American1983datum,which is equivalentto World Ceodetic
.1984
System datum(WCS B4).)

Descriptionof the areato be avoided

An areaof approximately 2.86 nauticalsquaremilescontainedwithin an oval of radius1250metresvectored
from the two centrepositionsfor STL Buoys"N' and "B", respectively(an area to be avoidedfor all ships
exceptauthorizedships)is establishedin the areaboundedas follows:
Startingat (1) 42"24',.29 N, 070"35',.27
W
a rhumb lineto (2) 42"24',.59 N, 070"36',.76W
then an arc with a 1250m radiuscentredat (3) 4223',.94N, 070"37',.01W
to a point (4) 42"23',.29 N, 070"37',.25
W
then a rhumblineto (5) 42"22',.99 N, 070"35'.76W
then an arc with a 1250m radiuscentredat (6) 42'23'.64N, 070"35',.52
W
then to point (1) 42'24',.29N, 070"35',.27
W

t /2-1/3-1 (Adopted 2010/2008) S H I P SR

' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N
 { (SeeQescnptionof the repofting systemsfor protection
? g of endangered NofthAtlantic Right Whales
@ in sea areasoffthe north-easternend
south-eastemcoastsof the
Uni6d Statesin Part G, sectionl)

SalffiBay
t'
a
t

See Insert below Area to be avoided and mandatory

no anchoringareas"ln the vicinity
of the Neptunedeepwater port"
a ----- ff . il srr-euoy
! {
I .r 1.t

!f o'lr{srr-auoy
\.!.st

\ See Insertbelow Areato be avoidedand mandatorv

\ no anchoringareas"Excelerate
Btrxrdsoundl tti\"uf.Bi,ifi NortheastGatewayEnergyBridge
uou,o,
'*{;;; rp deepwaterport"

A I
t---
MassachuseftsBay €
!
\ 6 * @
.---t. €
c,4:{: --_-> .___}
/ Se desciption of the taffic separationscheme
{. .a -
-
u n" ip-""i i;-;;;;r, ,h paftB. sectiontx
Massacf,usens,r

(See desciption of Mandatory nosfitchoing areas

"ExcelerateNortheastGatewayEnergyBridge

A'
F t
Area to be {

i\ B ii.,br7^,
h
ts {
rwnidod
{
(Sedacriptionot ---;}$ v .<'
h,
."'-tt- ]
\ t.**.r""t
d' ' ' ) ,tt
1 ,-.
", ^a\tl ,rrS.- , t t-t
Madatoryro . I r+,,
anclotiEt arFf,F
-lntleYicinityofflle
*' ? I (6li\srl
Ytt' iro{Y
BuoY "S"
I T""i;::i,,
:!rea to be airoided (5)
^fepfiire eqwabr t*-**.^;'r t i
potf in Wt G, setion il)
I €

IN THEVICINITYOF THENEPTUNE DEEPWATERPORTIN THE

WESTERN NORTHATLANTICOCEAN
+ IN THEVICINITY OF THE EXCETERATE
NORTHEASTGATEWAYENERGYBRIDCE
DEEPWATER PORTIN THEATTANTICOCEAN

SHIPS'ROUTEINC2015EDITION (Adopted2010/2008) il/2-2/3-2

RECOMMENDATORY SEASONALAREATO BEAVOIDED"IN THE GREATSOUTH
CHANNEL",OFF THE EASTCOASTOF THE UNITEDSTATES
Note: See"Reportingsystemsfor protectionof endangeredNorth AtlanticRightWhalesin seaareasoff the
north-eastern coastsof the UnitedStates"in part C, sectionl.
and south-eastern
(Reference
charts:UnitedStates13009,2007edition;13200,2007edition.
Note: Thesechartsare basedon North American1983datum,which is equivalentto World CeodeticSystem
1984datum(WCS84,.,

Description of the area to be avoided

reduceshipstrikesof the highlyendangeredNorth AtlanticRightWhale,shipsof 300
ln orderto significantly
grosstonnageand above- during the period of April lst through f uly 31st- shouldavoidthe areabounded
by linesconnectingthe followinggeographical positions:
(1) 41"44',.14N, 069"34',.83 W (3) 41"24',.89 N, W
068'31',.00
(2) 42"10',.00N, 068'31',.00 W (4) 40'50',.47N, W
068"58',.67

IN THE REGION OF NANTUCKET SHOATS

Note: See"Reportingsystemsfor protectionof endangeredNorth AtlanticRightWhalesin seaareasoff the

north-eastern coastsof the UnitedStates"in part C, sectionl.
and south-eastern
(Reference chart:UnitedStates13009,1985edition.
Note: This chart is basedon North American1927qeodeticdatum.)

Description of the area to be avoided

Becauseof the great dangerof strandingand for reasonsof environmentalprotection,all ships carrying
cargoesof oil or hazardousmaterialsand all other shipsof more than 1000 grosstons shouldavoidthe area
boundedby a lineconnecting the iollowinggeographical positions:
(1) 41o16',.50
N, 070"12',.50W (4) 41'04',.50
N, W
069'.19',.00
(2) 40%3',.20N, 070'00'.50w (5) 41'23',.50N, 069'31',.50
W
(3) 40%4',.50N, 069'19',.00W (6) 41'23',.40N, 070'02',.80W

t /4-1/5-1 (Adopted2008/1981) S H I P SR
' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N
 €

\ (See desciption of the reporting systems for protection (2)

of endangered NorthAilantic Right Whales
in sea areas off the nofth-eastern and
south-easterncoasts of the
Unlted States in paft G, section l)

""""

. Seasonalarea to be avoided
t* "ln the GreatSouthChannel"
Monomoy Pt

b
r Nantucketlsland \i Zi
I
t \^^-t*
t* i^ tt '.
**
\^^ .t,
\"n
*r nrea to be avoided \
*t
r.rantucket I
k { \
h { \
!I Shoals I \

i +,----..
t
t
t
ts
Y

(r)b..-.r'rrrrIr4rrtt*'?a)
//

See part ll of description of

the traffie separation scheme
"Off New Yo*" in paft B, section IX

15 70" 30 690

RECOMMENDATORY
SEASONAT AREATO BEAVOIDED"IN THECREATSOUTHCHANNET
+ IN THEREGIONOF NANTUCKET SHOATS

SHIPS'ROUTEING2015 EDITION lAdopted 2008/1981) I/4-2/5-2

IN THE REGIONOF THE BERMUDAISLANDS
(Referencechart:BritishAdmiralty360, 1983edition.
Note: Thischart is basedon World CeodeticSystem1972 datum.)

Descriptionof the areato be avoided

Becauseof the greatdangerof strandingon the extensivereefsfringingBermudato the west,north and north-
eastof the islands,and for reasonsof environmentalprotection,all shipscarryingcargoesof oil or hazardous
materialsand all other shipsof more than 1000 grosstons,whetheror not bound for Bermudaports,should
avoidthe areaoutsidethe reefsboundedby linesconnectingthe followinggeographical positions:
(1) Cibb'sHill lighthouse (5) 32'39',.00
N, W
064"53',.00
(32'15',..10
N, 064'50',.00
W) (6) 32'39',.00
N, W
064'38',.00
(2) 32'08',.00
N, 064'53',.00
W (7) 32'32',.00
N, W
064'29',.00
(3) 32'12',.00
N, 065'10',.00
W (B) St.David'slighthouse
(4) 32"24',.00
N, W
065'10',.00 (32'21',.80
N, W)
064'39',.00

Note:
Marinersare warned to navigatewith extremecare in the approachesto the Bermudaislandsdue to the
extensiveand dangerous fringingreefs.The only safeapproachto the islandsis from the south-east,
preferably
in daylight.The outer navigational
aidsmay be unreliable.

(s)
'
(6)
PiTTTTTTTTiTTTTT
A )\
)\\
^

^
\I
I
I
\ 9 l ,rr
U
/
Area to be avoided 7
Y
t
Y

v
//

/
f
,
r
F BERMUDA /
I

t ISLANDS St David's
F
F B
L
A
F
F
F Hamilton
F lsland
t-
F
F

OFTHEBERMUDA
IN THEREGION ISTANDS

n/6 (Adopted 1985) S H I P SR

' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N
OFF THE FI-ORIDACOAST
(Referencecharts:UnitedStatesl.l45O,lggBedition;11460,1999edition;11462,199Bedition;11463
edition.
Note: Thesechartsare basedon North American 1983 datum.)

Descriptionof the areasto be avoided

In order to avoid riskof pollutionand damageto the environmentof thesesensitiveareas,all shipscarrying
cargoesof oil and hazardousmaterialsand all other shipsgreaterthan 50 metresin lengthshouldavoid the
followingareas:
(a) In the vicinity of the Florida Keys
The areaboundedby a line connectingthe followinggeographicalpositionsis designated
as an areato
be avoided:
(1) 25%5',.00 N, 080"06',.'t0
w (13) 24033'.60N, 081'26',.00
W
(2) 25"38',.70N, 080.02',.70
W (14) 24.38'.20N, 081'07',.00
w
(3) 25"22',.00N, 080.03',.00
W (15) 24"43'.20N, 080'53',.20
W
(4) 25'06',.38N, 080"10',.48
W (16) 24"46'.10N, 080%6'.15W
(5) 24"56',.37N, 080'19',.26
W (17) 24.51'.10N, 080'37',.10
W
(6) 24"37',90N, 080%7',.30
W (18) 24'57'.50N, 080'27',.50
w
(7) 24"29',.20N, 081.17',.30
W (19) 25"09'.90N, 080'16',.20
W
(B) 24"22',.3oN, O81"43',.17
W (20) 25"24'.00N, 080'09'.10
w
(9) 24'28',.00N, O81"43',.17
W (21125.3'l'.50N, 080'07'.00w
(10) 24"28',.70
N, 081%3',.50
W (22) 25.39'.70N, 080'06'.85W
(11) 24'29',.80
N, 081"43',.17
W (1) 25%5'.00 N, 080"06'.'10
w
(12) 24"33',.]0
N, 081.35',.15
W
(b) In the vicinityof KeyWestHarbour
Theareaboundedby a lineconnectingthefollowinggeographical positions
is designated
asan areato
be avoided:
(23) 24"27',.95
N, 081%8',.65W (27) 24"29',.35N, 081'53',.40
W
(24) 24"23',.00
N, 081.53'.50W (28) 24"29',.35N, 081"5O',.00
w
(25) 24"26',.60
N, 081.58'.50W (29) 24"27',.95N, 081%8',.65W
(26) 24"27',.75
N, 081.55'.70W
(c) Surroundingthe MarquesasKeys
The areaboundedby a line connectingthe followinggeographical
positionsis designated
as an areato
be avoided:
(3O) 24"26',.60
N, 0B1"59'.55W (37) 24"36',.15
N, OB'I'51'.ZB
W
(31) 24"23',.00
N, 082'03',.50
W (38) 24"34',.40N, 081'5O',.60
W
(32) 24'23',.00
N, OB2"27',.BOW (39) 24"33',.44N, 081"49',.73
W
(33) 24"34',.50
N, 082"37',.5OW (40) 24'31',.20N, 081'52',.10
W
(34) 24"43',.00
N, 082"26',.50w (41) 24"28',.70N, 081'56',.80
W
(35) 24"38'.31N, 08',1"54',.06
W (42) 24"26',.6oN, 081"59',.55
W
(36) 24"37',.9.1
N, 081.53'.40
W
(d) Surroundingthe Tortugaslslands
The areaboundedby a line connectingthe followinggeographicalpositionsis designated
as an areato
be avoided:
(43) 24"32',.00
N, 082.53',.50
W {48) 24"42',.80N, 082%3',.90
W
(44) 24"32',.00
N, 083.00'.05W (49) 24"39',.50N, 082%3',.90
W
(45) 24"39',.70
N, 083.00',.05
W (50) 24"35',.60N, o82"46',.40W
(46) 24"45',.6o
N, 082.54',.40
W (51) 24"32',.00N, 082'53',.50
W
(47) 24.45',.60
N, O82"47',.20W

khartlet overleaf)

SHIPS'ROUTEING2015 EDITION Amended 2002) I/7-1

 (o ro
(\l
cl

C\I ^' o
o
I
G
.,&
JE
i'9r
ET
e
: -SG '

>*
E* =4,
:E:
ffi reE
re
ffi reg a)
=ffi €ffi
ffi ffi
#
ffi #E

*\u
#EE
=EC5 reEt
=re=Fg t-.l:

ffi
ffi
+_ffi i€E#
ffi @

tre
ffi o
'^
gffiffi
o
# a€€ d

o Vt
ffi ffig -o

# I
ffi
p
€iz ..,,1i Qs (l)

$
b
o
;|'#;+-I- ,
i i f f i o s ^ ,i
o
&,

IIJ

E i'u;ih#-}"!
-:-
'-.------------------i i sq;ffiYe_i \€ $

%.i iE"fffisl o
(to

tr-€J iii l lli . iL--r-cr--3-{3-r

t'*g-i
@ F 1 ol
@

ll "

''.""'ffi r ^ - 1
ll ! l- J

":o'T"C\ \ .\

L il l a - rl
=LF'o-
-LFt"-
- J - v \$o ll i i *s o
n
b",ra,rrr3p" € . E v \ \
ll i s- { Y= .io o
q
r

6 ' 6 6 ' \\ ll iI ^ rfu e (r)

R.^OO o, $ ov,

tffiKt,)-
i f - ^ ^ .\ - i l i -t*T&".eE.$
tlt"-R
isr;lsrsr
ecY'\:€I
\ ll Y.s2vr. .S
.9
o) (5
o
i,
$

8F"":J^I;PAE ;ll i $
o
o
U)
o) \
$
.=
r

i
tt" .giru_q=Z
^& bca fi
F 9.Y/
. ^tj.. \tu

I s^1Ys
""s*lg t
') gl-i
./A =i""; o F
$

ssr4 t € U'
$
o O)
F .sg2<^ $
(!
S
.=
e
F
e)
@

r 9 'l- 6 '**rir'tt
F d-. ll |
-1. t- ll t
lrr-..r'
o

aa/7-2 (Amended 2002) SHIPS'ROUTEING

2015EDITION
 OIL PORT(IOOP) IN THEGULFOF MEXICO
AT TOUISIANAOFFSHORE
'11340, '1989
(Reference
charts:UnitedStates 19BBedition;j1358, edition.
Note: Thesechartsare basedon North American1927 geodeticdatum.)

Description
of a precautionary
areaandareasto be avoided
(a) Precautionaryarea
A precautionaryareais established
in the areaboundedas follows:
startingat (1) 2B'55',.38
N, 090"00'.62w
a rhumblineto (2) 28.53',.83
N, 090"04'.12W
then an arc with a 4465 m radiuscentredat (3) 28'53',.10
N, 090'01'.50w
to a point (4) 2B'5't',.13
N, 089'59',.92
W
then a rhumbIineto (5) 28%8',.60N, 089'55',.00
W
then a rhumblineto (6) 28"52',.O7
N, 089"52',.70W
then a rhumblineto (7) 28'54',.08
N, 089'56',.63
W
then a rhumblineto (B) 28'52',.35
N, 089"57',.78W
thena rhumblineto (9) 28'52',.85
N, 089"58',.77
W
then an arc with a 4465 m radiuscentredat (3) 28'53',.10
N, 090'01'.50w
to a point (1) 28'55',.38
N, 090'00'.62w
(b) Areas to be avoided
The followingareasto be avoidedby all shipsnot callingat the deepwaterport are established
within the
precautionaryarea:

an areato be avoidedboundedby a circle of radius600 m centredupon the followinggeographical

oosition:
(3) 28'53',..10
N, 090"01'.50
w
and six areasto be avoided,each bounded by a circle of radius500 m, centredupon the following
geographical positions:
(10) 28"54'.20N, 090"00'.62W (13) 28.5',1'.75N, OgO"Ol'.42W
(11) 28"53',.27
N, 08g"5g'.g8W (14) 28.52'.13N, 090'02'.55W
(12) 28"52',.25
N, 090'00'.32W . (15) 28.53'.12N, 090.03'.03W
Note: Ship movementin the port area is monitoredand supervisedby a PortVesselTrafficSupervisoron a
24-hourbasis.Any shipplanningto enterthisprecautionary
areais requestedto contactthe LOOP Deepwater
Port VesselTrafficSupervisoron channel10 VHF-FM and comply with his instructionswhile transitingthe
area.

(chartlet overleaf)

S H I P SR
' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N (Adopted 1979)
il/B-1
 w

{lo- o "o" \,r

r

Areasto be avoided
m radiusat platformpumping complex (PPC)

(2)
500 m radiusat single-point

/:"----

4465m radiusfrom PPC

'-d(u)
-
R('

AT TOUTSTANA OtL PORT(LOOP)

OFFSHORE

il/B-2 (Adopted 1979) SHIPS'

ROUTEING
2015EDITION
 AT ELPASOENERGY
BRIDGEDEEPWATER
PORTIN THEGUTFOF MEXICO
lRevokedl-
Note: see also "Mandalory.loanchoringareaat El Paso
EnergyBridgedeepwaterport in the culf of
Mexico"in partC, sectionll.
(Referencechart:UnitedStates11340,2003edition.
Note: Thischart is basedon North Americanj9B3 datum(WCS
B4).)
Descriptionof the areato be avoided
The areacontainedwithin a circleof radius2000 metres
centredon the followinggeographicalpositionis
designated
as an areato be avoided:
28"05'.27N, 093.03,.12W
The areashouldbe avoidedby shipsthat are not going
to carry out operationsat the Deep water port.

AT ELPASOENERCYBRIDGEDEEPWATER
PORTIN THE CUIF OF MEXICO

'
Dateof implementation
of revocationof areato be avoided:0000 hoursUTC on 1
lfecember2104.

S H I P SR
' O U T E I N G2 0 ] 5 E D I T I O N (Revoked2014)
I/9
 IN THE APPROACHES
TO THE PORTOF VERACRUZ
(Referencechart:UnitedStates28302,.1991 edition.
Note: Thischart is basedon World CeodeticSystem1984 datum(WCS B4).)

Description
of the areato be avoided
With the aim of protectingthe NationalMarine Parkfrom the riskof pollution,which may be causedby the
groundingof shipsin the area,given the magnitudeof the topographicalobstacleswhich make navigation
within the areahazardous,all shipsof more than 500 grosstonnageand shipsof lessthan 500 grosstonnage
transporting oil, chemical,toxic or nuclearwasteshouldavoidthe areaboundedby a line connectingthe
followinggeographical positions:
(24) 19.02',.20N, 095'58'.10W (on the coast)
(25) 19'02',.20N, 095%6',.60W
(B) 19"10',.90 N, 095%6',.60W
(7) 1g".l0'.90 N, 095'53',.43
W
(26) i9'05',.80N, 096"02',.04W
(27) 19"03',.40 N, 09602'.04 W (on the coast)

1s',

1rnsectlontx of partB) .fi - T r- r. - - -(g)?

^

nn'' to ]
(2e) -1:
-l

Areato be avoided 1
-1
J
J
-1
r r a r r -! r r -r -r -L _r r _i_d(25)
Z = Sacrificios lsland

O = Santiaguillolsland

96"

IN THE APPROACHES
TO THE PORTOF VERACRUZ

il/l0 (Adopted 1996) S H I P SR

' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N
 IN THEGULFOF MEXICO(PORTAND OIIFIETDS
IN THEGULFOF CAMPECHE)
AT THEPORTOF CAYOARCAS
Note: See"Recommendedtwo-way routesand precautionaryareasoff the port of Cayo Arcas, FSO
Ta'kuntahand FPSOYium K'ak' Nl.ab" in part E.
(Referencechart: Chart of the Bay of Campeche,S.M. 840, Ministry of the Navy (fourthedition,
October 2O1O).
Note: This chart is basedon World Ceodetic System1984 datum (WCS B4).)

Descriptionof the areato be avoided

The areato be avoidedby shipsnot involvedin oil-relatedactivitiesin the port of CayoArcasis boundedby
a line connectingthe followinggeographical
positions:
(5t1 20'08',.54 N, 092.00'.58W (54) 20"12',.65N, 091'59',.60
W
(52) 2OO8',.54 N, 091"56'.67W (55) 20'12',.65N, 092'00'.58W
(53) 20'10',.24
N, O91.56',.67
W

IN THEGULFOF CAMPECHE
Note: See "Recommendedtwo-way routes and precautionaryareas to the north-west of the port of lsla
del Carmen, Campeche" and "Recommendedtwo-way routesto the north-eastof the port of bos Bocas,
Tabasco"and "Recommendedtwo-way routes and precautionaryareas off the port oi Cayo Arcas, FSO
Ta'kuntahand FPSOYdum K'ak' N6.ab"in part E.
(Referencechart: Chart of the Bayof Campeche,S.M. 840, Ministryof the Navy (fourthedition,
October 2O1O).
Note: This chart is basedon World Ceodetic System1984 datum (WCS B4).)

Descriptionof the areato be avoided

The areato be avoidedby shipsnot involvedin oil-relatedactivitiesin the Culf of Campecheis boundedby
a line connectingthe followinggeographical
positions:
(22119"05',.35 N, O92"23',.46W (6t1 19o42',.2O N, 092.04',.00w
(56) 19'08',.00 N, O92.12'.BOW (62) 19"42',.20 N, 092.06'.20w
(51119"12',.09 N, 092.03'.40W (63) 19"37',.50N, 092"0d.20W
(58) 19"17',.50 N, 091.56'.40W (64) 19'37',.50N, 092.18',.65
W
(59) 19'30',.50 N, 091.56',.40
W (65) 19'16',.20 N, 092"23',.95W
(60) 19'36',.30 N, 092.04'.00W (23) 19"07',.09 N, 092"25'.02W

ATTHEREBOMBEO
OITFIELD
Note: See "Recommended two-way routes to the north-east of the port of Dos Bocas, Tabasco" and
"Recommendedtwo-way routesand precautionaryareasto the north-westof the port of lsla del Carmen,
Campeche"in part E.
(ReferencecharL Chart of the Bay of Campeche,S.M. 840, Ministryof the Navy (fourthedition,
October2010).
Note:Thischartis basedon WorldCeodeticSvstem1984datum (WCS B4r.r

Descriptionof the areato be avoided

The areato be avoidedby shipsnot involvedin oil-relatedactivitiesin the Rebombeooilfield is boundedby
a line connectingthe followinggeographical
positions:
(66) 18"56',80N, 092"43'.BOW (11) 1B'53',.09 N, 092.33'.27W
(67) 1B'51',.80 N, 092"37',.3OW (68) '18"58',.80 N, 092"37'.60W

SHIPS'ROUTEING2015 EDITION (Amended and adopted 2012) -1/12-1

t7,/1l /13-1
AT THEMAYOILFIEID
Note:See"Recommended two-wayroutesandprecautionary of the port of lsladel
areasto the north-west
Carmen,Campeche"in part E.
(Reference S.M.840,Ministryof the Navy(fourthedition,
chart Chartof the Bayof Campeche,
October2010). .1984
Note:Thischartis basedon WorldGeodeticSystem datum(WCSB4).)

Description 6f the area to be avoided

in the Mayoilfieldis boundedby a Iine
activities
Theareato be avoidedby shipsnot involvedin oil-related
positions:
connectingthe followinggeographical
(69) 18"42',.60N, 092"37'.1OW (71) 18"42',.50
N, O92"33',.7OW
(70) 18"41',.85
N, 092"34',.10w (72) 18o44',.00
N, W
092'36',.10

tN THEIOADINGBUOYAREAlN THEPORTOF DOSBOCAS,TABASCO

Note: See"Recommendedtwo-way routesto the north-eastof the port of Dos Bocas,Tabasco"in part E'
(Referencechart: Chart of the Bay of Campeche,S.M. B4O,Ministry of the Navy (fourthedition,
October20.10).
Note: This chart is basedon World Ceodetic System1984 datum (WCS B4).) , :

Descriptionof the areato be avoided

The area to be avoided by ships not involved in crude oil loading and loading operationsfor exportation
in the loadingbuoy ur"u in the port of Dos Bocas,Tabasco,is boundedby a line connectingthe following
positions:
geographical
(73) 18"36',.50
N, W
093"12',.'10 (75) 1B'38',.70
N, W
093'08',.70
(74) 18"36',.50
N, W
093"08',.70 (76) 18"38',.70
N, W
093'12',.10

-EDITION
(Amended and adoqted 2004) 2015
SHIPS'ROUTEING
I/14-1115-1
 avoiJed
otCayoAcas"

),;-
Recommended two-way routes routes

i i | /'t,",
r\t -+^-!-/---.r-r
l"\::rerf'-te'r---'
r*rFl---Tu-f&po
I lao, x--/
i r
l
f
t t
'e(ss)
l 1
t -

(22) ,r,tr,/
.z' \. \,
Ilecommerded . Area to be avoided ,.' .r' X', i i
two-wavroutes\\ rrr)r,
..*.nur,..r.
,,,:r_i__::::#:i::_.\.,,.t
\ \
*"""#;;;gl

I -... \
| ......" /------:::::--\.\r\
------*------r'.Al
| ..i.*---- - - - ; J - - -----------^'2
..\:-,---

IN THEGUIFOF MEXICO(PORTAND OII-FIEI-DS

IN THEGULFOF CAMPECHE)

SHIPS'ROUTEING
2015EDITION (Amended and adopted 2012)
ll / 11-2/ 12-2/ 13-2/ 14-2/ 15-2
 EEA;
5
,i
EE
Ee
b;
F !{7:
I
€
E

(t

5 g - - - - - - - - ' " i z -F:

€ s f *b U
rw .u-#
a:)
lr)
o.
-"""-;:;i;
,''.___------ -------'..:::'ir'i #l-ffi fK
ffi
:d
v\

^.^l-c
.;." ,..-" r''it
i.^ii_"l
wffiffi
,ffi
"&1fl
ilt'i Ii:ffiffii f,ld
j!; (+ii: $h*tr.s;
iiiii ffi
\.^
o
'"^^E tlJ
c ;xEi

^ t : _,-i iiil
x ffi# ffi
o
o ...'t'!tn.."' i$ff1
o
tr:
.[:
n .'i
'...-"'F tui _hiiiiffi
{ r ; ; , E $ i i ffi
O +
a s
. r =
#,fr u
i ffii f f i
! / a
O d r

o -
z
<:-
r .g$gi i t i
\\ s S ;E ;E Hiii ,i' ii i i fk tf,ffi
H,r*H
_r;#
r i* W
tu

;"-tt-T
z
rr)
@
-*.o.
--*---...*."''I.
EiE€ hi teii bffi ffi #;{ ll}i-{

d'.....)ro.EEFa i*i Fli

'.','1,l..i\.... i %ffi
ffi-:srl
,#_18
sffi*
z
(t)

iij = "'i i^ \ffi#JA

tu#fr
tu'

" ' '.. iQg.=\k;

. . "'.",'...-.:
' .i. i L?!..il

i i ,rtp-ge t; :{gj-t
ir ilti$r,
E;)."'' IFtffi
i i I EE I
=\
"E
,,"'..
\ ,".."*.. i i
'\:.i '. i i
tc €Eg-i" ".,.:,,\
*3 q
ffi z
Iu
o E

E
\
'i..
i i \ | :

;$E ".., i o 3
o -
UJ

EigaE'"'\fi'...
E ; E e f : ^ ............
\ '. *ts
g

c m
6
t+J

$gfrE$
7 l
6 Y F X

' E Fe F }
I
E- F "..^i\,.
'\i\
5i,. #E
!lo i u ^

I
E \\
'.. X
UJ
I

gAa*g i"". f
i E + ?i - - i
Ei e€-t'*^
|lJ

ta/ 11-3/ 12-3/ 13-3/ 14-3/ 15-3 (Amended and adopted 2012) 2015EDITION
ROUTEING
SHIPS'
 5 g.
e . dE
ft
eEe
i6n .e
is
6N
€ ;EE E"o iEs- t r (t,
B9 €;b e;$ ee I
E8 Egi is<
i;
ed
;;g ?
. . v j Eg
iEF
€gE
.,-iF; i.
i P2 E
; E ^ g F A 6
; I
*3 E U i-- r i EqP .-" i---t f
."-e
ii l l + 1i 1 E
' E#:.-'
e'.:.j
i
i
i| /
, / E=
4^^
E---'^I iiilii 'i P
I
--';t"k-"' ittli/ g &
rS^.^..L T ..,' ::t. i+'i/ d
i"' j . / " ' i/i
e e I tu
:i/=jP.'.'."9r'
.Qs,,1oklr,:_'_'_______._ o
c

^f,o<oi..9i' .;i l€EEbk

I - iS
,,'' i)i-- e-"-------;;l;
^"-i"L: ^ ..' ,
'i irs
\u El x,q
o
o
I

\ i
" " o ? d ] * " |' ! i f l O g g e
, , $*gj \ I
: o
^v \ r -to.. -.; -. a
'x
- "F : gg;B-',t+,,1
; .4,
u"up"ouy7';i";p'
q"s-":?' iliii$gf
iiitr b \i,r,'r," iF
Iu

.:/ iir
7' .,.' i i :d
i tE''E
E o; 9 c
<-
,i--:----_____1__ ' \ \
-----\-;\
i
,, .i:::::, ,.11--------------+:;; i l
l - - - - :::!'-- - i-: i - - - - - - - - - - - - - -,-j-j-j:::
- - - - - - - - - _______:Sll i.
\ ;--***'
EE ; ;g r o
{4{{{{{44{{{{{4{4{{ Iu

*i s ei \ z
E
E;
f E
F
:s
tE
I;
9
FE.
E e oE EE.
E e *H
Fb 5t
8g *. $
=E =
= 3
r
f l
s #
8 3
E E
; s
F ' #

SHIPS'ROUTEING2015 EDITION (Amended and adopted 2012) ll/11-4/ 12-4/'t3-4/ 14 -4/ 15-4
 ROUTESTO THE PORTSOF MATANZASAND CARDENAS
IN THE ACCESS
(Referencechart:ICH 11425,1998 edition.
Note: Thischart is basedon North American1927datum).

Descriptionof the areato be avoided

The areadescribedbelow shouldbe avoidedby all shipsover 150grosstonnage,for reasonsof conservation
natureand beautifulscenery.
of uniquebiodiversity,

The area to be avoided lies within the coastlineof the provinceof Matanzasand a line connectingthe
following geograph
ical points:
(1) 23'05'.60N, 081'28'.50W PuntaMaya lighthouse
(2) 23'10',.60N, W
081"28',.50
(3) 23'19',.50N, W
08-l"11',.50
(4) 23"14'.60N, 081'07'.20W CayoPiedras del Norte
(5) 23'11'.50N, 081"07'.20W PuntaLasMorlas

ROUTESTO THE PORTSOF MATANZASAND CARDENAS

IN THEACCESS

il116 (Adopted 2000) S H I P SR

' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N
 BYSHIPSOF 3OOGROSS
TONNAGEOR OVERASASSOCIATED
PROTECTIVE
MEASURE(APM)FORSABABANKPSSA
Note: See"Mandatoryno anchoringareafor all shipsas associated
protectivemeasure(APM)for SabaBank
PSSI('in part C, sectionll.
(Referencechart:Netherlands 2020, November2OO7edition.
Note: Thischart is basedon World CeodeticSystem'1984datum(WCS B4).)

Descriptionof the areato be avoided

An area to be avoidedby shipsof 300 grosstonnageand over is establishedin the area designatedas a
Particularly
SensitiveSeaArea and boundedby a Iine connectingthe followinggeographicalpositions:
(1) 17"27',.06N, W
063"56',.14 (B) 17o30'.BB N, 063.10'.92W
(2) 17'29',.00N, W
063.55',.09 (g) 17.23'.80N, 063"11'.25W
(3) 17"27',.94
N, 063"43'.32W (101 17"16'.27N, 053.15'.85W
(4) 17.38',.03
N, 063'27'.41W (11) 17"13'.44 N, 063.26'.89W
(5) 17%3',.35N, 063"32',.74w (12) ',t7'10'.55
N, 063%1'.81W
(6) 17%5',.98N, 063"29',.98W (13) 17.20'.85N, 063%9'.89W
(7) 17"40',.34
N, 063.21'.10 W

^fI -
SaintMarlin
€J^]
SintMaarten\ril

(6)
(od.."".g1
Ff+l '., O saba
a t \
, \
(?) (31."^ 'e(8)
{' 1' ) 'dx* - - - , < i d {
A r e at o b e a v o i d e d 1,^,
t*
,"\o,,
(131"'* /
*', -- -(t o;
,* -
-
..^ln- - - - 1 1 1 1
(12)"

BYSHIPSOF 300 GROSS

TONNAGEOR OVERASASSOCTATED
PROTECTTVE (ApM)
MEASURE
FORSABABANKPSSA

S H I P SR
' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N (Adopted 2012) n/17
 MARINENATIONATMONUMENTPARTICULARLY
IN THEPAPAFRNAUMoKUATTR
SENSITIVE
SEAAREA
Marine National Monument PSSA"
Notq See mandatoryship reportingsystem"ln the Papahanaumokuakea
in part C, sectionI.
charts:UnitedStates19016,2007edition;19019,2007edition;19022,2007edition.
(Reference
Note Thesechartsare basedon World Ceodetic System1984 datum (WCS 84) and astronomicdatum.)

Descriptionof the areasto be avoided

Given the magnitudeof obstaclesthat make navigationin these areas hazardous,and in order to increase
maritime safety,protection of the environment, preservationof cultural resourcesand areas of cultural
importance significantto Native Hawaiians,and facilitate the ability to respond to developing maritime
emergencies in the Papahanaumokuakea Marine NationalMonument,all shipssolelyin transitshouldavoid
the following areas:

1 Those areas contained within a circle of radius of 50 nautical miles centred upon the following
geographicalpositions:
(1) 28"25',.18 N, 178"19'.75W (KureAtoll)
(2) 28'14',.20N, 177"22'."lOW (MidwayAtoll)
(3) 27"5o',.62 N, 175"50'.53W (Pearland HermesAtoll)
(4) 26"03',.82N, 173"58'.00W (Lisianski lsland)
(5) 25"46',.18N, 171"43'.95W (Laysanlsland)
(6) 25"25',.45N, 170"35'.32W (Maro Reef)
(7) 25"19',.50 N, 170'00'.BBW (betweenMaro Reefand RaitaBank)
(B) 25'00',.00N, 167"59'.92W (CardnerPinnacles)
(9) 23"45',.52N, rce14'.62W (FrenchFrigateShoals)
(1O) 23"34',.60N, 164"42'.O2W (Neckerlsland)
'161"55'.32 (Nihoalsland)
(11) 23"03',.38N, W

The areascontainedbetween the following geographicalpositions:

Beginco-ordinates Endco-ordinates
Area 1 Lisianskilsland(N) > Laysanlsland 26"53',.22N, 173%9',.64
W W
N, 121"35',.60
26"35',.58
Lisianskilsland(S)> Laysanlsland 25"14'.42N. 174'06',.36W 24"57',.63 W
N, 171'57',.07
Area2 GardnerPinnacles(N) > French N, 167'25',.3'l
25"38',.9O W 24"24',.80 W
N. 165%0',.89
FrigateShoals
GardnerPinnacles(S)> French N, 168"22',.]3
24"14',.27 W W
N, 166%7',.8'l
23"O5',.84
FrigateShoals

il/18-1 (Amended 2007) SHIPS' 2015EDITION

ROUTEING
 f
( u o
5
.,*_.i\ z
ao I'J
I
t
t
E
20
E{;) $lI tI
t -6t Iu
t**--rtt
/

EI
u,
tlJ

,'-*--"t
\ E
i' \ *6 E ,",
ii' =
.l
{
(t)
ztu
z- f
I
(tt

ri' -
E \\
.g).^
t f r lI f
- o

/1"
..- E o'6
o;
Ru' t
t I

o >
t > =
\ o
_o :/ t
I dtr z
I cO gJ
t
t
f
/
t**'-"
z
l r7'-'-'"tr
/i E$:. i z
I/ 'n: frpE
"",8Pi,
,'/
E
z
li *'fi\lo
tu
z

l! ! i/d
't
r
E
-g
a
tl
tl
=
ttt
:4
'<
t i l l
it tF ' u :l :z
o
t l
ilii tl
t**l-
-r"/
/"'- z
'<
ltPo
/ r 6 9= .l

/ i EEi' i
/ r L*
A-
v l
s
*
I.i ., IIJ
l,' S i I
r /

lt €e'.r
'
I
\l
a
,'I E
t l =

r l
I $8".9r l
;/
\-* --,)

SHIPS'ROUTEING2015 EDITION (Amended 2007) il/18-2

 IN THEREGIONOF THEALEUTIANISTANDARCHIPETAGO-
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(Reference charts:UnitedStates16011 ,2012 edition;UnitedStates16012,2005edition.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Note: Thesechartsare basedon North American1983 Datum (NAD B3),which is equivalentto World
----------------------------------------------------------------
Ceodetic System19B4datum (WCS B4).)'

------------------------------------------------------------------
Descriptionof the areasto be avoided
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
In orderto reducethe riskof a marinecasualtyand resultingpollutionand damageto the environment"ln the
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Region of the AleutianlslandArchipelago", all ships400 grosstonnageand upwardssolelyin transitshould
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
avoid the areasto be avoidedbounded by linesconnectingthe following geographicalpositions:

-------------------------------------
Eastarea to be avoided
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
An areato be avoidedis established and boundedby a line connectingthe followinggeographical positions:
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(1) 54'07',.94N, 162"19',.48w (7) 56"19',.83 N, 161"04',.29w
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(2) 54"22',.14 N, 164"59',.57 W (B) 56o04',.91 N, 16O"29',.O4W
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(3) 54%3',.5'lN, 165"O9',.77 W (9) 55%0',.94N, 159'32',.43W
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(4) 54'59',.45N, 165"14',.74W (10) 55"22',.58 N, 158%9',.',19 W
(5) (11) 54%1',.38 ',t58'31',.66
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
55%3',.20 N, 163"38',.05 W N, W
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(6) 56'08',.30N, 162"22',.14W (12) 54'21',.99N, 159"1,|',.54 W
-----------------------------------
thence back to point ('l).

-----------------------------------------------
Unalaska area to be avoided
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
An areato be avoided is establishedand bounded by a line connectingthe followinggeographical positions:
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(13) 51'41',.19 N, 17o"52',.93 W (19) 54'21',.96N, 165"43',.77 W
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(14) 51'53',.22N, 171"32',.60W (20) 54'11',.]5N, 163"41',.63W
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(15) 52%1',.95 N, 171.50',.08 W (21) 53'40',.84N, 163.41',.67 W
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(16) 53"17',.64 N, 171"50',.31 W (22) 53"24',.39N, 164"07',.37W
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(121 54"09',.49N, 169"23',.53 W (23) 52"46',.62 N, 165'56',.33W
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(18) 54"17',.62 N, 168"11',.32W (2+1 51'57',.40N, 168'57',.60 W
------------------------------------
thence back to point (13).

--------------------------------------
Atka area to be avoided
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
An areato be avoided is establishedand bounded by a line connectingthe followinggeographical positions:
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(25) 50"38',.55 N, 180'00',.00W (30) 52%1',.07N, 171"56',.15 W
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(26) 5',1'11'.83 N, 179"50',.46W (31) 51o37',.86 N, 171"34',.53 W
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(27) 52"39',.35N, 178"39',.78W (32) 51o15',.27 N, 172"36',.4OW
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(28) 53"',13',.',18 N, 173'49',.18W (33) 50'21',.63N, 179"24',.20W
-----------------------------------------------------
(29) 53"O2',.71 N, 172'51',;l6w

----------------------------------------
thence back to point (25).

------------------------------------------------
Amchitka area to be avoided
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
An areato be avoided is establishedand bounded by a line connectingthe followinggeographical positions:
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(34) 51"51',.50 N, 174"47',.54E (39) 52o36',.3',1 N, 179"22',.O9W
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(35) 52'15',.54N, 174"53',.24E (4O) 51'32',.27 N, 179.41',.19W
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(36) 52'46',.63N, 176"15',.15 E (41) 50'33',.65N, 179"33',.12 E
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(37) 52"57',.86N, 177"37',.91 E (42) 50%4',.11N, 178"10',.33 E
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(38) 52"48',.39N, 180.00',.00 (43) 51'21',.00 N, 175"59',.57 E
--------------------------------------
thencebackto point (34).
DATA FOR NEW AREA TO BE AVOIDED SEE AT THE NOVEMBER 2015 ADDENDUM
(SEE AT THE BEGINNING OF BOOK, AFTER CONTENTS).

-
Date of implementationof new areasto be avoided:0000 hours UTC on 1 January2O'16,

,l/19-1 (Adopted20ls) SHIPS'ROUTEING2015 EDITION

 West area to be avoided
An areato be avoidedis established
and boundedby a lineconnectingthefollowinggeographical
(44) 53"40'.90N, .171"50'.53
E (50) 52.08'.23N, 174"21'.75
E
(45) 53"49',.20
N,172"29'.47E (5t; 51"40',.59
N,172"45'.27E
. (46) 53"47',.85 N, 173"25'.48E (52) 52"2o',.90
N, 171"29'.34
E
(47) 53"24'.41N,174"54'.79E (53) 52"40',.53
N, 171.'10'.34
E
(48) 53"07'.49N, 175"18'.74E (54) 53'00',.92
N, 171'06'.20
E
(49) 52"19',.54
N, 174"51'.62E (55) 53"23',.69
N,171"19'.71E
thence back to point (44).

(chartlet overleaf)

SHIPS'ROUTEING
2015EDITION (Adopted 2015)
I/19-2
 c
.g :€-"iEs
o

e", '
r'*-*i
h
k

%*
oQ
Y

I st .i
(io o^ St
o
)|
, t V 4 - r O l

/'n.G}lYl
/ a - 6 -aTS.-E
r'rt 6o
i( a:
rt( o
u
J
(g

.E -E b-
c "*
o gi. jj A
k eSSP
($
l = ; gq=
J
ul
a
" r^
E S I BgE
*
v
F
(
o
b
t g.i'%_ffs
- \. =
(J
= P
I E% %'. bs'
g g )
9f."_:s"
s"-* r.\
6
b.
P
\ t* Z e 4a- z
', tl. g fu J

-'".F8+14,,, 2
= j€e '\8 ^ so z
o
;,b's I {- ()
o 3
t Ei o F

s r- $ , E i
^o
fio IJJ
,J

i * 8 1 *r: {
c
t llJ
'r

1;'k'\
o
z
F
IJ.
o
(u ^t
.v' z
o
8 o . . " ,' ^,-r c ' i a I()
,,I';;i*,v;
U)
O) Oo***. ^lU
EJ
c0
Q)
e
LU
?
F^ I
F
,l "Ee f . e r E e s d z
seE!.1
Es;/
...t t
Ot &
90
^@' " ** $ s.'
'^
I '-g r -Y

SJ' 'f""'8
r
i Pr J 'og9.r^
6 e
t; ^ 9

;3sg$E.
11
oV,
j'a ; Efi,'
s.q"
s $
!i,",s
Es8

(Adopted 2Ot5) 2O15EDITION

SHIPS'ROUTEING
fi/19-3
OFFTHEWASHINGTONCOAST
(Referencechafts: United States1BOO3,20A6edition, '18500,2O0Bedition, and 18480,2006 edition.
Note: Thesechartsare basedon North Anrerican1983 datum, which is eQuivalentto WCS 1984 datum)

Descriptionof the areato be avoided

ln order to reducethe risk of a marinecasualtyand resultingpollution and damageto the environmentof the
Olympic Coast NationalMarine Sanctuary,all shipsand bar$es*that cany oil or hazardousmaterialsin bulk
as cargo or cargo residueand all ships400 grosstonnageand above solely in transitshould avoid the area
bounded by a line connectingthe following geographicalpositions:
. (1) 49"23',.30N, "124"38'.2OW (5) 48"2.4'.67 N, 124"55'.71W
(2) 48"24'.-17 l'[, 124"38'.2OW (6) 47"51'.70N, 125.15'.50W
(3) 48"26',.15N, "124"44',.65W (7) 47"07'.70N, 124"47'.5OW
(4) 48"26',.15N, 124"52',.8OW (B) 47"07'.70N, 124.11'.00W

€A%
,91:^!^'*;-'"ti
-

{
in,F

^i
l
I

l
r
.

d
'ux
\

t
N
w
iffi
ffi
t-
I
t *
t - l
l l
..
' ft

(o t*
i
k
Y
r
Area to be avoided
r
u
Y
Y
t
Y Destructionl.t
y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
' Y
Y
t
Y
Y 20'
k
Y
t
k
Y
Y
Y
o! I + J ! + + ! r + + + I r !
(7\ (8)

n' 10' 1%" 50' 40' 30, 20, 10. 124. 50, 40'

OFFTHEWASHINGTONCOAST
-
This ATBA does noaapply to any warship,naval auxiliary,barge(whethertowed by a Covernmentor commercialtug),or other ship
owned or operatedby a ContractingGovernmentand used,for the time being, only on Covernment non-commercialservice.

.EDITION
SHIPS'ROTJTEI$IG'2OTs (Anended2Ot2)
OFFTHE CATIFORNIACOAST
(Reference chart:UnitedStates18720,1990edition.
Note: This chart is basedon North American 1983 datum.)

Descriptionof the areasto be avoided

In order to avoid risk of pollutionin the areadesignatedas the ChannelIslandsNationalMarine Sanctuary,
all ships,exceptthosebound to and from ports on one of the islandswithin the area,engagedin the trade
of carryingcargo,includingbut not Iimitedto tankersand other bulk carriersand barges,shouldavoid the
followingareas:
(a) In the region of San Miguel, SantaRosa,SantaCruz and Anacapa lslands
off the coast of southern California

The area boundedby a line connectingthe followinggeographicalpositionsis designatedas an areato be

avoided:
(1) 33"58',.70
N, W
1.19"12',.80 (5) 34"10',.40
N, 120'39',.50
W
(2) 33"54',.00
N, W
1.19"17',.00 (6) 34o14',.00
N, 120'31',.30
W
(3) 33%6',.30N, 120"07',.80W (7) 34"10',.00
N, 119"56',.40
W
(4) N,
33"59',.00 120'39',.50
W (B) 34"01',.40
N, W
119'18',.60
(b) In the region of Santa Barbara lsland off the coast of southern California

The area containedwithin a circle of radius7.5 nauticalmiles centred upon the following geographical
position is designatedas an area to be avoided:
(9) 33"28',.60
N, 1'19"02',.20W
- -
- r -tE=:.]
_--- _ \ - - fw f€tfic sepffition scheme "ln the Smta Barban Channel"

. * * * * * * *- * * * * * * " a ,rrLnu.nnunn4)

t r t t t L t t t t t t t t t t

,"tt---tat,
^
Area to be
avoided

OFFTHECALIFORNIA
COAST

I/21 (Adopted 1991;chartlet updated 2013) SHIPS'

ROUTEING
2015EDITION
IN THEAPPROACHES
TO SALINACRUZ
(Reference chart:UnitedStates21441,1986edition.
Note: This chart is basedon the World Ceodetic System1972 datum.)

Descriptionof a precautionaryareaand areasto be avoided

(a) Precautionaryarea
A precautionary by an arc of a circleof 4 milesradiuscentredon the lighthouseof Salina
areais established
Cruz,Oaxaca,Mexico,at geographical position:
(22) 16'09',.70N, O95"12',.24W
position:
startingat the coastlineat geographical
(17) 16"07',.85N, 095'15',.90W
as far as geographical
position:
(13) 16"05',.75
N, 095"12'.73W
continuingin a straightline as far as geographicalposition:
(16) 16'05',.75 N, 095'10',.00W
and from geographicalposition(16)in a straightline as far as the coastlineat geographical
position:
(18) 16'09',.95N, 095'1o',.ooW

(b) Areas to be avoided

ThefollowinBareasto be avoidedby shipsthatarenot goingto carryout operationsat the single-point
moorings
and the oil terminalat the port of SalinaCruz,Oaxaca,Mexico,areestablished
within the precautionaryarea:
Threecircularareasto be avoided,each boundedby a circleof 400 metresradius,centredrespectively
on the followinggeographical
positions:
(19) 16'08',.63N, 095'12',.94W
(20) 16"08',.41
N, 095'13',.75W
Q1\ 16'07',..1.1
N. W
095'',13',.28

Note:
Shipmovementin the port areais monitoredand supervisedby a PortVesselTrafficSupervisor on a 24-hour
basis.Any ship planningto enterthis precautionaryarea is requestedto contactthe SalinaCruz PortVessel
TrafficSupervisoron channel6 VHF and follow his advicewhile transitingthe areas.

IN THE APPROACHES
TO SATINACRUZ

S H I P SR
' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N (Adopted 1994)
 Sectionlll

Otherareasto be avoided

Somesmall areasto be avoided,at the junction of traffic lanesof traffic separationschemesand to which no
specifiedconditionsof tonnageof vesselsorof the cargoesthat are carried apply, are not included in part D.
They are describedin the definitionsof thesetraffic separationschemes:
Straitof Istanbul- south approachand Seaof Marmara(seesection lll of part B)
SingaporeStrait(Off StJohn'slsland/PulauSambu)(seesectionV of part B)
Approachesto PuertoCallao (seesectionVlll of part B)
(seesectionVlll of part B)
'and In the approachesto PuertoPisco
of this deep-waterroute:
ln the approachesto JazanEconomicCity Port (seesection lll of part C)

caution: The chartletsare for illustrativepurposesonly and must not be usedfor

navigation.Marinersshouldconsultthe appropriatenauticalpublicationsand charts
for up-to-datedetailson aids to navigationand other relevantinformation.

Warning:The geographical positionsgiven in the descriptions

of the areas
to be avoidedare only correct for chartsusingthe samegeodeticdatum as
the referencechartsindicatedundereach description.Chartspublishedby
other hydrographicoffices may use a differentgeodeticdatum, as may new
editionsof the referencechartspublishedafter the adoption of the areas.

SHIPS'ROUTEING2015 EDITION llt

 o

o
@

- o N\
x g,

o
iP nY
^ i i
R
g J6
9 ;
; ^' -=
c
Y

h
:
-

:
r
O
c
E
h" o
+

o
N
= h c o i x h o N
(!
;E 8.96- c-:p I F d ) c
ftN E EF
q : o _ > y9 '= 69=
o - - = - r y
6* & € * E - 9 5 p 1 8 ! EtD o
o
E2= P9o*:l -j 2E Y C I o: R
e t ; u J p= H
c_
' t b : !"2 o
X !Y c J
tEE
!2 O u;ts '=-
E 5 $ : f; i,$F E E F E i ' !
o:-** oro:loo.9
o
@
c! O X O O O !'?!c (Yssk - @
^ ( E
= 6 = 6 = = = - = c c c c 5
o z c > c c c o o o o o o c 5 8 ut
o
@
<o x co or o; oi c.i + rb (brrd ot
r r r N N C ! C \ N N N C { N N t i l - l
o- ^\ t :r \-rL)
\./
o
+
I (0 I

s
I I
I * I o
ol
I I
!
.:,la'l.
,:i:,r:ii: :ir,:l
o

p
I
@
N
.t
N
o
N

o c I
o
+
tIl (!
o I
^ =
(!
o
=
a
o
o
(o
1u.r : C
.c
c b
.(E
im . 4 (
O O
g
(I
o !
(E

E
" ' .=R 'd o a a o
tF ! O = .c
4," = o CO
e > = P!
{< = ^ l v
=-' c c
(g
6 I
. ,I.JJ
8 a .Arr-c c O
a
o (d -@ o
,;;x
d 9 - ' d

v-Yi= Y =
c > = .st Yu- =g) o
;u(!
tr ". e, ;1 :1o i :b: '
{i cu QY
O E a
I.JJ
! c ) F'9< (! b 6 e
= . = F - - . ^

- x
@ ; d \ o
, S En i i ",eg
I - L : : r v o a ) , f = E :,; " (xO ^ O t s J F
o
ol
F< H06 o o o '>i or
- r
o
-

xtJl o ll
oz
o o
o X'+
(d g O
o o c
o o EEE
o
a z H E d 59
o0)
>.=

o o = o
o
$

o - - - -= z< c - - -.4 -
z Ai
c o
@
lr) (O N
r Ct $ @ O) Or NCO$ to
c) '. o
I c o-
(s (d

o
o
F
F
'o (! 'o o
f 6
t.u c
F

(Amended2015) S H I P SR
' O U T E I N C2 0 1 5E D I T I O N
IN THE SOUTHERNBATTICSEASOUTH OF THE ISLANDOF GOTLAND
(Referencechart:SwedishB, 2001 edition.
Note: This chart is basedon World Ceodetic System1984 datum (WCS B4).)

Descriptionof the areasto be avoided

(a) Hoburgs Bank
as an areato
The areaboundedby a line connectingthe followinggeographicalpositionsis designated
be avoided:
(1) 56"49',.52N, E
018"38',.77 (4) 56"22',.77N, 018'08',.43E
(2) 56%0',.23 N, 018%5',.08E (5) 56'34',.96N, 018'06',.20E
(3) 56'24',.06N, E
018'36',.20

Hoburg
/ /
/ /
/ /
/ /
/ /
/ /

/ "Deep-waterroute
Hoburgs ./ _/ Off cofland tstand)"
,/ -DW
"
I
,/ gee pan C, sectiont)
/
Bank / /
/
(5)9 /
Area to be avoided
/
/ /
/ /
/ /
/ /
/ /
/ /
/ /
, . , , , . , , , d ( si ) / i
(4)"'
/- ./ .)^ { , / i '
./'/_ [ /
, t /

." /.t'

TSs "south Hoburgs Bank"

,/t
DW (see Paft B' section l)

...'

30' 40' 50' 18' 10' zo' 30' 40' 50' 19" 10' 20' 30'

lN THESOUTHERN
BALTIC BANK
SEASOUTHOF THEISLANDOF GOTLAND:HOBURGS

SHIPS'ROUTEING2015 EDITION (Adopted 2005; chartlet updated 2010) |[t/1-1/2-1

(b) NorraMidsjtibanken
The area bounded by a line connectingthe following geographicalpositionsis designatedas an areato
be avoided:
(1) 56"07',.87N, E
O17"38',.41 (3) 56'10',.10
N, O17"13',.68E
(2) 56"021.17 N, E
017"13'.17 (4) 56o15',.02
N, E
O17"25',.61

Note: All vesselswith a grosstonnageof 500 or more should avoid the areas.

(4)
.o^

Ohnds Sodra udde

Area to be
(3)Y avoided
Nona Midsiobanken p tf t
,

(21"'
a
//
----t Dw

rsran"
,rrGotrand
-----r:;;;*"nn*nu,,
6*"oeotf'$#li'J;*') (see Part B, section I)

IN THESOUTHERN SEASOUTHOF THEISLANDOF GOTLAND:NORRAMIDSIOBANKEN

BALTIC

ut/1-2/2-2 (Adopted ZOOS;chartlet updated 2010) 2015EDITION

SHIPS'ROUTEING
IN THENORTHADRIATIC
SEA
Note: Seemandatoryship reportingsystem"ln the Adriatic Sea" in part C, section l.
(Referencecharts:ltalian Navy HydrographicalInstitute435, 1993edition (ED 50 datum);
'1998
Hydrographicallnstituteof the Republicof Croatia101, edition (Hermannskogeldatum,
Besselellipsoid).
Note: The co-ordinateslistedbelow are in World Ceodetic System1984 datum (WCS B4).)

Northernpart
Descriptionof the areato be avoided
ln order to avoid the risk of pollutiondue to damageof oil rigs,oil and gas pipelinesin this area,the area
describedbelow should be avoidedby shipsof more than 200 grosstonnage.

positions:
The areato be avoidedis boundedby a line connectingthe followinggeographical
(1) 44"12',.80N, 013"37',.50 E (6) 44'52',.00N, O13"17',I7E
(2) 44"17',.0oN, O13"43',.77 E (7) 44'52',.00N, O13"O5',.77E
(3) 44'25',.30N, 013"37'.47 E (B) 44o37'.70N, O13"O7',.90E
(4) 44o34',.50N, O13"25',.47 E (9) 44'23',.00N, E
013"14',.30
(5) 44%1',.90
N, E
O13"24',,97

Southernpart
Descriptionof the areato be avoided
In order to avoid the risk of pollutiondue to damageof oil rigs,oil and gas pipelinesin this area,the area
describedbelow should be avoidedby shipsof more than 200 grosstonnage.

The areato be avoidedis boundedby a line connectingthe followinggeographical

positions:
(1) 43'58',.40N, O13"52',.7O E (3) 44'09',.00N, 013%0',.50 E
(2) 44'01',.40N, 013"56',.80 E (4) 44o06',.60N, 013"37',9oE
khartlet overleaf)

SHIPS'ROUTEING2015 EDITION (Adopted2004,amended2006;adopted2006) |[t/3-1

 \ =
t TSS "Approachesto
Gulf of Trieste"
(see part B, section lll)

TSS "Approachesto the

t.\.
Gulf of Venice"
(see part B, section lll) \n
v

IN THE NORTHADRIATICSEA

(chartlet amended 2006) S H I P SR

' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N
IN THEAPPROACHES
TO THEGUIF OF VENICE
Note: Seemandatoryship reportingsystem"ln the Adriatic Sea" in part C, section I and mandatoryno
anchoringarea"lR the approachesto the Gulf of Venice"in part C, sectionll.
(Referencechart ltalv 924. 2OO5edition.
Note: Thischart is bised on Rome1940datum.The co-ordinateslistedbelow are in World Ceodetic
System1984 datum (WCS B4).)

Descriptionof the areato be avoided

The dreawithin the circleof 1.5 nauticalmilesradiuscentredon the followinggeographical
position:
(1) 45"05',.30
N, 012.35',.10
E

IN THEAPPROACHES
TO THEGULFOF VENICE

SHIPS'ROUTEINC
2015EDITION (Adopted 2006) ||t/4
IN THE REGIONOF THE VORIOI SPORADHESISTANDS
(Reference chart:Creek HydrographicOffice 31 (lNT 3704),1987edition.
Note: This chart is basedon Europeandatum.)

Descriptionof the areato be avoided

In order to avoid riskof pollutionand damageto the environmentin the areasurroundingthe Vorioi (North)
Sporadhes islands,designated to be a MarineSanctuary,
all shipscarryingchemical,toxicor nuclearsubstances
and tankersof more than 500 grosstonnagecarryingoil shouldavoidthe areaboundedby a line connecting
the followinggeographical positions:
(1) 39"34',.00
N, 024"10',.OO
E (5) 39'02',.00N, 023'51',.00
E
(2) 39"20',.00
N, 024"25',.OO
E (6) 39'25',.00
N, 023'51',.00
E
(3) 39"00',.00
N, o24"1O',.OO
E (7) 39'30',.00N, 024"00',.00
E
(4J 39"00',.00
N, 024"00'.00E

(1)
<E
^ t \

< \
\
\
^^
m 4 '
'd(
Nisidha i
l- Psathodra@ \

Areato l$
CI{
I be avoided .fi
a ffi Nisiona
l-
t- ,W Yiofra
@
F
F
Nisos
Nisos A,
d$. rc t 3 ^
r.
.F
t-
F
'#5?'uffi'b *ffi
Nisidha*,1
Pip6riff
W
^^
\ror
\11
{
F re
.r f,ffi f
f

€wry f
F \J- t
,f
f

F
voRrol f
f

F
. F I SPORADHES
t
F
€>
f
t- a
F Nisos
F
Area io Y
r
Perist6ra be avoided

4t
i
r
r v
L Nisidha t
r
Sk5ntzoura r
t
a t
f
I a
t

24"

IN THE REGIONOF THE VORIOI SPORADHES

ISTANDS

ilt/s (Adopted 1995) SHIPS'ROUTEING2O-I5EDITION

 NORTHOF THESTRAITS
OF TIRAN
(Reference chart:BritishAdmiralty3595,1986edition.
Note: Thischart is basedon European datum1950.To conformwith a changefrom European datuml95O
to World CeodeticSystem1984 datum (WCS B4),all locationsare to be reducedby O'.O7in latitudeand by
0'.02in longitude.)

Description of the area to be avoided

In order to avoid the riskof severedamageto criticalecosystems, the environmentand the economyof the
area,ail shipscarryingdangerous or toxic cargoes,or any othership exceeding500 grosstonnage,should
avoidthe areaboundedby a Iineconnecting the followinggeographicalpositions:
(1) 28'46',.00
N, 034.37',.50
E (5) 28"'11',.00
N, 034"29',.oo
E
(2't 28%6'.00N, 034'40'.00E (6) 28.06'.00N, 034"28,.00E
(3) 28o24',.00
N, 034"31',.00
E (7) 28'01',.50
N, 034'26',.50
E
@) 28"18',.00N, 034"26',.00
E

SINAI

PENINSULA

SAUD I'
A R A B.I.A

j
{ ""'
rqc "t. rh6 on+r,n.a

/ the GulfofAqaba"
) (seesectiontV of paft B)

NORTHOF THESTRAITS
OF TIRAN

S H I P SR' O U T E I N G
2 0 1 5E D I T I O N Adopted 1995)
NORTHOF SHARMEt SHEIKHHARBOUR
(Referencechart: BritishAdmiralty 2375, 19BBedition
Note: This chart is basedon Europeandatum 1950.To conform with a changefrom Europeandatum 1950to
World Ceodetic System1984 datum (WCS B4),all locationsare to be reducedby O'.O7in latitudeand by 0'.02
in longitude.)

Descriptionof the areato be avoided

ln orderto avoidthe riskof severedamageto criticalecosystems, the environmentand the economyof the
area,all shipscarryingdangerous or toxic cargoes,or any othershipexceeding500 grosstonnage,should
avoidthe areaboundedby a lineconnecting the followinggeographicalpositions:
(1) 27"58',.00N, O34"25',.OOE (3) 27"51',.00
N, E
034"17',.2o
(2) 27"50',.50N, E
O34"20',.6O

w i x,
ffii
!
::*i
!x
rss y'tn
tne
(1) to thE Gulf (
/ (seeftion I

i x;
/
f
f
f
t
STRAIT OF
TIRAN

Area to
be avoided

f
{

f
/

\ * * *ffi RAsUmmSid
r(3) _**{{++{***d, ,r
\
\
\ (2',)
I
d

NORTH OF SHARM Et SHEIKHHARBOUR

\t/7 (Adoptedt99s) ROUTEING

SHIPS' 2015EDITION
AT THESOUTHERN OF THESINAIPENINSUTA
EXTREMITY
(Referencechart BritishAdmiralty 2375,1988 edition.
Note: This chart is basedon Europeandatum 1950.To conform with a changefrom Europeandatum 1950to
World CeodeticSystem1984 datum (WCS B4),all locationsare to be reducedby O'.07in latitudeand by 0'.02
in longitude.)

Descriptionof the areato be avoided

In order to avoid the risk of severedamageto critical ecosystems,the environmentand natural resources
containedwithin the declaredboundariesof the RasMuhammad National Park,all shipscarryingdangerous
or toxic cargoes,or any other shipsexceeding500 grosstonnage,should avoid the area bounded by a line
connectingthe following geographicalpositions:
(1) 27"51',.l0N, O34"16',.6OE (4) 27"41',.OO
N, 034"A7',.00E
Q) 27"47',-18N, 034"19',.00E (5) 27o43',.00
N, 034'04',.00E
(3) 27"42',.2oN, O34"'l7',.OO
E (6) 27"48',.30
N, 034'06',.00E

RAs
1) Umm
\ * *i *i sid
\ J:,..
\
\
\
\
\
\
\
\
\
\
\
\
-* \ .^.
r \ 9\z)
t {
. I t
t I
t t
t t
I t
t I 27"
t { 4s',
t- I
t {
r I
t Areato be avoided {
I RAsMuhammad
t 7
(5) 6
\
\\ i
\\ * l l v
. i,o, \ " '
: + + L L + + L t
+ t t L * r * l
* - r . r + l + 1 5 * + * I
j j l

(4)

34'1s',

OF THESINAI PENINSULA
AT THESOUTHERNEXTREMITY

SHIPS'ROUTEING2015 EDITION (Adopted199s)

IN THEREGIONOF FASHT
BUTDANI
(Referencecharts:BritishAdmiralty3774,1986edition;3775,1981edition;2882,1987edition.
Note: Thesechartsare basedon Nahrwan datum.)

Descriptionof the areato be avoided

In order to avoid the risk of pollutiondue to strandingor of damageto major sub-seaoil and gas pipelines
in this area, which is in the close vicinity of importantseagrassbanks and prawn breedinggrounds,all
tankers,gascarriersand chemicaltankerscarryingnoxiousliquid substances regardlessof size,and all other
vessels of morethan 50,000grosstonnage,shouldavoidthe areaboundedby a line connectingthe following
geographicalpositions:
(1) 28"13',.31 N, E
048'55',.0',1 (5) 27'50',.90N, 049'03',.50E
Q 28"18',.00 N, 049"08',.50E (6) 28o06',.39
N, O48"51',.78E
(3) 28"08',.12N, 049"18',.90E (7) 28o11',.10N, 048"53',.21E
(4) 27"53',.98N, O49"2O',.O0E

IN THEREGIONOF FASHTBUTDANI

rt/9 (Adopted 1992) S H I P SR

' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N
IN THEREGIONOF MAHf ISTANDIN THESEYCHELLES
(Referencecharts:BritishAdmiralty721,1990edition;740, 1990edition.
Note: Thesdchartsare basedon South Eastlslanddatum.)

Descriptionof the areasto be avoided

In orderto avoid riskof pollutionand damageto the environment,all shipsof more than 200 grosstonnage,
whetheror not bound for ports in the Seychelles,shouldavoid the areasbounded by linesconnectingthe
following geographical positions:
(a) Westof Mah6
(1) 04%0'.80s, 055"32',.20
E (7) 03%0'.00s, 055'25'.00E
(2) 04"49'.50S, 055"34',.50
E (B) 04"33',.50 S, E
055'25',.90
(3) 05"06',.80
S, 055'08',.50
E thencealongthe low water line on
(4) 04"42',.OO
S, 053'52',.00
E the west and south-eastcoastsof
(5) 04"00'.00s, E
054"22',.OO Mah6 to the point of commencemenq
(6) 03%0'.00s, E
054'58',.00 and
(b) Eastof Mah6
(1) 05.10',.00
s, 057'13',.00
E (6) 04'3',1',.00
s, 055%0'.00 E
(2) 05'50',.00
s, 057'00'.00E (7) O4"26'..00S, 055'32',.00
E
(3) 05'50',.00
s, 056"24',.00
E (B) 03%2',.00s, 055'38',.00
E
(4) 05"12',.00
S, 055'36',.00
E (9) 03%5',.00s, 056"02'.00E
(5) 04%9',.00s, 055%1',.50
E

(6) (7) (8)

P-,:r--3 fr-.
n 8,,- ,. o{1)
" { Fno"ni. i ^^
" I F
."" -l
,.,p" l- \
I F \
^
{ ^"i3ii""E=
Areatobe
] | =,."n,n'
" I i,ri: l"'
'bJulLaDigue
'" ''" ,o,]. Ro,u,
sithouette'.o
'
:tS,
lPis i .' Frisatel.
*\l'Jtr 't
Mah6l.

"=%l(u)
u' t- 5'
l./' l- \
fs] .( Area to be \o
\-' o< avoided Y(r)
(4) Y -t"
Y
I
I
I
7
lle Desroches 7
x \$rrr.t--.l-J-
' P l a t el . ,.J
(3) (2)

54' 55' 56' 57"

IN THE REGIONOF MAHE ISLAND IN THESEYCHETLES

SHIPS'ROUTEING2015 EDITION (Adopted l9B9) ilt/l0

IN THEREGIONOF THEATDABRA
ISLANDS
IN THESEYCHETLES
(Reference
chart BritishAdmiralty758, 1965edition.)

Descriptionof the areato be avoided

In order to avoid risk of pollutionand damageto the environmentin this area of uniquewildlife, all ships
of more than 500 grosstons carryingcargoesof oil or hazardousmaterialsshouldavoid the areacontained
within a circleof radius30 nauticalmilescentredupon geographicalposition09o36'S,046o21'E.

\
,^ t-e@Tr Aldabra\
lslands {
; vF*,/ {
F i
t- Assumption cosmoledo
I Group
r.a I u
! -,
k y
'"
\
t:,1,111"
avotoeo
,
,'
**- {l"-'-
tvP

Cao St Sebastienu

460 47" 4go 49'

IN THE RECIONOF THEALDABRAISTANDSIN THESEYCHETTES

ilt/11 (Adopted 1989) S H I P SR

' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N
RECOMMENDATORY
AREATO BEAVOIDEDOFF THE NINGALOO COAST,
WESTERN
AUSTRALIA
(Referencecharts:ElectronicNavigationalCharts (ENC) AtJ322113
(2008edition),AtJ422114 (2OOB
edition),AU323113 (2008edition),AU230110(2010edition);Papercharts Aus72(20'11edition),Aus745
(1985edition),Aus744(1984edition),Aus329(1967edition),Aus32B(1985edition),Aus4725 (2010edition),
AX4723F (2011edition)and Aus4723(2010edition).
Note: Thesechartsare basedon World CeodeticSystem1984horizontaldatum (WCS B4).)

Description of the area to be avoided

The arealiesoff the westernAustraliancoastbetweenlatitudes21"47'.OO
S and22" 50' S,extendingbetween
3 and 12 nauticalmilesto seawardof the High Water Line.

In orderto reducethe riskof a marinecasualtyand resultingpollutionand damageto the sensitivemarine

environmentoff the NingalooCoast,all shipsover 150grosstonnageand shipsengagedin towingoperations,
regardlessof size,shouldavoidthe areaboundedby a linejoiningthe geographical
positionslistedbelow:
(1) 21',47',.00
S, 114"09',.75E
(2) 21"47',.00
S, 114"12',.50E
(3) 21"44',.00S, 114"12',.50
E
.114.1O',.50
@) 21"42',.00S, E
(5) 21"42',.00 -l14.00',.00
S, E
(6) 21"47',.00
S, 113"50',.00E
(7) 22"40',.00S, 113.29',.00
E
(B) 22"50',.00S, 1.l3"33',.80
E
(9) The coastlineat 22"50'.00S
(10) Thenalongthe coastline to (1)above

RECOMMENDATORY
AREATO BEAVOIDEDOFFTHENINCATOOCOAST,
WESTERN
AUSTRATIA

S H I P SR
' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N (Adopted 2012) ilt/12
 IN THESOUTH-WEST
CORALSEA-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(Referencecharts: Aus614,Feb 1994 (Edition2 -2O10);Aus615,Sept 1994 (Edition1 -2O01); Aus617Parts1
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
& 2, May 1996 (Edition1 - 2001);Aus4620(lNT 620),Nov 1996 (Edition6 - 2011);Aus4621(lNT 621),Oct
----------------------------------------
2002 (Edition4-2011).
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Note: Thesechartsare basedon World Geodetic System1984 datum (WCS B4).)

-------------------------------------------------------------------
Descriptionof the areato be avoided
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
An areato be avoidedis established boundedby a line connectingthe followinggeographical positions:
(1) 15"42',.48 S, 149'O6',.O7 E (11) '17"59',.43
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
S, 150'38',.35 E
(2) 15o31',.87 S, 149"4O',.O7 E (12) ',f8"15',.94
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
S, 149"37',.97 E
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(3) 15'36',.90 S, 149"50',.43 E (13) 18'01',.g'l S, 148"23',.34 E
(4) ',f6"01',.l6 S, E (14) '17"55',.49
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
15O"O9',]9 S, 148"16',.26 E
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(5) 16"23',.25 S, 150"24',.56 E (15) 17"32',.9O S, 148'05',.14 E
(6) '16"4o',.91 '17"22',27
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(16)
S, 150e52',.21 E S, 147'41',.63 E
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(7) 17"28',.26 S" 151'08',.01 E ('17) 16%5',.0'l S, 147"3o',.47 E
'
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(B) 17"3o',.71 S, 151"08',.01 E (18) 16o18',.56 S, 147"40',.61 E
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(9) 17"32',.59 S, 151"O7',.45 E (19) 16'15',.00 S, 147"43',.82 E
-----------------------------------------------------
(10) 17"46',.83 S, 150"57',.56 E

DATA FOR NEW AREA TO BE AVOIDED SEE AT THE NOVEMBER 2015 ADDENDUM
(SEE AT THE BEGINNING OF BOOK, AFTER CONTENTS).

-
Date of implementationof new area to be avoided:0000 hours UTC on I January2016.

ilt/13-1 (Adopted2015) SHIPS'ROUTEING

2015 EDITION
 tg
-<< v)
9 - 1 < < '
g{*

,
:
( l . i
o
I
a.^^ j'i - ' - . r ,
t V,
it' |rI
-
J . a
,rt'" = I
""t
r'. .............
.4o' ir, '.'
a
^^
i t ' . i
1 ' l
i..... '1
I ." i
gt t'.
I
(t
,j -.r
r Z i..... i i i " UJ
S, d' .'--'--"$ .. ...... ', ,t ti
,t
' l i
f i.....-.-.-.... o i
r '8..
v x
\Jar/ =
t Iu
*,
..
i : -i.' i ir 'a . . .
-o -j .
t
x6 Eq -6
t EcZ E |rI
r !
t ( [
Y O
V - O
Y O
Y ;
v o i o IIJ
* r i
E
Y ( r b
t E F - q
Y 9 9 l ( r
t i E r & - E
* ',-;..: cj
/\ Y-e E
..-'.t$ ,, t-. _0 i"'-..j
6;. ...'. n
ao
\ _ 6
t. "o.Y.
F

C
.f%E z|rJ
5€3 b'""-:i"*;
\ \ . rlr
9 EeE =
i i l n ' - - - - - ; ""' ^v *d9
,fl f$s
* =
.ESdI
d e9? h I
'Eo ; H d IIJ
6:.s
EES
qz
a^a Y!u./t

':g:|)ir'z
\ \ a t
tat----t /--

b
s €F = .
EFSEo
bF
...-:::'3,,
o
Y Q
dE
H-g.q
P.\
l*ffiffiffi
I S + i :

<4 Sb
e

SHIPS'ROUTEING
2015EDITION (Adopted201s) ilt/13-2
lN THE RECIONOF THECREATBARRIER
REEF[revoked]-
Note: Seemandatoryship reportingsystem"ln the TorresStraitregionand the InnerRouteof the Creat
BarrierReef"in part C, sectionL
(Reference chart:AUS 819,April 1978edition.
Note: This chart is basedon the Australiangeodeticdatum 1966.)

Description
of the areato be avoided
In orderto avoidthe riskof pollutionand damageto the environmentin the CapricorniaSectionof the Creat
BarrierReefMarine Park,all shipsin excessof 500 grosstonnageshouldavoid the area boundedby a line
connectingthe followinggeographical positions:
(1) 23'10',.00
S, 151"56',.00
E (B) 23"33',.00S, 151.35',.00
E
(2) 23'53',.00
S, 152"28',.00E (g) 23'30',.00s, 151"35',.00
E
(3) 23'55',.00
S, 152"28',.00E (10) 23"25',.00
S, 151"53',.00
E
(4) 23'57',.00
S, E
152"26',.00 (11) 23"20',.00
S, 151"50',.00
E
(5) 23"57',.O0
S, E
152"24',.00 (12) 23"2j',.005, 151%0',.00 E
(6) .151"55',.00 (13) 23'15',.00
23"32',.00
S, E S, 151%0',.00E
(7) (1+123"10',.00 .151'52',.00
23'36',.00
S, 15'l'39',.00
E S, E
thenceto the oointof commencement.

neet
-'
-""'{i:"#mr*r
avoidedO
^\^Broomfield
0.)F + Reef
Nor.th
Westl.l-fl;R o \.

f i \
'y *y' LtewettvAFeef
Y - . \
Y i t \
Y \
Y '... n )
fio.xyn
rlr
M Failaxl. Y
Y
Gladstonle 4\Ql
LadyMusgrav"..l.Jo"r
rofgl
(qb q4)

152"

IN THE REGIONOF THE GREATBARRIER

REEF

Dateof implementation
of revocationof areato be avoided:0000 hoursUTC on 1 June2015

m/14 (Revoked2014) S H I P SR
' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N
IN THEREGIONOF THREE
KINGSISLANDS
(Referencecharts:New Zealand4'l,1991edition; 4111,1992edition.
Note: Thesechartsare basedon World Ceodetic System1972 datum.)

Descriptionof the areato be avoided

In orderto avoid riskof pollutionand damageto the environmentin the areaaroundthe ThreeKingslslands,
declaredto bd a Wildlife Sanctuary,shipsof 500 grosstons or more should avoid the area bounded by a line
connectingthe followinggeographical positions:
(1) 34'06',.00
S, 172"OO',.00E (3) 34'13',.50
S, 17212'.50
E
(2) 34'06',.00 '172"'12',.50 (4) 34'13',.50
S, E S, 172"00'.OO
E

TTTTTTT-.l-

F
F Area to be avoided
T
T
F
F
F
F THBEE KINGS
F
ISLANDS
r
F

tr
T i
tr west l'
- aoab &south
lc3
f Fri^
'/qes/s.
west l.q
F

F
tr
F

t-
F J f ! A I I I I I ] T I I I I I
o - T T I I I I T J I ! I f I I I - ' , ]
(41 (3)

IN THE RECIONOF THREEKINGSISLANDS

SHIPS'ROUTEING2015 EDITION (Adopted 1995) ilt/1s

OFFTHENORTH.EAST
COASTOF THENORTHISTANDOF NEWZEATAND
(Referencechart: New Zealand 521,)anuary 1995 edition.
Note: This chart is basedon World Ceodetic System1984 datum (WGS B4).)

Descriptionof the mandatoryareato be avoided

In order to avoid risk of pollution and damageto the environmentof this sensitivearea,all vesselsgreater
than 45 metresin length (exceptas specifiedbelow) shall avoid the following area.

In the vicinity of the Poor Knights lslands

The area bounded by a line connectingthe following geographicalpositionsis designatedas a mandatory
areato be avoided,the westwardboundaryof which is delineatedby Mean High Water Springs:
(1) 35"5'1',.30S, 174"35',.5o E (4) 35o24':70S, 174"50'.20E
0 35"34',.55 S, 174"49',.20 E (5) 35'10',.20S, 174"20',.10
E
(3) 35'29',.60S, 174"5O'.BO E
Exceptions:The following exemptionsare granted in respectof vesselsenteringthe mandatoryarea to be
avoided:
. All vesselsof the Royal New Zealand Navy. The exemption granted in respectof vesselsof the
Royal New Zealand Navy appliesto "any warship, naval auxiliary,other vesselsor aircraftowned
or operatedby a Stateand used,for the time being, only on governmentnon-commercialservice".
. All fishingvesselsengagedin fishingoperations.
o Bargesunder tow, provided the cargo is not oil or other harmful liquid substancesas defined in
AnnexesI & ll of MARPOL.

matupuke lsled

kdy Aice ldd q

\
@ Escoprcmne rsrtrd

OFFTHENORTH.EAST
COASTOF THENORTHISLANDOF NEWZEATAND

(Adopted 2004) SHIPS'ROUTEING2015 EDITION

IN THEBASSSTRAIT
(Referencechart Australian422, April1971 edition.
Note: This chart is basedon the Australiangeodeticdaturn 1966.)

Descriptionof the areato be avoided

The area describedbelow should be avoidedby shipsof more than 200 tons grosstonnage.
The area is bounded by linesjoining the following points:
. (1) The low water line in latitude38'15'.00S,.
(2) 38"35',.00S, 147044',.O0 E
(3i 38o41',.00S, 148"06',.00 E
(4) 38"41',.00S, 148"13',.00 E
(5) 3B"32',.00S, 148'26',.OO E
(6) 38"19'.00S, 148"35',.00E
(7) 38"08',.00S, 148'31',.00E
(B) 38"05',.00S, 148"24',.OO E
' (9) The low water line in latitude37"58'.00S
Thence along the low water line to the point of commencement.

K-.-'>">'>F>>'q*i- -l\N-- ^{'

\
'\.. snaPPer"-1\---t'fu\ -]ffi
i
-\r"rr"couta,A r*""
rrounH,. (6)
\ " 1 ao'
\
\
Areato be avoided Fortescue'Altfi Halibut'A17
Y
Y
Y cooias{ lr'racrtergY
Y t r l-:- t
Y
/tut
O Perch

t0'
7EF {*4
ry-,.4'
TSS "ln the Bass Strait" ---
(seepaft B' section vl)

gass$@s

1480 20'

IN THE BASSSTRAIT

SHIPS'ROUTEING
2015EDITION (Adopted 1981) ilt/17
MAIPEIOISTAND
(Referencecharts:tNT 6105 and INT 6000).

Descriptionof the areato be avoided

With a view to avoiding the risk of seriousdamageto important systems,to the environment,and to the
economy of the area, all fishingvesselsand all other ships in excessof 500 grosstonnageshould avoid the
area bounded by linesconnectingthe following geographicalpositions:
(1) 04"04',.8QN, W
O81"43',.30 (3) 03o52',.15 N, O81"28',.12W
(2) 04"04',.80N, O81"28',.12W (4) 03o52',.'15
N, 081%3',.30W

(See Patt B, section lX)

- - t
TSS "lsla Jicarita" TSS "Mono de Puercos"
(S@ Patt B, *ction ln Fee Part B, section N

(1) (2)
firrrrrrrrrrrrrr.$
F {
F {
F .{
F -{
F lsla Malpelo4r {
F
. {
F Area to J
l-, be avoided I
F {
F {
& . r . . r - , . r . .rr r r J - r . . r r.1

MAIPEIO ISLAND

(Adopted 20O2; chartlet updated 2015) SHIPS'ROUTEING

20.I5EDITION
IN THEGATAPACOS
ARCHIPELAGO
Note: See"Recommendedtrackswhich are mandatoryas a condition of port entry,through the Calapagos
areato be avoidedto enterthe PSSA"in part E and mandatoryship reportingsystem"ln the Calapagos
ParticularlySensitiveSeaArea" in part C, section I
(Referencechart: l.O.A.2O (2nd edition, 1992).
Note: This chart is basedon World Ceodetic System1984 datum (WCS B4).)

Descriptionof the areato be avoided

All shipsand bargescarryingcargoesof oil or potentiallyhazardousmaterialand all shipsof 500 grosstonnage
and abovein transitshouldavoidthe areaboundedby a line connectingthe followinggeographical positions:
(1) O229',,82 N, O92"21',.42W (7) O2035',.O7
S, 0BB%8',.30 W
(2) 01o25',.93N, 089'03',.54W (B) 02"46',.2o
S, 089"29',.69 W
(3) 00"00'.70 s, 088"05'.75w (9) 02"41',.99
S, 090"42',.21W
(4) 00'1.1'.90
s, 0BB'00'.95
w (10) 02"05'.20s, 092.17'.68w
(5) 00"34',.90
S, O87"54',.57
W (11) 01"32',.02
S, 092"43'.92W
(6) O1"O2'.21
S, O87"52',.95W (12) 01%8',.67
N, 092%0',.51
W

(1)
-:- )-
>')*>.
i"" >-.,-
I
I
(12)6
r
. Darwin
F
F Area to be avoided
t- 'Wolf
F
t-
t-
t-
t-
gPinta
F
t- *!larchena
t@ € Genovesa
t-
t- \ (r,
F GalapagosArchipelago ,^,
o
t-
F b t+l
t- @;atvaoor {
F Pinzon
{
'q(5)
e
t-
t- t
L 4#",.,.,o0", t
t- d rot
t- /
@. f
F €S Espanola /
t- Sta Maria
01) o /
\ /

\
b<
(10) -*** Areatobeavoided
-**** //

'{.( -f/
n--g {71
B-*4+++{+a,6-_

IN THE GATAPACOSARCHIPETAGO

SHIPS'ROUTEING2015 EDITION (Adopted 2006) ||t/19

IN THEPARACAS
NATIONATRESERVE
(Referencecharts:PERU-HIDRONAV edition,April 2002.
226, 2nd edition,September2OOO;227,1st
Note: Thesechartsare basedon World Geodetic Svstem1984 datum (WGS B4).)

Descriptionof the areato be avoided

In order to avoid the risk of pollution and damage to the environment in the Peruvian ParacasNational
Reserve,shipsof more than 200 grosstonnagecarrying hydrocarbonsand hazardousliquids in bulk should
avoid the area bounded by a line connectingthe following geographicalpositionsand the coastalborderline:
(1) 13"47',.33S, 076"17'.67W (4) '14"26',.7o
S, 076"30'.00 W
(2) 13"46',.87 S, W
O76"'.17',.67 (5) 14"26',.7o
S, 076"00',.00W
B) - 13"46.8T5, 076"30',.00W

TSS "ln the approachG to Puerto Pisco"

(*FrtA,wtimW0

lslasBallestast lsla Blane, i t

i
tsrasreMilias.
(3)$rrrz---------98' T[it'*

ia*tou"ruoio"o
^*:"*' "ltl
F

i *
l- lsla
SanGalhn
l
F
F
F
t-
: A A
t ^6"
l- coea'
F -
F
L

t-
F
I
t-
l
l
t
t-
t-
t-
t-
t-
F ^ . _ Cmtas
Punta \
;
I a"r'ria tndepqdncia
t-
I nrea to be avoided &.

i t",",n0"*."n"'"S
':t
|
l PuntaQuemado
l
l
t
l
l
l
r l r r l r a a r
o ! r + + + ! + ! 4 ! r r r r

IN THEPARACASNATIONALRESERVE

aat/20 (Adopted 2004) ROUTEING

SH}PS' 2015EDITION
 IN THE REGIONOF CAPETERPENIYA
(SAKHALIN)
(Reference
chart:BritishAdmiralty2405)

Descriptionof the areato be avoided

The area describedbelow should be avoided by ships of more than 1000 grosstonnagecarryingoil
hazardouscargoes,for reasonsof conservation
of uniquewildlife in the areaand of inadequateruru"y.
The areais boundedby a line passingthroughCape Davydovand the pointsdefinedas follows:
(1) 21.8milesat 100'from Terpeniya lighthouse
(2) 40.5 milesat126 from Terpeniya lighthouse
(3) 41.6milesat 146.7 from Terpeniyalighthouse
(4) 20.2 milesat 208".5from Terpeniyalighthouse
(5) 12.0milesat 307'.5 from Terpeniyalighthouse
and thenceeastwardto the coast.

(SAKHAIIN)
IN THE REGIONOF CAPETERPENIYA

S H I P SR
' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N (Adopted 1968) ilt/21
OFFLANZAROTE
ISI-AND
Note: Seemandatoryship reportingsystem"The Canarylslands"in part C, sectionl.
(Referencechart:SpanishNavy Hydrographical Institute209, secondedition 1968,12thimpression2003.
Note: Thischart is basedon World CeodeticSystem1984 datum(WCS B4).)

Descriptionof the areato be avoided

ln orderto preventthe risksof pollutionand environmental
damagein highlysensitive
seaareas,all tankersand
shipsover 500 grosstonnagecarryingoil or dangerousbulk cargoas cargoshouldavoidthe followingarea:
An areacontainedbetweenthe meridiansof longitudeO'13'15'.00
W and 013'39'.00W and the parallels
of latitude29"07'.OO
N and 29'30'.00 N.

ISTAND
OFFTANZAROTE

ilt/22 (Adopted 2006) ROUTEINC

SHIPS' 2015EDITION
 OFFTHEISLANDOF GRANDCANARY
Note: Seemandatoryship reportingsystem"The Canarylslands"in part C, sectionL
(Referencechart:SpanishNavy Hydrographical Institute209, secondedition 1968,12thimpression2003.
Note: Thischart is basedon World CeodeticSystem1984 datum (WCS B4).)

Descriptionof the areato be avoided

In orderto preventthe risksof pollutionand environmental
damagein highlysensitive
seaareas,all tankersand
shipsover 500 grosstonnagecarryingoil or dangerous bulk cargoas cargoshouldavoidthe followingarea:
An areacontainedbetweenthe meridianof longitude016'00'.00W and the coastand the parallelsof
fatitude27?44'.OO
N and 28'00'.00 N.

*
t-
t
PuntaSardina
[See description of ISS
Grand Canarv and Tenerife"
in part B, seition Xtl

Inshoretrafficzone [See description of ISS

"Between Grand Canarv '
and Fuefteventura"
in paft B, section Xll
[2s] [t
9+++++++
+ Inshoretrafficzone
I
+
+
+
t Areato be avoided
+ + + + + + + 4 + +
PuntaArinaga
+ Puntadel Castillete
+
+
T
\ T
$ a - - + 4 + r ! + + + + + + + r - - -
[24] Puntade Masoalomas

ship repoftingsystem
(seesection I of paft G)

160

OFFTHE ISLANDOF GRAND CANARY

S H I P SR
' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N (Adopted 2006) lu/23
OFFTHEISTAND
OF TENERIFE
Note: Seemandatoryship reportingsystem"The Canary lslands"in part G, section I.
(Referencechart: SpanishNavy HydrographicalInstitute209, secondedition '1968,1'2thimpression2003.
Note: This chart is based on World Geodetic Systeml9B4 datum (WCS B4).)

Descriptionof the areato be avoided

In order to preventthe risksof pollution and environmentaldamagein highly sensitivesea areas,all tankers
and shipsover 500 grosstonnagecarrying oil or dangerousbulk cargo as cargo should avoid the following
area:
W and the south coast of the island and the
An area between the meridian of longitude O17"22'.O0
parallelsof latitude28."00'.00N and 28"21'.00N.

r-?-TT-TTT---f Punta de Teno

t
t-
t-
F
F AHto beavdded

Punta de San Ctistobal

L+++r+r4+++++++++
Punta Rasca
TSS "Between Grand Canary
and Tenerife"
(*e section B, paft Xl)

OFFTHE ISTANDOF TENERIFE

||t/24 (Adopted 2OO6) 2015EDITION

SHIPS'ROUTEING
 OFFtA PATMAISIAND
Note: see mandatoryship reportingsystem"The Canarylslands,,
in part c, sectionL
(Referencechart:SpanishNavy Hydrographical Institute209, secondedition 1968,12thimpression
2003.
Note: Thischart is basedon world ceodetic system1984 datum(wcs B4).)

Descriptionof the areato be avoided

In order to preventthe risksof pollutionand environmentaldamagein highlysensitiveseaareas,all tankers
and shipsover 500 Srosstonnagecarryingoil or dangerousbulk iurgo ui cirgo shouldavoid the following
area:
An areacontainedbetweenthe meridiansof longitude017"35'.00W and 0i8"00,.00W and the parallels
of latitude28"17'.OO
N and 29"00'.00N.

. . Boundaryof CANREPmandatory
ship reportingsystem Bee sectiont of'paft G)

T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T
t- T
F
t- I
t- Areato be avoided {
t- J
F
I
t- I
t- 't

r PuntaCumplida I
t- I
r 1
F, I
{
F I
l- l
r 1
t- {
t- 1
r I
t- I
t- J
r I
F {
F {
I
r I
F I
F 1
l- I
F PuntaFuencaliente l
F
F
t- Area to be avoided
r
t- I
F Area to be avoided .t \ F -
r I
\r
N
L + + + + 4 ! + + + + + I + + + ! I + J
seeArBAi
"Off the island i
of Tenerife" r
t-
t-

OFF LA PATMAISTAND

S H I P SR
' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N (Adopted 2006)
Ut/25
OFFTHEISLANDOF ELHIERRO
Note: Seemandatoryship reportingsystem"The Canary lslands"in part G, section L
(ReferencecharL SpanishNavy HydrographicalInstitute209, secondedition 1968, 12th impression2003.
'1984
Note: This chart is basedon World Geodetic System datum (WCS B4).)

Descriptionof the areato be avoided

In order to preventthe risksof pollution and environmentaldamagein highly sensitivesea areas,all tankers
and shipsover 500 grosstonnagecarrying oil or dangerousbulk cargo as cargo should avoid the following
area:
An area containedbetweenthe parallelof latitude28"00'.00 N, the meridiansof longitude017"42'.00W
and018"21'.00W andthegeographical co-ordinates27"31'.50N, 017o42'.00 W 27"23'.00 N, 017'58'.00W
and27"34'.O0N, 018"21'.00'W.

T T T T T T T T T T T T T

Areato be avoided

PuntaCaleta
n
|I'

z
()1
,bl

>,
' 6 '
Puntade Orehilla
n ,

RI
d ,

Puntade la Restinga

I
{

OFFTHEISLANDOF ELHIERRO

m/26 (Adopted 2006) 2015EDITION

SHIPS'ROUTEINC
 OFFTHECOASTOF GHANA IN THEATTANTICOCEAN
(Referencechart:BritishAdmiralty1383,2009edition.
Note: Thischart is basedon World CeodeticSystem1984 datum(WCS B4).)

Description of the area to be avoided

Exceptingshipsauthorizedbythe ChanaMaritimeAuthority,all shipsshouldavoidthe areawithina radiusof
5 nauticalmilescentredon the followinggeographical
position:
04o32'.10N, 002'54'.60W (markedJ-09).

Area to be avo ded

*._x./
I
f , - I
i 7
\ snv\
v
\ r - Y '

Area io be avo ded

"Otf the coast of Ghana,,
(see detail)

Atlantic Ocean

OFF THE COASTOF GHANA IN THE ATTANTICOCEAN

S H I P SR
' O U T E I N C2 0 1 5E D I T I O N (Adopted2010) ilt/27
IN WATERS COAST
OFFTHE BRAZILIANSOUTH.EAST
R.'e'e-cecharts:Brazil22800,2009editionand Brazil22900,2008edition.
\ote: Thesechartsare basedon World CeodeticSystem1984 datum(WCS B4).)

Description
of the areasto be avoided
1 GolfinhoField
position:
An areawithinthecircleof 7 nauticalmilesradiuscentredon thefollowinggeographical
20'00' 10"s, 039"34',45"W
2 JubarteField
position:
An areawithinthecircleof 7.5nauticalmilesradiuscentredon thefollowinggeographical
2 1 o1 6 ' , 2 5 ' , S , 0 4 0 ' 0 1 '5, 4 "W
Note:All vessels
notengaged
in offshore
activities to avoidtheseareas.
arerequested

& . -. ^. Areato be avoided

FZDD(I) i cotfinhoFietd

Areato be avoided
. "Aroundoil rios off
Sao Joao de Barra ' \
r. the Brazilianboast"
\

IN WATERSOFF THE BRAZILIANSOUTH-EAST

COAST

|t/28 (Adopted2012) ' O U T E I N G2 0 ] 5 E D I T I O N

S H I P SR
 COAST- CAMPOSBASIN
AROUNDOIt RIGSOFFTHEBRAZILIAN
(Referencechart: BrazilianHydrographicOffice 23OOO,October 2003 edition.
Note: This chart is basedon World Geodetic System1984 datum (WCS B4).)

Descriptionof the areato be avoided

In order to avoid risksof collision,pollution and environmentaldamagein the areato be avoidedwith a high
concentrationof oil rigs,production systemsand FPSOs,all ships,exceptthose involvedin support activities
to oil and gasproductionand prospecting, shouldavoidthe areaboundedby a line connectingthe following
geographicalpositions:
(1) 23"O2',.57 S, O41"O3',.27 W (4) 21o35',.50
S, 039.34',.50W
. (2) 22"41',.9oS, 040.56',.40 W (5) 21"54',.57
S, W
039.13',.43
(3) 22"O7'.4O S, O4O"22',.57 W (6) 2257',.23S, 040'14',.30W

Notes:
Oil and gas productionrigsdisplaynight signallinglights,comprisinga fixed red light at the top and a
white rhythmicallight, indicativeletter"U" t.-) in Morse code - Mo(U)B.Non-authorizednavigation
insidesafetyzonesaroundoil rigsis prohibited.

Transitof supply vesse/sbetween the harbour of the town of Macad and the area of oil drilling and
production rigs (area to be avoided): caution is advised in navigationwhen transitingthe area of
considerablevolume of maritimetraffic that crossesroutes.

COAST- CAMPOSBASIN
AROUNDOIt RIGSOFFTHEBRAZILIAN

SHIPS'ROUTEING
2015EDITION (Adopted 2007; chartlet updated 2013)
PartE
Otherrouteing
measures

Baltic Sea and adjacent waters

'l:
Recommendedtracks and traffic separationline between the traffic separationschemes"Off Rodsher
lsland"and "Off Coglandlsland"
Recommended
directionsof trafficflow within the precautionary
areaOff Porkkala
Two-way routesin Norra Kvarken
Two-wayroute leadingto the Aland Sea
Salvorevtwo-way route, north of Cotland lsland
Recommended
trackson the approaches
to the Polishports in the Culf of Cdahsk

WesternEuropeanwaters
7: Recommended directionsof trafficflow within the precautionary
areaaroundthe Foxtrot3 stationin the
Dover Strait
B: Two-way route and recommendedroute in the SUNK area and in the northern approachesto the
Thamesestuary
9: Precautionary
areain the vicinityof Thorntonand BlighBanks
10: Precautionary
areasin the approaches
to Hook of Hollandand at North Hinder
11: Precautionary
areaand recommendeddirectionof trafficflow in the areawest of Riinveld
12: Precautionary
areasin the approachesto Umuiden
13: Recommendations
on navigationaroundthe United Kingdomcoast
14: Recommendeddirectionsof trafficflow in the Cerman Bight
'15:
Recommendedroutesin the FairlsleChannel
16: Recommendedroutesjoiningthe trafficseparationschemesoff the coastof southernNorway
'17:
Recommendedroutesjoining the traffic separationschemesoff the westerncoastof Norway
1B: Recommendedroutesjoining traffic separationschemesoff the coastof Norway fromYards to Rsst
-19:
Recommendedroutesin The Minches
2O: Two-way routesoff the south-westcoastof lceland

Mediterranean
Seaand BlackSea
21: Recommendeddirectionsof traffic flow in the precautionaryareaoff Tanger-Medin the Straitof Cibraltar
22: Routeingmeasuresin the Straitof Bonifacio
23: Recommendeddirectionsof traffic flow in the Channelof Otranto, southernand centralAdriatic Sea
24: Recommendedroutesoff the Mediterraneancoastof Egypt

Indian Ocean and adjacent waters

25: Recommendeddirectionsof traffic flow off RasShukheir
26: Precautionaryarea in the approachesto King Abdullah Port (KAP)in the northern Red Sea
27: Recommendedtracks in the southernRed Sea
28: Precautionaryarea in the southernRed Sea
29:. Recommendatorymeasuresfor vesselscrossingthe traffic separationscheme(TSS)and precautionary
areasin the SingaporeStraitduring hoursof darkness

Australasia
30: Two-way route in the Great North-EastChannel,TorresStrait

31: Two-way routesand precautionaryarea at JomardEntrance

32 Two-way routesin the south-westCoral Sea

33: Two-way route in the Creat BarrierReefand TorresStrait

34: Precautionaryarea off the west coastof the North lslandof New Zealand

North America,Pacificcoast
35: Recommendedtwo-way route in the Straitof Juande Fuca

36: Recommendedtracksoff the Californiacoast

SouthAmerica,Pacificcoast
37: Recommendedtracksthrough the GalapagosATBAto enter the PSSA

WesternNorth AtlanticOcean,Gulf of Mexicoand CaribbeanSea

38: Precautionaryarea in the regionof the Crand Banksof Newfoundland

39: Two-way route off Delaware Bay

4O: Recommendedtwo-way routesand precautionaryareasto the north-westof the port of lsladel Carmen,
Campeche

41:. Recommendedtwo-way routesto the north-eastof the port of Dos Bocas,Tabasco

42: Recommendedtwo-way routesand precautionaryareasoff the port of Cayo Arcas, FSOTa'kuntahand

FPSOYDumK'ak'Ndab

43: Precautionaryarea in the approachesto the port of Veracruz

44: Precautionaryarea 'At the approachesto PuertoCristobal"

SHIPS'ROUTEING2015 EDITION
 U)
UJ o
E co
l
U)
LU o
(o
r r't
z
IJJ $

E. o
af N

uJ
I
F
o

xIJJ
o
z

o
o

o
N

o
+

o
c @

'= q)
a) o
() .= o
i-L

F
= .O

c
F

S H I P SR' O U T E I N G
2 0 1 5E D I T I O N (Amended2015)
RECOMMENDEDTRACKSAND TRAFFIC LINEBETWEEN
SEPARATION THETRAFFIC
SEPARATION /OFF
SCHEMES RODSHER ISLAND"AND "OFFGOGTANDISLAND"
Positionsare basedon World CeodeticSystem1984 datum (WCS B4).The RussianFederationreference
chart is 23004 (Pulkovo1942).Forobtainingpositionin WCS datum,chartedpositionsshouldbe moved
O'.14(B'.3)westward.

Descriptionof the recommended

tracksand traffic separationline
Recommendedtracks are eastbound and westbound traffic lanes separatedby a traffic separation line
connectingthe followinggeographical
positions:
(1) 60'00'.10N, E
026"44',.16 (2) 59"59',.00 N, 026"57',.26E
The trafficlanesare 1.25mileswide.

RECOMMENDEDTRACKSAND TRAFFICSEPARATION
tINE BETWEEN
ISLAND"AND TSS"OFFGOGTANDISLAND"
TSS"OFFRODSHER

S H I P SR
' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N lAdopted 2012)
RECOMMENDED OF TRAFFICFLOWWITHIN THE PRECAUTIONARY
DIRECTIONS
SCHEME"OFF PORKKALALIGHTHOUSE"
AREAOF THESEPARATION
Note:Seemandatoryshipreportingsystem"ln the Culf of Finland"in partC, sectionl, and "Recommendations
on navigationthroughthe Gulf of FinlandTrafficarea" in part F.
(Referencecharts: Estonian300 (edition2006-15-12)and 302 (edition2004-24-11);Finnish952 (edition
2008-11-10)and 953 (2008-06-10),and Russian23068(edition2001).)
Note: Finnishand Estonianchartsare basedon World CeodeticSystem1984datum(WCS B4);Russian chart
is basedon Ceodeticdatumof the year 1942(Pulkovo).Forobtainingpositionsin WCS datum,suchpositions
shouldbe moved0'.13westward.

Descriptionof the precautionaryarea

Note: All positionsare referredto WCS 84 datum.
(a) A precautionaryareawith recommendeddirectioriof trafficflow is boundedby a line connectingthe
followinggeographical positions:
(15) 59"42',.98N, 024"30',.50E
(16) 59%3',.70 N, E
024'36',.99
(24) 59%7',.18N, 025'08',.10E
(20) 59%9',.14N, 025"O7',.23E
(23) 59"50',.80N, 025'06',.50E
(27) 59"52',.76N, 025"O5',.64E
(17) 59%9',.29N, 024"34',.53E
(7) 5g%7',.33 N, E
024"35',.39
(12) 59%5',.67N, E
024"36',.13
(11) 59%5',.34 N, E
O24"33',.21
(3) 59"44',.94N. 024"29',.64E

15', 20' 25' 30', 35', 40', 45' 50' 55', 25" 05', 10'

RECOMMENDEDDIRECTIONSOF TRAFFICFLOW WITHIN THE PRECAUTIONARY

AREAOF THE
SEPARATIONSCHEME"OFF PORKKATATIGHTHOUSE"

Adopted 2010) ' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N

S H I P SR
 TWO-WAYROUTES
IN NORRAKVARKEN
Note: see trafficseparationschemes"ln Norra Kvarken"in part B, sectionl.
(Reference chart:Finnish47,edition2005 V.
Note: this chart is basedon World ceodetic system1984 datum(wcs B4).)

Part I
(a) A two-way route is established
boundedby a line connectingthe followinggeographical
positions:
(20) 63"25'.21N, 020"35'.75E
(6) 63"27'.42N, 020"36'.84E
(21) 63'25'.54N, 020"33'.94E
(3) 63.27',.03N, 020"38'.32E
Part ll
(b) A two-way route is established
boundedby a line connectingthe followinggeographical
positions:
(4) 63"27'.77N, O2O"3g'.24 E
(13) 63"32'.23N, 020"41'.OgE
(5) 63'28',.12 N, O2O'37'.93 E
(10) 63'31',..19
N, 020,43'.77E
Part lll
(c) A two-way route is established
boundedby a line connectingthe followinggeographical
positions:
(11) 63.32'.29N, 020"46'.24E
(23) 63.33'.49N, 020"52'.35E
(16) 63"34'.42N, 021"01'.76E
(12) 63"32'.71N, 020"45'.40E
(101 63.35'.04N, 021"01'.26E
(22) 63'32'.90N, 020.51'.03E

r "=;'
rratficseparation -"-"'
scheme
-lnNorra
Kvarken,, eq,--'-'-::""'iilal lfflff:o^ff:1il-**'"
(see paft B, section | (12' 6ee paft B, section l)

ut,rr-"4Ur;f"-*
',.L,,
/
l, ,t\10)
l Norra Kvarken
i ,i',i
I/'
,^, /
\"/.1 /
,'
67e:f'Vft+t
/ Eo, Trafficseparationscheme
,r' ..r' \"1 "ln NorraKvarken g
(seepad B' sectionl) valsorarna
--'(20)
(217 ./' ," CF. o Q
qr&

TWO-WAY ROUTESIN NORRA KVARKEN

S H I P SR
' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N (Adopted 2012)
 TWo-wAyRourEtEADlNcro rHEAmruosrR
REcoMMENDED
Note: Seetrafficseparationscheme"The Aland Sea"in part B, sectionI'
(Referencecharts:Finnish953, edition2OO7V, and SwedishSE61(lNT 1205),edition21/22008'
Note: Thesechartsare basedon World Ceodetic System1984 datum (WCS B4).)

Descriptionof the two-wayroute in the SouthAlandSea

A recommendedtwo-way route is establishedin the areadefinedby linesjoiningthe followinggeographical
positions:
(24) 59"44',.25N, 019"58',.80E,
(3O) 59"44',.32N, O20"19',.6OE,
(29) 59"44',.76N, O2O"23',.1OE,
(34) 59"45',.68N, O2O"24',.51E,
(25) 59"46',.96N, 019"58',.92E

i--ir-1 (See tnffic separation

I " I scheme 'The Aland Sea"

l
I
1
1
i
J
l
l
l
in part B, section I)

l t
. l
'rt .
ffifl*q
ioF! rs.. "Deeo-water "'
l € l . o
ir II rourc Eaong rc
IOUIe-teiTunIg.u
i t't the Aland Sea"
'-'l r
i n'i",t'6,"e"t' l)' k
i--t , r'tl
? ' - F

.s'i
in part B, section l)

'4&
z---:

\
I
I
I

-----(<,t,.>-'..:+'L-
rT
/i\
\ r--:l .\ 124\

\. (See traffic separation

f\\
\ \ \\ \ scheme
\ --- "The Aland Sea"
i\- in paft B, section I)
tt\
I ra
/ l lr * ,
/ t lt r l l
l Y r l "

50' 55' lgo 05', 10', 1s' 20' 25'. 30', 35', 40', 45', 50', 5s' 2go su' 10' 15' 20' 25'. 30', 35'

TWO.WAYROUTELEADINGTO THEALAruOSTN
RECOMMENDED

(Adopted 2008) SHIPS' 2015EDITION

ROUTEING
 SALVOREV
TWO-WAYROUTE,NORTHOF GOTLANDISLAND
(Reference
chart:Swedish SE73.l
edition11/3-2008.
Note:Thischartis basedon Worldceodeticsystem1984datum(wcs B4).)

Description of the two-way route north of Gotland lsland

Salvorev
A recommended
two-wayrouteis established
withinthefollowinggeographical
positions:
(a) Northernlimit:
(1) 57"57',.70
N, 018.27'.61
E (2) 58"08'.70
N, O1g.1B'25
E
(b) Southernlimit:
(3) 57"53',.97
N, 018"25',.44E (4) 5B'05'.g2
N, 01g.20,.36E

SATVOREVTWO-WAY ROUTE,NORTH OF GOTTAND ISLAND

S H I P SR
' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N (Adopted 2010)
RECOMMENDED TRACKS TO THEPOLISHPORTS
ON THEAPPROACHES
IN THEGULFOF GDAKSK
Note: Seemandatoryship reportingsystem"On the approachesto the Polishports in the Culf of Cdahsk"
on navigationto the Polishportsthroughthe Culf of Cdahsk
in part C, sectionI and "Recommendations
Trafficarea" in part F.
(Reference chart:Polish73 (lNT 12BB),2004edition.
Note: This chart is basedon World CeodeticSystem1984 datum (WCS B4).)

Recommended track between GD and NP buoys

betweenthe followinggeographical
A recommendedtrack is established positions:
(54) 54'32'.05N, 018'39'.84E (buoyCD)
(55) 54"27'.90N, OlB'42'.05E (buoy NP)

The direction(T) of navigationis 163' - 343".

Recommended track between GN and PP buoys

betweenthe followinggeographical
A recommendedtrack is established positions:
(56) 54'31'.56N, 018%8'.61 E (vicinityof buoy CN)
67) 54"28',.23 \), E
018"54',.54
(58) 54"25'.BBN, 018"54'.54E (vicinityof buoy PP)

The directions(T) of navigationare 134"- 314"and 000' - 180'.

Note: Se "Rffirendatkffi o mvigBtia

te lhe Polish ports thsgh the Gutf of &iinsk
IEftc tr€" in part F

RECOMMENDED TO THE POLISHPORTSIN THE GUIF OF CDANSK

TRACKSON THEAPPROACHES

(Adopted 2007) S H I P SR
' O U T E I N C2 0 1 5E D I T I O N
 RECOMMENDEDDIRECTIONS
OF TRAFFICFLOWWITHIN THEPRECAUTIONARY
AREA
SURROUNDINGTHEAREATO BEAVOIDED AROUNDTHEFOXTROT 3 STATION,
WITHINTHESEPARATION
SCHEME "IN THESTRAIT
OF DOVERAND ADIACENT
WATERS"
Note:See"Recommendations
on navigation
throughthe English
Channelandthe DoverStrait,,in part F.
Thegeographicalpositionsof the.boundary,
for the precautionary
areaaroundthe Foxtrot3 stationbuoyare
asfollows(co-ordinates
arebasedon WorldGeodeiicsystemtg'B+datum:
(1) 51"25',.31N, 002"04,.03E
(2) 5'1"26'.77N, 002"01,.48
E
(B) 51"22',.49N, ,' 001"57'.61E
(7) 51'22',.03N, 001"58'.39
E
Recommended directionsof traffic flow within the precautionary
area aroundthe area to be avoided
surrounding
the Foxtrot3 stationareshownin thechariletbelow

RECOMMENDED
DIRECTIONS
OF TRAFFICFIOW WITHINTHEPRECAUTIONARY
AREA
SURROUNDING
THEFOXTROT 3 STATIONIN THESTRAIT
OF DOVER

SHIPS'ROUTEING2015 EDITION (Amended 2007)

TWO-WAYROUTEAND RECOMMENDEDROUTEIN THESUNKAREAAND IN THE
NORTHERN TO THE
APPROACHES ESTUARY
THAMES
Note: Seemandatoryship reportingsystem"West EuropeanTankerReportingSystem"in part C, section l.
(Reference chart:BritishAdmiralty1183,2005edition.
Note: This chart is basedon World Ceodetic System1984 datum (WCS B4).)

An integratedtraffic routeingschemefor the SUNK area consistsof severalelementscomprising:

Part l: One two-way route (LongSandHead);
Part ll: Three traffic separationschemes(SUNK North and South and East),two precautionaryareas
(SUNKInnerand SUNKOuter);seesectionll of part B; and an areato be avoidedin the SUNK
Outer precautionaryarea;see settion ll of part D; and
Part lll: A recommendedroute (Calloper).

Part I:
Description of the two-way route
LongSandHead two'-wayroute is established.(Notethat entry is restrictedto pilotedvessels,vesselsoperated
under pilotage exemption certificate (PEC),and vesselsexempt from pilotage under the ddstinationport's
pilotagedirections.)
(a) A boundary line connectingthe following geographicalpositions:
(1) 51"38',.09N, OO1"40',.43E (3) 51"47',.77 N, E
001'38'.16
(2) 51%7',.90N, OO1"39',.42E
(b) A separationzone bounded by a line connectingthe following geographicalpositions:
(4) 51'38',.31N, 001%3',.60 E (10) 51%9',.49 N, 001%0',.06 E
(5) 51o38',.33N, 0o.l%3',.89E (11) 51%9',.30 N, 001"38',.16E
(6) 51%2',.16N, OOl'43'.20E (12) 51%9',.11 N, 001'38',.16E
(7) 51%8',.29 N, E
001',42',.O8 (13) 51%9',.30N, oo1%0',.01 E
(B) 51%8',.98 N, OO1'41',.64E (14) 51%8',.84N, OO1"41',.4OE
(9) 51'49',.28N, 001"40',.72E (15) 51%8',.24 N, 0o1"41',.79E

(c) ' A two-wayrouteboundedby the boundarylinedescribedin (a)aboveand the separation

zonedescribed
in (b) above.
Part lll:
Description of the recommendedroute
(q) A recommended route ("Calloper" recommended route in the south-eastsector of the scheme, to
enable regularferry traffic sailingto and from the port of Ostend to enter and leavethe SUNK Outer
precautionary area without deviating unnecessarilyto use traffic separation lanes) connecting lhe
following geographicalpositions:
(54) 51"44',.93N, 001'50',.93 E (55) 51%',t',.33
N, 002"00'.03E

(Adopted 2006) SHIPS'ROUTEING

2015EDITION
 *":"h
-4\
,

I
TSS "Sunk North
I
I .;
I
L .

. r ' '

I
I :sunk ushtVesser i iJ:X:"^t:
-' - -'- '
I pilot station ;
A
I
/t\ |
01) (10)j,o,
I
,/:\
Precautionaryarea e - 'd o,t"' tnr
,,sunkInneri (14i (.lqilJdr_,;,
i .._.05)q,"
,,i P.;:
t t ' . r ",,----,$-it''
Precautionary
' ""Sunk
s Outer"
i Ii
i' l tl 1, 1
l " , . |

Ir 1)i1 Recommended route

il i':t
' li!
Two-wayroute | 'l
'Long SandHead" r ror' - - - - - . . : , ' -
n- - -
il
I
i$ I\ ::
'
i t' It
I

(o)^^,"
" r
v TSS "Sunk South"
Traffic separation
"At North Hinder"
,(s)
ntL----u (o

TWO-WAYROUTEAND RECOMMENDEDROUTEIN THESUNKAREAAND IN THE

NORTHERNAPPROACHES
TO THETHAMESESTUARY

SHIPS'ROUTEING2015 EDITION Adopted 2006; chartletupdated20ll) B-2

 AREAIN THEVICINITYOF THORNTONAND BTIGHBANKS
PRECAUTIONARY
Note: Seemandatoryship reportingsystem"West Europeantanker reportingsystem"in part C, section l.
(Referencechart: 1630 (1NTl416)publishedjointly by the Hydrographerof the RoyalNetherlandsNavy at Den
Haag and by the United Kingdom National Hydrographerat Taunton.
Note: This chart is basedon World Ceodetic System1984 datum (WCS B4).)

Descriptionof the precautionaryarea

A new precautionaryarea is establishedbounded by a line joining the following geographicalpositions:
(1) 51"32',.66N, 003'05',.56E (B) 51"36',.97 N, OO2"47',.75E
(2) 51"33',.05N, 003'04',.81E (9) 51"35',.77N, 002'50',.36E
-
(3) 51"44',.69N, OO2"45',.36E (10) 51"35',.20N, 002'53',.01E
(4) 51%4',.11 N, OO2"42',.45E (11) 51'34',.05N, E
002"55',.0',1
(5) 51o42',.31 N, OO2"41',.85E (12) 5.1"32',.84N, 002"52',.37E
(6) 51"39',.13 N, OO2"44'.78 E (13) 51"28',.20N, OO2"59',.63E
(7) 51"38',.02N, E
OO2"47',.15

9-1 (Adopted2012) SHIPS'ROUTEING2015 EDITION

 I
I
I
I
I
I
I
l -
Traffic separationscheme
"ln the approachesto Hook of Hollandand at NorthHinder"
(seepaft B, section ll)

\ ,

-'' (41n"-
I

i
($6
. ,\
\
\
\
\
\

(6)o.

"J''
(8)
h
*..
'.o(9)
- t.a.
(10)
ta

(-l1)
'\o

(12)q \#)

Areato be avoided (13)

'*k"
9a\
\t

"At West Hinder"

(seepaft D, section l)

o .."
auz-------
- - - - - - - -----l------------;:---
,,
,__ _ _ _ _r_n -,1+
---).
- - - /
^, * ,u.'-
_- - - , Deep-waterroute
______t----- ,' ti' "ln the approachesto the RiverScheldt"
t (seepaft C, section ll)
I

TSS "At West Hinder"

(seepaft B, section ll)

35', 40' 45', 50', 55', 30 5' 10' 15'

PRECAUTIONARY
AREAIN THE VICINITYOF THORNTON AND BTIGH BANKS

SHIPS'ROUTEING2015 EDITION (Adopted2012)

PRECAUTIONARY TO HOOKOF HOLTANDAND AT
AREASIN THEAPPROACHES
NORTHHINDER
Note: Seetrafficseparationschemes"ln the approachesto Hook of Hollandand at North Hinder" in part B,
section ll, "Deep-water route leadingto Europoort" in part C, section ll and area to be avoided 'At Maas
North traffic separationscheme" in part D, section l.
(Reference '1416),
chart:Netherlands1630 (lNT edition4/2010.
Note This chart is basedon World Ceodetic System1984 datum (WCS B4).)

MaasCentreprecautionaryarea
A precautionaryarea is establishedoff the entranceto the RotterdamWaterway.The area is boundedby a line
connectingthe followinggeographical positions: .
(68)151"59',.67 N, OO4'02',.84 E
(67)'15l'59',.14N, OO4'02',.49 E
(66)251'58',.',12
N, 003"57',.86 E
(38) 51'57',.11 N, 003%0',.05 E
(321 51'56',.26 N, 003"35',.66 E
(3+1 5',1'58',.25
N, 003"35',.44E
(28) 51"59',.92N, OO3"35'.24 E
(26) 52"00',.57N, 003"35',.17 E
(25) 52"02',.56N, OO3"34',.94 E
(21) 52"O4',.74N, 003"34',.69E
(20) 52"05'.04 N, O03"34',.66E
(17) 52"05',.96N, O03"36',.27 E
(16) 52"06',.17N, 003"36',.64E
(13) 52o07',.09 N, 003"38',.25 E
(12) 52"07',.13N, OO3"44',.66E
(4) 52"O7',."14 N, O03"47',.1O E
(3) 52"07'.17N, 003"54',.08E
(9) 52"07',.',18N, 003"55',.95E
(69) 52"07',..19N, 004'00',.08E
.
1 Position(68) is the North Mole Head light and position (67) is the South Mole Head light.
2 The line between positions(67) and (66)follows the southernsea wall.

Maasfunctionprecautionaryarea
A precautionaryarea between the Maas West Inner and Maas West Outer traffic separationschemesis
by a line connectingthe followinggeographicalpositions:
established
(23) 52"04',.63N, OO3"26',.2O E
(24) 52"02',.12N, OO3"25'.73 E
(27) 51"59',.75N, OO3"25',.29 E
(32) 51"59',.09N, OO3"25',.17E
(33) 51"56',.90N, 003"24',.78E
(36) 51"54',.10N, 003"24',.29E
(60) 51'52',.59N, 003'16',.43 E
(59) 51"55',.99N, 003"17',.31 E
(56) 51"58',.49N, 003"17',.96 E
(47) 51'59',.15
N, 003'18',.13E
(46) 52"01',.77N, E
O03'',l8',.B',l
(43) 52"04',.54N, 003'19',.53E

(Amended 2012) 2015EDITION

SHIPS'ROUTEINC
 North Hinderfunctionprecautionary
area
A precautionary
areais established
off North Hinder.The areais boundedby a line connectingthe following
geographical
positions:
(85) 51%5',.42N, OO23g'.92E
(61) 5.1"50',.72
N, 003.06'.78E
(58) 51"54'.77N, OO3"O7'.49E
(57) 51"57',.64
N, 003"08'.00E
(50) 5l'59'.'13
N, 003'08,.26E
(45) 52'01',.26
N, 003.08'.37E
(44) 52"04'.37N, 003"08'.52E
(77) 5205'.55N, 003.06,.32E
(71) 52"07',.29
N, 003.03,.08E
(74) 52"09',.03
N, 002"59,.83E
(76) 52"10',.99
N, 002"56,.16E
(87) 51'51',.35
N, OO2"2B'.70E
(82) 51%8',.53N, 002"34'.04E
(81) 5.1%7'.BBN, 002"35'.27
E

Notes:
CAUTIONS
'l
(MaasJunction_precautionary areabetween"Maas West Outer" trafficseparationschemeand ,,Maas
West Inner"trafficseparationscheme)
Marinersare warned.that,in this precautlonaryarea,shipson routesto and from the trafficseparation
scheme"off rexel",the Riverscheldtand Europoortare mergingor crossing.
(Off the seawardentrancesto the "Maas West Inner",the "Maas North-west,,
and the ,,MaasNorth,,
traffic separationschemes)
The precautionaryarea "Maas Centre" in the approachesto Hook of Holland should be avoided
by
passingtrafficwhich is not enteringor leavingthe adjacentports.
(Near.thedeep-waterroute in the North HinderJunctionprecautionary
areaand nearthe ,,Deep-water
routeleadingto Europoort"betweenthe "MaasWestOuter" and the "MaasWestInner,,trafficseparation
schemes)
For shipsthat haveto crossthe deep-waterroute,attentionis drawn to rule 1B(dXi) of the 1972Collision
Regulations.Marinersare, however,remindedthat, when risk of collisionis deemedto exist, the 1972
CollisionRegulations fully apply and, in particular,the rulesof part B, sectionsIl and lll are of specific
relevanceto the crossingsituation.

(chartlet overleaf)

S H I P SR
' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N (Amended2012)
10-2
 __-----*;iffiffiwwo*

,""1
ii 6iY!
(E (o|
!D- r ;
t ;
E E l r f
}E
( ! o
F '^
.= o \i
r i
ieEFr * d €
F ( E l l i : q E
o>
g : l =l --+-P n ' TIJ
(L
F't---' i*Bd P f f i
./--
,4 \i i trcE o
N
f f i
W 4
.1ll l' ,S eE* B
2 o
FG
s
TI
\ li
ll l
t
r

ll
'
i
t
^l
@ o
szi
Il
=as
F
o
o
E
a
c
W'* z
n R \i g g l r s 5
l
-6
rSl
.E
--;---d-6---'---1- EH z
: r
st = \ ;.$
n z
...
I
l} D \\ps
.j;S:-*r'.----il.,,,-,
, t l r l , ' ! , , j ! t l
^l . - t L t L

o Rd--
:j,l
' L I I I I I j I -
g):
I
(uaD

:td616fl.\)
I
- o r o
F= l(D
t A :z
EE
E > ^I
e)^
I
9"c
6 O
(t.=
vt Y
-- .FE
EF l
6 E
(L
I
I
I
5E o
t (uX
I
I
Il 8=
.t)
u,l
I
I l} (L-
;i <. I
I
I = \ I ' r, f Q
e! *)- *) \ O.Q
{- l
- \\ uO l E
6-
s i.,'a-T+---B-------
e lE '
- ui 3.1-
r

t\Z
r
oq
u

E t
t\
l.- i l ', S B
lrJ

i =\
t 4 l
t

I
:
r cni6
a

(/).!g
\ F
r

=
i l : v)
\.-
r_-,. \ € t4
4
i S
\ l O

/-1 +.8 z
c
6-E
@ o
o o
( d -
l
-.f
E 6 \ < \ I
.EE
o -
"J. ttra\
trt
4
'=-:'-------
-s
8t
^ L O
L Z

e' r -x, ct
{ 9(d

s
o
E;E
FrP
E,l-
x 4

\
"-#
o-o*------- -----____4,
O E
o(!
Oo-

10-3 (Amended 2012) SHIPS'ROUTEING

2015EDITION
PRECAUTIONARY
AREAAND RECOMMENDED
DIRECTION
OF TRAFFIC
FLOWIN
THEAREAWESTOF RUNVELD
(Reference 1630(lNT1416),
charts:Netherlands edition4/2010;1631(lNT1418),
edition3.
Note:Thesechartsarebasedon Worldceodeticsystemi9B4 datum(wcs B4).)

"Rijnveld West" precautionaryarea

A precautionaryareaisestablished
off theentrance to the Rotterdam
Waterway.
Theareais boundedby a line
connectingthefollowinggeographical positions:
(1) 52"21',.54
N, 003"27'.14 E (4) 52"07',.81N, 003'26',.80
E
(2) 5214',.47N, OO3"2g'.38 E (5) 52''12',.85
N, oo3"12',.42
E
(3) 52'10',.15
N, 003'29',.58E (6) 52"20',.22N, 003"24'.goE
Recommended
directionof traffic flow southbound
A recommendeddirectionof trafficflow southboundis established from the southernend of the southbound
traffic lane branchingfrom the south-westboundlaneof the traffic separationscheme"Off Texel',to the north
end of the RijnveldWest precautionaryarea.The directionis markedon chartsby dashedoutlinedarrows
which are placedin a directionof 189.2degreesin betweenthe followinggeographical positions:
(6) 52"20',.22N, 0O3"24'.gO
E (B) 52"31',.76 N, OO3"2g'.87 E
(7) 52'31',.94N, 003.28'.01E (1) 52"21',.54 N, 003"27'.14E

Note:
CAUTION
(RijnveldWest precautionaryarea)
Marinersarewarnedthat, in thisprecautionaryarea,shipson routesto and from the trafficseparation
scheme
"Otf Texel",the RiverScheldtand Europoortare mergingor crossing.

PRECAUTIONARY
AREAAND RECOMMENDEDDIRECTIONOF TRAFFICFIOW
IN THE AREAWESTOF RUNVETD

SHIPS'ROUTEING2015 EDITION (Adopted 2012)

PRECAUTIONARY
AREASIN THEAPPROACHES
TO UMUIDEN
Note: Seetraffic separationschemes"ln the approachesto lJmuiden"in part B, section ll and "Deep-water
route leadingto IJmuiden"in part C, sectionll and areato be avoided"By lJmuidennorthernapproaches"in
part D, sectionl.
(Reference chart:Netherlands1631(lNT 14'lB,edition3).
Note: This chart is basedon World Ceodetic System1984 datum (WCS B4).)

lf muidenf unctionprecautionaryarea
(a) A precautionaryarea between the UmuidenWest Inner and UmuidenWest Outer trafficseparation
schemesis boundedby a line connectingthe followinggeographical
positions:
(21) 52"28'.58N, 004"10',.85E (B) 52"31',.50
N, 004"08',.13
E
(22) 52"28',.29N, O04"O8',.97E (15) 52"29',.87
N, OO E
"Og',.28
(321 52"31',.50N, 0O4"O6',.7OE

UmuidenCrossingprecautionaryarea
(a) A precautionary area immediately west of the Umuiden West Outer traffic separation scheme is
establishedby a line connectingthe following geographicalpositions:
(33) 52"31',.50
N, E
003"56',.38 (36) 52"25',.16
N, E
003%8',.53
(35) 52"25',.53
N, E
OO3"54',.43 (37) 52"31',.50
N, E
003"50',.57

Note:
CAUTION
(Nearthe buoyeddeep-water channelroutein the UmuidenJunctionand IJmuiden Crossing precautionary areas)
For shipsthat haveto crossthe deep-waterroute leadingto lJmuiden, is
attention drawn to rule 1B(dXi)of the
1972CollisionRegulations. Marinersare, however,remindedthat, when risk of collisionis deemedto exist,
the 1972CollisionRegulations the rulesof part B, sectionsll and lll areof specific
fully applyand, in particular,
relevanceto the crossingsituation.

AREASIN THEAPPROACHES
PRECAUTIONARY TO UMUIDEN

(Adopted 2012) SHIPS'ROUTEING2O'I5EDITION

RECOMMENDATIONS
ON NAVIGATION
AROUNDTHEUNITEDKINGDOMCOAST
Note: Seemandatoryship reportingsystem"West Europeantankerreportingsystem"in part C, sectionI.

The followingrecommendations
are madefor specificlocationsaroundthe coastof the United Kingdom:
.1 ln the PentlandFirth
Marinersintendingto use the PentlandFirth should be aware of very strongtidal streamsand sets.
Difficultiescan be encounteredwhen transitingeitherwith or againstthe tide and mastersshouldensure
that a closewatch is keotat all timeson the course,soeedand oositionof their vessels.
Mastersof ladentankersnot bound to or from Flottaand ScapaFlow shouldnot usethe PentlandFirth
in restrictedvisibilityor adverseweather.At othertimes,theremay be a casefor transitingwith the tide
to reducethe time spentin the Firth,althoughmastersshouldtake accountof the generalnavigational
warningabove.
a
.z Off the lslesof Scilly
Ladentankersover 10,000grosstonnageusingthe trafficseparationschemebetweenLand'sEnd and
the lslesof Scillyshould keep at leastthree miles to seawardof Wolf Rock, and should not use the
schemein restrictedvisibilityor other adverseweather.

.3 ln The Minches
Exceptdue to stressof weatheror any other caseof forcemajeure,all ladentankersover 10,000gross
tonnageshouldnot passthroughThe Minches.

ln the North Channel

The presentrequirementsand recommendationas set out in Ships' Routeingcontinueto apply. In
addition,no ladentankershouldusethe narrowpassage
throughRathlinSound.

.5 Off Smallsand CrassholmeChannel

Ladentankersover 10,000grosstonnageshould not use the channelbetweenCrassholmelslandand
SkomerIslandunlessmovingbetweenthe anchoragein St. Bride'sBayand Milford Haven.

.6 ln the NeedlesChannel
Due to tidal problemsand apparentmovementof the sand banks in this channel,ladentankersover
10,000grosstonnageshouldavoidthischannel.

.7 ln the EnglishChannel and Dover Strait

AII shipsnavigatingin this areashouldhaveon boardthe latesteditionof Chart5500,MarinersRouteing
Cuide English Channeland SouthernNorthSea,or otherequivalent guides.

.B ln the Firth of Forth

Ladentankersshouldavoidthe areabetweenBassRockand the coast.

S H I P SR
' O U T E I N G2 O ' I 5E D I T I O N (Amended2006) 13-1
Reporting
requirements
The following recommendationsare associatedwith the areas set out in the previous paragraphand i n
Recommendedroutesin the FairIsleChannel.

Shipsintendingto use the following routes,when at leastone hour from the EstimatedTime of Arrival of
enteringthe route,and on final departure,should report to Coastguardas describedbelow.
Route Shipcondition Reportto Coastguard Reporton VHF channel
Fairlsle laden Shetland 16
PentlandFirth laden Pentland 16
The Minches ALL shipsover 300 gt Stornoway' 16
lslesof Scilly laden Falmouth 16
Dover StraitTSS ALt SHIPS Doveror Cap Cris Nez 69
CasquetsTSS ALL SHIPS Jobourg 69

Reportingreference Latitude Longitude

Southbound
InitialReport Whenpassing N
58"30',.00
B N
57"58',.00 w
006"17',.00
C 57"28',.50N 006"54',.40
W
FinalReport When passing 57"00'.00N
Northbound
InitialReport When passing 57"00'.00N
E N
57"23',.80 006"51',.80
W
F 57%0',.40N w
006"32',.00
FinalReport When passing N
58"30',.00

Forrhatof reports
The reportingshouldbe in accordance A.648(16)T
with IMO resolution adoptedon 19 October1989and
shouldincludethefollowing:
ALFA Name and call signof the ship
BRAVO Day of month (two figures)and time in hoursand minutes(UT (CMT) in four figures)
CHARLIE Latitude(4 figures+ N or S)and longitude(5 figures+ E or W)
DELTA Truebearing(first3 figures)and distancein nauticalmilesfrom identifiedlandmark
ECHO Truecoursein degrees(3 figures)
FOXTROT Speedin knotsanddecimalof knots(3 figures)
GOLF Lastportof call
INDIA Destination
MIKE VHF Channelsmonitored
OSCAR Deepestdraughtin metresand centimetres
PAPA Type and quantity (tonnes)of cargo

QUEBEC limitations.
Briefdetailsof damage/deficiency/other

.
Voluntary reportscan be made when passingthe positionsthat are shown on the next page,which are relativeto Ordnance Survey
.1936
of Great Britain datum.
*
This has been revokedby resolutionA.851(20).

13-2 (Adopted 2012) S H I P SR

' O U T E I N C2 0 1 5E D I T I O N
RECOMMENDED
DIRECTIONS
OF TRAFFIC
FLOWIN THEGERMANBIGHT
Note: Seethe followingtrafficseparationschemesin the CermanBight:"Terschelling-Cerman
Bight';"Jade
approach","Elbeapproach"and "CermanBightwesternapproach"(partB, sectionll).

Recommended directionsof trafficflow areestablished

betweenthe trafficseparation
scheme"Elbeapproach"
and the easternends of the traffic separationschemes"Terschelling-Cerman Bight" and "Cerman Bight
westernapproach"as shown in the chartletbelow.

RECOMMENDED
DIRECTIONS
OF TRAFFICFIOW IN THECERMANBIGHT

S H I P SR
' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N (Amended 1993)
RECOMMENDED IN THEFAIRISIECHANNET
ROUTES
Note: See"Recommendationson navigationaround the United Kingdomcoast" and mandatoryship
reportingsystem"West EuropeanTankerReportingSystem"in part C, section L

Recommendeddirectionsof traffic flow are establishedin the Fair lsle Straitas follows:
(a) a singlerecommendedroute to the north of Fair lsle for use by westboundtraffic; and
(b) separaterecommendedroutesto the south-westof Fair lsle with eastboundtraffic taking a route north-
eastof North Ronaldsay,and with westboundtraffic taking a route to the south-westof Fair lsle.

Theseroutesare recommendedfor use by all shipstransitingthe area.

e?t'.;- f i
- uwj
Area shettand "€ ,."?'(
to be tstandsj!sP...
avoided l
1
1 { -
"ln the region of J
I
the Shetland lslands"
({ (see section I of part D) J
e8v I
-** {,P.or-nJ
uead l

'-t/, ,\.
J./- ruorttr ,-\
S Ronaldsay

Orkney
lslands

Area
to be
avoided

"ln the region of

the Orkney lslands"
(see section I of part D)

RECOMMENDEDROUTESIN THE FAIRISLECHANNEL

15 (Adoptedt99s) S H I P SR
' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N
RECOMMENDED ROUTES
fOrNrNGTHETRAFFIC
SEPARATION
SCHEMES
OFFTHE
COASTOF SOUTHERN
NORWAY
(Reference
charts:Norwegian305 (lNT 1300)and 306 publishedby the NorwegianHydrographicService.
.1300)
Note: Chart305 (lNT is basedon World CeodeticSystem1984datum(WCS84) and ihart 306 is based
on EuropeanDatum 1950(ED 50).The geographical positions,(56)to (63),listedbelow are basedon World
CeodeticSystem1984 datum (WGS B4).)

Categories
of shipsto which the traffic separationschemesapply
(a) tankersas definedin Annex I of the International
Conventionfor the Preventionof Pollutionfrom Ships,
1973,as modifiedby the Protocolof 1978(MARPOL);
(b) chemical tankerscarrying noxious Iiquid substancesin bulk assessedor provisionallyassessedas
CategoryX or Y in Annex ll to MARPOL;
(c) shipsof 5000 grosstonnageand upwards,in transitor on international
voyagesto or from Norwegian
ports;and
(d) the routeingschemesdo not apply to any sizeor categoryof ship in domestictrafficwith passengers
and/orgoodsbetweenNorwegianports.

Internationalvoyagesto or from ports in Norway

Shipsof above categorieson internationalvoyages,to or from ports in Norway,should follow the ships'
routeingsystemuntil a courseto port can be clearlyset.This alsoappliesto shipscallingat Norwegianports
for suppliesor service.

Description
of the recommended
routes
(p) A recommendedroute is establishedbetweenthe trafficseparationschemes"Off Egersund"and "Off
Farsund"with a centralline betweenthe followinggeographicalpositions:
(56) 58"17',.60N, 005.24',.85
E (57) 57.47',.38
N, 006.31'.65E
(q) A recommendedroute is establishedbetweenthe traffic separationschemes"Off Farsund"and "Off
Ryvingen"with a centralline betweenthe followinggeographical positions:
(58) 57',45',.33
N, 006"41',.57
E (59) 57'43',.82N, 007"41',.97
E
(r) A recommendedroute is established betweenthe trafficseparationschemes"Off Ryvingen"and "Off
Lillesand"with a centralline betweenthe followinggeographicalpositions:
,60) 57'44',.70N, (61) 57.59',.17
007"55',.23E N, 008%6'.03E
(s) A recommendedroute is establishedbetweenthe trafficseparationschemes"Off Lillesand"and"Off
Risor"with a centralline betweenthe followinggeographical
positions:
(62158"02',.78 N, 008'54',.80E (63) 58'26',.95N, 009.34',.78E
Note: Typicalshiftsof positionco-ordinatesreferredto the WCS B4 datumto the ED 50 datumare:

From datum To datum Approximatelatitude Datumshift

in the area
WGS 84 ED50 62'30',N 99 m (NE-diagonal)
WCS 84 E D5 0 59'00' N 109 m (NE-diagonal)

(chartletsoverleaf)

SHIPS'ROUTEING2015 EDITION (Adopted2010) 16-1

 t
o
$ o) l
c I
6
!

E 6)
Ir ) ,

Frsi U)
(D
F
i
I
r,lt \ I
c r- l n
0)
o) Jr l It i l
stc .E lI i | l , J
v, lt \
\ . 8
i
i
I
I
I
V)
6 :r l
| r,.I
)l
l n 6 1)
I

U
(h

c , N
I z,
f !o
o
(5
9is
c
L f
a -9t i 3 Xt
d k=
(! x- 'l zf o
o
l.r

5 .Y ! .Yi
sr ! <>
a F EN
a ;-x <
it) =e,
/./ F 6 , : 9
"1
,' :' o o H
E ! . -
ez
, o tsz
o tu gJ
!

( o /
,* O . o ' a /
4A
a\
a ' 9
' g =x
ir P
->S
E
\x3
- E 6 r
- 9 = d =\r
( , i i : F
gI:H
E.:bqi
i F E :
(/) iid d z\)
u) Y " " ' a

- d
0) (.J
5 tlJ

R >=
,,F SE
x ^\r
l\: o
x < o
x o ;
c fiE
s Y x
F ^ e

:l d
E O
! ! :
n ' Q
<45
-1

16-2 (Adopted2010) S H I P SR
' O U T E I N C2 0 1 5E D I T I O N
 (a
tu
:
IIJ

Ict)
z
v(a
t r r.rJ
<
<
s>
E <
(/)5,
Y =
t L 7

ciZ
lcg,

l- D
z d
Zx
-La
Y] <
] U

z v
|rJ

S H I P SR
' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N \dopted 2010)
RECOMMENDED
ROUTES SEPARATION
fOtNlNG THETRAFFTC OFFTHE
SCHEMES
WESTERN
COASTOF NORWAY
(Referencecharts:Norwegian306,3O7and 308 publishedby the NorwegianHydrographicService.
Note: Thesechartsare basedon EuropeanDatum 1950(ED50).The geographicalpositions,(38)to (43),listed
below are basedon World Geodetic System1984 datum (WCS B4).)

of shipsto which the traffic separationschemesapply

Categories
(a) tankersas defined in Annex I of the InternationalConventionfor the Preventionof Pollutionfrom Ships,
1973,as modified by the Protocolof 1978(MARPOL);
(b) chemical tankerscarrying noxious liquid substancesin bulk assessedor provisionallyassessedas
CategoryX or Y in Annex ll to MARPOL;
(c) shipsof 5000 grosstonnageand upwards,in transitor on internationalvoyagesto or from Norwegian
ports;and
(d) the routeingschemesdo not apply to any size or categoryof ship in domestic traffic with passengers
and/or goods between Norwegianports.

Internationalvoyagesto or from ports in Norway

Ships of above categorieson internationalvoyages,to or from ports in Norway, should follo:,vthe ships'
routeingsystemuntil a courseto port can be clearly set.This also appliesto shipscalling at Norwegianports
for suppliesor service.

Descriptionof the recommendedroutes

(m) A recommendedroute is establishedbetween the traffic separationschemes"Off Runde" and "Off
Stad" with a central line between the following geographicalpositions:
(38) 62"50',.00
N, E
OO4"06',.25 (39) 61"59',.00
N, E
004"06',.25
(n) A recommendedroute is establishedbetweenthe traffic separationschemes"Off Stad" and "Off Sotra"
with a central line between the following geographicalpositions:
N.
@o) 61"54'.00 E
004"06',.25 (41) 60'20',.00N, 004"06'.25E
(o) A recommendedroute is establishedbetweenthe traffic separationschemes"Off Sotra"and "Off Utsira"
with a central line betweenthe following geographicalpositions:
(42) 60"15',.00 N, 004"06',.25 E (43) 59"05',.00N, OO4'O6',.25 E
Note: Typicalshiftsof position co-ordinatesreferredto the WGS 84 datum to the ED 50 datum are:

From datum To datum Approximatelatitude Datumshift

in the area
WCS 84 ED 50 62" 30',N 99 m (NE-diagonal)
WGS 84 ED50 5 9 ' 0 0 'N 109 m (NE-diagonal)

(Adopted 2010) SHIPS'ROUTEING2015 EDITION

 RECOMMENDED
ROUTES
IOININGTHETRAFFIC
SEPARATION
SCHEMES
COASTOF NORWAY- NORTH
OFFTHEWESTERN

S H I P SR
' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N (Adopted 2010)
 !\

Trafficseparationscheme 'j'(41)
"Offthe westerncoastof Norway" | " 4 !I
I
TSS"Off Sotra"
(seepaft B. sectionll) V o ! l

i$2)
I
I
I
I
I

Trafficseparationscheme
"Off the westerncoast of Norway"
(seepaft B. section ll)
e"
t,

\\\
*ta

Traffic separationschemes \'

''Ofrthe coastof southernNorway '\.
lsPP nar+ R <e.tion lll

RECOMMENDEDROUTESIOININC THETRAFFICSEPARATION
SCHEMES
OFF THE WESTERNCOASTOF NORWAY- SOUTH

(Adopted2010) S H I P SR
' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N
RECOMMENDEDROUTES'OININC THETRAFFIC
SEPARATION
SCHEMES
OFFTHECOASTOF NORWAYFROMVARDATO ROST
Note: Seemandatoryship reportingsystem"ln the Barentsarea" in part C, sectionl.
(Referencecharts:NorwegianHydrographicServiceFisheries ChartSeries551,1963edition;
552,1964edition;557,1966edition.Thesechartsare basedon European datum1950(ED50).
positions(85)-(98)listedbelow are given in the WCS 84 datum.)
Note: The geographical

Categories
of shipsto whichthe trafficseparation
schemes
apply
Tankersof all sizes,includinggasand chemicaltankers,and all other cargoshipsof 5000 grosstonnageand
upwardsengagedon international voyagesshouldfollow the routeingsystemconsistingof a seriesof traffic
separationschemesjoined by recommendedroutesoff the coastof Norwayfrom Vardato Rost.

lnternationalvoyagesto or from ports in Norwayfrom Vardsto Rost

Shipson international
voyagesto or from portsin Norwayfrom Vardoto-Rostshouldfollow the ship'srouteing
systemsuntil a courseto port can be clearlyset. This also appliesto shipscallingat Norwegianports for
suppliesor service.

Description of the recommended routes

(y) A recommendedroute is establishedbetween the traffic separationschemes"Olf Yardz" and "Off
Slettnes"with a centralline betweenthe followinggeographical
positions:
(85) 70'50',.43 N, 031.31',.22
E (86) 71"23',.64
N, 029"13',.67
E
(z) A recommendedroute is establishedbetweenthe traffic separationschemes"Off Slettnes"and "Off
North Cape"with a centralline betweenthe followinggeographical positions:
(BZ171"28',.28
N, 028.42',.65
E (BB) 71"41',.20
N, 02610',.59E
(aa) A recommendedrouteis established betweenthe trafficseparationschemes"Off North Cape"and "Off
Sar@ya"with a centralline betweenthe followinggeographicalpositions:
(89) 71%1',.50 N, 025"26',.81
E (90) 71o3'1',.20
N, 022.39'.83E
(bb) A recommendedroute is establishedbetweenthe traffic separationschemes"Off Sarava" and "Off
Torsv5g"with a centralline betweenthe followinggeographicalpositions:
(91) 71'27',.06
N, 022"00',.01
E (92171.03',.'lB
N, 019"13',.28
E
(cc) A recommendedroute is establishedbetween the traffic separationschemes"Off Torsv6g"and
"Off Andenes"with a centralline betweenthe followinggeographicalpositions:
(93) 70'55',.68N, 018"38',.05
E (94) 69%9',.78
N, 015"05',.38
E
(dd) Arecommendedrouteisestablishedbetweenthetrafficseparationschemes"OffAndenes"and"OffRost(
with a centralline betweenthe followinggeographical
positions:
(95) 69"43',.79N, 014'47',.17
E (96) 68'13',.89
N, 010"15',.05
E
(ee) A recommendedroute is establishedbetweenthe traffic separationschemes"Off Rost (1)" and "Off
Rast(2)"with a centralline betweenthe followinggeographicalpositions:
(97) 68'02',.84N, 009'52',.08E (98) 67'38',.34N, 009"19',.26E
(chartletsoverleaf)

S H I P SR
' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N (Adopted 2006)
 ///
/J/ < r.
//" a
;/iE
,
./6'
= . F
i
(6
/ 5 y-)-
(t)
/ tn
/ aii
/ l

,i,l
/ ,//
-//
-r' * f l
"l o \
F\ a.
: / <
o . r (

s t \ :
( o /
>/ \\
a
/ : t 0) (t)
1/ c
/> ts
0)
a
otor^\
@ ,
1-l

a
*lP" ls
a
F

co
ol

l.-
ot

o
?:'o'";)'' =

^ t
@ ,
C) z
Cd

il ut,t
tv
s
o o N
o-
t, ^( 5 6 V)
r\ \\r : s
r\ \r z E
l : F
z U
yF
-# \\ tfJ
a |o
\ C / ]
N
1 F
/^vf

tt)
IJJ

I
\ Itl
\ G
l' . >4 z
|jI
: o
\ a :
l F
= l X
d \ , , r, Y
\ -
r , l
a
A
I
IJJ
lr \ F

\ 6\ a/
o _
l\'u
)r\"

(Adopted2006; chartletupdated2013;l S H I P SR
' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N
 ah

(J

I
tt)
a

}G

V)

U
lll

v)
Iu

|rI

z
UJ
=

U
tlJ

S H I P SR
' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N (Adopted 2006; chartlet updated 2013)
 ()
N

(a

$ + 6

'a
-"Up"
Nrdfiorden
q) {7
c
o
!
c

\ '\\
^..t
' : . lt\ "
\r\ a F
V)
9 r N
t-, \\ s

a\
x \
n
a/^
(E "b,^
\rf a
Y4"
-"4
.\ c
(s
J $
\,r

6 =
s
o E
t9
.t z
\
\ (t)

\ U
19 tu
\ :
\ t:
\'\\
^..\ \\ 6
"..\' o
)-\ \ cc
\ F
\ 5 tt)
\ J " lrJ
'., g
R'
rvl
N
l
Y a
rtN, N
'\ \-F
r

\ \ a v
t r -$_-. ul
*- a
. \ \\ \-
\\\ \
6
o)\
F ztu

1B-4 (Adopted2006; chartletupdated2013) ' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N

S H I P SR
RECOMMENDED
ROUTES
IN THEMINCHES
Note: See"Recommendations on navigationaroundthe UnitedKingdomcoast"in part E and mandatoryship
reportingsystem"West EuropeanTankerReportingSystem"in part C, sectionl.
(Referencecharts:BritishAdmiralty2635,1794,1795.
Note: Thesechartsare basedon OrdnanceSurveyof Creat Britain1936 datum. Positionco-ordinatesin
colourare basedon World CeodeticSvstem1984datum.)

Description
of recommended
routes
A recommendedroute for southboundtraffic is defined by a line connectingthe following geographical
oositions:
(1) 57'58',.00N, 006'17',.00W (1) 57'57',.98N, 006'17',.07
W
(2) 57'54',.00N, 006'30',.00W (2) 57'53',.98N, 005'30'.06w
(3) 57"47',.00N, 006%1',.00 W (3) 57'46',.98N, 006'41',.06
W
A recommendedroute for northboundtraffic is defined by a line connectingthe following geographical
positions:
(4) 57%0',.00N, 006"32',.14W (4) 57"40',.35
N, 00632'.20W
(5) 57%5',.00N, 006'16',.00W (5) 57o44'.98l\), 006"16'.06
W
(6) 57"52',.00
N, 006.03',.00W (6) 57"5.1',.98
N, 005"03',.07
W

RECOMMENDED
ROUTESIN THE MINCHES

S H I P SR
' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N (Adopted 2006) 19
TWO.WAYROUTES COASTOF ICELAND
OFFTHESOUTH.WEST
(Reference chart:lcelandic31 (lNT 1105),June2004 edition.
Note: This chart is basedon World Ceodetic System1984 datum (WCS B4).)

Descriptionof the two-wayroute in the Hullid Passage

The routeing measure consistsof a two-way route (the lnner Route) west of the ReykjanesPeninsula,
located between the easternand westernareasto be avoided,establishedby lines connectingthe following
geographical positions:
(18) 64"01',.70N, 022'58',.30W (22) 63%5',.80N, 022"44',.4OW
(19) 63%9',.20 N, O22'47',.30W (23) 63%0'.90 N, 022"40',.2OW
(20) 63%8',.00N, O22"48',.40W (26) 63'39',.70N, 022"46',.7OW
(21) 63"47',.00N, O22"47',.60W (27) 63'59',.10
N, W
023"03',.50

Thereare alsotwo-way routesattachedto both endsof the traffic separationschemenorth-westof Carbskagi

Point and a two-way route attachedto the northern end of the traffic separationschemesouth-westof the
ReykjanesPeninsula(seesection ll of part B).

Fdafl6i Bay

Area to be avoided
'Fdafl6i Bay - Sy6E-Hraun Bank"

*;-,Yit
TSS "Nodh-wst of Gil6skagi Poinf
(seputB,swtiontii
i*=== i
'i l = = = - -i)

er)F,
,,trr, l'J:Jj;'h
'''' ;':"i
. <{ r *.'1,\
i,-,,S,:;:.:*,ii'h
'{&4 i:-:':
{,'i:,
^^ ' r \ Y
I fr-':*'
\. t,
.r' F t . '. '* " .
i ' a" v
"^ . ^ i . t , l( '-"
,, , ^ r kNt ) :
, ^' \"\,ilE;\,t '(
nuy'
\1,-_" - -.- ; .;
F /--J'
!'q.".e.I]. YReykjanesPoint
\
r, 6t"5]
Area ro be avoide(
'"T,tl"-::lti;::
\^ no"*
A.eato be avoided
"westof ReykjtresPeninsura'
\ l, \,.\ ,!*tffi"
'i;*-"
(wpadD,s@tionD
\'\
(23)r*
6-z- ***
126)
_..-

COASTOF ICELAND
OFFTHESOUTH-WEST
TWO.WAYROUTES

(Adopted 2007) ROUTEING

SHIPS' 2015EDITION
 RECOMMENDEDDIRECTIONSOF TRAFFICFLOWWITHIN THE PRECAUTIONARY
AREAOFFTANGER.MED
IN THESTRAITOF GIBRALTAR-
Note:Seemandatoryshipreportingsystem"ln the Straitof Cibraltar"in partC, sectionl.
( R e f e r e n c e c h a r r : 4 i4s5s,u e d b y t h e H y d r o g r a p h i c l n s t i t u t e o f t h e S p a n i s h N a v y , 4 t h e d i t i o n ,
)une2007.
Note: Thischart is basedon World ceodetic Systemi9B4 datum(wcs B4).)

Description of the amended precautionary area off Tanger-Med

A precautionaryarea with recommendeddirectionsof traffic flow is establishedoff the Moroccan oort of
Tanger-Medin the trafficseparationscheme"ln the Straitof Cibraltar",formed by the linesconnectingthe
followinggeographicalpositions:
(B) 36"00',.35N, 005.28'.gBW (14) 35"54'.55N , 005'33',.90 w
(9) 35"58',.68 N, 005'35',.44
W (15) 35"56'.35N , 005"27',.40 W

15

.€ 10
o
.=
E
o
o
o
o
c
6
E
o
05'

.+
!
t
-o a
o
o
o
c f
G o
E
o- 6
E
u o
cc f
=
L
d]
(, o
o
- o

I
o
! 3
=
c
o Tanger.Med a
c0
d
o
o
='
o
-
o
fl "u
Cabo |it..r,t,t4!Pha/
Espartel ,j.,,.ii,:liEnohoring
area
ranger
I.i.:iI ]Irr::,rI :l
. i':urar,irl'i

RECOMMENDED
DIRECTIONS
OF TRAFFICFLOWWITHIN THE PRECAUTIONARY
AREA
OFFTANGER-MEDIN THESTRAITOF GIBRALTAR

Dateof implementation
of amendeddirections:0000 hoursUTC on i lune 20'15

S H I P SR' O U T E I N G
2 0 1 5E D I T I O N (Anended 2014)
21
ROUTEING
MEASURES OF BONIFACIO
IN THESTRAIT
Note: See"Recommendationon navigationthrough the Straitof Bonifacio"in part F and mandatoryship
reportingsystem"ln the Straitof Bonifacio"in part C, section l.
(Referencechart: French 7024 of the SHOM lservice hydrographiqueet oc6anographiquede la Marine
(Hydrographicand OceanographicServiceof the FrenchNavy)J(lNT 3350).
Note: This chart is basedon Europeandatum.)

1 Two-wayroute in the Straitof Bonifacio

1.1 Categories
of shipsconcerned
All shipsof morethan20 metresof overalllengthtransiting
throughthe Strait.
1.2 Description
Northernlimit:
a linejoiningthegeographical
positions:
(1) 41"22',.55
N, E
OO9"22',.38 (3) 41"19',.18
N, 009'06'.51E
(2) 41o18',.00
N, E
009'15',.25
Southernlimit:
a linejoiningthe geographical
positions:
(4) 41"21',.58
N, E
009'23',.30 (6) 41"16',.75
N, 009"06'.lBE
(5) 41"16',.75
N, E
009".15',.75

2 Precautionary areas at the extremities of the two-way route

2.1 Categoriesof ships concerned
All ships.

2.2 Easternprecautionary area

A circularsectorpointedon geographical position(7) [41"22'.O5
N, 009'22'.85E] with a radiusof 5 nautical
milei;limitedby iinesjoininggeognphicaipositions('l) (seeabove)and (B)14'1"26'.gO
N, 009"24'.50El and
joininggeographical positions(4)(seeabove)and (9)[4'1"19'.31
N, 009'28'.40E].

2.3 Westernprecautionary area

A circularsectorpointedon geographicalposition(10)[41"17'.96
N, 009'06'.33E]with a radiusof 5 nautical
milesfimitedby linesjoininggeographicalpositions(3)(seeabove)and (11)141"21'.37
N, 009"01'.47 El and
joininggeographicalpositions(6)(seeabove)and (12)141"13'.57
N, 009"03'.15E].

22-1 (Adopted t99B) SHIPS'ROUTEING

2015EDITION
 o
2

rt)
trJ

=
(t)

tlJ

z
=
l
Itu

= I

S H I P SR
' O U T E I N C2 0 1 5E D I T I O N /Adopted l9oB' 16o,r,o,updated201Jt

-a
RECOMMENDED FLOWIN THECHANNET
OF TRAFFIC
DIRECTIONS OF OTRANTO,
SOUTHERN
AND CENTRAL
ADRIATIC
SEA
Note: Seemandatoryship reportingsystem"ln the AdriaticSea"in part C, sectionl.

Referencecharts:ltalian Navy HydrographicalInstitute435, 1993 edition (ED 50 datum);Hydrographical

Instituteof the Republicof Croatia101,1998edition(Hermannskogeldatum,Besselellipsoid).
Note: The co-ordinateslistedbelow are in World CeodeticSystem1984 datum (WCS B4).)

directionsof traffic flow

Descriptionof the recommended
Recommendeddirectionsof trafficflow, which shouldremainas in the present,are established
betweenthe
parallelsof latitude40"25'.OO
N and 43"'10'.01N.

Recommendeddirectionsof traffic flow, which should be in accordancewith the descriptionas per chart
below,are established betweenthe parallelof latitude43'10'.01N and the precautionary
areaat the southern
-
Iimitsof the trafficseparationschemes"ln the North AdriaticSea easternpart" and "ln the North Adriatic
Sea- westernpart".

RECOMMENDED OF TRAFFICFLOWBETWEEN
DIRECTIONS 43'10'.01N
AREAIN THE NORTHADRIATIC
AND PRECAUTIONARY SEA

(Adopted 2004) S H I P SR
' O U T E I N G2 O ' I 5E D I T I O N
RECOMMENDED
ROUTES
OFFTHEMEDITERRANEAN
COASTOF EGYPT
(Reference
charts:BritishAdmiralty3400,2681,2573and2574.
Note: Thesechartsare basedon World CeodeticSystem1984 datum(WCS B4).)

Recommended
routes
Recommended routebetweenSallumand Matrouhis definedby a lineconnecting
the followinggeographical
positions:
(1) 31%0',.60N, 025.19',.50
E, (3) 31"32'.50N, 027"21'.10 E
a 31"51',.40
N, 025'54',.00
E
Recommendedroute betweenMatrouh and El-lskindaria
is defined by a line connecting
the following
geographical
positions:
(4) 31o32',.50
N, O27"21',.10
E (5) 3i.16'.30N, 029'35',.20
E
Recommendedroute between El-lskindaria
and El-Arishis defined by a line connecting
the following
geographical
positions:
(6) 31"12',.90
N, 029"47',.70
E (g) 3l%6',.80N, 032'50',.70
E
(7) 31"39',.10
N, 030"18',.20
E (10) 3.1.28',.30
N, 033%1',.50
E
(B) 31"45',.00
N, 031'02',.00
E (11) 31.12',.00N, 033"47',.00
E

)
r {
i \ 1,7-r_-__-
:i \t Khang
as
iMim )
_--' ---+
>ailum -/'
I Bardiyah
(1)

Fas 'Alamel Rom

Ma$duh

RECOMMENDEDROUTEBETWEENSATLUMAND MATROUH

RECOMMENDED
ROUTEBETWEEN
MATROUH
AND EL-ESKINDARIA

S H I P SR
' O U T E I N C2 O i 5 E D I T I O N (Adopted 2002)
 ,f/
i'ii
i,/

I
(t)
c,
.t
ET
o
z

o
z
\z
,t
IJJ
j
tlJ

z|rJ
tu
o
: =
f Iu

IIJ
m
I f
III
o
4
o
tlJ
o
z
IIJ

o
I
tu
4

"S
^o
9 o
E
a'o 3
i E
l o

i t r

24-2 (Adopted 2OO2) SHIPS'ROUTEING2015 EDITION

RECOMMENDED
DIRECTIONS
OF TRAFFICFLOWOFF RASSHUKHEIR
Note: See"Rulesfor shipsnavigatingin the Culf of Suez"in part F.

Recommended directionsof trafficflow are established

in the approachesto RasShukheirOil Terminal,July,
Ramadanand Morganoilfieldsas shownin the chartletbelow.

t. q.
tt,
\

\ ' .
\ ' . \ a
\ J
r \
Ntt \

\'r, .2
tr
o, /?'
\ .)".
. t \. * . - ' \ , '\. ; t (
lSeedescription of the
." - ta
traffic seoarationscheme
"ln the Gulf of Suez"
^,r,i
"..:-.: .0r'7",,. in section lV of part B)
o't'''
^ *{tr,.# .,,}",
*T":l**'jlX ..' \

33'30',

RECOMMENDED
DIRECTIONS
OF TRAFFICFIOW OFF RASSHUKHEIR

S H I P SR
' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N (Adopted I9B3)
PRECAUTIONARY
AREAIN THEAPPROACHES PORT(KAP)
TO KINGABDUTTAI-I
IN THENORTHERN
REDSEA
(Referencechart: BritishAdmiralty (BA) 2659,4 May 1990.
Note: This chart is not basedon World Ceodetic System1984 datum (WGS B4).The geographicalpositions
Iisted in item (a) below are referencedto BA 2659.)

Descriptionof the precautionaryarea

(a) The precautionaryareais establishedbounded by a Iineconnectingthe following geographicalpositions:
Q 22"18',.61N, E
038"53',.60 (9) 2221',.25 N, 038'56',.61
E
(3) 22"2o',.57
N, E
038"54'-64 ('lo) 22"19',.24
N, 038"55',.58
E

Notes:
Geographicalpositionsreferencedto WCS 84:
(2) 22"18',.61 N, E
038'53',.61 (e) 2221',.25
N, E
O38"56',.62
(3) 22"20',_57 N, E
038"54',.65 (10) 22"19',.24
N, E
038"55',.59

26-1 (Adopted2010) SHIPS'ROUTEING

2015EDITION
 //
U

0
400
oo
a'
\
DW

O t 1
\)
n l
b /

{h ,"
)w n/ ' /
,
\
\J (
I
I
T
1
n
>/ /
, , ,
O "
/ D W t

, ' l
O r t
< / t ' l

t l
t l
I
, zY
6J fqj
\")

\-'/
/11\6-

l l

f
l
t
L l
A
l

/V
.1 ta^\
Uv/
l
0
,-,r
lt\.3 -
/
o
R
, l

/ D W
l l

ilf
\ / /)
U
t
W (
f\
0
\ \ s \t u/,
t (

(\
A

U t (
0 v ) l
U
0
n
n \l ^ l
I

{( v t -

U0 n 0
55', 39" 05,

PRECAUTIONARY
AREAIN THEAPPROACHES
TO KING ABDULLAHPORT

(Adopted2010)
RECOMMENDED
TRACKS AREAFORTHESOUTHERN
AND A PRECAUTIONARY
REDSEA
(Reference
charts:BritishAdmiralty452,2OO2edition;453,2002edition.
Note: Thesechartsare basedon World CeodeticSystem1984 datum(WCS B4).)

RECOMMENDED
TRACKS IABALZUQARAND THEPRECAUTIONARY
BETWEEN AREA
The directionof navigationwill be:
a southboundtrafficlane,166"(T)from the southernlimit of the trafficseparationscheme"Eastof
JabalZuqar lsland"as far as the northernlimit of the precautionaryarea lying north of the traffic
separationscheme"ln the Straitof Bab el Mandeb".
a northboundtraffic lane,346"(T)from the northernlimit of the precautionaryarealying north of
the traffic separationscheme"ln the Straitof Bab el Mandeb" to the southernlimit of the traffic
separationscheme"Eastof )abalZuqar lsland".

Description of the recommended tracks between the traffic separation schemes

"East of fabal Zuqar" and "ln the Strait of Bab el Mandeb"
(a) Northernlimit, consistingof a line connectingthe followinggeographicalpositions:
(9) (Eastof )abal Zuqar) 13"57',.97
N, 042"49',.95E
(12) (Eastof JabalZuqar) 13058',.94
N, 04253',.83E
(b) Southernlimit, consistingof a line connectingthe followinggeographicalpositions:
(X) (precautionaryarea) 13"19',.52
N, 043'03',.60 E
(Y) (precautionaryarea) 13'18',.64
N. 042"59',.95 E

RECOMMENDED
TRACKS HANISHAL KUBRAAND THEPRECAUTIONARY
BETWEEN AREA
The directionof navigationwill be:
a southboundtraffic lane, 123"(T)from the south-eastern limit of the traffic separationscheme
"West and south of Hanish al Kubra" as far as the north-western limit of the precautionaryarea
lying north of the trafficseparationschemethroughBab el Mandeb.
a northboundtraffic lane, 309'(T) from the north-westernlimit of the precautionaryarea lying
north of the traffic separationschemethrough Bab el Mandeb to the south-eastern limit of the
trafficseparationscheme"West and southof Hanishal Kubra".

Descriptionof the recommendedtracksbetweenthe traffic separationscheme"West and south

of Hanish al Kubra" and the precautionary area
(a) North-westernlimit, consistingof a line connectingthe followinggeographicalpositions:
(9) (Westand southof Hanishal Kubra) 13"25'.22N, 042"41'.05E
(12) (Westand southof Hanishal Kubra) 13'30'.25N, 042"45'.18E
(b) limit, consistingof a line connectingthe followinggeographical
South-eastern positions:
(Y) (precautionaryarea) 13'18',.64N, 042"59',.95
E
(Z) (precautionaryarea) 13"15'.00 N, 042'56',.96
E

PRECAUTIONARY AREANORTH OF THE TRAFFICSEPARATION

SCHEME
"IN THESTRAITOF BAB ELMANDEB"
A precautionary
areais established thefollowinggeographical
by a lineconnecting positions:
(10) (North-westof Bab el Mandeb) 13''f5',.00N, 043"04'.70E
(x) 13''19',.52N, E
043"03',.60
(Y) 13'.f8'.64 N, E
042"59',.95
(z) 13'15',.00 N, 042"56'.96E
(7) (North-westof Babel Mandeb) 13'11',.94 N, E
043"01',.72

27-1/28-1 (Adopted2002) ' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N

S H I P SR
 Jabal Zuqar ;' (SeeISS "Easfof
I

\ (12) Jabal Zuqar Island"

in paft B, sectionlW
v p (e)
ua

a R?o

of
"1rru"1," It
l l
-tt

l l
l l 1 l
It- ll

I t
1 l
tl
l l 1 l
l l
t t
l l

\. (SeeISS "Westand
*... Soufh of Hanishal Kubra"
\'... in paft B, sectiontt/)
\\ r.
\) '\
(tr)

-l l i ;
"rr
l l
l l
l l
(e) ll-
t l
- r t lt

Muhabbaka
0lslands
0q
Y)"---"t',

-\
/7\
,blot
\\
\ \v'
- /
m \\ \"

tt \\.
(SeeISS '/n fhe
Straitof Bab el Mandeb" \
in pari B, tW- t,
1 \
""ctni
40. 45' 05' 10'

RECOMMENDED
TRACKSAND A PRECAUTIONARY
AREAFORTHESOUTHERNREDSEA

S H I P SR
' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N (Adopted 2002)
27-2/28-2
RECOMMENDATORY MEASURES CROSSINGTHE TRAFFIC
FORVESSETS
SEPARATIONSCHEME(TSS)AND PRECAUTTONARY
AREASrN THE SINGAPORE
STRAITDURING HOURSOF DARKNESS
Note: Seemandatoryship reportingsystem"ln the Straitsof Malaccaand Singapore"in part C, sectionL

1 Vessels are recommended of threeall-roundgreenlights*

to display,if carried,the nightsignalsconsisting
in a verticalline in the followingsituations:
(a) vesselsdepartingfrom ports or anchorageswhen crossingthe westboundor eastboundlane of
the TSSor precautionaryareasin the SingaporeStraitto join the eastboundor westboundlane
respectively;and
(b) eastboundor westboundvesselsin the TSSor precautionaryareasin the SingaporeStraitcrossing
to proceedto ports or anchoragesin the SingaporeStrait.

2 The nightsignalsare recommendedto be displayedby:

(a) vesselsof 300 grosstonnageand above;
(b) vesselsof 50 metresor more in length;and
(c) vesselsengagedin towing or pushingwith a combined300 grosstonnageand above,or with a
combinedlengthof 50 metresor more.

3 Vesselscrossingthe TSSand precautionaryareasin the SingaporeStraitto proceedto or from portsor

anchoragesshouldcomply with the followingprocedures:
(a) a vesselin the SingaporeStraitwhich intendsto crossthe eastboundor westboundtrafficlanesin
the TSSor precautionary shouldcomply with the following:
areas,respectively,
(i) report to the VTIS to indicateits intentionin advance,allowingVTIS to alert ships in the
vicinityof the crossingvessel;
(ii) displaythe signalsconsistingof threeall-roundgreenlightsin a verticalline in ampletime prior
to crossing,in order for other vesselsto note the intentionto crossthe TSSor precautionary
areas;
. (iii) when traffic conditionsare favourable,make a large alterationof course, if necessary,so as
to be readilyapparentto othervesselsin the vicinityobservingvisuallyor by radar,and cross
the trafficlaneon a headingas nearlyas practicableat rightanglesto the generaldirectionof
traffic flow; and
(iv) reportto VTIS and switch off the night signalswhen it has safelyleft/crossed or joined the
appropriatetraffic lane.
(b) to complywith the
displayingthe nightsignalsdoesnot exemptthe crossingvesselof its obligations
COLREC.

.
The technicalspecifications of the lightsusedin the "threegreenlights"signalshould,if possible,comply closelywith positioning
and technicaldetailsof lightsin annexI of COLREC.

(Adopted 2012) ' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N

S H I P SR
 CHANNEL,
TWO-WAYROUTEtN THEGREATNORTH-EAST TORRES
STRAIT
Note: Seemandatoryshipreportingsystem"ln the TorresStraitregionand the lnnerRouteof the CreatBarrier
Reef"in part C, sectionl.
(Referencecharts:ElectronicNavigationCharts(ENC):AU410143(edition9), AU411142
(edition4), AU411143
(editionB).
Papercharts:Aus292(2005Juneedition),Aus293(20'11Novemberedition),AusB37(2012Februaryedition),
AusB39(2012)anuaryedition),AusB4O(2012)uly edition).
Note: Thesechartsare basedon World CeodeticSystem1984datum (WCS B4).)

Descriptionof the amendedtwo-wayroute

(a) The northernlimitsare boundedby the line joiningthe followinggeographical
positions:
(1) 1o'29',.51 S, 142"22'.29 E (B) 10"18',.14S, 142"50',.82
E
(2) '10'28',.81S, 142"25',.61E (g) 'fo'13'.38S, 142"54',.96
E
(3) 1]"28',.54 S, 142"26',.93E (10) 10'00'.50s, 143"03'.42E
(4) 10"27',.80 S, 142"28',.45E (11) 09"47',.73
S, E
143"10',.40
(5) 1}"26',.40 S, 142"31',.30E (12) 09"25',.80
S, 143'31',.07
E
(6) 10"21',.90 S, 142"41',.50E (13) 09"12',.47
S, 143"51',.34
E
(7) 10"19'.37
S, 142"47',.97
E
(b) The southernlimitsare boundedby the linejoiningthe followinggeographical
positions:
(14) 10'30',.45S, 142'24',.02E (20) 10'09',.78S, 143"05',.55E
(15) 10"28',.38S, 142"28',.66E (21) 09"53',.97S, 143"15',.61E
(16) 10"27',.38S, 142"31',.85E (22) 09',46',.02
S, E
143"18',.48
(17) 10"22',.85S, 142"41',.95E (23) 09"37',.965, 143'21',.97E
(18) 10'lg'.80 s, 142"48',.23E (24) 09"27',.60S, 143"32',.15
E
(19) 10"17',.63S, 142"53',.29E (25) 09'13',.95S, 143'52'.62 E

(c) The centrepolygonis definedby the followinggeographicalpositions:

(26) 10'16',.10
S, 142"53',.82 E (30) 09%1',.04 S, 143"18',.87
E
(221 10"13',.79
S, 142"55',.85 E (31) 09"45',.72 S, E
143"17',.51
(28) 10'01',.05
S, 143"04',.20 E (32) 09'53',.84S, 143"14',.5o
E
(29) 09%8',.10S, 143"11',.3o E (33) ',|0'09',.15
S, 143'04',.70
E
(chartletsoverleaf)

*
of amendedroute:0000 hoursUTC on 1 June2015
Dateof implementation

S H I P SR
' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N (Amended 2014)
 TorresStrait

&D cabba tstand

(1

! l
r , , 6 t f
@ ,,",
Zagai lsland ,' ,t
yam lsland 18ts
Yam lsland B t. I
,t .r,
t f
t l
t l
t l
t l
e
' G t trt
-(lo\r'l
I
.a^^^i^
,cci6 dd. tt-OQ9\
-O(29\ r
::""':rffi-.. f f t
t t r
q - " f - r @ r t
/ rt Coconut
rr ,r
q // lsland f t
o o ,'rt ,'rt
a t r t t
I , f t f

n - i.',4' @): i
I-\ Moalsland so Getultai
lstand irr.T ,..'l.o 1201
::? t" ' ^ 'b"
/ Bi;.".* tkr;6Mi7#*''
"i'"'is\
@, Mt Ernesttstand '@ ,1i7:':t{"{"
{261t''.'1"at'-
( 8 1, t u'
(2.--1{-'"(1s)

' rraversrsland :2"';i)11voal

poi!_-. rgtl
Turinreporting -.
'0.'1,iv"'
(2.{4-'-
--
-s j'z*i3p-rs(-1-n6)
(4).'-*'

'i- : 6'
{:f:-:ivrltr-
, €o .--a ---a-
._- r\. _._
-..\.'.--^--... lsland
LittleAdolphus

Hom lsland ".'\..'..e""

'..\.-.-_t..
t.i... t. ...
'
Mt Adolphuslsland
@M '
@" d
\ \ \ \
CaneYorkg..*l:l .

TWO.WAYROUTEIN THEGREATNORTH.EAST STRAIT(WEST)

CHANNEL,TORRES

(Amended 2O14) 2015EDITION

SHIPS'ROUTEING
 Bobo lsland

(13)
/ ,o \
-.' ar F(25)
." F'Bramble
a t n t '

.;.ii 4,v' l"j,li''nn

Darureportingpoint ,.'
4 .t' n-t'
Y g21 ,zizz> ,{2'
\._4. b_
9 ,
/ t
c
{,io, f
o_
t a '
"' A]
a
n
m
m
-Tl
^d" t
m
-"ol)' " Darnlev
tstand
tl
*',' ,' " $ f
A)
a bF,', ,' o-
q)
.^+\' F@l
t
,$", a
,^tE' Fo),' @
f
lt?.i
t a'
;!i.' a o
,'' r' !
,':.:V' lii i
,'q' pt\p-,' '/ +
f,Yierl c2
c> f

,,..,,,,ju-
''{-.' a
: .' smithcay a
,' / o
,'PQs)
t l t o
3
t t t
t l l r!
l r
-
_ t, ' ' tt o
l n //I Ir
iuqar-Ran
Sugar-Ran o
) f p(21)
Reet pz)P tv1zt1

f 1 / )
l f u

NewmanReef

TWO-WAYROUTEIN THEGREATNORTH-EAST
CHANNEL,
TORRES (EAST)
STRAIT

S H I P SR
' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N
TWO-WAYROUTES AREAAr fOMARD ENTRANCE.
AND PRECAUTIONARY
(Reference charts:ElectronicNavigationcharts (ENC): AU412152(edition3, 2O15;this includesan inset
at a scaleof 1:45,000coveringJomardEntranceas part of the depictionof the two-way route.),AU220150
(edition3,2013).
Papercharts: Aus627(edition1,2015),Aus510(edition1,2OO7),Aus4621(lNT 621)(edition4,2011).
Note: AII chartsaboveand geographicalpositionsarebasedon World GeodeticSystem1984datum(WCSB4).)

Descriptionof the two-wayroutesand precautionaryarea

The ships'routeingsystemconsistsof four recommendatorytwo-way routesand a precautionaryareathrough
Jomard Entrance,aligned with and centred upon the existingcharted preferredroute. At the shoalestpoint
within the proposed route, depths are in excessof 200 metres. ln the area immediatelysouth of Jomard
Entrance,three existingCoral Seashippingroutesconverge(and diverge)at JomardEntrance.A precautionary
areawill assistwith improvingthe safetyof navigationalinteractionin the region.

A list of geographicalco-ordinatesof the four recommendatorytwo-way routes and precautionaryarea is

provided below.

Two-wayroute at fomard Entrance(aligned005'- 185')

(1) 11'10',.00S, E
152"O6',.42 (16) 11o20',.00S, E
152'07',.14
(2) 11'1B',.ooS, E
152"O5',.72 (17) 11o18',.00S, E
152"O6',.76
(3) l1'20',.00s, E
152"04',.97 (18) 1l'10',.00s, E
152"O7',,46

Precautionaryarea
(3) '11'20',.00
S, E
152"04',.97 (15) 11"22',.50
S, E
152'07',.59
(4) 11"22',.5o
S, E
152"02',.88 (16) 11'20',.00
S, E
152"07',.14

South-westerntwo-way route (alignedO4O'- 220")

(4) 11"22',.50
S, 152"02',.88E (6) 11'26',.00
S, E
152'01',.l8
(5) 11"26',.OO ',|51'59',.90 (7) 11"22',.5o E
152"04',.14
S, E S,

Southerntwo-wayroute (aligned005'- 185")

. (B) 11"22',.50
S, E
152"05',.33 (10) 11"26',.OO
S, 152'06',.05
E
(g) 11"26',.00
S, E
152'05',.00 (11) 11"22',.50
S, E
152"06',.35

two-way route (aligned350' - 17O")

South-eastern
(12) 11"22',.5o
S, 152'06',.56
E (14) 11"26',.00
S, E
152"08'.24
(13) 11"26',.00
S, E
152"07',.22 (15) 11'22',.5O
S, 152"07',.59
E

Date of implementationof new routesand area:0000 hours UTC on 1 June2015.

31-.1 (Adopted 2014) 2015EDITION

ROUTEING
SHIPS'
 tu
I
z

z
lJ.l

tlJ

z
tr
I
tu
4,

z
V)
LLT

= I

S H I P SR
' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N (Adopted 2014)
 CORATSEA-
IN THESOUTH-WEST
TWO.WAYROUTES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(Reference charts:Aus614,Feb'1994(Edition2 -2O1O);Aus615,Sept1994 (Edition1 - 2001);Aus462O
(lNT 620), Nov .1996(Edition6 - 2O11);Aus4621(lNT 621),Oct2O02 (Edition4 - 2011).
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
.1984
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Note: thesechartsare basedon World Geodetic Svstem datum (WCS B4).)

---------------------------------------------------------------
Descriptionof the two-way routes
-------------------------------
Diamond Passage
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
westernlimit is boundedby linesjoiningthe followingco-ordinates:
-----------------------The
----------------------------------------------------
(1) 16"58',.25 S, 151"15',.56 E
---------------------------------------------------
(6) 17"32',.32 S, 151"10',.56 E
---------------------------------------------------
(5) 17"55',.00 S, 151"O2',.41 E
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The easternlimit is bounded by linesjoiningthe followingco-ordinates:
(2) 16"58',.95 S, "151"20',.72
----------------------------------------------------
E
-----------------------------------------------------
(3) 17"33',.5O S, 151"15',.68 E
'
-----------------------------------------------------
(4) 17"56',.64S, 15'.1"O7',.37 E

---------------------
Holmes Reef

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The westernlimit is bounded by linesjoining the following co-ordinates:
----------------------------------------------------
(1) 15"57',.78 S, 147"51',.5O E
---------------------------------------------------
(6) 16"23',.37 S, 147"28',.48 E
--------------------------------------------------
(5) 16"44',.76 S, 147'23',.76E

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The easternlimit is boundedby linesjoiningthe followingco-ordinates:
----------------------------------------------------
(2) 16"01',.08 S, 147"55',.42 E
------------------------------------------------------
(3) 16"25',.69 S, 147"33',.29 E
-----------------------------------------------------
{4) 16"45',.81 S, 147"28',.86 E

DATA FOR NEW TWO-WAY ROUTES SEE AT THE NOVEMBER 2015 ADDENDUM
(SEE AT THE BEGINNING OF BOOK, AFTER CONTENTS).

-
Date of implementationof new two-way routes:0000 hours UTC on 1 January2016.

32-1 (Adopted 2015) SHIPS'ROUTEINC2015 EDITION

 "-
i' r"
! ' - .
r: -
i i ^ ^c)
: dh i
i !E, g i 'i
eF'
'i 0-6
a'

o- a i ii Fg P I
t------''-3 6
--n..,-.d1"4:l:r-Jr=
= .o------_:9:"-_ P
to
-
. * i t ' Z i I
.' -i .;'. ^
/ r'

, $ ' ' ' ' ^I

7i. *,.
^^
A i - . . i
Pi
'...i 6 i ; ' . 'i
A i.' 6 .l
: '.. R ' , ' l
i11 Y I IIJ
., <t)
..j'. $r..,...,
'l
i"' - i 1r"..
l F-.'
\ -__...J .i
i __ ..,. ':
1'. i
i r:1 o
|o I
i:
rt)
tlJ
0) = I
o
G
a)
i:".".:
-1r V'
i o
a) tu
o
t
=
(n
tu
l

= I
o
\f
o'"'/ =
frt

, ,
t ' ay
a."",

{
:\
h bt .nt9
s * : >
S Rd!: -* 9,EEFREP
v \ -
F
;
> R :
lu (;
-qt ; (5:
O ^ . , ; i
. , = x x
6 t E E
g
:S L
o
o

S H I P SR
' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N (Adopted 2015) 32-2
 AND TORRES
REEF
TWO.WAYROUTEIN THEGREATBARRIER STRAIT
Note: Seemandatoryship reportingsystem"ln the TorresStraitregionand the Inner Routeof the Creat Barrier
Reef"in part C, sectionl.
A two-way route as describedin paragraphsA, B and C is established:

(A) In the Princeof WalesChannel,TorresStrait

(Reference edition; AU41"1141,
edition; Aus296,2011-11-18
charts:Aus293,2O1'l-11-18 2012-12-14
edition;
AU411142, 2012-1
2-21edition.
Note:Thesechartsarebasedon the WorldCeodeticSystem1984datum(WCSB4).)
Thenorthernlimitis boundedby linesjoiningthefollowinggeographical positions:
(1) 10"33',.33S, 142"0O'.O0 E (16) 10'30',.28
S, E
142"13',.79
(2) 10"31',.91S, E
141"56',.O9 (17) 10"30',.35
S, 142"14'.67E
(3) .10"32',.00
s, 141"54',.O5
E (18) 10"29'.41S, 142"17',.O7
E
(4) 10"32',.17S, 141"53',.14
E (19) 10"28',.20
S, E
142"20',.50
(5) 10"32',Ao S, E
141"52',.16 (20) 10o28',.05
S, E
142'22',.82
(6) 1}"32',.77S, E
141"51',.62 (21) 10"28',.54S, 142'26',.93
E
(22) ',10"28',.81
(7) 10'32',.39S, 141"51',.34E S, E
142"25',.61
(B) 10'32',.18S, E
141"51',.95 (23) 10"28',.38
S, 142"22',s1E
(9) 10"31',.65S, 141"53',.14E (24) 1D"28',.37
S, 142"22',.35
E
(10) 10"31',.38
S, E
14'1"56',.17 (25) 1}"28',.78
S, E
142"19',.99
(11) 1}"32',.66
S, E
142"O1',.83 (26) 1D"29',.46S, E
142"18',.26
(12) 10"33',.12
S, 142"O5',.98E (27) 10"29',.53S, 142"20',.60E
(13) 10"33',.24
S, 142"08',.00E (28) 10"29',.62S, 142"21',.1o
E
(14) 1}"32',.29
S, 142"09',.30E (2q 10o29',.65S, 142'21',.61
E
(15) 10'30',.29
S, E
142"12',.23 (30) 10'29',.5',1
S, E
142'22',.29
limitis boundedby linesjoiningthefollowinggeographical
Thesouthern positions:
(31) 1}"33',.62
S, E
142"0O',.OO (49 10'34',.30
S, E
142"07',.57
(32\ '1}"33',.97
S, 14'1"55',.37
E (44) 1o"33',.17
S, E
142"09',.22
(33) 1}"34',.345, 141'53',.85 E (45) 1oo32',.495, 142"09',.83E
' (34) 1}"34',34S, E
141"52',.91 (46) 10"32',.21
S, E
142"1o',.24
(35) 10"35',.49
S, E
141"52',.41 (47) 10"30',.83
S, 142"12',.45
E
(36) 10'35',.66
S, E
141"52',.65 (48) 10"30',.70
S, 142"15',.68
E
(321 10'35',.16
S, E
141"53',.O1 (49) 10"29'.99S, E
142'18',.15
(38) 10'34',.98S, 141"53'..28
E (50) 10o30',.00
s, 142'18'.53E
(39) 10"34',.83S, '141"53',.74
E (51) 10'30',.03
S, 142"19'.40E
(4O) 1D"34',.72S, 141"54',.34
E (52) 10'30',.10
s, E
142"21',.54
(41) 10"34',.60S, 141"59',.92
E (53) 10"30',.45
S, E
142"24',.O2
(42) '.f0"34',.50S, 142"02',.86E

. .l
Date of implementationof new two-way route: 0000 hours UTC on December2014.

(Adopted 2014) SHIPS' 2015EDITION

ROUTEING
 = ' r \
v o -b9Na
r0 ,' I
.:: ;1-
Hir
S
I s Jl,ltrrt i =ii\R -
+/
t '
or\-'t. ,
€5 ,b 9S
I I A
ed"
t l,l ! 5 r Y >\.
'- Jz / x 3-X
€d*8
S o !p '4rnF'UE
I t)r' - ' . * \ ,z E
vX . s
E
( \ \ o

O S *
S A R N
I
--t
eJpi
t, l--tl
A
al E f ,
A: F'tt I,f
o
/t .
t/
/ \ h
\ d
Q
$$* A'lrS s
\ *-\>
. \
.t o
. eEOd 6'
: ) r d5fS r
Xt.','
r t\)
l- -oL' i ,'
c)
Q) F8€
*dbsE
. \ v
b+-
: : 6 Y ( L! SQ!
.iY'< z 6or
i gl , ' ht r )*i i " D
o
92.
be
.s
e b
c : )-.Y ; l / , / =
a - pXE\
\
o
'=
'o
6'i
.J;GB\- I ,1'-:,
TT 4
(U f,:l
5 111 rt)
F \OIT E
o ll
= :
(tt
t!
\ r^f=
= - \Yg
\ L@
f
o
'=
FLr
5rt o ^ v
-;q
9t \Ei
I /--LS \ , tlJ
J J
z
g'l'.# - : z
c
(g
a
'..ffi ^\'
U
\ ) '
- 'u-_'t (t)
f
^h
$'r ".\
9 r r
U
rag.:::..a
kg, (E
sT , =
wv "€" I ^ t
N A
v l
IIJ

"il - t g
}p
va
c
i
I
J
U
z
I
q)

= ii
-r
IIJ

I
, 9 9 t ^ )
/ 9 9
L
=
I t l trJ
t t t I

I
t
t
1
l
l I l
I
I t l I
^ ' I I I

Sddo
l r
i I e',
i r Ar U : . rB
I I^ G t 4z / / ar
( =
'/,.U
I
I rcfi (r) o-/ /
E tY^ t ^ / , / :
o
\.9""^
r r V
=
fth= s
oqq;
\,.v
t + w',.
b6g
t ! c oo -e\^
$, u"6 s2
E F -
.ir 8 _ g
q)
v)
9 . srri
F.!* *
R C :G
; i o x
E > :
f ; xo o
c o ( E {g
s
c
E

S H I P SR
' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N (Adopted 2014) 33-2
(B) ln the Great Barrier Reef Inner Route (North)
(Reference charts:AusB2B,2012-09-07edition;AusB29,2012-10-05edition;AusB3O,2006-03-03 edition;
Aus831,2006-03-3'l edition;AusB32,2006-04-14edition;AusB33,2006-06-23edition;AusB34,2006-03-17
edition;AusB35,2006-03-03edition;AusB39,2O12-O1-27 edition;AU415144,
edition;AU412142,2O12-O9-03
2011-10-21edition; AU411142,2012-12:21edition; AU415145,2011-09-09edition; AU417146, 2011-07-
01 edition; AU417145,2012-11-2O edition; AU414144,2011-07-28edition; AU419146,2012-12-19edition;
AU414143, 2012-02-24edition; AtJ413143, 2011-07-01edition; AU416145,2012-11-27
edition; AU412143,
2012-12-12 edition; AU41814 6, 2O12-12-21 editio n.
Note: Thesechartsare basedon the World Ceodetic System1984 datum (WCS B4).)

The westernlimit is boundedby linesjoiningthe followinggeographicalpositions:

(1) 1o'3o',.oo s, 142"18',.53E (23) 13"53',.71.5,, 144"14',.49E
(2) 1o"34',.77S, 142"26',.87E (24) 14"06'.89 S, 144"25',.69E
(3) 1}"41',.41S, 142"34',.45E (25) 14'08',.19S, 144"29',.28E
(4) 1}"42',.12S, 142"37',.66E (26) 14'09',.91S, 144"33',,19E
(5) 10"45',.50S, 142"40'.64E (27) 14"14',.42S, 144"36',.88E
(6) 10"48',.41S, 142"47',.23E (28) 14"2o',.77S, 144"39',.81E
(7) 11"14',.87S, 142"53',.31E (29) 14"27',.42S, 144"47',.64E
(B) 11"25',.52S, 142"53',.76E (30) 14"32',.29S, 144"55',.80E
(9) 11"35',.40S, 142"57',.06E (31) 14"43',.58S, 145"06'.97E
(10) 11"58',.21
S, 143"17',.95E (32) 14"49'.91 S, 145"15',.32E
(11) 12"05',.31
S, 143"13'.37 E (33) 14'55',.11
S, E
145"22',.16
(12) 12"13',.01
S, 143"14',.O6E (3+1 14"59',.91S, 145"22'.96E
(13) 12"18',.91
S, 143"17',.26E (35) 15"05',.25S, E
145"23',.46
(14) 12"26',.47
S, 143"22',.O6E (36) 15"15',.10
S, 145"22',.36
E
(15) 12"37',.5O
S, 143"28',.18E (37) 15"33',.06S, 145"21',.73
E
(16) 12"49',.53
S, 143"34',.45E (38) 15%0',.35 S, E
145"21',.25
(17) 12"5o',.97
S, 143"35',.84E (39) 15"44',.91S, E
145"23',.31
(18) 12'52',.25
S, 143'38',.59E (40) 16"01',.79S, E
145"28',.84
(19) 12'58',.48S, 143"43',.41E (41) 16"31',.47
S, 145"37'.73E
(20) .13"09'.56S, 143"47',.36E (42) 16"54',.665, E
146"O1',.07
(21) 13"17',.O3
S, 143"49',.98E (43) 18"08',.46S, E
146"22',.56
(22) 13"41',.48
S, 144"03',.92E (4+1 18o25',.46S, 146"29'.74E

The easternlimit is boundedby linesjoiningthe followinggeographical positions:

(45) ',10'30'.03s, E
142"19',.4o (67) 14"07',.34S, 144"29',.25E
(46) 10'30',.82S, E
142"21',.O2 (68) 14"10',.77S, 144"36',.92E
(47) 1}"31',.77S, E
142"23',.45 (69) 14"19',.93
S, E
144"41',.13
(48) 10"30',.10S, 142"21'.54E (70) 14"22',.7oS, E
144"44',.1o
(49) 10"30',.45 S, 142"24',.O2E (71) 14"26',.6}5, 144'53',.80E
(50) 10"32',.25S, 142"27',.17
E (72) 14"28',.90S, 144"56',.92E
(51) 10'35',.80S, 142"33',.46
E (79 14'29',.00S, 144"57',.44E
(521 1o44',.52S, E
142"41',.07 (74) 14"29'.00S, 144"59',.70E
(53) 1}"48',.22S, 142"50',.06E (75) 14"32',.20S, 145'03',.80E
(5+1 11"22',.17 ',143"00',.60 (76) 14"33',.2}5,
S, E 145'16',.00E
(55) 11"34',.91S, 142"58',.73E (77) 14"35'.49S, 145'19',.00E
(56) 11"57',.71S, 143"19',.65
E (78) 14o39',.43S, 145'25',.73E
(57) 12"O5',.225, 143"14',.65E (79) 15'29',.33S, 145"23',.79E
(58) 12"14',.32S, 143"15',.46
E (80) 15"35',.46
S, 145"24',.0oE
(59) 12"26',.985, 143"23'.47E (81) 15"39',.05S, 145"25',.21E
(60) 12"49',.33S, E
143"36',.15 (82) 15%4',.03S, 145"31',.25E
(61) 12'51',.09S, 143"37',.86
E (83) 16"01',.38S, E
145'31',.27
(62) 12"51',.795, 143"39',.35 E (84) 16"20',.2}5, 145"36'.94E
(63) 12"56',.2o S, E
143'43',.27 (85) 16"27',.4oS, 145"4o',.54E
(64) 13"17',.11S, E
143"51',.02 (86) 16"49',.91
S, 146'00',.00E
(65) 13"41',.32S, 144"05'.63E (87) 16'50',.00S, 146'O3',.23E
(66) 13%5',.90 S, 144"09',.23E (BB) 16'38',.70S, 146"12',.07E

33-3 (Adopted 2014) S H I P SR

' O U T E I N C2 0 1 5E D I T I O N
 (89) 16"40',.11
S, 146"13',.94
E (92) 17"14',.14
S, 146"09'.95E
(90) 16'51',.33
S, 146"05',.16
E (93) 18"O7',.73
S, 146"25',.06
E
(91) 16'55',.57
S, 146"03',.78
E (94) 18"22',.87
S, 146.34'.96E
Polygoncut out is definedby linesjoiningthe followinggeographicalpositions:
(95) 10'33',.35S, 142'26',.58E (92110%1',.31 S, 142"36',.97
E
(96) 10"41',.02
S, 142'35',.27E (98) '10.38',.41
S, 142.34',.57
E
Polygoncut out is definedby linesjoiningthe followinggeographicalpositions:
(99) 11'04',.09S, 142',52',.37
E ('102)
11'30',.84
S, 142.57'.22
E
(100)11'15',.14
S, 142.54',.97E (103)11"21',.47
S, 142"58'.73
E
(101)11"24',.92
S, 142"55'.26E
Polygoncut out is definedby linesjoiningthe followinggeographicalpositions:
(104)'14'03',.86
S, 144"24',.62E (107)14"06',.18
S, 144"26',.66
E
(105)14"04',.98S, 144"25',.33E (108)14"04',.82
S, 144"25',83E
(106)i4'05',.95S, 144"26',.14E
Polygoncut out is definedby linesjoiningthe followinggeographicalpositions:
(109)14'23',.85S, 144"45',.29E (115)14.30',.61
S, 145"00'.26E
(11O)14"26',.85S, 144"48',.47E (116)14"29',.30S, 144"58'.BO E
(111)14'3',1',.l'l
S, 144"55',.15E (117)14"29',.30S, 144"57',.05E
(112)14"32',.91
S, 144'59',.38E (118)14.28',.90S, 144"55'.65E
(113)14"34',.26S, 145"04',.87E (119)14"27',.20S, 144.53'.60E
(114)14'33',.18
S, 145'03',.60E
Polygoncut out is definedby linesjoiningthe followinggeographicalpositions:
(120)14"34',.14
S, 144"59',.30E (122)14"51',.77
S, 145"19'.54E
(121)14"44',.48S, 145'09',.88E (123)14"40',.42
S, 145"12',.47
E
Polygoncut out is definedby linesjoiningthe followinggeographical positions:
(124)14"33',.41
S, 145.06',.55E (128)14"53',.54S, 145"22',.71E
(125)14'37',.66S, 145"12',.55E (129)14"40',.81S, 145"24'.20E
(126)14"43',.29
S, 145.15',.60E (130)'14'38',.35
S, 145"21',.58E
(127)14"49',.65
S, 145'19',.60E (131)14'34',.15
S, 145.',t6'.00
E
Polygoncut out is definedby linesjoiningthe followinggeographicalpositions:
(132)15.38',.87S, 145"23'.44E (134)15.53'.83S, 145"29'.17
E
(133)15%2',.68S, 145"23'.31 E (135)15%3'.96 S, 145"29'.16E

(C) ln the GreatBarrierReeflnnerRoute(South)

(Referencecharts:Aus49O,2011-07-01edition; AusB16,2011-02-25edition; Aus8lB, 2006-03-17edition;
AusB19,2006-03-3'ledition;AusB20,2006-03-03edition;AusB21,2006-03-17edition; AusB22,2009-05-
0B edition;AusB23,2010-03-12edition; AusB24, 2006-03-17edition;AusB25,2006-03-03edition; AusB26,
2006-03-31edition;AusB27,2006-05-26edition;AusB2B,2012-09-07 edition;AtJ424151,2012-12-20edition;
4U319147,2012-12-13edition; AU320147,2012-12-04edition; AU420146,2012-12-21edition; AU422149,
2013-02-26edition; AU323151, 2012-11-16edition; AtJ323152,2012-11-16edition; AtJ324152,2011-10-
14 edition; AU324153,2011-10-14edition; A1J421148,2012-11-15edition; AU421150,2013-02-14edition;
4U425152,2013-02-07edition; AU325153,2012-03-09edition; A1J419146, 2012-12-19
edition; AIJ32O14B,
2012-11-20edition; AU421149,2013-02-22edition; AU423150,2013-02-14edition; AU323153,2012-11-16
edition; AU32O149,2011-09-08 edition; AU322150, 2012-11
-'l6 edition.
Note: Thesechartsare basedon the World CeodeticSystem1984 datum(WCS B4).)

Thewesternlimit is boundedby Iinesjoiningthe followinggeographical

positions:
(1) 18"25',.46
S, 146"29',.74
E (6) 18'30',.96
S, 146"39',.1o
E
(2) 1B%5',.10
S, 146"44',.96
E (7) 18"43'.20
S, 146.54',.40
E
(3) 19'00',.00
s, 146"5',1',.00
E (B) 19'00',.00
s, 146"54',.40
E
(4) 19"00',.00
s, 146"54',.01
E (9) 19'00'.00s, 146"57',.50
E
(5) 18o43',.74
S, 146"47',.65
E (10) 1B%5',.60
S, 146"57',.50
E

S H I P SR
' O U T E I N G2 O ' I 5E D I T I O N (Adopted 2014) 33-4
 (11) 19"17',.75S, 147"37',.63E (33) 20'52',.58S, 149"48',.70 E
(12) 19"22',.35S, 147"42',.84E (34) 21"OO',.2OS, 149'55',.48 E
(13) 19'13',.81S, E
147"29',.16 (35) 21"46',.O1S, 150"36'.49 E
(14) 19"O7',.12S, 147"O2',.94E (36) 21"54',.31S, 150"44',.01 E
(15) 19"09',.38S, 147"O2',.26E (37) 23"45',.57S, 151'30',.,|1 E
(16) 19"16',.59 '147"27',.83 (38) 23%5',.00S, 1 5 1 ' 3 1 ' , .E5 0
S, E
(39) 23%5',.00 '151'33',.00
(121 19"31',.72S, 147"52',.06E S, E
(18) 19"47',.59S, 148"O1',.82E (4O) 23"30',.24S, 151"33',.00 E
(19) 19"46',.O1S, 148"O4',.38E (41) 23"14',.13S, 151"38',.31 E
(20) 19"31',.17S, 147"55',.25E (42) 23"O7',.59S, 151"54',.56 E
(2'l) 19"42',.16
S, 148"22',.76E (43) 23"05',.38S, 152'00',.83 E
(22) 19"50',.22S, 148"37',.57E (44) 23"O3',.64S, 152"O6',.64 E
(23) 19"47',.605, 148"15',.00E (45) 23"33',.65S, 152"35',.97 E
(24) 19"50',.50S, 148"15',.00E (46) 23"44',.53S, 152"32',.58 E
(25) 19o53',.91S, 148"44'..34E (47) 23"51',.11S, 152"32',.26 E
(26) 2O"O6',.69S, 149"O7',.86E (48) 23"57',.96S, 152"25',.96 E
(27) 2o"17',.20S, 149"17',.28E (49) 23'53',.01S, 151"47',.23 E
(28) 2O"5O',.32S, 149"46',.69E (50) 23'55',.99S, 151"46',.77 E
(29) 2j"54',83 S, 149"40',.32E (5t1 24"O1',.48S, 152"29',.70 E
(30) 21"01',.15S, 149"35',.95E (52) 24"O5',.22S, 152"46',.79 E
(31) 21"O2',.85S, 149"38',.42E (53) 24"27',.14S, 153"28',.51 E
(32) 2o"56',.97S, 149"42',.48E (54) 24"29',.98S, 153"31',.29 E
geographical
The easternIimit is boundedby linesjoiningthe following positions:
(55) 18"22',.87S, 146"34'.96E (75) 20'01',.33 S, 150"16',.38E
(56) 18"27',.7O S, 146"39',.82E (76) 20"O1',.48 S, 150"17',.43E
(521 18"28',.07 S, 146"45',.OOE (77) 20"O6',.38 S, 150"16',.64
E
(58) 18"22',.37S, 146"55',.41E (78) 20"27',.05 S, E
150'21',.96
(59) 1B'',|',I',.83
S, 147"06',.04E (79) 20"34',.86S, E
150'18',.11
(60) 18"13',.97 S, 147"08',.16E (Bo) 20%1',.63 S, E
150"07',.10
(61) 18"24',.86 S, E
146',56',.75 (81) 20"47',.78S, E
149'55',.58
(62) 18'39',.66 S, 146"57',.97E (82) 20'50',.85S, 149"51',.17
E
. (63) 18%8',.00 S, 147"05',.30E (83) 20'58',.20S, E
149"57',.72
(6+1 19"15',.43 S, 147"39',.54E (84) 21"44',.00S, 150"38',.72
E
(65) 19'26',.80 S, 147"52',.40E (85) 21'47',.81S, 150"42',.17
E
(66) 19"39',.44S, 148'24',.O4E (86) 21'5',t',.58
S, 150"47',.03
E
(67) 2O"O4',.30 S, 149'09',.74E (87) 22"09',.81 S, E
151"10',.50
(68) 20'15',.20S, 149"19',.52E (BB) 22"52',.34 S, E
152"26',.68
(69) 2o"48',.59S, 149"49',.17E (89) 22"44',.99S, 152"51',.06
E
(70) 2j"45',.22S, 149"54',I2 E (90) 22"1'1',.41
S, 153"O1',.42
E
(71) 20"38',.98S, 150"05',.69E (91) 22"12',.69 S, E
153"06',.21
(72\ 2D"34',.14 S, 150"17',.29E (92) 23"32',.OO S, 152"41',.67
E
(73) 2o"26',.95S, 150"2o',.84E (93) 24"26',.27S, 153"35',.06
E
(74) 2O"O6',.425, 150'15',.56 E

Polygoncut out is definedby Iinesjoiningthe followinggeographicalpositions:

(94) 18"31'.47S, 146"44',.57E (96) 18"26',.13
S, 146"54',.29
E
(95) 18"39',.20S, 146"54',.40E

Polygoncut out is definedby linesjoiningthe followinggeographicalpositions:

(97) 22"O0',.15S, 150"49',.67E (101)23"04',.B1
S, 151"53',.44
E
(98) 23"37',.51S, 151'30',.00E (102)23"00',.61
S, 151"59',.17
E
(99) 23"29'.76 S, E
15',|'30',.00 (103)22"59',.57
S, 152"02',.64E
(100)23"1.1',.87
S, E
15',1'35',.90 (104)22"47',.82
S, E
151"51',.12

Polygoncut out is definedby linesjoiningthe followinggeographicalpositions:

(105)22"3j',.74S, 151"37',.50E (107)22"57',.87
S, 152'08',.30
E
(106)22"44',.19S, I51'54',.88E (108)22"54'.38S, 152"19',.9O
E

33-5 (Adopted 2014) SHIPS'ROUTEING2O'I5EDITION

 Polygoncut out is definedby linesjoiningthe followinggeographicalpositions:
(109)23"01',.94S, 152"12',.29E (111)22"50'.82S, 152'49',.26
E
(110)23"27',.98S, 152"37'.73E
Polygoncut out is definedby linesjoiningthe followinggeographical positions:
(112)23"37',.67 S, 152.39'.91E (116)23.58'.52S, 152'30',.3.1
E
(113)23'45',.67S, 152"37'.42E (117)24"02'.39S, 152"48',.01
E
(114)23"52',.89S, 152"34'.54E (118)24"19',.98
S, 153"21',.49
E
('115)23'58',.41S, 152"29'.47E

(chartletsoverleaf)

S H I P SR
' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N (Adopted 2014) 33-6
Two-wAY ROUTEIN THE GREATBARRIERREEFINNERROUTE(NORTH)- NOTthETN
PATt

(Adopted2014) ' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N
S H I P SR
 0
I

-t rE

F h
J E

e,o
IJJ I
Z ;
zr-u li
E 9
e,Y
e,w
< 4
ca q<
< z
p=
U a
+ >
=

S H I P SR
' O U T T I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N (Adopted2014) 33-B
 4 4 + { r , t t '
. ,

(741

'lla.
'r\. o,
''),*id')?aff""
,Jll',b (72\.'/
'

".
Boundary of REEFREP
mandatoryship repoftingsystem
(seepaft G, section l)

ai't,%rys1;;
fsll ''0"\.
-
!
\\
\ \

t",,
: )it. trt.t*o-*"u route"tn the GreatBarner
.r. ReefInnerRoute(South)"
' 4r^ 'b o \1.
'ohq^'d Swain
/Rd\
^i#33u, Reers
ii! %"u^'""
i.d,a"'lt^ul,
) r
t'r.ffi'"
:.f, -Qu':
--?ga, ''."i:..'.",r.
,., \ejg()
\
- r
Penidpula ';o^,1---
t..
l: \'"Y/\-'\- \\ I
Ii
I
\'\

\i, enr|'!'
":;t):s:-:--
.'o'
?,uGf$!'fl--+t;!'r
+ ","' ttoffi""t-loolio-n,
:4 ' ''),trool";--:1fl2(+31-1
'. i ,l
",". tt..t.,.. i ;
'. ,rr. . ' I j i
,,,,

,,ffi-A:**'*,, ):i.o%i,,,
W-=-==i'ffa'iffi 6ry__d_"_.__.
.,;.r..;J..
( 5 O o (e3)
(54)

TWO-WAYROUTElN THEGREAT
BARRIER - southernparl
INNERROUTE(SOUTH)
REEF

33-9 (Adopted2014) S H I P SR
' O U T E I N G2 O ' I 5E D I T I O N
PRECAUTIONARY
AREAOFFTHEWESTCOASTOF THENORTHISLAND
OF NEWZEATAND
(Referencecharts:New ZealandN223, April 2005 edition;NZ4B,April 2000 edition.
Note: thesechartsare basedon World CeodeticSystem1984 datum(WCS B4).)

Descriptionof the precautionaryarea

The precautionaryarea is defined by a line connectingthe followinggeographicalpositions,the landward
extentof which is determinedby Mean High WaterSprings(MHWS):
(1) The chartedline of MHWS at approximately 38.31'.OO5,174"37,.80E
(2) 39"18',.50 S, 173"05'.00E
(3) 39"26',.00 .173.01'.00
S, E
(4) 40"03',.00s, 173"04'.OO E
(5) 40..10'.00s, 173"16'.ooE
(6) The chartedline of MHWS at approximately 39"53'.505,174"54,.50E
Note: All shipsshouldnavigatewith particularcautionin orderto reducethe riskof a maritimecasualtyand
resultingmarinepollutionin the precautionaryarea.

PRECAUTIONARY
AREAOFFTHEWESTCOASTOF THE NORTH ISTANDOF NEW ZEATAND

SHIPS'ROUTEING2015 EDITION tAdopted 2006)

RECOMMENDED OF f UAN DE FUCA
TWO-WAYROUTErN THESTRATT
(Reference charts:UniiedStates18400,20AOedition;18460,1998edition;18465,1995edition;
1 8 4 8 0 ,1 9 9 9e d i t i o n .
Note:Thesechartsare basedon NorthAmerican1983datum.)

Eastbound
route
Slowermovingtraffic,suchas tugsand bargesand smallfishingvessels, transitingeastboundshouldfollow
the routeestablishedsouthof the trafficseparationscheme"ln the Straitof luan de Fuca"and north of the line
createdby the followinggeographical positions:
(1) 48"27',.14 N, 124'44',.36W (3) 48"11',.94 N, 123"34',.00W
(A 4B'11',.90 N, W
123"55',.57

Westboundroute
Slowermo'ing traffic,suchas tugsand bargesand smallfishingvessels, westboundshouldfollow
transiting
the routeestablished
southof the Iinecreatedby the followinggeographical
positions:
(1) 4\'27',.14N, 124'44',.36W (3) 4B'11',.94
N, 123"34',.00W
Q\ 48'11',.90 N, 123"55',.57
W

RECOMMENDED
TWO-WAYROUTErN THESTRAITOF IUAN DE FUCA

(Adopted2002; chartletupdated2006) ' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N

S H I P SR
RECOMMENDEDTRACKS
OFFTHECATIFORNIA
COASTFORSHIPSOF 3OOGROSS
TONNAGE
AND ABOVEAND FORSHIPS
CARRYINC
HAZARDOUS CARGOIN BULK
(Referencecharts:NOAA 18022,18680.
'1984
Note: Thesechartsare basedon World CeodeticSystem datum (WCS B4).)

1 Northboundshipsof 300 grosstonnageand above (otherthan thosedescribedin paragraphs 3 and 4

below)shouldfollow the routeestablished
by a recommendedtrack betweenthe followingtwo points:
(1) 36"18'.31N, W (15milesoff PointSud;and
122"12'.79
(2) 37'10'.86N, 122"39'.74W (12.7milesoff PigeonPoint).

2 Southboundshipsof 300 grosstonnageand above (otherthan thosedescribedin paragraphs 3 and 4

below)shouldfollow the routeestablishedby a recommendedtrack betweenthe followingtwo points:
(3) 37'10'.85N, W (16 milesoff PigeonPoint);and
122"43'.87
(4) 36'18'.29N, 122"18'.98W (20 milesoff PointSur).

Northboundshipscarryinghazardous cargoin bulkshouldfollowtherouteestablished

by a recommended
trackbetweenthe followingtwo points:
(5) 36'18'.27N, 122"25'.16W (25 milesoff PointSur);and
(6) 37'10'.81N, 122"55'.14W (25 milesoff PigeonPoint).

Southboundshipscarryinghazardouscargoin bulkshouldfollowthe routeestablished

by a recommended
trackbetweenthe followingtwo points:
(7) 37'10'.78N, 123"01'.39W (30 milesoff PigeonPoint);and
(B) 36'18'.24N, 122"31'.35W (30 milesoff PointSur).

Note: Shipscarryinghazardouscargoin bulk when enteringor leavingSanFranciscoshouldusethe western

approachof the trafficseparationscheme.
(chartlet overleaf)

S H I P SR
' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N (Adopted 2000) 36-1
 Southern
approach

(7) (6) (s) (2)

R T
\ \
\ \
\ \ \ \
\ \
\ \

\ \
1 \
1 \
1 \
\ \ r'1 \
\ \ \
\ \ \ t -\
\
\ \ \.
\ \ \ r
\ | \ \ \
\\ , \\ \ \
\ \
\ 1 \
\ 1 \
\. \t
\
\.* \.u \P,
\
'\ \ \
r \
'.P"1 t.q \
\
t.-t^ \ \
\c'1
\*o.- t, t,
\% '1
\.-O \ St^ \
\. '1
Q. \@^ \
\cD_ 't \r tt
\q
\
\ \ 1 \
\ \ \ \
\ \ \ , r
\ \ \ ' \
\ \ \ \
\ \ \ \
\ ' \ \ \
\ \ . \ \
\ \ . \ \
\ \ . \ \
1'1 \ t, tt
\.
1' 1 \ \ \ . \

b b b b
(8) (5) (4) (1)

123' 50', 40' 30', 20' 10', 122" 50',

RECOMMENDEDTRACKSOFFTHECALIFORNIACOASTFORSHIPSOF 3OOCROSS
TONNAGEAND ABOVEAND FORSHIPSCARRYINGHAZARDOUSCARGOIN BUTK

Adopted 2000; chartletupdated2013) S H I P SR

' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N
RECOMMENDEDTRACKS,
WHTCHAREMANDATORY OF PORT
ASA COND|TTON
ENTRY, AREATO BEAVOIDEDTO
THROUGHTHEGALAPACOS
ENTER
THEPARTTCULARLY SEAAREA(PSSA)
SENSTTTVE
Note: Seeareato be avoided"ln the CalapagosArchipelago"in part D, sectionlll and mandatoryship
reportingsystem"ln the CalapagosParticularly
SensitiveSeaArea" in part C, sectionL
(Referencecharts:l.O.A. 2, 1992edition;l.O.A.20,1992 edition.
Note: Thesechartsare basedon World Ceodetic System1984 datum (WCS B4).)

All shipsand bargescarryingcargoesof oil or potentiallyhazardousmaterialenteringand departingany

port in the Calapagosand all shipsof 500 grosstonnageand above enteringand departingany port in the
Calapagosshallusethe followingroutes:

1 by a
On the easternside of the areato be avoided,westboundshipsshallfollow the routeestablished
recommendedtrack betweenthe followingtwo geographical positions:
(1) 01'05',.14 S, 087"54',.73
W (2) 01o05',.14
S, 0BB%1',.32 W

2 On the easternsideof the areato be avoided,eastboundshipsshallfollow the route establishedby a

recommendedtrack betweenthe followingtwo geographical positions:
(3) 01"10',.16S, 087"57',.71W (4) 0]"10',.16S, O88"44',.26W

3 On the westernsideof the areato be avoided,westboundshipsshallfollow the routeestablished

by a
recommendedtrack betweenthe followingtwo geographicalpositions:
(5) 01"21',.08S, W
092"43',.73 (6) 01"14',.47
S, 092"06',.35W

4 On the westernside of the areato be avoided,eastboundshipsshallfollow the routeestablishedby a

recommendedtrackbetweenthe followingtwo geographicalpositions:
(7) 01"26',.19S, 092'43',.83W (B) 01''18',.94
S, 092"02',.81W

Galapagos Archipelago ', ^.

\ 1
a \ \ {
{.w€m\alvador
; - r {
Pinzon/-:\
'' o (-Siridcruz \ 1
'-:-t
1 \ {
I safta Fe q$c,i",oo^t. ,r 1
tzt --+--dff)
1 q "o, -1- > - - - 1 6 p 1
€ Espanola
,r' ,,
. / /

RECOMMENDED
TRACKSTHROUGHTHEGATAPAGOSAREATO BEAVOIDED
THEPARTICULARTY
TO ENTER SENSITIVE
SEAAREA

SHIPS'ROUTEINC2015 EDITION (Adopted 2007)

PRECAUTIONARY
AREAIN THEREGIONOF THEGRANDBANKSOF
NEWFOUNDLAND
(Reference
charts:CHS4001/lNT 404,1995editionand CHS 4000,1984 edition.
Note: Thesechartsare basedon North American1983datumand North American1927 datumrespectively.)

Descriptionof the precautionaryarea

In order to reducethe risk of a marinecasualtyand resultingpollutionand damageto the environment,all
shipsnot involvedin the oil-relatedactivitiesbeingconductedwithin the areashouldnavigatewith particular
cautionin the areahavinga 10 NM radiuscentredon 46"28'.53N, 04828'.86 W. Shipmovementin the area
is monitoredon a 24-hourbasis.Any ship planningto transitthe precautionary areais advisedto contactthe
TerraNova FloatingProductionStorageand OffloadingVessel(FPSO) on VHF channel16 and to complywith
the instructions
givenwhile transitingthe area.

IN THEREGION
OFTHEGRANDBANKS
OF NEWFOUNDTAND

3B (Adopted 2002) S H I P SR
' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N
TWO.WAYROUTEOFFDELAWARE
BAY
(Referencechart:UnitedStates12214,1994edition.
Note: Thischart is basedon North Americandatum 1983.)

A two-way traffic route is boundedon the west and south by a line connectingthe followinggeographical
positions:
(1) 38"50',.75 N, 075'03',.40
W (4) 38'50',.20 N, 074"49',.73W
(2) 38%7',.50 N, 075'01',.80
W (5) 39'00',.00 N, 074"40',.23W
(3) 38%8',.32
N, O74"55',.30W
and is boundedon the eastand north by a line connectingthe followinggeographical
positions:
(6) 39'00',.00N, 074041',.00w (9) 38%8',.33N, 074"59',.30w
(7) 38"50',.48N, 074'50',.30 W (10) 38%9',.10 N, 075.01',.65
W
(B) 38%8',.80N, 074"55',.25W (11) 38'51',.27N, 075"02',.83W,

Note for the use of the two-way route:

This two-way route is recommendedfor use predominantlyby tug and tow traffictransitingto and from the
north-eastin orderto separatesuchtrafficfrom largeinboundvesseltraffic.

TWO-WAYROUTEOFF DETAWARE
BAY

S H I P SR
' O U T E I N C2 0 1 5E D I T I O N (Adopted 2002) 39
RECOMMENDEDTWO.WAYROUTES AND PRECAUTIONARY TO THE
AREAS
OF THEPORTOF |SLADEt CARMEN,CAMPECHE
NORTH-WEST
Note: Seethe areasto be avoided"ln the Culf of Campeche"and 'At the Rebombeooilfield"and 'At the
May oilfield" in part D, sectionll.
(Referencechart: Chart of the Bay of Campeche,S.M. 840, Ministryof the Navy (fourthedition,October
2010).
Note: Thischart is basedon World CeodeticSystem1984 datum (WCS B4).)

Establishment of recommended routesand precautionary

areaswithin the Culf of Campeche
oil explorationand productionarea
Theserecommendedroutesare primarilyintendedfor oil explorationand productionsupportvessels.
Other
vesselsare stronglyrecommendedto avoid the recommendedsystem.

The ships'routeingmeasuresfrom the port of lsladel Carmen,Campecheto the oil exploitationareaof the
Culf of Campecheconsistof the following:
One precautionaryarea, labelled"l('
Fourtwo-way routes

Precautionary area ttN'

All the recommendedtwo-way routes lead tolaway from the precautionaryarea labelled 'A" located to the
north-westof the port of lsladel Carmen,Campeche,with the directionof trafficflow indicated;it is bounded
by a line connectingthe followinggeographicalpositions:
(1) 18%5',.45 N, W
091'53',.41 (3) 18%9',.03 N, 091"59',.04W
(2) 18%9',.01 N, W
091"54',.07 (4) 1B%4',.',14N, 091'56',.15W

Recommended two-way route 1

The followingroutesare only to be usedfor shipsinvolvedin oil-relatedactivities.

Establishedat the north-north-west of the port of Isla del Carmen, Campeche:

' (2) 18"49',.01N, O91"54',.O7 W (6) 19"13',.88
N, W
092'01',.09
(5) 19'15',.45 N, 091"59',.05 W (7) 1B%9',.02N, 091"56'.44W

Recommended two-way route 2

The followingroutesare only to be usedfor shipsinvolvedin oil-relatedactivities.

Establishedat the north-west of the port of Isla del Carmen, Campeche:

(7) 18"49',.02 N, O91"56',.44W (g) 19"08',.83
N, W
092"10',.84
(B) 19"09',.74 N, 092'08',.68W (3) 18%9',.03N, W
091'59',.04

Recommended two-way route 3

The followingroutesare only to be usedfor shipsinvolvedin oil-relatedactivities.

Establishedat the west-north-west of the port of Isla del Carmen, Campeche:

(3) 18%9',.03 N, 091'59',.04 W (11) 1B'53',.09
N, W
O92"33',.27
'lB%6',.50
(10) 18"55',.69N, 092'35',.10 W (12) N, W
091'57',.55

40-1 (Adopted2012) S H I P SR
' O U T E I N C2 0 1 5E D I T I O N
Recommended two-way route 4 with precautionary areat'8,,
The followingroutesare recommendedfor useby shipsof 50 grosstonnageand upwards.

Establishedat the west of the port of Isladel Carmen, Campeche:

A junction,with a precautionaryarea labelled"8" boundedby a line connectingthe followinggeographical
positions:
(13) 1B%6',.50 N, 092"47',.O7W (15) 18"44',.70N, 092"53'.00W
(14) 1B%6',.50 N, 092'50',.70W (16) 1B%4',.70 N, 092"49',.37W
A two-way routelimitedby the followinggeographicalpositions:
(121 18%6',.50N, 091.57'.55W (16) 18"44'.70N, 092"49'.37W
(13) 18%6',.50N, 092"47'.07W (17) 18"44'.70N, 091"56'.47W
Note 1: An anchorageis established
for vesselsarrivingat or manoeuvringnorth-eastof the port of lsla del
Carmen,Campeche,located north-westof the sea buoy.

Note 2: An anchorageis establishedfor vesselsarrivingat or manoeuvringwest to the port of Frontera,

Tabasco.

(chartlet is on page 40-3/41-2)

SHIPS'ROUTEING2015 EDITION (Adopted 2012) 40-2

RECOMMENDEDTWO-WAYROUIESTOTHENORTH.EAST
OF THE
TABASCO
PORTOF DOSBOCAS,
Note: Seethe areasto be avoided"ln the Culf of Campeche"and fit the Rebombeooilfield"and "ln the
loadingbuoy areain the port of Dos Bocas,Tabasco"in part D, sectionll.
(Referencechart: Chart of the Bay of Campeche,S.M. 840, Ministry of the Navy (fourthedition,October
2010).
Note: Thischart is basedon World CeodeticSystem1984 datum (WCS B4).)

The ships'routeingmeasuresfrom the port of Dos Bocas,Tabascoto the oil exploitationareaof the Culf of
Campecheconsistof the following:

The followingroutesare only to be usedfor shipsinvolvedin oil-relatedactivities.

Estahlishedat the north-east of the port of Dos Bocas,Tabasco:

positions:
Threetwo-way routeslimitedby the followinggeographical
(18) 18o27',.63N, 093'10'.78W
(16) 18"44',.70N, 092"49','37W
(15) 18"44',.70N, 092'53','00w
(19) 18"29',.32N, 093"12','23W

and
(13) N,
18"46',.50 W
092"47',.O7
.18"53',.02
N, 092'38'.BBW
(20)
(21) 18"54',.43N, 092"40'.74W
(14) 1B%6',.50 N, 092'50'.70w

N,
(10) 1B'55',.69 W
092'35',.10
'19'05'.35N, 092"23',.46W
(22)
(23) 19'07'.09N, 092"25',.02W
(2+1 1B'57'..45N, W
092'36',.50
arealabelled"8" as definedabove'
A junction,with a precautionary
activities'
Note 1: An anchorageis establishedfor vesselsother than tankersinvolvedin cargo exportation
Dos Bocas'Tabasco'
arrivingat or manoeuvringnorth-westto the port of
of the Taratunich
for vesselsinvolvedin oil-relatedactivitiesto the west
Note 2: An anchorageis established
oil exploitationfield.
for vessels
Note 3: An anchorageisestablished involvedin oil-relatedactivitiesto the westof the oil exploitation
areaof the Rebombeooilfield.
(chartletis on Page40-3/41-2)

(Adopted 2012) ' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N

S H I P SR
41-1
 V)

U
c
FEI o (t)
E! g
H& , : o E
6

EA
EA
Fs\
F
E
. Y Zo
(d
E

:i
E: --"r€:i-p3= - .i
v)

- --------'i:.=i=:-.;"--
'9------""-- -------rP;=f7 "(
tlJ
I

- - --i--':'-'--'--'""aL
r ---
*r

:t'^^.. z
o
c .r.rtf ,! ri 1-rrit
o s

..19_a .E
\"^ ....--".'..{t"' i l i \ z
.=v o
R o o du"".,-""'p\
^q" n ili i \l zIu
!ao = to gl E : s i i i i \I
- t

<n{2
<

" \ -5- s e i ii i i \It -,. ,.

1 .'l
Rel i -i i
I
tlJ

t I
\i s I ii i
i i : i i
b:.rl
t :
\ .
2

;*.''i..
-
8...
... iifl ii i
i? iii Ei I
\

\
l
(t)
4J
=
o,''..;\. i i Ei i \
I

Ee""l'r,,J..i i gi
c i iI
\
ab8 *i '.
=6H ..
; . ! ti =
'.,. ''..i..4! i i E=E b z
EiF i | l,'.,..
d 3.
-.-6=

EEEi "'^"'5 ;-i

ir+i*'r
Ee# ,.'$ E o \i .r'{S
iilli ::
6

o
ct)

FFB *is ^%.' i i i C

tu

Ft€ x€t"r t*
U""",. '. i| i; ;,r3
I E E E ' 0 ,' .' ''.!""
fi 6.Q .,.,.\
d i ,'-'..
ii -=li
fEs
F s G .
E * .
' €
i
o z
qq a. o o \ h I
{gm * E h ' . '.. i ' ' . ..1 6 ' o 9 q F-
3
' - ?frE 1-+,,e
gE€
3
o -
f

Jf,li... -
3 I
:bF_
=hA \, \
o
I.LJ

tfrH ".
E ! m
c E ' ^
o o ; i
P! d sU'. E c d
= F q g \
'.. E z
Ep8
o o
3
6 o
l"\ E
C'
= - . Y

E lL\
\\
tu

4
-os tt.
- > 'r.
{. X 3! rb Iq =s '.
Xp R EH r " :
I
\ C D

e X Es . ; i I
9=.spEL--.r
q i E d {
g : g o o
< : 6 0 0 lrJ
. o{2
z
Iu

I
tlJ
&

SHIPS'ROUTEING2015 EDITION (Adopted 2012)

40-3/41-2
RECOMMENDED TWO.WAY ROUTESAND PRECAUTIONARYAREAS
OFFTHE
poRToF cAyo ARcAs,Fso TA,KTJNTAH
AND Fpso vuuu KAK NAns
Note: Seethe areasto be avoided'At the port of CayoArcas"and "ln the Culf of Campeche"in part D,
sectionIl.
(Referencechart: Chart of the Bay of Campeche,S.M. 840, Ministry of the Navy (fourthedition,October
2010).
Note: Thischart is basedon World CeodeticSystem1984 datum(WCS B4).)

The ships'routeingmeasuresfor tankerscomingfrom abroadinvolvedin loadingcrudeoil for exportationand

headingto the port of CayoArcas,FSOTa'kuntahand FPSOYdumK'ak' N6abin the Culf of Mexico consist
of the followingelements:
Fourprecautionaryareas,labelledC, D, E and F
Fivetwo-way routes

The followingroutesare only to be usedfor oil tankers.

RouteingSystem| - Two two-wayroutesand a precautionaryarea

Established
at the west and south-westof the port of CayoArcasfor tankersarrivingat the port or headingto
the anchorageeastofthe FSO Ta'kuntahand vice versa:

Two-wayroute 1
(25) 20"12',.00
N, 092"16',.45w (27) 2o"05',.50
N, 092.03',.36
W
(26) 20"05',.50
N, 092"07',.20w (28) 20"14',.80
N, 092"16',.45w
A precautionary
arealabelled"C" boundedby a line connectingthe followinggeographical
positions:
(27) 2o"05',.50
N, 092'03',.36
W (30) 20'01'.30
N, 092.04'.30
w
(26) 20"05',.50
N, 092"07',.20w (31) 20"03',.30
N, Og2"O2',.g0W
(29) 20"03'.30N, 092'06',.50
W
Two-wayroute 2
(30) 20'01'.30
N, Og2"O4',.3OW (33) l9%5'.00N, 091.51'.20W
(32) 19%5',.00
N, 091'53',.98
W (31) 20.03',.30
N, Og2.O2'.gOW
Note:An anchorage
for vessels
involvedin oil-related
activitiesis established
to the eastof the Cantarell
oilfield.

RouteingSystemll - Two two-way routes and a precautionary area

Establishedat thesouth-west
andsouthof theportof CayoArcaswith a two-wayroutefor tankers
arrivingat
the portor headingto theanchorage
for thisport:
Two-way route 1
(34) 20"03',.30
N, 092"16',.45w (26) 20.05',.50
N, Oq2"O7'.20W
(29) 2o"03',.30
N, 092'06',.50
W (35) 20.05',.50
N, 092"16'.45W
A precautionary
arealabelled"D" is boundedby a lineconnectingthefollowinggeographical
positions:
(35) 20'05',.50
N, 092"16',.45W (37) 20"03'.30
N, 092'18'.65
W
(36) 20'05',.50
N, 092'18',.65
W (34) 20"03',.30
N, 092"16',.45W
Two-way route 2
(31) 20'03',.30
N, 092"02',.90W (39) 20'05',.50
N, 0gl "55',.00
w
(38) 20'03',.30
N, 091"55',.00
W (27) 20.05',.50
N, 092"03',.36w
Note: An anchoragefor tankersinvolvedin loadingoperationsin the port of CayoArcasis established
to the
south-eastof the port of Cayo Arcas.

42-1 (Adopted 2012) S H I P SR

' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N
RouteingSystemlll - Two two-way routes and a precautionaryarea
Established
at thewestandsouth-west arrivingat
of the portof CayoArcaswith a two-wayroutefor tankers
the FPSOYium K'ak' N6.ab:
Two-wavroute 1
(40) 20"13',.55
N, W
092''18',.65 (35) 20"05',.50
N, 092'16',.45W
(30120'05',.50
N, W
092'.18',.65 (25) 20"12',.00
N, 092'16',.45
W

A precautionary
arealabelled"D" asdefinedabove.

Two-wayroute 2
(37) 20"03',.30
N, W
092'18',.65 (42) 19%1',.65N, \\'
092'.16',.-15
(41) 19%0',.90
N, W
092"18'.65 (34\ 20"03',.30
N, \\',
092'.16',.-+5

area labelled"E" is boundedby a line connectingthe followinggeographical

A precautionary positions:
(41) 19%0',.90 N, W
092'18',.65 (44) l9'39',.45N, \\'
092"16',.-+5
(4' 19"38',.70 N, W
092'.18',.65 (42) 19%1',.65 N, \\',
092'16',.-+5

RouteingSystemlV - One two-way route and a precautionaryarea

at the southof the port of CayoArcaswith a two-wavroutetor tankersheadingfrom the
Established
precautionary arealabelled
arealabelled"C" lo precautionary "F" andt'icet'ersa:

Two-way route
(29) 20"03',.30
N, W
092"06',.50 (46) 19%5',.00N, \\',
092'0-+',.30
@5\ 19%5',.00N, W
092'06',.50 (30) 20'0't'.30
N, 092'0-+130\\'
positions:
arealabelled"F" is boundedby a line connectingthe followinggeographical
A precautionary
(47) 19%2',.80N, 092'06',.50W (46) 19%5',.00 N, W
092"04',.30
(48) .19%2',.80
N, 092"04',.30W (45) 19%5',.00 N. W
092"06',.50

RouteingSystemV - Twotwo-wayroutes
Established at the north of the FSO Ta'kuntahwith a two-way routefor tankerssailingfrom the anchorageto
the eastof this FSOand goingon to handlecargofor the FSOTa'kuntah, the FPSOYium K'ak'Niiab and the
port of Dos Bocas,Tabasco:

Two-wav route 1
(49) 19%5',.00
N, W
091'55',.00 (48) 19%2',.80
N, 092'04',.30W
(46) 19%5',.00
N, 092"04',.30w (50) 19%2',.80
N, W
091'55',.00

areaslabelled"E" and "F" as definedabove.

Precautionary

Two-way route 2
(45) 19%5',.00N, W
092"06',.50 (44) 19'39',.45N, 092"16',.45W
(42) ',19%1',.65
N, 092'16',.45W (47) 1g%2',.80 N, W
092"06',.50

for exportationtankersinvolvedin loadingoperationsat the FSOTa'kuntah

Note:An anchorageis established
and the FPSOYdumK'ak' Ndab.
(chartlet or,,erleaf
)

/ O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N
S H I P SR (Adopted2012) A1 1
 a

z
v
s
v

V)

f : -
z
0 o
t f \
;. ;.
?
=9
6
;
N
,
'9
6
? z
E
- F E Y
a
@ i
E A
g - ^
g 9,E
- @ 6
E s
e'E ;
EE 9 EE :r oiE : V'
:-
aB R 9E .."i<-FB
_ E #^ H BE juse_ g U1

fs+r -i - . F I
i*5 gE , , - - 6 i i' - , , Y
'/ E
&
il i-i ^ i E E. ;e? . - " s i' , t / T T T T T ' T T T T T f

1ii pE * i / fr
I ii iii ..'i';:' ;t.'- iii tiii/ E
ii' ili 7 ..-' .4'-' i+ ijl d
I i=l .' t /
io,L.' t U
-l /
-Ne i. - ' - *-'f6
'1 O,. 6': /^i
<:/$r
'E'-------- -o
,/i.--J -----:6t-l:6Frryrrr c
', t' ; ti.\ ' o- 9 , ' / .+:=::=i tZ. tr (t)
o s
--- - - - - --, =- = , = =/ t----
-= , .i.\.1 1r...,^
- --a'"i 4J
N;--i- ; = ;-I c-i 6H.a
ii i FiJ- rlr 9 ' r 'g\ t o + o
,'i i #se E€E > :., \ > o q

i _+^i i a E a B E ;E E ; i . , i Q =
!an
!
ts

iii PEa e,E; E.b; ,.\".i,

a o R
;iiii! s.9+
i*ii! r*o
;Ra
i6=
9
g 'E
E :h " \r' ".,.' ". \\ !!P
P c
O
O
z
I i d : E 68i ',- <i {g
i€ r n " EoA <r\ ''s
tr
6-i
e:i rci EtE 3.\ '^g f
-Y6--_d-----
l<i :::::;l ',(l\ U
--d=-<)----------_-:--- --------6'F'-o {4{444{{{{44{{{4{{{+{{4 UJ
6-hF ;i -\6
SZFS? .Ee g \g
H #d \ z
f d'; \
H
.Y
E;
1iA
]I I J att
LU
fr 8E R
Y O d l
t
O N

o l
o 6
o a
*r d
O
= I

llJ

ztu

I
tu

42-3 (Adopted 2012) ' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N

S H I P SR
 PRECAUTIONARY
AREAIN THE APPROACHES
TO THE PORTOF VERACRUZ
(Referencechart:UnitedStates28302,1991edition.
Note: Thischart is basedon World CeodeticSystem1984 datum(WCS B4).)

Description
of the precautionary
area
A_precautionary areais establishedcomprising the islandsand reefswherethe approachchannels to the port
of Veracruzare situated.Thisarea is boundedby an arc of a circlewith a radiusof 4.7 miles,centredon the
lighthouse
on the Islandof Sacrificios,locatedin geographical position:
(28) 19.10',.49N, 096.05'.53W
startingon the coastin geographical
position:
(19) 19.12',.93
N, 096"09,.70W
to geograph
ical position:
(20) 19"13',.03
N, 096.01'.39
W
thenceboundedby a lineconnecting position(20)and the followinggeographical
geographical positions:
(21) 19"12',.07
N, 096.01'.77
W
(22) .19'09'.57N, 096'06'.00W (on the coast)

zte\/

Areato be avoided

L I ] f f I f I ] J I I - ! I - I I
Z = Sacrificios lsland

O = Santiaguillolsland

PRECAUTIONARY
AREAIN THE APPROACHES
TO THE PORTOF VERACRUZ

S H I P SR
' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N (Adopted 1996) i a
+-)
 AREA/AT THE APPROACHES
PRECAUTIONARY TO PUERTOCRISTOBAL'I
(Referencechart:BritishAdmiraltv1400,2000 edition.
Note: Thischart is basedon World CeodeticSystem1984 datum (WCS B4).)

Description
of the precautionary
area
A precautionary
area is established
by a line connectingten geographical
positions:
(22) 09"21'.40N, 079"59'.10 W (onshore)
(2) 09"28',.90N, 079"59',.20W
(t 09'31'.00N, 079"57'.52W
(B) 0g'32',.20N, 079"56',.50 W
(9) 09'33',.40N, 079"54',.92W
(12) 09.33',.90N, 079"53',.50 W
(13) 09"33',.85N, 079"51',.20W
(16) 09'33',.15N, 079"49',.80W
(3) 09'3.1',.95N, 079"48',.1}W
(23) 09'29'.00 N, 079"43'.5O W (onshore)

position(23)to geographicalposition(22).
then followingthe coastline from the geographical

Note:
ln the precautionaryarea,shipsare requiredto proceedwith caution,owing to the arrivaland departureof
shipsto and from the PanamaCanaland the ports locatedin the Baysof Lim6n,Manzanilloand LasMinas.

PRECAUTIONARY
AREA"AT THE APPROACHES
TO PUERTOCRISTOBAL"

of new precautionarv
Dateof implementation area:0000 hoursUTC on 1 December20]4.

44 (Adopted 2014) SHIPS'

ROUTEINC
2015EDITION
PartF
Associated
Rulesand
Recommendationson navigation
 z
o
ig E u ge B. q a
o 0 : _e E: :: '- :A -Es *: fb ,b : i,- iH F
z> :' { :"'"'1 o
<g 9 iE9*B :'g =e Z I E I @
g
- - ' 3E E E E ? ;Ee f i e E9 E €?
az i YFiH; 9a l,i0 ?-. c I

- \ v

arn:* !*+ils:H p=g.SE S)38F= +

\2 i ' n i ' d ; ' ; ? . e i : e o r ! . = . sq t b
E
r* X: :; sE ;;. t:; ;E€e ^F s E g
. ?€€ s a' ! .
E 't
o
(\t
P b 6: ' 5 8P P s bI
E,€) vi Yi *x irE:i ( apE
2>
g
E FE eb ; b EE
o -6
= E€( i o sF(s
,l

E Eo :i Eo: E
nFoE
=! 9do EE?FFAF gE.s8.=p
I

v; )^ => ci: c:'c c o

. - o F : F i F ; F b h = _ j€ B < . 9 : E E R E
X c-l Fb F; FE F* (/)x,-R(/,oE oY or,$5B
I J*J #E =dE XH _d P t' rE EECE9 E E € E E= =
O dO E-dfi 6 EaEEd E6 2E 2E
Z - oi ai + ii cbN di ot ct

s
p
o
F

,v\
is

7-f
'ne
o
o

o
N

c
o
(o
q) .9
O c)
c o
(g (!
o
O
(J ;; o
0 .9
O
o o
= o
F c

(Amended2014) ' O U T T I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O \
S H I P SR
 ON NAVIGATIONTHROUGHTHE GUIF OF FINLAND
RECOMMENDATIONS
TRAFFICAREA
Note: Seemandatoryship reportingsystem"ln the Culf of Finland"in part C, sectionl.

1 Useof ships'routeingsystem
1.1 The traffic separationschemesin the Culf of Finlandhave been adoptedby IMO and rule 10 of the
fnternationalRegulationsfor PreventingCollisionsat Sea,1972,as amended,applies.Subjectto any factors
that may adverselyaffectsafenavigation,ships(especially
oil and chemicaltankers,shipscarryinghazardous
cargo and deep-draughtships)proceedingfrom the Baltic Sea to the Culf of Finlandand vice versa are
stronglyrecommendedto usethe trafficseparationschemesin the Culf of Finland.

1.2 Shipscrossingthe east-westerlyflow of traffic between the traffic separationschemesshould crossas

nearlyas practicableat rightanglesto the trafficflow. Shipsleavingor joiningthe east-westerly
flow of traffic
betweenthe trafficseparationschemesshoulddo it at as smallan angleas practicableto the recommended
directionsof traffic flow.

2 Crossingtraffic
fn the ice-freeseasonthere is heavy crossingtraffic, consistingmainly of high-speedcraft, between Helsinki
and Tallinn.This increases the riskof collisionin this area.Marinersare remindedthat,when riskof collision
is deemedto exist,the rulesof the 1972CollisionRegulations fully apply and in particularthe rulesof part B,
sectionsll and lll, of which rules15 and 19(d)are of specificrelevancein a crossingsituation.

3 Fishingand recreational
sailingactivities
Marinersshould be aware that concentrationsof recreationalcraft may be encounteredbetween Porkkala,
Helsinki and Tallinn in summer and should navigatewith caution. Fishingvesselsare reminded of the
requirementsof rule 10(i),and sailingvesselsand all other vesselsof lessthan 20 metresin length of the
requirementsof rule 10(j)of the 1972CollisionRegulations.

4 Pilotage
Under nationallaws,pilotageis mandatoryin territorialwaters.

5 Defectsaffectingsafety
Shipshavingdefectsaffectingoperationalsafetyshouldtake appropriatemeasuresto overcomethesedefects
beforeenteringthe Culf of Finland.

khartlet overleaf)

SHIPS'ROUTEINC
2015EDITION (Adopted 2002) 1-1
 9,
3

@
o
f c)

c
rs

tu

z
z
E

r
'a
c
.(!
f
a)
I

Z
=

t
z

ff*."

(Adopted2002; chartletupdated2013) S H I P SR
' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N
 RECOMMENDATIONS ON NAVICATIONTO THE POTISHPORTSTHROUGH THE
GIJLFOF GDANSKTRAFFICAREA

1 Useof ships,routeingsystem
The traffic separations.chemes for the approachesto the ports of Gdaisk and cdynia in the culf
of cdansk
havebeen adoptedby lMo and rule 10 oithe International Regulations fo, preventlngCollisio
ns atsea,1972,
as amended,applies.subject to any factorsthat may.adverseliaffect
safe nuulgutio'i,shipsproc$"! rro,
the Balticsea to the ports of cdaisk and cdynia and vice u"rru
uru stronglyreZommendedto usethe traffic
separationschemesin the Culf of Cda6sk.

1'1 shipsproceedingfrom the Balticseato cda6sk NorthernPort(portp6lnocny)

and viceversaarestrongly
recommendedto usethe traffic separationscheme,,East,.

1'2 ships proceedingfrom the Baltic sea to cda6sk New Port (Nowy port)
and vice versaare strongly
recommendedto usethe north-eastpart and south-westpart of
the traffii r"puruiion scheme,,West,,.
.l'3
ships proceedingfrom the Balticseato cdynia and vice versaare
. stronglyrecommendedto use the
north-eastpart and the west part of the traffic separationscheme,,west,,.

Sh.ipsapproachingand navigating
within the precautionary
areashouldnavigatewith cautionand should
1 !.
follow the recommendeddirection oflraffic flow.'

1'5 Shipsengagedon internationalvoyagesproceedingbetween

Cdansk New port (Nowy port) (port,
road) and_Cdynia(port, road)are required.-toproceed alJng the
163"-343"recommendedtrack established
betweenGD and NP buoysor transitalongthe prope,onu-#uy tiaffic
lanesbetweencD, cN and Np buoys.
'l'6
Shipsengagedon internationalvoyagesproceedingfrom Cda6sk Northern port (port p6lnocny)
to
Cdynia (port, road)or to Cda6sk New PortlNowy Port)(p"ort,road)
are required*,after leavingpilot nearthe
buoy PP,to proceed into north direction.After passingunthoiug"
No. 5 for tankersthey ,"!"ii"i;;uft";
courseto 314' and steerinto directionof the buoy CN establisledin "r"
the precautionary area,altercourseat
this buoy and proceedfurther along the proper one-way traffic rane.

1'7. ships.engagedon internationalvoyagesproceedingfrom

Cda6sk New port (Nowy port) (port, road)
or from cdynia (port, road) to cdaisk NolrthernPort (P6rt P6lnocny)(port,
road) ur" ,uqrir"i. i;p;o.;
traffic lane to the precautionaryareaestabllshedaround buoy cN, thence
:l::,t":$ fl1p,."^1"^11_way they are
requlred to altercourseto 134'and proceedalongthe recommendedtrack into
direciionof buoy zS.'Afte,r
passinganchorageNo. 5 for tankersthey are requii-ed- to altercourseto southanJ pro.""a into directionof
the pilot embarkationpositionmarkedby the buoy pp.

2 Crossingtraffic
There is a crossingtraffic consistingmainly of recreationalsailing
vessels,fishingvesselsand high-speed
craft betweenPolishharbourssituatedin the Culf of Cdarisk.This increases
the riskof collisionin this area.
Marinersare remindedthat,when riskof collisionis deemedto exist,
the rulesof the 1972CollisionRegulations
fully apply and in particularthe rulesof part B, sectionsll and lll,
of which rules15 and 19(d)are of specific
relevancein the crossingsituation.

3 Fishingand recreational
sailingactivities
Mariners shouldbe awarethatconcentrations of recreationalcraftmaybe encountered in thesummerin the
culf of Gda6skbetweencdynia,sopot,Hel and cdafsk and shouli navigate
with caution.Fishing vessels
areoperating mainlyfromharbours situatedin thePuckaBayto fishinggrorXd,in theCulfof Cda6sklnirfri"g
vesselsare reminded.of the requirementsof rule 10(i),ani sailingu6sielsand all othervessels
20 metresin lengthof the requirements of lessthan
of rule10()of the 1972c6llisionn"grruiionr.

.
Underthe nationallaw of poland.

SHIPS'ROUTEING2015 EDITION (Adopted 2007)

2-1
4 Pilotage
in the roadsandports.
Undernationallaws,pilotageis mandatory

5 Defectsaffecting safety
Shipshavingdefectsaffecting safetyshouldtakeappropriate
operational measures
to overcome
thesedefects
beforeentering
the Culfof Cda6sk.

6 Ship reporting systemand navigationinformation service

A mandatory shipreportingsystem(CDANREP) is established
in the south-west
partof the Culf of Cdahsk
in the territorialand internalwatersof Poland.AII shipsnavigatingin the CDANREP shipreportingarea
are requiredto makeuseof the mandatory ship reportingsystemand informationbroadcasts madeand
operated by the PolishMaritimeAdministrationthroughVTS"Culfof Cdaisk",andto keepwatchon VHFas
appropriate.
VesselTrafficService
"Culfof Cda6sk"monitors with theships'routeing
compliance systems
andmandatory
shipreportingsystemadoptedby theOrganization.

7 Areas temporarily closed to navigationand fishing

Marinersarereminded thatextensive closedto navigation
areasthataretemporarily andfishingareestablished
in thewatersof Culfof Cda6sk.

1 1
L-L (Adopted 2007) S H I P SR
' O U T E I N G2 O ' I 5E D I T I O N
 THROUGH
ON NAVIGATION
RECOMMENDATIONS
THEENGLISH AND THEDOVERSTRAIT
CHANNEL
Note: See mandatoryship reportingsystems"West Europeantanker reportingsystem"and "ln the Dover
de Calais"in part C, sectionl.
Strait/Pas

1 Useof ships'routeingsystem
1.1 Subjectto any factorsthat may adverselyaffect safe navigation,ships proceedingfrom the western
'Channel
part of the English to the Dover Straitand vice versaare stronglyrecommendedto use the traffic
separationscheme"Off Casquets".
1.2 Shipscrossingor leavingor joiningthe easterlyor westerlyflow of trafficbetweenthe trafficseparation
schemes"Off Casquets"andl'ln the DoverStraitand adjacentwaters"shouldcrossas nearlyas practicableat
rightanglesor join or leaveat as smallan angleas practicableto the recommendeddirectionsof trafficflow.
1.3 Attention is drawn to the warningsrelatingto the use of the "Deep-waterroute forming part of the
north-eastbound trafficlaneof the Straitof Doverand adjacentwaterstrafficseparationscheme".
1.4 Shipsleavingthe trafficseparation scheme'At West Hinder"and intendingto proceedthroughthe Dover
Straitshould,when crossingthe north-eastbound traffic laneof the trafficseparationscheme"ln the Straitof
Dover and adjacentwatersl'and proceeding through the precautionaryarea in the vicinity of the Foxtrot3
station 51"24'.15N, 002'00'.38E),maintain a course so as to leavethe Foxtrot3 stationon their port side.

2 Crossingtraffic
2.1 Heavycrossingtrafficexistsin partsof the EnglishChanneland the Dover Strait,with increasedriskof
collisionin theseareas.Marinersare remindedthat,when riskof collisionis deemedto exist,the rulesof the
1972 CollisionRegulations fully apply and in particularthe rulesof part B, sectionsll and lll, of which rules15
and 19(d)are of specificrelevancein the crossingsituation.

3 sailingactivities
Fishingand recreational
3..1 Marinersshouldbe awarethatconcentrations of fishingvessels and recreationalcraftmaybe encountered
Channeland the DoverStraitand shouldnavigate
in the English with caution.Fishing areremindedof
vessels
the requiiementsof rule 10(i) and sailing and
vessels all other vesselsof lessthan 20 metresin lengthof the
requirements Regulations.
of rule 1O(j)of the 1972Collision

4 Pilotage
4.1 Mastersof shipspassingthroughthe EnglishChanneland the Dover Straitshouldtake into accountthe
of the servicesof an adequatelyqualifieddeep-seapilot* in connectionwith
possibilityof availingthemsel-ves
the requirements of safenavigation.
4.2 Mastersof shipstakinga deep-seapilot in the North Seaare advisedto embarkthe pilot prior to sailing.
4.3 Mastersof shipsapproachingfrom the west are advisedto embarktheir deep-seapilot as far westward
in the EnglishChannelas practicableand makean early decisioneitherto requesthelicopterdeliveryor to
approacha pilot station(e.g.Brixhamor Cherbourg).
4.4 Shipswishingto embarka Thamesdistrictpilotshouldproceedto the NE Spitor the Sunkpilotstations.
Shipsshouldnot use the Englishinshoretraffic zone as a routeto thesepilot stationsif they can safelyuse
the north-easttraffic lane oithe traffic separationschemeand make a judiciouscrossingof the south-west
trafficlanein accordance Arrangements
with rule 10(c)of the1972 CollisionRegulations. can alsobe made
to embarkdistrictpilotsin the westernapproachesto the EnglishChannel (seeparagraph a.3).

5 Under-keel ships
allowancefor deep-draught
5.1 Mastersof ships,when planningtheir passage shouldensure
throughthe DoverStraitand its approaches,
thatthereis an adequateunder-keelilearanceat the time of passage.
To this,
achieve allowancemustbe made

" Reference on the useof adequatelyqualifieddeep-seapilotsin the North Sea,EnglishChanneland

is macleto the Recommendation
Skaggerak which revokedresolutionA.486(Xll).
(AssemblyresolutionA.1080(28)),

' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N
S H I P SR (Amended 2007) 3-1
for the effectsof squat at the passagespeed,for uncertaintiesin charted depths and tide levels,and for the
effectsof wavesand swell resultingfrom local and distantstorms.

5.2 In assessing a safeunder-keelallowance,mastersof vesselsconstrainedby their draughtare strongly

advisedto consultthe SailingDirections,Mariners'RouteingCuides and Deep-DraughtPlanningCuides
publishedfor the area by hydrographicoffices,and to be guided by the recommendations for under-keel
allowancecontainedtherein.

6 Tidalheightpredictions
6.1 When calculatingthe depth of water,marinersare remindedthat the heightof the tide in mid-Straitcan
be up to one metre lessthan that predictedfor the adjacentstandardport.

7 Mandatoryand voluntaryshipmovementreportingschemes
7.1 A mandatoryship movement reporting scheme (CALDOVREP)has been jointly operated by the
Covernments of the UnitedKingdomand Francein the EnglishChanneland the DoverStraitsince1 July1999.
It is compulsoryfor all merchantshipsof 300 grosstonnageand overto participatein the scheme.

7.2 Shipsof lessthan 300 grosstonnageshould continueto make reportsunder the existingvoluntary
MAREPschemein circumstances where they:
. are "not under command" or at anchor in the traffic separationschemeor its inshoretraffic zones;
. are "restrictedin their ability to manoeuvre";or
. havedefectivenavigationalaids.

The MAREParrangements
outsidethe coveragearearemainunchanged.

8 Defectsaffectingsafety
8.1 Ships having defects affecting operational safety, in addition to reporting such defects through the
CALDOVREPscheme or by participatingin the MAREP scheme,should take appropriatemeasuresto
overcomethesedefectsbeforeenteringthe Dover Strait.

9. Navigation information service

9.1 All ships navigatingin the EnglishChanneland the Dover Straitare recommendedto make use of
the informationbroadcastsmade by the informationservicesoperatedby the Covernmentsof the United
Kingdomand France,and to keepwatch on VHF as appropriate,as set out in the CALDOVREPand MAREP
schemes.

Note: See section ll of part B, section ll of part C, section I of part D and part E for descriptionof traffic
separationschemes,deepwater routes, areasto be avoided and recommendeddirections of traffic flow
involved.

3-2 Amended 2007) S H I P SR

' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N
RECOMMENDATION
ON NAVIGATION
THROUGHTHESTRAITOF BONIFACIO
Note: See"Routeingmeasuresin the Straitof Bonifacio"in part E and mandatoryship reportingsystem"ln
the Straitof Bonifacio"in part C, sectionl.

1 Useof ships'routeing
Vesselsnavigatingin the Straitshall exercisefull diligenceand regardfor the requirementsof the existing
recommendedtwo-way route in the Straitof Bonifacio.Due to the narrownessof the Strait,mastersof vessels
shallensurethat an appropriatemonitoringof the ship'sroute is done on board in order to avoid groundings
and collisions.

2 Shipreportingand navigationinformation
Shipsof 300 grosstonnageand overenteringthe Straitshallparticipatein the mandatoryshipreportingsystem
(BONIFREP) establishedby the competentauthoritiesas describedin IMO's publicationon Ships'Routeing
(partC, sectionl).

3 Pilotage
Mastersof vesselspassingthroughthe Straitare recommendedto availthemselves
of the servicesof a qualified
pilot.

3.1 Categories of ships concerned

ShipsforwhichthelMOAssemblyrecommendsinitsresolution A.766(18)of4Novemberlgg3toCovernments
to prohibitor at leaststronglydiscouragethe transitin the Straitof Bonifacio:
ladenoil tankersand shipscarryingdangerouschemicalsor substances
in bulk, as listedin the annexto
resolutionMEPC.49(31) adoptedon 4 July1991.

3.2 Description of the applicable procedure for requesting a pilot

Vesselswishingto order a BonifacioStraitpilot should,as much as possible,send by e-mail or by fax the
followinginformationto the servicenamed"BonifacioStraitpilotage":
Ship'snameand call sign;
type of vesseland grosstonnage;
draught;
destinationport/nameand addressof the local agent;
boardingpositionand ETA.
Twenty-fourhourspriorto arrival,vessels
shouldinformor confirmtheir ETAto the headofficeof the Bonifacio
Straitpilotageservice.

Once on BonifacioStraitroad,vesselsshouldconfirmtheir ETAtwo hoursprior to arrival,calling"Bonifacio

Traffic"on VHF channel10.

3.3 Description of the pilotage service

The pilotageareacoversthe Straitand its approaches.
Usuallythe vesselsenteringthe Straitboardtheir pilots
out of the "BONIFREP"zone.

The boardingpositionsare the following(WGSB4):

o Easternboardingposition:41"24'.80N, 009'30'.00 E;
. Westernboardingposition:41"17'.28N, 008'58'.50 E.

SHIPY ROUTEING2015 EDITION lAdopted 2012)

RUTESAND RECOMMENDATIONSON NAVIGATION
THROUGHTHESTRAITOF
ISTANBUL,
THESTRAIT
OF qANAKKALEAND THEMARMARA
SEA-

1 Useof ships'routeing
1.1 Vesselsnavigatingin the Straitsshallexercisefull diligenceand regardfor the requirements
of the traffic
separationschemes(TSSs).

1.2 A vesselthat is not ableto complywith the requirements of the TSSshallinformthe trafficcontrolstation
well in advance.In suchcircumstances, the competentauthoritymay temporarilysuspendthe particularTSS,
of it, and inform the vesselssailingin the area and advisethem to comply with rule 9 of the
or section(s)
International
Regulations Collisionsat Sea,1972.
for Preventing

which cannotcomplywith the TSS,the competentauthoritymay

1.3 In orderto ensuresafetransitof vessels
temporarilysuspendtwo-waytrafficand regulateone-waytrafficto maintaina safedistancebetweenvessels.

2 information
Shipreportingand navigation
2J All vesselsenteringthe Straitsare strongly recommendedto participatein the reporting system
(TUBRAP)establishedby the competentauthorityand concerningwhich the appropriateinformationhas
been promulgatedby Noticesto Marinersand other means.

2.2 For the purposeof efficientand expeditioustraffic management,in the interestof safetyof navigation
and protectionof the marineenvironment,vesselsintendingto passthroughthe Straitsare stronglyadvisedto
give prior informationon the sizeof the vessel,whetherin ballastor loadedconditionand whethercarrying
any hazardousand noxiouscargo,as definedin relevantinternational conventions.

2.3 All vesselsnavigatingin the Straitsare recommendedto make use of the informationbroadcastsmade
by the informationservicesoperatedby the competentauthority,and to keepwatch on VHF as appropriate,
in accordancewith the TUBRAPscheme.

3 Pilotage
3.1 Mastersof vesselspassingthrough the Straitsare stronglyrecommendedto avail themselvesof the
servicesof a qualifiedpilot in order to comply with the requirements
of safenavigation.

4 Daylighttransit
Vessels
havinga maximumdraughtof 15 metresor moreandvessels
over200 metresin overalllengthare
advised
to navigate in daylight.
the Straits

5 Towing
Passage
of a vesselundertow mayonlybe carriedoutwhenusingtugboat(s)
or vessel(s)
suitably for
equipped
theoperationin orderto ensuresafenavigation.

6 Anchorage
Whenrequired,
vessels
mayusetheanchorages for thispurpose.
designated

Hereinafterref-erred
to as "the Straits"

(Adopted 1995) S H I P SR
' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N
RUTES
FORSHIPSNAVIGATING
IN THEGULFOF SUEZ
1 General provisions
1.1 Shipsshould take into accountthat crossingtraffic may be encounteredin the traffic junction eastward
of Ain Sukhnaand in the precautionaryareaoff RasShukheir,and shouldbe in a high stateof readiness to
manoeuvrein theseareas.

1.2 Exceptionalcare is needed,when overtakinganothership within a lane,not to enterthe separationzone

or force the overtakenship to do so.

1.3 Shipsnavigatingin the Culf of Suezare requestedto keep continuouslisteningwatch on the SuezGulf
Traffic fnformationBroadcastsand report Io "SIJZ" as from 1 January1983 any aids to navigationwhich are
malfunctioningor are out of positionand which are not alreadyincludedin the SuezCulf Trafficlnformation
Broadcasts.

Rules
2,1 All ocean shipsshould havetheir radarin effectiveuseby day and nightthroughoutthe passagebetween
Shakerlslandand SuezPort as an aid to achievingmaximumfeasiblelane conformityand avoidingrisk of
collision.Particularcare is requiredfor strictadherenceto the confinesof relevanttrafficlanes.

2.2 Shipsproceedingsouthfrom Suezshouldbe alertfor tankersheadingfor the SUMEDoil terminaloff Ain

Sukhna.

2.3 Northboundtankersheadingfor the SUMEDoil terminalshouldreporttheir intentionof usingthe traffic

junction off Ain Sukhnaon the appropriatefrequencies.

2.4 All shipsnorth- and south-bound,when navigatingthroughthe precautionaryareaoff RasShukheiror

in the vicinityof the Julyoilfield,shouldavoid overtakingin the traffic lanesin theseareas.

2.5 AII shipsproceedingin and out of RasShukheiroil terminal,includingserviceand supplycraft serving

the oil workingsin July,Ramadanand Morganoilfields,shouldonly crossthe south-and north-boundtraffii
flow throughthe precautionaryarea off RasShukheir.Within the precautionaryarea local rulesrelatingto
crossingtraffic apply.

2.6 Tankersleavingthe RasShukheiroil terminaland intendingto join the northboundtraffic lane should
only do so when no throughsouthboundtrafficis in the vicinityand shouldalwaysreporttheir movementsto
other shipsbeforehandon VHF.

2.7 Shipsanchoredin the designatedwaiting areafor RasShukheirshouldensurethat they are neverless

than 0.25 milesfrom the edge of the southboundtraffic lane and shouldpay specialregardto their correct
lightsignalsfor shipsat anchor.They shouldalsoshow their deck lights.

SHIPS'ROUTEING2015 EDITION (Adopted l9B3)

 OFFTHESOUTHAFRICANCOAST
FORNAVIGATIONOF LADENTANKERS
RULES
1 Laden*tankers,when westbound,off the SouthAfrican coast,should adhereto the following:
.1 Ladentankersshouldmaintaina minimumdistanceof 20 nauticalmilesoff the followinglandmarks:
. l South Sand Bluff (lnternationalNo. D4664)
.2 BasheeRiver(MbashePoint)(D6438)
.3 Hood Point D6420)
Cape Receife(D6390).
.2 Thesetankers should then steer to passthrough the westbound or northern lanes of the traffic
separationschemesoff the FA Platformand the Alphard Banksand then maintaina minimum
distanceof 20 nauticalmilesfrom the followinglandmarks:
'l
CapeAgulhas(D6370)
.2 Quoin Point(D6322)
.3 Cape Point(D6120)
.4 SlangkopPoint(D6110)
.5 CapeColumbine(D5B1 0).

2 Laden tankers,when eastboundoff the South African coast, should similarlymaintaina minimum
distanceof 25 nauticalmileswhen passingthe pointslistedin 1.1and 1.2 and,when betweenCapeAgulhas
and Cape Receife,steer a course to passthrough the eastboundor southern lanesof the traffic separation
schemesoff the AlphardBanksand FA Platform.

Exemptions
3 The followingexemptionsto the ladentankerrulesapply:
1
. l Vesselscallingat Cape Town (TableBay)to rendezvouswith servicecraft or helicoptersshould
follow the recbmmendedroutesuntil, in the caseof ladentankerswhen proceedingwestbound,
Cape Point light bears000'(T) x 20 nauticalmiles,thence alteringcourseto positionSlangkop
Pointlight070"(T)x 20 nauticalmiles.Fromthisposition,coursemay be alteredto the rendezvous
area5 nauticalmilesto the west of Creen Pointlight (D5900)(replenishment
areashown on chart
sAN 1013).
.2 Laden tankers engagedon voyagessolely between ports in the Republic of South Africa are
exemptedfrom the provisionsin paragraphs1 and 2 of these regulationsand are to maintain a
minimumdistanceof 10 nauticalmilesoff salientpointsof the coast,subjectto weather,seaand
currentconditions,when settingcoursesto their portsof loadingand discharging.
.-)
1
Duringthe winter season(16 April to 15 October),westboundladentankersshouldmaintainthe
minimumdistanceof 20 nauticalmilesoff the appropriatelandmarksin paragraph1.1.However,on
approachingthe winter zone,they may remainwithin the summerzone as closeto the separation
line as possible,and for the minimum period necessary, to ensuretllat they can remainon their
SummerLoad Linethroughout. In the vicinity of the Alphard Banksand the FA Platform,they are
to adjusttheir courseto passthrough the westbound traffic lanes.

-
Definition: Iadentanketmeansany tanker other than a tanker in ballasthaving in its cargo tanks residualcargo only.

7-1 (Adopted I99B) SHIPS' 2015EDITION

ROUTEINC
 NAVICATIONOF TADENTANKERSOFF THE SOUTH AFRICANCOAST

S H I P SR
' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N (Adopted I99B)
RULES
FORVESSELS THROUGHTHESTRAITS
NAVIGATINC OF MATACCAAND
SINGAPORE
Note: Seealso"Recommendatory measures for vesselscrossingthe trafficseparationschemeand
precautionaryareasin the SingaporeStraitduringhoursof darkness"in part E and mandatoryship reporting
system"ln the Straitsof Malaccaand Singapore"in part C, sectionl.

1 Definitions
Forthe purposeof theseRulesthe followingdefinitionsshallapply:
'l
A vesselhavinga draughtof 15 metresor more shallbe deemedto be a deep-draught
vessel.
2 A tankerof 150,000dwt and aboveshallbe deemedto be a very largecrude carrier(VLCC).

Note: The abovedefinitionsdo not prejudicethe definitionof "vesselconstrainedby her draught"described

in rule 3(h)of the International
Regulations
for Preventing
CollisionsatSea,1972.

2 Generalprovisions
1 Deep-draught vesselsand VLCCsshallallow for an under-keelclearanceof at least3.5 metresat all times
duringthe entirepassagethroughthe Straitsof Malaccaand Singaporeand shallalsotake all necessary
safetyprecautions,when navigatingthrough the traffic separationschemes.

2 Mastersof deep-draughtvesselsand VLCCsshallhaveparticularregardto navigational

constraints
when
planningtheir passage
throughthe Straits.

3 All deep-draughtvesselsand VLCCsnavigating within the trafficseparationschemesare recommended

to usethe pilotageserviceof the respectivecountrieswhen they becomeavailable.

4 Vesselsshalltake into accountthe precautionaryareaswhere crossingtraffic may be encounteredand

be in a maximumstateof manoeuvringreadinessin theseareas.

3 Rules
'l
Rule Eastbound
deep-draught
vesselsshallusethe designated
deep-waterroutes.
Rule2 Eastbounddeep-draughtvesselsnavigatingin the deep-waterroutes in Phillip Channel and
SingaporeStraitshall,as far as practicable,avoid overtaking.

Rule3 All vesselsnavigaiingwithin the traffic separationschemeshallproceedin the appropriatetraffic

Ianein the generaldirectionof trafficflow for that laneand maintainas steadya courseas possible,
consistentwith safenavigation.

Rule4 All vesselshavingdefectsaffectingoperationalsafetyshalltakeappropriatemeasures

to overcome
thesedefectsbeforeenteringthe Straitsof Malaccaand Singapore.

Rule5 In the eventof an emergencyor breakdownof a vesselin the traffic lanethe vesselshall,as far as
practicableand safe,leavethe laneby pullingout to the starboardside.

Rule6 (a) Vesselsproceedingin the westboundlaneof the trafficseparationscheme"ln the Singapore

Strait"when approachingRaffleslighthouseshall proceedwith caution,taking note of the
local warningsystem,and, in compliancewith rule 1B(d)of the International Regulationsfor
PreventingCollisionsat Sea,1972,avoidimpedingthe safepassage of a vesselconstrainedby
her draughtwhich is exhibitingthe signalsrequiredby rule 28 and which is obligedto cross
the westboundlaneof the schemein order to approachthe single-pointmooringfacility(in
approximateposition01"11'.42N, 103%7'.50E)from PhillipChannel.
(b) Vesselsproceedingin thetrafficseparation
schemes, whenapproaching anyof theprecautionary
areas,shallproceedwith caution,takingnoteof the localwarningsystem,and, in compliance
with rule 1B(d)of the InternationalRegulations
for PreventingCollisionsat Sea,1972, avoid

B-.1 (Amended 1998) SHIPS'

ROUTEING
2015EDITION
 impedingthe safepassageof a vesselconstrainedby her draughtwhich is exhibitingthe signals
requiredby rule28 and which is obligedto crossthat precautionary
area.
(c) Informationrelatingto the movementof shipsconstrainedby their draughtas referredto
in paragraphs(a) and (b) above will be given by radio broadcasts.The particularsof such
broadcastsare promulgat,-'dby Noticesto Mariners.All vesselsnavigatingin the areaof the
traffic separationschemeshould monitor these radio broadcastsand take accountof the
informationreceived.

Rule7 VLCCsand deep-draughtvesselsnavigatingin the Straitsof Malaccaand Singaporeshall,as far

as it is safeand practicable,proceedat a speedof not more than 12 knotsover the ground in the
followingareas:
(a) At One FathomBanktraffic separationscheme;
(b) deep-waterroutesin the PhillipChanneland in SingaporeStrait;and
(c) westboundlanesbetweenpositions01"12'.51N, 103"52'.25E and 01'11'.59N,'103'50'.3.1
E
and betweenpositions N, 103%9'..18
01'11'.13 E and 01.08,.65N, 103%4,.40 E.
RuleB All vesselsnavigatingin the routeingsystemof the Straitsof Malaccaand Singaporeshallmaintain
at all timesa safespeedconsistent with safenavigation,
shallproceedwith caution,and shallbe in
a maximumstateof manoeuvringreadiness.
Rule9 (a) Vessels
which arefittedwith VHF radiocommunicationareto participatein the shipreporting
systemadopted by the Organization.
(b) VLCCsand deep-draughtvesselsnavigatingin the Straitsof Malacca and Singaporeare
advisedto broadcast,eight hours beforeenteringthe traffic separationschemes,navigational
informationgiving name, deadweighttonnage,draught,speed and times of passingOne
FathomBanklighthouse,Raffleslighthouseand Horsburghlighthouse.Difficultand unwieldy
tows are alsoadvisedto broadcastsimilarinformation.
Rule10 All vesselsnavigatingin the Straitsof Malaccaand Singaporeare requestedto report by radio to
the nearestshoreauthorityany damageto or malfunctionof the aidsto navigationin the Straits,or
any aidsout of positionin the Straits.

Rule11 Flag States,owners and operatorsshould ensurethat their vesselsare adequatelyequipped in

accordancewith the appropriateinternational
conventions/recommendations.

4 Warning
Marinersarewarnedthat localtrafficcould be unawareof the internationally
agreedregulationsand practices
of seafarers
and may be encounteredin or nearthe trafficseparation
schemes,and shouh takeany precautions
which may be requiredby the ordinarypracticeof seamenor by the specialcircumstancesof the case.

SHIPS'ROUTEING2O'I5EDITION (Amended 1998) B-2

RECOMMENDATIONSON NAVIGATIONIN THETRAFFICSEPARATIONSCHEME
"ON THEPACIFIC
COAST
OF PANAMA"(PART 1 "GULFOF PANAMA')*
it is recommendedthat,as far as it is safeand
In orderto help reducethe riskof lethalstrikeswith cetaceans,
.10
practicalto do so, shipsshouldproceedat a speedof not more than knotsfrom 1 Augustto 30 November
everyyear.

Thisrecommendation appliesto both trafficlanesof the trafficseparationscheme"Culf of Panama",north of

latitude08'00'.00N.

RECOMMENDATIONS ON NAVICATION IN THE

SCHEME"ON THE PACIFICCOASTOF PANAMA"
TRAFFICSEPARATION
(Part 1: "Gulf of Panama)

.l
Dateof implementation 0000 hoursUTC on
of new recommendations: December2014.

(Adopted2014) ' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N
S H I P SR
NAVIGATION
IN THEVICINITYOF THEGRANDBANKSOF NTWFOUNDTAND
All shipsproceedingon voyagesin the vicinity of the Crand Banksof Newfoundlandshallavoid,as far as
practicable,the fishing banks of Newfoundland north of latitude43" N and passoutside regionsknown or
believedto be endangeredby ice.

SHIPS'ROUTEINC20.I5EDITION (Adopted199s)
PartG
Mandatory
ShipReportingSystems,
MandatoryRoutei
ng Systems
and
MandatoryNo AnchoringAreas
 INTERNATIONAL
CONVENTION
FORTHESAFETY
OF LIFEAT SEA,1974,
ASAMENDED
V/11- Shipreportingsystems
Regufation
Ship reporting systemscontribute to safety of life at sea, safety and efficiency of navigation, and/or
protectionof the marine environment.A ship reportingsystem,when adopted and implementedin
accordancewith the guidelinesand criteriadevelopedby the Organization*pursuantto this regulation,
shallbe usedby all ships,or certaincategoriesof shipsor shipsclrrying certaincargoesin accordance
with the provisionsof each systemso adopted.

The Organizationis recognizedas the only internationalbody for developingguidelines,criteriaand

regulationson an internationallevel for ship reportingsystems.ContractingCouernrents shall refer
proposalsfor the adoptionof ship reportingsystemsto the Organization.*
The Organizationwill collate
and disseminate to ContractingCovernmentsall relevantinformationwith regardto any adoptedship
reportingsystem.

The initiationof actionfor establishing

a shipreportingsystemis the responsibility
of the Covernmentor
Covernmentsconcerned-In developingsuchsystems, provisionsof the guidelinesand criteriadeveloped
by the Organizationshallbe takeninto account.

Shipreportingsystemsnot submittedto the Organizationfor adoptiondo not necessarily

needto comply
with this regulation.However,Covernmentsimplementingsuch systemsare encouragedto follow,
whereverpossible,the guidelinesand criteriadevelopedby the Organization.*
Contracting-Covernments
may submitsuchsystemsto the Organizationfor recognition.

Where two or more Covernmentshavea common interestin a particulararea,they shouldformulate

proposalsfor a co-ordinatedship reportingsystemon the basisof agreementbetweenthem. Before
proceedingwith a proposalfor adoptionof a ship reportingsystem,the Organizationshalldisseminate
detailsof.theproposalto thoseCovernmentswhich havea common interestin the areacoveredby the
proposedsystem.Where a co-ordinatedship reportingsystemis adoptedand established, it shallhave
uniformproceduresand operations.

After adoption of a ship reportingsystemin accordancewith this regulation,the Covernmentor

Covernmentsconcernedshall take all measuresnecessaryfor the promulgationof any information
neededfor the efficientand effectiveuse of the system.Any adoptedship reportingsystemshallhave
the capabilityof interactionand the a,,:ilityto assistshipswith informationwhen nece-ssary.
Suchsystems
shallbe operatedin accordancewith theguidelinesand criteriadevelopedby the Organization* pursuant
to this regulation.

The masterof a shipshallcomplywith the requirements of adoptedship reportingsystemsand reportto

the appropriateauthorityall informationrequiredin accordancewith the provisionsof eachsuchsystem.

All adoptedship reportingsystemsand actionstakento enforcecompliancewith thosesystemsshallbe

consistentwith international
law, includingthe relevantprovisionsof the United NationsConventionon
the Law of the Sea.

Nothingin this regulationor its associated guidelinesand criteriashallprejudicethe rightsand dutiesof

Covernmentsunder international law or the legalregimeof straitsusedfor internationilnavigationand
archipelagic
sealanes.
10 The participationof shipsin accordancewith the provisionsof adoptedship reportingsystemsshallbe
. freeof chargeto the shipsconcerned.

11 The Organizationshall ensurethat adoptedship reportingsystemsare reviewedunder the guidelines

and criteriadevelopedby the Organization.*

Referto the Cuidelinesand criteriafor ship reportingsystems,adoptedby the Maritime SafetyCommitteeof the Organization
byr resolutionMSC.43(64)and amendedby rbsolltions"MSc.tttrz:l
tions MSC.'I1
I(73)ahd
and MSC.I89(79).
Mst.tgqrTg). Referalso
also'rn rhp ceneral
to the co.orrl principl6s
^.i".i^i8. for
i^..r.i^
ship
reportingsystemsand.shipreportingre.quirements, in_cluding
guidelinesfor reportingincidentsinvolvingdangerousgooat, nur.t,lt
substances and/ormarinepollutants,adoptedby the Organizationby resolutionA.85"1(20).

S H I P SR
' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N (Amended2000)
 SectionI

Mandatory
ShipReporting
Systems

Caution:The chartletsare for illustrative

purposesonly and must not be usedfor
navigation.Marinersshouldconsultthe appropriatenauticalpublicationsand charts
for up-to-datedetailson aidsto navigationand other relevantinformation.

warning: The geographical positionsgiven in the descriptions

of the reporting
systemsare only correctfor chartsusingthe samegeodeticdatumas the
referencechartsindicatedundereachdescription.Chartspublishedby other
hydrographic officesmay usea differentgeodeticdatum,as may new editions
of the referencechartspublishedafterthe adoptionof the reportingsystem.

S H I P SR
' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N
 o

ct)
a
n
c o
o
E
=
o o a
ti7

o r E a o
t r :
o

c
S. \a
(o

tr
! o G o
H = z a
6-: o) G o
\f
Pe =
.=+= c
c)

YP sD=
E
6 -
E q y o o
V E ' ,
o Go r(g s ! z N
< > k
(L

FA $- l I< : =9r =
Ex , f , ^ ! a \ Y a
;.92 i: -.'* a ; a o
v / ; ;
o
h o o @ E ' h (E a[ ,!- v > =
' =.:;:u x i.= ^ 'F
6; >
!;i !:E * :',(d
6 < 6 i i B d- c 0 ) o
Oo O Ori O o,fi c.> t',. @
l,'r
- _>)<= -
UJ
J P 9 : P P F i Esi
: si o
\^nC? @

o
tf

# o
!O
N

F.*
( \F

e) o
U) ot 6l

uJ
-
U) o
tt
U)
/15
z =
- = o

r
(! (o
tr f,
- 9
q)
s
b f t
o_
|.rl .= 3 o h q ot
tr q c/) Pl: X , o
. o N > 6
o_ E o
h-geJ F ?
I
-;EP . n 2 . e 6-
.a (E-I (!; X
o
af o_ :ax xv o
q)
FFg qg : -
€ : ; : qJ r a (E g P . >
?
o
t! h
P O:
-
;CL
;i
A
:'.1!
E+
I o
z o o
; o F ; E E hF E
nfi=
I
I
N

4 6 E 6 : F t Yo I
h i !i5 ii 6x#c or;
I
iH3r.€XEEEHE
xlJl - o ( d
-Y.ts =
";T!AE!te;=e?
6U;< O ;; -.: I
I
I
o
rf

o F E ; i - * F = * - * = I

z c c a n n c c ^ n n c

(r)$tO(OF-CP6)OF6le,
o
(o
o

6
o
0 := co
o
6
f

F LU

(Amended2012) ' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N
S H I P SR
 IN THEGUI-FOF FINLAND(GOFREP)
A ship reportingsystemis established
in the Culf of Finlandon international
waters.

1 Categories
of shipsrequiredto participatein the system
Shipsof 300 grosstonnageand overare requiredto participatein the mandatoryship reporting
1:1. system.
Shipsunder300 grosstonnageshouldmakereportsin circumstances where they:
.l are not undercommandor at anchorin the TSS;
.2 are restrictedin their abilityto manoeuvre;and
.3 havedefectivenavigational
aids.

2 Geographical coverage of the system and the number and edition of the reference
chart
usedfor the delineationof the system
The mandatoryshipreportingsystemin the Culf of Finlandcoversthe international
watersin the Culf o{
?! .
Finland'ln addition,Estoniaand Finlandhaveimplementedmandatoryshipreporting
systemsto their national
waterareasoutsideVTS areas.Thesereportingsystemsprovidesameservicesand
makesamerequirements
to shippingas the systemoperatingin the inteinalionalwaters.The mandatoryship reporting
systemand the
Estonianand Finnishnationalmandatoryship reportingsystemsaretogetherreferredasthe COFREp
and their
areaof coveragerespectively as the COFREparea.
2.2 The referencechartsare:
.t FinnishMaritimeAdministration chart 901 (2006 edition,scale.l:200000), ceodetic datum
is the nationalgeodeticchart co-ordinatesystem(KKJ).WCS 84 latitudecorrection
is 0,.01
and the longitudecorrection+O'.19.FinnishMaritimeAdministrationchartsgS2 (2004
edition,
scale1:250000)and 953 (2004edition,scale1:250000).Ceodeticdatumfor charts952
and 953
is WCS 84.
a
.z HeadDepartmentof Navigationand Oceanography RFMinistryof Defencecharts22060-lNTj213
(edition2000, scale1:250000).Ceodeticdatumof year 1942(pulkovo).
Forobtainingpositionin
WCS 84 datum such positionsshouldbe moved 0i12 westward.22O61-lNTj2'14 (edition2002,
scale'l:250000).Forobtainingpositionin WCS 84 datumsuchpositions shouldbe moved0,.14
westward.
.3 Estonian
MaritimeAdministration
updatedcharts502,s04,507,50g,5j1(allchartsin scale
1:.100
000,WCS84 datum).

Borderlinepoint by point of the Gulf of Finrandship reportingarea

(Theco-ordinatesbelowarein WCS84 datum)
(1) 59.33'.30 N, 022"30'.OO E (19) 60'09',.70N, o26"36',.70
E
(2) 59"36',.50N, 022"38'.10 E (20) 60"11',.40
N, 026"44',.50
E
(3) 59"38',.10 N, 022"51'.40 E (21]|60'12',.00
N, 026"45',.90
E
(4) 59.39',.40 N, 023"21'.10E (22) 60"12',.00
N, 027'13',.40E
(5) 59%7',.00 N, 024"12'.40 E (23) 60''12',.00
N, 027"17',.60E
(6) 59%7',.80 N, 024"19'.gO E (24) 60'10',.30
N, 027"10',.90E
(7) 59%9',.00 N, 02429'.30E (25) 60'08'.50N, 027'04',.20E
(B) 5g'53',.50 N, 024"47'.10 E (26) 60'08',.50N, 026"57',.50E
(9) 59.55'.30 N, 024.55'.BO E (27) 60"08',.20N, 02654',.50 E
(10) 59.56',.60
N, 025.10'.20 E (28) 60"05',.00N, 026.49',.00
E
(11) 59'55',.90
N, 025.28'.30 E (29) 60'08',.90N, 026"49',.00
E
(12) 59"55',.70
N, 025.35'.00 E (30) 60'06'.50N, 026'38',.00
E
(13) 59'55',.90
N, 025"37'.20 E (31) 60'06',..10
N, 026"32',.20
E
(14) 59'58',.60N, 026"01,.00 E (32) 60'05',.00N, 026"30'.00E
(15) 60'00'.80N, 026'04'.50E (33) 59'57',.00N, 026'30',.00
E
(16) 60"02',.30N, 02611'.30E (34) 59'56',.30N, 026"26',.10
E
(17) 60'02',.80N, 026"17'.70E (35) 59"54',.00N, 026"09'.10E
(18) 60'09,.20N, 026"29'.50 E (30; 59%8',.90 N, 026"01',.20
E

S H I P SR
' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N (Amended2006)
l/1-1
 E
025'34',.60 (44) 59"17',.50
N, E
022"43',.9o
(37) 59%9',.60 N,
E
024'28',.80 (45) 59'17',.70
N, E
022"36',.10
(38) 59"42',.20N,
E
023"57',.10 (46) 59"16',.20
N, O22"23',.80E
(39) 59'34',.60N,
E
o23"31',.20 @n 59"14',.70 N, E
022"18',.40
(40) 59'28',.90N,
E
023'11',.40 (48) 59'03',.40
N, E
021'50'.90
(41) 59'29',.00N,
(42) 023"08'.50E (49) 59'02',.10
N, 021"49',.OOE
59'28',.20N,
E
o23"06',.40 (50) 59"10'.00N, E
021'30'.00
(43) 59"27',.40N,

for submitting reports'

3 Format, content of reports, times and geographical,positions
services
Authority to *frorn rdports should be ienfand available
on VHF.Theshorttitlefor shipreportis99,FTEPVessels areurgedto
shortReportisalwaysreported verbally
beforeenieringthe since'they
culf of Fjnland mayfulfilthe FullReportreporting
updatetheirAls informaiion
throughthe useof Ars. rn caseswhereit is not possibreto transmitthe reportfullywith AlS,
requirements
information
additional maybe reportedby othermeans'

3.1 Format
given in paragraph2 of the appendixto
3 . 1 . 1The informationgiven below is derived from the format-type
the annexto resolution A'851(20).

3.2 Content
shouldcontainthe following
Authorities
3.2.1 A short Reportby voicefrom a shipto the shore-based
information:
may be reported'
A Vessel'sname,call signand IMO identification'MMSI
C Ceographicalpositionby two six-digitgroups;or
landmark'
D Bearingand distancein nauticalmilesfrom a clearlyidentified
E Truecoursein three-digitgroup'
Authoritiesby voice or by non-verbalmeansshould
3.2.2 A Full Reportfrom a ship to the shore-based
containthe followinginformation:
Vessel,s MMSI may be reported'
name,call signand lMo identification.
A
C Ceographicalpositionby two six-digitgroups;or
landmark'
D Bearingand distancein nauticalmilesfrom a clearlyidentified
E Truecoursein three-digitgroup'
F Speedin knotswith one decimal'
H Time (UTC)and point of entry into the COFREParea'
I Destinationand ETA.
o Vessel'spresentdraughtin metreswith one decimal'
quantity in. metric tons with up to two
P Dangerousgoods on board, main classesand total
reportedseparately'
decimals.The amountof classes1 and7, if any,shallbe
of manoeuvrability.
a Briefdetailsof defectsor restrictions
K Descriptionof pollutionor dangerousgoodslostoverboard'
T
I Addressfor the communicationof cargoinformation'
U Ship'stype and lengthin metres'
Totalnumberof Personson board'

. h. t' &sr""eli"':B:;'i,[::'fli':%f,i;"iff'"'i!:!i]Ei
"ddt'. i,Tf,",',',:;gi:!il';?:::l"rit'frff]f:'fil"J:1ff;
oniy'i'ii,'.u'n".t[1.[t"i"lJil;;h;'";;;'.
ir,ip,
*:9"ffi:li:l?ii#l,.Y,ll;;;'ii
"ir."Jri.*

(Amended2006) ' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N
S H I P SR
t/1-2
 X Characteristics
and estimatedquantityof bunkerfuel for shipscarryingmorethan 5000 tonsof
bunkerand navigationalstatus.

All VHF, telephone,radar,AIS and other relevantinformationwill be recordedand the recordsstoredfor

30 days.

3.3 Geographical position for submitting reports

3.3.1 The Culf of Finland.mandatoryship reportingsystemarea is divided into three areasof monitoring
responsibility
with a borderline.Thisborderlineis referredasCentralReportingLineand it consistsof two parts.

The westernpart is drawnthroughthe midpointsof the separationzonesof the trafficseparationschemesoff

K6pu,Hankoniemi,Porkkalaand Kalb6dagrund to 59.59,.'15N, 026.30,.00E.
Theeasternpartof the CentralReportingLineis drawnfrom the point59.52'.00N, 026.30,.00Eto 60.05,.00N,
026o30'.00E and furtherthroughthe borderlineof the Russian territorialseaand the outer limit of the Finnish
ExclusiveEconomicZone eastwardsuntil the point 60'08'.90 N, 026%9'.00E. From this point the Central
ReportingLine continuesthrough the limit of the ExclusiveEconomicZone (EEZ)of Finlandand the EEZ
of Russiafurther to the point 60'10'.30 N, 02657'.50 E to 60'10'.30 N, 022.10'.90E and to 60.j2,.00 N,
027.17',.60
E.

Monitoringof the COFREPareanorthof the CentralReportingLineis the responsibility of HelsinkiTraffic,and

southof the CentralReportingLinein the areawest of longitude26'30'.00E is the monitoringareaof Tallinn
Trafficand eastof the longitude26'30'.00E southof the CentralReportingLine is the monit6ringareaof St.
PetersburgTraffic.Thus,
r the vesse.ls
enteringthe mandatoryship reportingareanorth of the CentralReportingLine report
to HelsinkiTraffic,
' south of the Central ReportingLine east of longitude 26"30'.OO
E report to St. PetersburgTraffic,
and
o south of the CentralReportingLine west of longitude26"30'.OO
E or from Vdinamerireport to
TallinnTraffic.

3.3.2 Shipsshallsubmita FullReport:

.1 when enteringthe coFREP areafrom the west or from Vdinameri,

.2 on departurefrom a port or latestbeforeenteringthe reportingarea,
.3 on departurefrom a port if it shallnot enterthe reportingareaat all,
.4 beforedepartingfrom Russianport areas.

A FullReport.ondeparturefrom a port is givento the TrafficCentreof the countrywhose port the vesselis
departingin the Culf of Finlandtrafficarea.

3.3.3 Shipsthat are registeredin domestictrafficnavigatingexclusivelyinsidethe innerterritorialwatersare

not requiredto makea Full Reportwhen departingfrom a port in the Culf of Finland.

3.3.4 Shipsshaltsubmita ShortReport:

.1 on enteringthe COFREPareafrom the Estonianor FinnishVTS areasin the Culf of Finland,

.2 on crossingthe Westernor VdinameriReportingLine inward-boundto Culf of Finland,
.3 on crossingthe CentralReportingLine,
.4 wheneverthereis a changein the vessel's
navigational
status,excludingthe changeof statuswhen
. berthingor unberthing.

A ShortReportis givenon VHF when crossingthe CentralReportingLineto the TrafficCentreof the country
to which monitoringareathe vesselis proceeding.

S H I P SR
' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N Amended 2006) t/1-3
3.4 Crossing traffic
3.4.1 Reportsto the nearestshorestationshould be made on departurefrom a port within the coverage
area.Recognizingthat ferriescrossingbetweenHelsinkiand Tallinngenerallyoperateaccordingto published_
schedules,specialreportingarrangements can be made on a ship-by-shipbasis,subjectto the approvalof
both HELSINKI TRAFFIC and TALLINNTRAFFIC.

3.4.2 Furtherreportsshouldbe madeto the relevantshorestationwheneverthereis a changeof navigational

particularlyin relationto itemsQ and R of the reportingformat.
statusor circumstance,

3.4.3 In the area between Helsinkiand Tallinn lighthousesthere is a heavy crossingtraffic in summer
consistingmostly of high-speedcraft and recreationalcraft. In the area between Porkkalalighthouseand
sailingactivitiesin summer.
Naissaarthereare recreational

3.5 Authority
Authoritiesare:
3.5.1 The shore-based
Estonia: EstonianMaritimeAdministration
Finland: FinnishMaritimeAdministration
RussianFederation:RussianMaritimeAdministration

3.5.2 The Estonian, Finnishand Russian Authoritiesmonitorshippingwithin the mandatoryship reporting

for the navigation
of their responsibility
areaof the Culf of Finlandby radar.Thisdoes not relieveshipmasters
of theirshio.

Informationto be providedto participatingshipsand proceduresto be followed

4.1 Information provided
4.1.1 EachAuthorityprovidesinformationto shippingaboutspecificand urgentsituations which could cause
for instanceinformation
conflictingtrafficmovementsand other informationconcerningsafetyof navigation,
about weather,ice, water level, navigationalproblemsor other hazards.Informationis broadcaston the
followingfrequencieswhen necessary or on request.
Station Frequency Times Additional broadcasts
in wintertimes
Tallinn Main channel61 on requestor when on requestor when
Reservechannel81 needed needed
HetsrnKl Main channel60 on requestor when on requestor when
ReservechannelB0 needed needed
St. Petersburg Main channel74 on requestor when on requestor when
Reservechannel10 needed needed

4.1.2 Information broadcastswill be precededby an announcementon VHF channel16 on which channel

in
it will be made.AII shipsnavigating the areashould listento the announcedbroadcast.

individualinformationcan be providedto a ship,particularlyin relationto positioningand

4.1.3 lf necessary,
navigationalassistanceor local conditions.lf a ship needsto anchor due to breakdownor emergency,the
operatorcan recommendsuitableanchoragein the area.

4.2 lce routeing in winter

4.2.1 Duringsevereice conditionsthe trafficseparationschemesmay be declarednot valid.Sucha decision

is agreedjointly by the NationallcebreakingAuthoritiesand communicatedto shippingwith the daily ice
reports.The decisionmay includeall or a namedtrafficseparationscheme.

4.2.2 Duringthe period when the Culf of Finlandis coveredby ice, shipsreportingto the Centrewill
receiveinformationon the recommendedroutethroughthe ice and/orare requestedto contactthe national
co-ordinatingicebreakerfor furtherinstructions. The icebreakergivesthe routeaccordingto the ice situation
ice
to the shipswhich fulfil the national class and which are fit for winter navigation.
regulations

l/1-4 Amended 2006) ' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N

S H I P SR
 4.3 Deviations
4-3-1 If a ship participatingin the mandatoryship reportingsystemfailsto appearon the radarscreenor fails
to communicatewith the Authorityor an emergencyis reported,MRCCsor MRSCsin the areaare responsible
for initiatinga searchfor the ship in accordaniewith the ruleslaid down for the searchand rescueservice.
includingthe involvementof otherparticipatingshipsknown to be in that particulararea.

5 Radiocommunicationrequiredfor the system,frequencies

on which reportsshouldbe
transmittedand informationto be reported
5.1 The radiocommunications
equipmentrequiredfor the systemis that defined in the CMDSS for sea
area A1.

5.2. Shipsare.requiredto maintaina continuo.uslisteningwatch in the area and to report and take any
action requiredby the maritimeAuthoritiesto reducerisks.

5.3 Commoncall and informationchannels:

channel16 call and distress

5.4 The reportscan be madeverballyon VHF,by Ars or by facsimileas follows:

Full Reportin advanceis to be sentby facsimileor e-mail.
ShortReportis to be madeverballyon VHF.
Full Reportis made by non-verbalmeans(facsimile,
AIS or e-mail)or verballyon VHF.
5.5 Confidentialinformationmay be transmittedby other means.

The.language usedfor communicationshallbe English,

usingthe IMO StandardMarineCommunication
!:6
Phrases,where necessary.

6 Relevantrulesand regulationsin force in the areaof the system

6.1 Regulationsfor preventingcollisionsat sea
'The
InternationalRegulations
for PreventingCollisionsat Sea, 1972 areapplicablethroughoutthe reporting
area.

6.2 Traffic separation schemes

schemesin the Culf of Finlandhavebeenadoptedby IMO and rule 'lOof the International
Thetrafficseparation
Regulationsfor Preventing
Collisionsat Seaapplies.

6.3 Pilotage
Pilotageis mandatoryin nationalwatersunder nationallaws.

6.4 Dangerous and hazardous cargoes

6-4.1 Shipscarryingdangerous or hazardouscargoesand boundto or from any port within the shipreporting
a.reamust comply with the internationaland nationalregulations.
The ship repoitingsystemdoes not relievi
ship's mastersof their responsibilityto give the nationallyrequired reports to customs
aulhorities. "nd"ipforrution

6 42 Discharges of oil and ship-generatedwasteare monitoredby the joint Estonian,Finnishand Russian

Authorities.Shipscausingpollutionwithin the areacan be prosecutedand fined.

7 Shore-based
facilitiesto supportoperationof the system
The joint Estonian,Finnishand RussianAuthoritieshave radar,informationprocessingand retrievalsystem,
VHF radioand AutomaticldentificationSystem(AlS)facilities.The frequenciesusediriAtS-NETare AlSl and
AI52.

S H I P SR
' O U T E I N G2 0 1 5E D I T I O N (Amended 2006)
t/1-s